10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from (not applicable)

Commission file number: 1-6880

U.S. Bancorp

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	41-0255900
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(651) 466-3000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares (each representing 1/100th interest in a share of Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $1.00)	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares (each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $1.00)	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares (each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Series F Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $1.00)	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares (each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Series G Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $1.00)	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares (each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Series H Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $1.00)	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	þ	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  þ

As of June 30, 2015, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $76.7 billion based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Class	Outstanding at January 31, 2016
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share	1,737,315,684

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Document		Parts Into Which Incorporated
1.	Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015 (2015 Annual Report)	Parts I and II
2.	Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 19, 2016 (Proxy Statement)	Part III

PART I

Item 1. Business

Forward-Looking Statements

THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION APPEARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995: This report contains forward-looking statements about U.S. Bancorp (“U.S. Bancorp” or the “Company”). Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and are based on the information available to, and assumptions and estimates made by, management as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements cover, among other things, anticipated future revenue and expenses and the future plans and prospects of U.S. Bancorp. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. A reversal or slowing of the current economic recovery or another severe contraction could adversely affect U.S. Bancorp’s revenues and the values of its assets and liabilities. Global financial markets could experience a recurrence of significant turbulence, which could reduce the availability of funding to certain financial institutions and lead to a tightening of credit, a reduction of business activity, and increased market volatility. Stress in the commercial real estate markets, as well as a downturn in the residential real estate markets could cause credit losses and deterioration in asset values. In addition, U.S. Bancorp’s business and financial performance is likely to be negatively impacted by recently enacted and future legislation and regulation. U.S. Bancorp’s results could also be adversely affected by deterioration in general business and economic conditions; changes in interest rates; deterioration in the credit quality of its loan portfolios or in the value of the collateral securing those loans; deterioration in the value of securities held in its investment securities portfolio; legal and regulatory developments; litigation; increased competition from both banks and non-banks; changes in customer behavior and preferences; breaches in data security; effects of mergers and acquisitions and related integration; effects of critical accounting policies and judgments; and management’s ability to effectively manage credit risk, market risk, operational risk, compliance risk, strategic risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk and reputational risk.

For discussion of these and other risks that may cause actual results to differ from expectations, refer to the sections entitled “Corporate Risk Profile” on pages 42 – 67 and “Risk Factors” on pages 156 – 166 of the Company’s 2015 Annual Report. However, factors other than these also could adversely affect U.S. Bancorp’s results, and the reader should not consider these factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof, and U.S. Bancorp undertakes no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events.

General Business Description

U.S. Bancorp is a multi-state financial services holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. U.S. Bancorp was incorporated in Delaware in 1929 and operates as a financial holding company and a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. U.S. Bancorp provides a full range of financial services, including lending and depository services, cash management, capital markets, and trust and investment management services. It also engages in credit card services, merchant and ATM processing, mortgage banking, insurance, brokerage and leasing.

U.S. Bancorp’s banking subsidiary, U.S. Bank National Association, is engaged in the general banking business, principally in domestic markets. U.S. Bank National Association, with $310 billion in deposits at December 31, 2015, provides a wide range of products and services to individuals, businesses, institutional organizations, governmental entities and other financial institutions. Commercial and consumer lending services are principally offered to customers within the Company’s domestic markets, to domestic customers with foreign operations and to large national customers operating in specific industries targeted by the Company. Lending

2

services include traditional credit products as well as credit card services, lease financing and import/export trade, asset-backed lending, agricultural finance and other products. Depository services include checking accounts, savings accounts and time certificate contracts. Ancillary services such as capital markets, treasury management and receivable lock-box collection are provided to corporate customers. U.S. Bancorp’s bank and trust subsidiaries provide a full range of asset management and fiduciary services for individuals, estates, foundations, business corporations and charitable organizations.

Other U.S. Bancorp non-banking subsidiaries offer investment and insurance products to the Company’s customers principally within its markets, and fund administration services to a broad range of mutual and other funds.

Banking and investment services are provided through a network of 3,133 banking offices principally operating in the Midwest and West regions of the United States, through on-line services and over mobile devices. The Company operates a network of 4,936 ATMs and provides 24-hour, seven day a week telephone customer service. Mortgage banking services are provided through banking offices and loan production offices throughout the Company’s markets. Lending products may be originated through banking offices, indirect correspondents, brokers or other lending sources. The Company is also one of the largest providers of corporate and purchasing card services and corporate trust services in the United States. A wholly-owned subsidiary, Elavon, Inc. (“Elavon”), provides merchant processing services directly to merchants and through a network of banking affiliations. Wholly-owned subsidiaries, and affiliates of Elavon, provide similar merchant services in Canada, Mexico, Brazil and segments of Europe directly or through joint ventures with other financial institutions. The Company also provides corporate trust and fund administration services in Europe. These foreign operations are not significant to the Company.

On a full-time equivalent basis, as of December 31, 2015, U.S. Bancorp employed 65,433 people.

Competition

The commercial banking business is highly competitive. The Company competes with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, finance companies, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, investment companies, credit card companies and a variety of other financial services, advisory and technology companies. In recent years, competition has increased from institutions not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as domestic banks and bank holding companies. Competition is based on a number of factors including, among others, customer service, quality and range of products and services offered, price, reputation, interest rates on loans and deposits, lending limits and customer convenience. The Company’s ability to continue to compete effectively also depends in large part on its ability to attract new employees and retain and motivate existing employees, while managing compensation and other costs.

Government Policies

The operations of the Company’s various operating units are affected by federal and state legislative changes and by policies of various regulatory authorities, including those of the numerous states in which they operate, the United States and foreign governments. These policies include, for example, statutory maximum legal lending rates, domestic monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), United States fiscal policy, international currency regulations and monetary policies and capital adequacy and liquidity constraints imposed by bank regulatory agencies.

Supervision and Regulation

U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries are subject to the extensive regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. This regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of

3

depositors, the deposit insurance fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), consumers, the stability of the financial system in the United States, and the health of the national economy, and not for investors in bank holding companies such as the Company.

This section summarizes certain provisions of the principal laws and regulations applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries. The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described below.

Dodd-Frank Act Substantial changes to the regulation of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries have occurred and will continue to occur as a result of the enactment in 2010 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their application by regulatory agencies, have had and will continue to have a material effect on the business and results of the Company and its subsidiaries.

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the regulatory framework for financial services companies, and since its enactment has required significant rulemaking and numerous studies and reports that will continue over the next several years. Among other things, it created a new Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “Council”) with broad authority to make recommendations covering enhanced prudential standards and more stringent supervision for large bank holding companies and certain non-bank financial services companies. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly reduced interchange fees on debit card transactions, changed the preemption of state laws applicable to national banks, increased the regulation of consumer mortgage banking and made numerous other changes, some of which are discussed below.

In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act, other legislative and regulatory proposals affecting banks have been made in recent years both domestically and internationally. Among other things, these proposals include significant additional capital and liquidity requirements and limitations on the size or types of activity in which banks may engage.

Federal Reserve Regulation The Company elected to become a financial holding company as of March 13, 2000, pursuant to the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLBA”) that permit qualifying bank holding companies to engage in, and affiliate with financial companies engaging in, a broader range of activities than would otherwise be permitted for a bank holding company. Under the GLBA’s system of functional regulation, the Federal Reserve acts as an umbrella regulator for the Company, and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are regulated directly by additional agencies based on the particular activities of those subsidiaries. U.S. Bank National Association is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and also by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC in certain areas. Supervision and regulation by the responsible regulatory agency generally includes comprehensive annual reviews of all major aspects of a bank’s business and condition, and imposition of periodic reporting requirements and limitations on investments and certain types of activities. U.S. Bank National Association, and in some cases the Company and the Company’s non-bank affiliates, must undergo regular on-site examinations by the appropriate regulatory agency, which will examine for adherence to a range of legal and regulatory compliance responsibilities. If they deem the Company to be operating in a manner that is inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices, the applicable regulatory agencies can require the entry into informal or formal supervisory agreements, including board resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements and consent or cease and desist orders, pursuant to which the Company would be required to take identified corrective actions to address cited concerns and to refrain from taking certain actions.

If a financial holding company or a depository institution controlled by a financial holding company ceases to meet certain capital or management standards, the Federal Reserve may impose corrective capital and managerial requirements on the financial holding company, and may place limitations on its ability to conduct all of the business activities that financial holding companies are generally permitted to conduct. See “Permissible

4

Business Activities” below. If the failure to meet these standards persists, a financial holding company may be required to divest its depository institution subsidiaries, or cease all activities other than those activities that may be conducted by bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.

Federal Reserve regulations also provide that, if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company fails to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Federal Reserve must prohibit the financial holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in the additional activities in which only financial holding companies may engage. See “Community Reinvestment Act” below. At December 31, 2015, U.S. Bank National Association met the capital, management and CRA requirements necessary to permit the Company to conduct the broader activities permitted for financial holding companies under the GLBA.

The Dodd-Frank Act codified existing Federal Reserve policy requiring the Company to act as a source of financial strength to U.S. Bank National Association, and to commit resources to support this subsidiary in circumstances where it might not otherwise do so. However, because the GLBA provides for functional regulation of financial holding company activities by various regulators, the GLBA prohibits the Federal Reserve from requiring payment by a holding company to a depository institution if the functional regulator of the depository institution objects to the payment. In those cases, the Federal Reserve could instead require the divestiture of the depository institution and impose operating restrictions pending the divestiture. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, non-bank subsidiaries of a holding company that engage in activities permissible for an insured depository institution must be examined and regulated in a manner that is at least as stringent as if the activities were conducted by the lead depository institution of the holding company.

Enhanced Prudential Standards In March 2014, the Federal Reserve finalized a rule relating to enhanced prudential standards required under the Dodd-Frank Act for bank holding companies with over $50 billion in consolidated assets. The prudential standards include enhanced risk-based capital and leverage requirements, enhanced liquidity requirements, enhanced risk management and risk committee requirements, a requirement to submit a resolution plan, single-counterparty credit limits and stress tests. The rule incorporates the requirement that the Federal Reserve conduct annual supervisory capital adequacy stress tests of covered companies under baseline, adverse and severely adverse scenarios, and requires covered companies to conduct their own capital adequacy stress tests. The rule provides for notification to a covered company as to which the Council has determined to impose a debt-to-equity ratio of no more than 15-to-1, based upon the determination by the Council that (a) such company poses a grave threat to the financial stability of the United States and (b) the imposition of such a requirement is necessary to mitigate the risk that the company poses to the financial stability of the United States.

OCC Heightened Standards In September 2014, the OCC, under separate authority, finalized guidelines establishing heightened standards for large national banks such as U.S. Bank National Association. The guidelines establish minimum standards for the design and implementation of a risk governance framework for banks. The OCC may take action against institutions that fail to meet these standards.

Permissible Business Activities As a financial holding company, the Company may affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature. “Financial in nature” activities include the following: securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking; and activities that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the United States Treasury, determines to be financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity. “Complementary activities” are activities that the Federal Reserve determines upon application to be complementary to a financial activity and that do not pose a safety and soundness risk.

The Company generally is not required to obtain Federal Reserve approval to acquire a company (other than a bank holding company, bank or savings association) engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve. However, the Dodd-

5

Frank Act added a provision requiring approval if the total consolidated assets to be acquired exceed $10 billion. Financial holding companies are also required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve before they may acquire more than 5 percent of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of an unaffiliated bank holding company, bank or savings association.

Interstate Banking Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Riegle-Neal Act”), a bank holding company may acquire banks in states other than its home state, subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years). Also, such an acquisition is not permitted if the bank holding company controls, prior to or following the proposed acquisition, more than 10 percent of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions nationwide, or, if the acquisition is the bank holding company’s initial entry into the state, more than 30 percent of the deposits of insured depository institutions in the state (or any lesser or greater amount set by the state).

The Riegle-Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines to create interstate branches. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, banks are permitted to establish new branches in another state to the same extent as banks chartered in that state.

Regulatory Approval for Acquisitions In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider a number of factors, including the following: the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition and future prospects (including current and projected capital ratios and levels); the competence, experience and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations; the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the CRA); the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities; and the extent to which the transaction would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, approval of interstate transactions requires that the acquiror satisfy regulatory standards for well-capitalized and well-managed institutions.

Dividend Restrictions The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. Typically, the majority of the Company’s operating funds are received in the form of dividends paid to the Company by U.S. Bank National Association. Federal law imposes limitations on the payment of dividends by national banks.

In general, dividends payable by U.S. Bank National Association and the Company’s trust bank subsidiaries, as national banking associations, are limited by rules that compare dividends to net income for periods defined by regulation.

The OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC also have authority to prohibit or limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise (including the Company and U.S. Bank National Association), if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. Subject to exceptions for well-capitalized and well-managed holding companies, Federal Reserve regulations also require approval of holding company purchases and redemptions of its securities if the gross consideration paid exceeds 10 percent of consolidated net worth for any 12-month period.

In addition, Federal Reserve policy on the payment of dividends, stock redemptions and stock repurchases requires that bank holding companies consult with and inform the Federal Reserve in advance of doing any of the following: declaring and paying dividends that could raise safety and soundness concerns (e.g., declaring and paying dividends that exceed earnings for the period for which dividends are being paid); redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments when experiencing financial weakness; and redeeming or repurchasing common stock and perpetual preferred stock, if the result will be a net reduction in the amount of such capital instruments outstanding for the quarter in which the reduction occurs.

6

In 2010, the Federal Reserve issued an addendum to its policy on dividends, stock redemptions and stock repurchases that is specifically applicable to the 19 largest bank holding companies (including the Company) that are covered by the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program. The addendum provides for Federal Reserve review of dividend increases, implementation of capital repurchase programs and other capital repurchases or redemptions.

The supervisory stress tests of the Company conducted by the Federal Reserve as part of its annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) process also affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends and make other forms of capital distribution. See “Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review” and “Stress Testing” below.

Capital Requirements The Company is subject to regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve, and U.S. Bank National Association is subject to substantially similar rules established by the OCC. These requirements have changed significantly as a result of standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “BCBS”), an international organization that has the goal of creating standards for banking regulation, and the implementation of these standards and of relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act by banking regulators in the United States. Minimum regulatory capital levels will significantly increase as these requirements are implemented and phased in.

Prior to 2014, regulatory capital requirements effective for the Company followed the 1988 capital accord of the BCBS known as Basel I. In implementing Basel I, federal banking regulators adopted risk-based capital and leverage rules that require the capital-to-assets ratios of financial institutions to meet certain minimum standards. The risk-based capital ratio is calculated by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet financial instruments into risk-weighted categories (with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk), and is used to determine the amount of a financial institution’s total risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”). Under the rules, capital is divided into two tiers: tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital. The amount of tier 2 capital may not exceed the amount of tier 1 capital. Total capital is the sum of tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital. The federal banking regulators also have established minimum leverage ratio guidelines. The leverage ratio is defined as tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total on-balance sheet assets.

The Federal Reserve and the OCC approved a final rule in 2007 adopting international guidelines established by the BCBS known as Basel II. The Basel II framework consists of three pillars: (a) capital adequacy; (b) supervisory review (including the computation of capital and internal assessment processes); and (c) market discipline (including increased disclosure requirements). In December 2010, the BCBS issued a new set of international standards for determining regulatory capital known as Basel III. Federal banking regulators published the U.S. Basel III final rule in July 2013 to implement many aspects of these international standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The U.S. Basel III final rule focuses regulatory capital on common equity tier 1 capital, introduces new regulatory adjustments and deductions from capital, narrows the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments and makes other changes to the Basel I and Basel II frameworks. Specifically, Basel III includes two comprehensive methodologies for calculating risk-weighted assets: a general standardized approach and more risk-sensitive advanced approaches, with the Company’s capital adequacy being evaluated against the Basel III methodology that is most restrictive. In December 2013, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule to revise the market risk capital rule, which addresses the market risk of significant trading activities, so that it conforms to the Basel III capital framework. The revised market risk capital rule was effective April 1, 2014.

Beginning January 1, 2014, the regulatory capital requirements for the Company follow Basel III, subject to certain transition provisions from Basel I over the following four years to full implementation by January 1, 2018. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Company is subject to a minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio (common equity tier 1 capital to RWA) of 4.5 percent, a minimum tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0 percent and a minimum total capital ratio of 8.0 percent on a fully phased-in basis. In addition, the final rule provides that certain new items be deducted from common equity tier 1 capital and certain Basel I deductions be modified. The

7

Company is also subject to a 2.5 percent common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, up to a 2.5 percent common equity tier 1 countercyclical buffer on a fully phased-in basis by 2019. The U.S. Basel III final rule establishes a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0 percent for all U.S. banking organizations. The final rule also subjects banking organizations calculating their capital requirements using advanced approaches, including the Company, to a minimum Basel III supplementary leverage ratio of 3.0 percent that takes into account certain off-balance sheet exposures.

The U.S. banking regulators also published final regulations in June 2011 implementing the Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires that certain institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve, including the Company, be subject to minimum capital requirements that are not less than the generally applicable risk-based capital requirements. Prior to 2015, this minimum “capital floor” was based on Basel I. On January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule replaced the Basel I-based “capital floor” with a standardized approach that, among other things, modifies the existing risk weights for certain types of asset classes. The “capital floor” applies to the calculation of both minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, the countercyclical capital buffer.

In September 2014, U.S banking regulators approved a final rule that enhanced the regulatory Supplemental Leverage Ratio (“SLR”) requirement for banks calculating capital adequacy using advanced approaches under Basel III. The SLR is defined as tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure, which includes both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. The Company began calculating and reporting its SLR beginning in the first quarter of 2015; however, it is not subject to the minimum SLR requirement until January 1, 2018. At December 31, 2015, the Company exceeds the applicable minimum SLR requirement.

For additional information regarding the Company’s regulatory capital, see “Capital Management” in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on pages 65-67.

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review The Federal Reserve’s Capital Plans rule requires large bank holding companies with assets in excess of $50 billion to submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve on an annual basis and to obtain approval from the Federal Reserve for capital distributions proposed in the capital plan. These capital plans consist of a number of mandatory elements, including an assessment of a company’s sources and uses of capital over a nine-quarter planning horizon assuming both expected and stressful conditions; a detailed description of a company’s process for assessing capital adequacy; a demonstration of a company’s ability to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a tier 1 common ratio of 5.0 percent under expected and stressful conditions; and a demonstration of a company’s ability to achieve, readily and without difficulty, the minimum capital ratios and capital buffers under the Basel III framework as it comes into effect in the United States.

The Federal Reserve has issued a final rule specifying how large bank holding companies, including the Company, should incorporate the U.S. Basel III capital standards into their capital plans. Among other things, the final rule requires large bank holding companies to project both their common equity tier 1 capital ratio using the methodology under existing capital guidelines and their common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the U.S. Basel III capital standards, as such standards phase in over the nine-quarter planning horizon.

The Company will submit its 2016 capital plan to the Federal Reserve by April 5, 2016, in accordance with instructions from the Federal Reserve. Applicable stress testing rules require the Federal Reserve to publish the results of its assessment of the Company’s capital plan, including its planned capital distributions, no later than June 30, 2016.

Stress Testing The Federal Reserve’s CCAR framework and the Dodd-Frank Act stress testing framework require large bank holding companies such as the Company to conduct company-run stress tests and subject them to supervisory stress tests conducted by the Federal Reserve. Among other things, the company-run stress tests employ stress scenarios developed by the Company as well as stress scenarios provided by the Federal Reserve

8

and incorporate the Dodd-Frank Act capital actions, which are intended to normalize capital distributions across large U.S. bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve conducts CCAR and Dodd-Frank supervisory stress tests employing its adverse and severely adverse stress scenarios and internal supervisory models. The Federal Reserve’s CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests incorporate the Company’s planned capital actions and the Dodd-Frank Act capital actions, respectively. The Federal Reserve and the Company are required to publish the results of the annual supervisory and annual company-run stress tests, respectively, no later than June 30 of each year. In addition, all large bank holding companies are required to submit a mid-cycle company-run stress test employing stress scenarios developed by the Company. The results of this stress test must be submitted to the Federal Reserve for review in early July of each year. The Company is required to publish its results of this stress test no later than the end of September of each year. The Federal Reserve currently publishes summaries of supervisory stress test results for each large bank holding company under both the adverse and severely adverse stress scenarios developed by the Federal Reserve.

National banks with assets in excess of $50 billion are required to submit annual company-run stress test results to the OCC concurrently with their parent bank holding company’s CCAR submission to the Federal Reserve. The stress test is based on the OCC’s stress scenarios (which are typically the same as the Federal Reserve’s stress scenarios) and capital actions that are appropriate for the economic conditions assumed in each scenario. U.S. Bank National Association will submit its stress test in accordance with regulatory requirements by April 5, 2016. The Company is required to publish the results of this stress test no later than June 30, 2016.

Basel III Liquidity Proposals The BCBS proposed in 2009 two minimum standards for limiting liquidity risk: the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”). The LCR is designed to ensure that bank holding companies have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to survive a significant liquidity stress event lasting for 30 calendar days. The NSFR is designed to promote stable, longer-term funding of assets and business activities over a one-year time horizon.

In October 2014, the federal banking regulators finalized a rule to implement the LCR in the United States. The rule applies the LCR standards to bank holding companies and their U.S. bank subsidiaries calculating their capital requirements using advanced approaches, including the Company and U.S. Bank National Association. The LCR standards in the rule differ in certain respects from the BCBS’s version of the LCR, including a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, different prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions, a different methodology for calculating the LCR and a shorter phase-in schedule that ends on December 31, 2016. The federal banking regulators have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR in the United States. The BCBS, however, finalized the NSFR standard in October 2014 and U.S. regulators are expected to use this framework as a basis for domestic regulation. The BCBS contemplates that the NSFR, including any revisions, will be implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (the “FDICIA”) provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates (including parent holding companies) by federal banking regulators. As part of that framework, the FDICIA requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards.

Supervisory actions by the appropriate federal banking regulator under the “prompt corrective action” rules generally depend upon an institution’s classification within five capital categories. The U.S. Basel III final rule revises the capital ratio thresholds in the prompt corrective action framework to reflect the new Basel III capital ratios. This aspect of the U.S. Basel III rule became effective on January 1, 2015. The regulations apply only to banks and not to bank holding companies such as the Company; however, subject to limitations that may be imposed pursuant to the GLBA, the Federal Reserve is authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level, based on the undercapitalized status of the holding company’s subsidiary banking institutions. In certain instances relating to an undercapitalized banking institution, the bank holding company would be required

9

to guarantee the performance of the undercapitalized subsidiary’s capital restoration plan and could be liable for civil money damages for failure to fulfill those guarantee commitments.

Deposit Insurance Under current FDIC regulations, each depository institution is assigned to a risk category based on capital and supervisory measures. A depository institution is assessed premiums by the FDIC based on its risk category and the amount of deposits held. In 2009, the FDIC revised the method for calculating the assessment rate for depository institutions by introducing several adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rate. The Dodd-Frank Act altered the assessment base for deposit insurance assessments from a deposit to an asset base, and seeks to fund part of the cost of the Dodd-Frank Act by increasing the reserve ratio of the deposit insurance fund to 1.35 percent of estimated insured deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires that FDIC assessments be set in a manner that offsets the cost of the assessment increases for institutions with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. This provision effectively places the increased assessment costs on larger financial institutions such as the Company.

The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 per account ownership type to $250,000. In February 2011, the FDIC adopted a final rule implementing the Dodd-Frank Act provisions, which provides for use of a risk scorecard to determine deposit premiums. The effect of the rule was to increase the FDIC premiums paid by U.S. Bank National Association. In 2014, the FDIC adopted a final rule revising its deposit insurance assessment system to reflect changes in the regulatory capital rules that are effective in 2015 and 2018. The rule (a) revises the ratios and ratio thresholds relating to capital evaluations; (b) revises the assessment base calculation for custodial banks; and (c) requires that all highly complex institutions measure counterparty exposure for assessment purposes using the Basel III standardized approach in the regulatory capital rules.

In November 2015, in order to bring the reserve ratio of the deposit insurance fund to 1.35 percent, the FDIC proposed a surcharge on the quarterly assessments of insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more. The proposed surcharges would be imposed the calendar quarter after the reserve ratio of the deposit insurance fund first reaches or exceeds 1.15 percent and would continue through the quarter that the reserve ratio first reaches or exceeds 1.35 percent. The surcharge imposed on each insured depository institution would equal an annual rate of 4.5 basis points applied to the institution’s assessment base (with certain adjustments). The FDIC expects that these surcharges will commence in 2016 and that they should be sufficient to raise the reserve ratio to 1.35 percent in approximately eight quarters (i.e., before the end of 2018). If, contrary to the FDIC’s expectations, the reserve ratio does not reach 1.35 percent by December 31, 2018, the FDIC plans to impose a shortfall assessment on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more on March 31, 2019.

Powers of the FDIC Upon Insolvency of an Insured Institution If the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power to (a) transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors; (b) enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms; or (c) repudiate or disaffirm any contracts (if the FDIC determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and that the repudiation or disaffirmation is necessary to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution). These provisions would be applicable to obligations and liabilities of the Company’s insured depository institution subsidiary, U.S. Bank National Association.

Depositor Preference Under federal law, in the event of the liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of a receiver of the institution for administrative expense and the claims of holders of domestic deposit liabilities (including the FDIC, as subrogee of the depositors) have priority over the claims of other unsecured creditors of the institution, including holders of publicly issued senior or subordinated debt and depositors in non-domestic offices. As a result, those debtholders and depositors would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors in domestic offices of the depository.

10

Orderly Liquidation Authority The Dodd-Frank Act created a new framework for the orderly liquidation of a covered financial company by the FDIC as receiver. A covered financial company is a financial company (including a bank holding company, but not an insured depository institution), in situations where the Secretary of the Treasury determines (upon the written recommendation of the FDIC and the Federal Reserve and after consultation with the President) that the conditions set forth in the Dodd-Frank Act regarding the potential impact on financial stability of the financial company’s failure have been met. The rule sets forth a comprehensive method for the receivership of a covered financial company. The Company is a financial company and therefore is potentially subject to the orderly liquidation authority of the FDIC.

Resolution Plans The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have adopted a rule to implement the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding annual resolution plans for bank holding companies with assets of $50 billion or more (so-called “Living Wills”). The rule requires each covered company to produce a contingency resolution plan for the rapid and orderly resolution of the company in the event of material financial distress or failure. Resolution plans must include information regarding the manner and extent to which any insured depository institution affiliated with the company is adequately protected from risks arising from the activities of any nonbank subsidiaries of the company; full descriptions of ownership structure, assets, liabilities and contractual obligations of the company; identification of the cross-guarantees tied to different securities; identification of major counterparties; a process for determining to whom the collateral of the company is pledged; and any other information that the Federal Reserve and the FDIC jointly require by rule or order. Plans must analyze baseline, adverse, and severely adverse economic condition impacts. Plans must demonstrate, in the event of material financial distress or failure of the covered company, a reorganization or liquidation of the covered company under the federal bankruptcy code that could be accomplished within a reasonable period of time and in a manner that substantially mitigates the risk that the failure of the covered company would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States. Covered companies and their subsidiaries are subject to more stringent capital, leverage and liquidity requirements or restrictions on growth, activities or operations if they fail to file an acceptable plan (i.e., the plan is determined to not be credible and deficiencies are not cured in a timely manner). Plans must be updated annually.

In January 2012, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring an insured depository institution with $50 billion or more in total assets to submit periodically to the FDIC a contingency plan for the resolution of such institution in the event of its failure. The rule requires a covered depository institution to submit a resolution plan that should enable the FDIC, as receiver, to resolve the institution under applicable receivership provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act in a manner that ensures that depositors receive access to their insured deposits within one business day of the institution’s failure, maximizes the net present value return from the sale or disposition of its assets and minimizes the amount of any loss to be realized by the institution’s creditors.

The Company filed its resolution plans pursuant to each rule in December 2015, and will periodically revise its plans as required.

Recovery Plans In December 2015, the OCC proposed a rule to establish enforceable guidelines for recovery planning by insured national banks, insured federal savings associations, and insured federal branches of foreign banks with average total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more. U.S. Bank National Association would be a “covered bank” under this rule and would be required to develop and maintain a recovery plan. The proposed guidelines provide that a covered bank should develop and maintain a recovery plan that is appropriate for its individual risk profile, size, activities, and complexity, including the complexity of its organizational and legal entity structure. The proposed guidelines state that a recovery plan should (a) establish triggers, which are quantitative or qualitative indicators of the risk or existence of severe stress that should always be escalated to management or the board of directors, as appropriate, for purposes of initiating a response; (b) identify a wide range of credible options that a covered bank could undertake to restore financial and operational strength and viability; and (c) address escalation procedures, management reports, and communication procedures.

Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions An FDIC-insured depository institution can be held liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with another FDIC-insured institution

11

under common control with that institution being “in default” or “in danger of default” (commonly referred to as “cross-guarantee” liability). An FDIC claim for cross-guarantee liability against a depository institution is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the holding company and its affiliates against the depository institution.

Transactions with Affiliates There are various legal restrictions on the extent to which the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries may borrow or otherwise obtain funding from U.S. Bank National Association. Under the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W of the Federal Reserve, U.S. Bank National Association (and its subsidiaries) may only engage in lending and other “covered transactions” with non-bank and non-savings bank affiliates to the following extent: (a) in the case of any single affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions may not exceed 10 percent of the capital stock and surplus of U.S. Bank National Association; and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions may not exceed 20 percent of the capital stock and surplus of U.S. Bank National Association.

Covered transactions between U.S. Bank National Association and its affiliates are also subject to certain collateralization requirements. All covered transactions, including transactions with a third party in which an affiliate of U.S. Bank National Association has a financial interest, must be conducted on market terms. “Covered transactions” are defined to include (a) a loan or extension of credit by a bank subsidiary to an affiliate; (b) a purchase of securities issued to a banking subsidiary by an affiliate; (c) a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve) by the banking subsidiary from an affiliate; (d) the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate to the banking subsidiary as collateral for a loan; and (e) the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit by the banking subsidiary on behalf of an affiliate. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the special treatment for transactions with financial subsidiaries and added derivative and securities lending transactions to the definition of “covered transactions.”

Anti-Money Laundering and Suspicious Activity The Company is subject to several federal laws that are designed to combat money laundering, terrorist financing, and transactions with persons, companies, or foreign governments designated by U.S. authorities (“AML laws”). This category of laws includes the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act, and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or USA PATRIOT Act.

In October 2015, U.S. Bank National Association entered into a Consent Order with the OCC regarding its Bank Secrecy Act/AML compliance program. U.S. Bank National Association has implemented a number of Bank Secrecy Act/AML compliance program enhancements and is taking significant steps to remediate the issues identified in the Consent Order.

As implemented by federal banking and securities regulators and the Department of the Treasury, AML laws obligate depository institutions and broker/dealers to verify their customers’ identity, conduct customer due diligence, report on suspicious activity, file reports of transactions in currency, and conduct enhanced due diligence on certain accounts held by foreign banks and foreign persons. Depository institutions and broker/dealers are required by their respective federal regulators to maintain policies and procedures in order to ensure compliance with the above obligations. Federal regulators regularly examine such policies and procedures to ensure their adequacy and effectiveness, and the frequency and extent of such examinations and the remedial actions resulting therefrom have been increasing. Non-compliance with AML laws or failure to maintain adequate policies and procedures can lead to significant monetary penalties and reputational damage, and federal regulators evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering when determining whether to approve a proposed bank merger, acquisition, restructuring, or other expansionary activity. There have been a number of significant enforcement actions against banking organizations with respect to AML laws and some have resulted in substantial penalties, including criminal pleas.

Community Reinvestment Act U.S. Bank National Association is subject to the provisions of the CRA. Under the terms of the CRA, banks have a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with safe and sound

12

operation, to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including providing credit to individuals residing in low-income and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, and does not limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community in a manner consistent with the CRA.

The OCC regularly assesses U.S. Bank National Association on its record in meeting the credit needs of the community served by that institution, including low-income and moderate-income neighborhoods. The assessment also is considered when the Federal Reserve reviews applications by banking institutions to acquire, merge or consolidate with another banking institution or its holding company, to establish a new branch office that will accept deposits or to relocate an office. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or other bank holding company, the Federal Reserve will assess the records of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant bank holding company, and those records may be the basis for denying the application.

U.S. Bank National Association received an “outstanding” CRA rating in its most recent examination, covering the period from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2008.

Regulation of Brokerage, Investment Advisory and Insurance Activities The Company conducts securities underwriting, dealing and brokerage activities in the United States through U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. (“USBII”) and other subsidiaries. These activities are subject to regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and other authorities, including state regulators. These regulations generally cover licensing of securities personnel, interactions with customers, trading operations and periodic examinations.

Securities regulators impose capital requirements on USBII and monitor its financial operations with periodic financial reviews. In addition, USBII is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation.

The operations of the First American family of funds, the Company’s proprietary money market fund complex, also are subject to regulation by the SEC. In July 2014, the SEC finalized rules regarding money market fund reform. The final rules require a floating net asset value for institutional prime and tax-free money market funds. The rules also give the board of directors of the money market funds the ability to limit redemptions during periods of stress (allowing for the use of liquidity fees and redemption gates during such times). Other changes include tightened diversification requirements and enhanced disclosure requirements.

The Company’s operations in the areas of insurance brokerage and reinsurance of credit life insurance are subject to regulation and supervision by various state insurance regulatory authorities, including the licensing of insurance brokers and agents.

Regulation of Derivatives and the Swaps Marketplace Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) has issued and will continue to issue additional rules regarding the regulation of the swaps marketplace and over-the-counter derivatives. The rules require swap dealers and major swap participants to register with the CFTC and require them to meet robust business conduct standards to lower risk and promote market integrity, to meet certain recordkeeping and reporting requirements so that regulators can better monitor the markets, and to be subject to certain capital and margin requirements. U.S. Bank National Association is a registered swap dealer.

In addition, in October 2015, the Federal Reserve, the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, and the Farm Credit Administration finalized a rule concerning swap margin and capital requirements. The rule incorporates many aspects of the international framework for margin requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives issued in September 2013 by the BCBS and the Board of the International Organization of Securities Commissions. The final rule mandates the exchange of initial and variation margin for non-cleared swaps and non-cleared security-based swaps between swap entities regulated by the five agencies and certain

13

counterparties. The amount of margin will vary based on the relative risk of the non-cleared swap or non-cleared security-based swap. The final rule will phase in the variation margin requirements between September 1, 2016, and March 1, 2017. The initial margin requirements will phase in over four years, beginning on September 1, 2016. Additionally, the agencies issued an interim final rule relating to the rule’s exemption from margin requirements for certain non-cleared swaps and non-cleared security-based swaps used for hedging purposes by commercial end-users and certain other counterparties.

Other swaps requirements have been modified by legislation. Section 716 of the Dodd-Frank Act required covered U.S. banks acting as dealers in commodity swaps, equity swaps and certain credit default swaps to “push out” such activities and conduct them through one or more non-bank affiliates. In December 2014, the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act of 2015 was signed into law, which contains a provision that narrows the push-out requirements in Section 716 only to “structured finance swaps.”

Future regulations will likely impose additional operational and compliance costs, although the ultimate impact of regulations that have not yet been finalized remains unclear.

The Volcker Rule In December 2013, the SEC, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC jointly issued a final rule to implement the so-called “Volcker Rule” under the Dodd-Frank Act. The Volcker Rule prohibits banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading, and prohibits certain interests in, or relationships with, hedge funds or private equity funds. The final rule also requires annual attestation by a banking entity’s Chief Executive Officer that the banking entity has in place processes to establish, maintain, enforce, review, test and modify a Compliance Program established in a manner reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the final rule. The final rule became effective on April 1, 2014, and applies to the Company, U.S. Bank National Association and their affiliates.

Financial Privacy Under the requirements imposed by the GLBA, the Company and its subsidiaries are required periodically to disclose to their retail customers the Company’s policies and practices with respect to the sharing of nonpublic customer information with its affiliates and others, and the confidentiality and security of that information. Under the GLBA, retail customers also must be given the opportunity to “opt out” of information-sharing arrangements with non-affiliates, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the GLBA.

Incentive-Based Compensation Arrangements In April 2011, the Federal Reserve, the OCC, the FDIC, the SEC, the National Credit Union Administration and the Federal Housing Finance Agency issued a proposed rule under Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act that would require the reporting of incentive-based compensation arrangements by a covered financial institution, and prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements at a covered financial institution that provide excessive compensation or that could expose the institution to inappropriate risks that could lead to material financial loss. The federal banking agencies have indicated that a new incentive-based compensation rule will likely be issued under the Dodd-Frank Act in 2016.

Durbin Amendment A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act known as the Durbin Amendment required the Federal Reserve to establish a cap on the interchange fees that merchants pay banks for electronic clearing of debit transactions. The Federal Reserve issued final rules, effective October 1, 2011, for establishing standards, including a cap, for debit card interchange fees and prohibiting network exclusivity arrangements and routing restrictions. The final rule established standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers were reasonable and proportional to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions, and it established a maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction, which reduces fee revenue to debit card issuers such as the Company. Under the final rule, the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction, a 1 cent fraud prevention adjustment, and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction.

In July 2013, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, in NACS, et al. v. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, invalidated these regulations, ruling in favor of a group of retailers

14

who argued that the new lower interchange fees had been inappropriately set too high. The United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, in March 2014, reversed the district court, upheld the vast majority of the regulations, and remanded the matter to the district court for the limited purpose of reviewing the Federal Reserve’s treatment of transaction monitoring costs. In January 2015, the Supreme Court declined to review the Court of Appeals decision, which effectively keeps the final interchange fees rules intact.

Consumer Protection Regulation Retail banking activities are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by banks are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to numerous laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:

• the federal Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z issued by the Federal Reserve, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

• the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C issued by the Federal Reserve, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

• the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B issued by the Federal Reserve, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

• the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V issued by the Federal Reserve, governing the use and provision of information to consumer reporting agencies;

• the Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

• the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, applying to all debts incurred prior to commencement of active military service (including credit card and other open-end debt) and limiting the amount of interest, including service and renewal charges and any other fees or charges (other than bona fide insurance) that is related to the obligation or liability; and

• the guidance of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such laws.

Deposit operations also are subject to consumer protection laws and regulations, such as:

• the Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD issued by the Federal Reserve, which require disclosure of deposit terms to consumers;

• Regulation CC issued by the Federal Reserve, which relates to the availability of deposit funds to consumers;

• the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and

• the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services, including remittance transfers.

The Company and its subsidiaries, as applicable, are also subject to state consumer lender regulation and various other state laws and regulations designed to protect consumers.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Many of the foregoing laws and regulations are subject to change resulting from provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, which in many cases calls for revisions to implementing

15

regulations. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) created by the Dodd-Frank Act has assumed all authority to prescribe rules or issue orders or guidelines pursuant to any federal consumer financial law. The CFPB regulates and examines the Company and its bank and other subsidiaries with respect to matters that relate to these laws and consumer financial services and products. The CFPB undertook numerous rule-making and other initiatives in 2015, and will continue to do so in 2016. The CFPB’s rulemaking, examination and enforcement authority has and will continue to significantly affect financial institutions involved in the provision of consumer financial products and services, including the Company, U.S. Bank National Association and the Company’s other subsidiaries. These regulatory activities may limit the types of financial services and products the Company may offer, which in turn may reduce the Company’s revenues.

A number of significant rules that impact many aspects of the lifecycle of a residential mortgage became effective in 2014. These rules implement the Dodd-Frank Act amendments to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act (“TILA”) and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”). The final rules require banks to, among other things: (a) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a new “ability to repay” requirement and identify whether a loan meets a new definition for a “qualified mortgage”; (b) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, early intervention with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower’s principal residence; and (c) comply with additional rules and restrictions regarding mortgage loan originator compensation and the qualification and registration or licensing of loan originators. In 2015, additional rulemaking introduced new residential mortgage disclosures to implement Dodd-Frank amendments to TILA and RESPA. The TILA-RESPA Integrated Disclosures, referred to by the CFPB as “Know Before You Owe,” replaced existing mortgage disclosures with the new “Loan Estimate” and “Closing Disclosure” and introduced new timing requirements for providing these disclosures. Additional rulemaking affecting the residential mortgage business is expected in 2016.

The CFPB and other federal agencies have also jointly finalized rules imposing credit risk retention requirements on lenders originating certain mortgage loans, which require sponsors of a securitization to retain at least 5 percent of the credit risk of assets collateralizing asset-backed securities. Residential mortgage-backed securities qualifying as “qualified residential mortgages” will be exempt from the risk retention requirements. The final rule maintains revisions to the proposed rules that cover degrees of flexibility for meeting risk retention requirements and the relationship between “qualified mortgages” and “qualified residential mortgages.” These rules and any other new regulatory requirements promulgated by the CFPB could require changes to the Company’s mortgage origination and servicing businesses, result in increased compliance costs and affect the streams of revenue of such businesses.

Supervisory Ratings Federal banking regulators regularly examine the Company to evaluate its financial condition and monitor its compliance with laws and regulatory policies. Key products of such exams are supervisory ratings of the Company’s overall condition, commonly referred to as the CAMELS rating for U.S. Bank National Association (which reflects the OCC’s evaluation of certain components of the bank’s condition) and the RFI/C(D) rating for U.S. Bancorp (which reflects the Federal Reserve’s evaluation of certain components of the holding company’s condition). Violations of laws and regulations or deemed deficiencies in risk management practices may be incorporated into these supervisory ratings. A downgrade in these ratings could limit the Company’s ability to pursue acquisitions or conduct other expansionary activities for a period of time, require new or additional regulatory approvals before engaging in certain other business activities or investments, affect U.S. Bank National Association’s deposit insurance assessment rate, and impose additional recordkeeping and corporate governance requirements, as well as generally increase regulatory scrutiny of the Company.

Other Supervision and Regulation The Company is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), both as administered by the SEC, by virtue of the Company’s status as a public company. As a listed company on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), the Company is subject to the rules of the NYSE for listed companies.

16

Website Access to SEC Reports

U.S. Bancorp’s internet website can be found at usbank.com. U.S. Bancorp makes available free of charge on its website its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as all other reports filed by U.S. Bancorp with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

Additional Information

Additional information in response to this Item 1 can be found in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on page 28 under the heading “Acquisitions”; and on pages 69 to 73 under the heading “Line of Business Financial Review.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Information in response to this Item 1A can be found in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on pages 156 to 166 under the heading “Risk Factors.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

U.S. Bancorp and its significant subsidiaries occupy headquarter offices under a long-term lease in Minneapolis, Minnesota. The Company also leases nine freestanding operations centers in Cincinnati, Denver, Milwaukee, Minneapolis, Overland Park, Portland and St. Paul. The Company owns 11 principal operations centers in Cincinnati, Coeur d’Alene, Fargo, Milwaukee, Olathe, Owensboro, Portland, St. Louis and St. Paul. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s subsidiaries owned and operated a total of 1,594 facilities and leased an additional 2,091 facilities. The Company believes its current facilities are adequate to meet its needs. Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report. That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Information in response to this Item 3 can be found in Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report. That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.

17

Capital Covenants

The Company has entered into several transactions involving the issuance of capital securities (“Capital Securities”) by certain Delaware statutory trusts formed by the Company (the “Trusts”), the issuance by the Company of preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”) or the issuance by an indirect subsidiary of U.S. Bank National Association of preferred stock exchangeable for the Company’s Preferred Stock under certain circumstances (“Exchangeable Preferred Stock”). Simultaneously with the closing of each of those transactions, the Company entered into a replacement capital covenant, as amended from time to time (as amended, each, a “Replacement Capital Covenant” and collectively, the “Replacement Capital Covenants”) for the benefit of persons that buy, hold or sell a specified series of long-term indebtedness of the Company or U.S. Bank National Association (the “Covered Debt”). Each of the Replacement Capital Covenants provides that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries (including any of the Trusts) will repay, redeem or purchase any of the Preferred Stock, Exchangeable Preferred Stock or the Capital Securities and the securities held by the Trust (the “Other Securities”), as applicable, on or before the date specified in the applicable Replacement Capital Covenant, unless the Company has received proceeds from the sale of qualifying securities that (a) have equity-like characteristics that are the same as, or more equity-like than, the applicable characteristics of the Preferred Stock, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the Capital Securities or Other Securities, as applicable, at the time of repayment, redemption or purchase, and (b) the Company has obtained the prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if such approval is then required by the Federal Reserve or, in the case of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the approval of the OCC.

The Company will provide a copy of any Replacement Capital Covenant to a holder of the relevant Covered Debt. For copies of any of these documents, holders should write to Investor Relations, U.S. Bancorp, 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, or call (866) 775-9668.

18

The following table identifies the closing date for each transaction, issuer, series of Capital Securities, Preferred Stock or Exchangeable Preferred Stock issued in the relevant transaction, Other Securities, if any, and applicable Covered Debt as of February 25, 2016, for those securities that remain outstanding.

Closing Date	Issuer	Capital Securities or Preferred Stock	Other Securities	Covered Debt
3/17/06	USB Capital IX and U.S. Bancorp	USB Capital IX’s $675,378,000 of 6.189% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Normal Income Trust Securities	U.S. Bancorp’s Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock	U.S. Bancorp’s 7.50% Subordinated Debentures due 2026 (CUSIP No. 911596AL8)
3/27/06	U.S. Bancorp	U.S. Bancorp’s 40,000,000 Depositary Shares ($25 per Depositary Share) each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock	Not Applicable	U.S. Bancorp’s 7.50% Subordinated Debentures due 2026 (CUSIP No. 911596AL8)
12/22/06	USB Realty Corp(a) and U.S. Bancorp	USB Realty Corp.’s 5,000 shares of Fixed-to-Floating-Rate Exchangeable Non-Cumulative Perpetual Series A Preferred Stock exchangeable for shares of U.S. Bancorp’s Series C Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock(b)	Not Applicable	U.S. Bancorp’s 7.50% Subordinated Debentures due 2026 (CUSIP No. 911596AL8)
6/10/10	U.S. Bancorp	U.S. Bancorp’s 574,622 Depositary Shares ($1,000 per Depositary Share) each representing a 1/100th interest in a share of Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock	Not Applicable	U.S. Bancorp’s 1.95% Medium-Term Notes, Series T, due 2018 (CUSIP No. 91159HHE3)
4/20/12	U.S. Bancorp	U.S. Bancorp’s 43,400,000 Depositary Shares ($25 per Depositary Share) each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Series G Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock	Not Applicable	U.S. Bancorp’s 1.95% Medium-Term Notes, Series T, due 2018 (CUSIP No. 91159HHE3)
5/2/13	U.S. Bancorp	U.S. Bancorp’s 20,000,000 Depositary Shares ($25 per Depositary Share) each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Series H Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock	Not Applicable	U.S. Bancorp’s 1.95% Medium-Term Notes, Series T, due 2018 (CUSIP No. 91159HHE3)

(a) USB Realty Corp. is an indirect subsidiary of U.S. Bank National Association.

(b) Under certain circumstances, upon the direction of the OCC, each share of USB Realty Corp.’s Series A Preferred Stock will be automatically exchanged for one share of the U.S. Bancorp’s Series C Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock.

19

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On March 11, 2015, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved an authorization to repurchase up to $3.022 billion of its common stock, from April 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016. Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, all shares repurchased during the fourth quarter of 2015 were repurchased under this authorization. The following table provides a detailed analysis of all shares repurchased by the Company during the fourth quarter of 2015:

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased			Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program		Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program (In Millions)
October 1-31		5,032,032	(a)	$	41.96		4,907,032	$	1,504
November 1-30		2,839,705			43.32		2,839,705		1,381
December 1-31		2,056,524	(b)		43.30		2,006,524		1,294
Total		9,928,261	(c)	$	42.63		9,753,261	$	1,294

(a) Includes 125,000 shares of common stock purchased at an average price per share of $41.09, in open-market transactions by U.S. Bank National Association, the Company’s principal banking subsidiary, in its capacity as trustee of the Company’s Employee Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”).

(b) Includes 50,000 shares of common stock purchased at an average price per share of $42.59, in open-market transactions by U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as trustee of the Company’s 401(k) Plan.

(c) Includes 175,000 shares of common stock purchased at an average price per share of $41.52, in open-market transactions by U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as trustee of the Company’s 401(k) Plan.

Additional Information

Additional information in response to this Item 5 can be found in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on page 153 under the heading “U.S. Bancorp Supplemental Financial Data (Unaudited).” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Information in response to this Item 6 can be found in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on page 27 under the heading “Table 1 — Selected Financial Data.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Information in response to this Item 7 can be found in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on pages 26 to 78 under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Information in response to this Item 7A can be found in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on pages 42 to 67 under the heading “Corporate Risk Profile.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

20

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Information in response to this Item 8 can be found in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on pages 79 to 155 under the headings “Report of Management,” “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Balance Sheet,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Income,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows,” “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Balance Sheet — Five Year Summary (Unaudited),” “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Income — Five Year Summary (Unaudited),” “U.S. Bancorp Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited),” “U.S. Bancorp Supplemental Financial Data (Unaudited)” and “U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates (Unaudited)”. That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Information in response to this Item 9A can be found in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on page 78 under the heading “Controls and Procedures” and on pages 79 and 81 under the headings “Report of Management” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

21

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. The Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct can be found at www.usbank.com by clicking on “About U.S. Bank” and then clicking on “Ethics” under the “Investor/Shareholder Information” heading, which is located at the left side of the bottom of the page. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding amendments to, or waivers from, certain provisions of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that apply to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer by posting such information on its website, at the address and location specified above.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Richard K. Davis

Mr. Davis is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Davis, 58, has served as Chairman of U.S. Bancorp since December 2007 and as Chief Executive Officer since December 2006. He also served as President from October 2004 until January 2016, and as Chief Operating Officer from October 2004 until December 2006. Mr. Davis has held management positions with the Company since joining Star Banc Corporation, one of its predecessors, as Executive Vice President in 1993.

Jennie P. Carlson

Ms. Carlson is Executive Vice President, Human Resources, of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Carlson, 55, has served in this position since January 2002. Until that time, she served as Executive Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of U.S. Bancorp since the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001. From 1995 until the merger, she was General Counsel and Secretary of Firstar Corporation and Star Banc Corporation.

Andrew Cecere

Mr. Cecere is President and Chief Operating Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Cecere, 55, has served in this position since January 2016. From January 2015 to January 2016, he served as U.S. Bancorp’s Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer, and from February 2007 to January 2015, he served as U.S. Bancorp’s Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer. Until that time, he served as Vice Chairman, Wealth Management and Securities Services, of U.S. Bancorp since the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001. Previously, he had served as an executive officer of the former U.S. Bancorp, including as Chief Financial Officer from May 2000 through February 2001.

James L. Chosy

Mr. Chosy is Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Chosy, 52, has served in this position since March 2013. From 2001 to 2013, he served as the General Counsel and Secretary of Piper Jaffray Companies. From 1995 to 2001, Mr. Chosy was Vice President and Associate General Counsel of U.S. Bancorp, having also served as Assistant Secretary of U.S. Bancorp from 1995 through 2000 and as Secretary from 2000 until 2001.

Terrance R. Dolan

Mr. Dolan is Vice Chairman, Wealth Management and Securities Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Dolan, 54, has served in this position since July 2010. From September 1998 to July 2010, Mr. Dolan served as U.S. Bancorp’s Controller. He additionally held the title of Executive Vice President from January 2002 until June 2010 and Senior Vice President from September 1998 until January 2002.

22

John R. Elmore

Mr. Elmore is Vice Chairman, Community Banking and Branch Delivery, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Elmore, 59, has served in this position since March 2013. From 1999 to 2013, he served as Executive Vice President, Community Banking, of U.S. Bancorp and its predecessor company, Firstar Corporation.

Leslie V. Godridge

Ms. Godridge is Vice Chairman, Wholesale Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Godridge, 60, has served in this position since January 2016. From February 2013 until December 2015, she served as Executive Vice President, National Corporate Specialized Industries and Global Treasury Management, of U.S. Bancorp. From February 2007, when she joined U.S. Bancorp, until January 2013, Ms. Godridge served as Executive Vice President, National Corporate and Institutional Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Prior to that time, she served as Senior Executive Vice President and a member of the Executive Committee at The Bank of New York, where she was head of BNY Asset Management, Private Banking, Consumer Banking and Regional Commercial Banking from 2004 to 2006.

James B. Kelligrew

Mr. Kelligrew is Vice Chairman, Wholesale Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Kelligrew, 50, has served in this position since January 2016. From March 2014 until December 2015, he served as Executive Vice President, Fixed Income and Capital Markets, of U.S. Bancorp, having served as Executive Vice President, Credit Fixed Income, of U.S. Bancorp from May 2009 to March 2014. Prior to that time, he held various leadership positions with Wells Fargo Securities from 2003 to 2009, and with Bank of America Securities from 1993 to 2003.

Shailesh M. Kotwal

Mr. Kotwal is Vice Chairman, Payment Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Kotwal, 51, has served in this position since joining U.S. Bancorp in March 2015. From July 2008 until May 2014, he served as Executive Vice President of TD Bank Group with responsibility for retail banking products and services and as Chair of its enterprise payments council. From 2006 until 2008, he served as President, International, of eFunds Corporation. Previously, Mr. Kotwal served in various leadership roles at American Express Company from 1989 until 2006, including responsibility for operations in North and South America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific regions.

P.W. Parker

Mr. Parker is Vice Chairman and Chief Risk Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Parker, 59, has served in this position since December 2013. From October 2007 until December 2013 he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of U.S. Bancorp. From March 2005 until October 2007, he served as Executive Vice President of Credit Portfolio Management of U.S. Bancorp, having served as Senior Vice President of Credit Portfolio Management of U.S. Bancorp since January 2002.

Richard B. Payne, Jr.

Mr. Payne is Vice Chairman, Wholesale Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Payne, 68, has served in this position since November 2010, when he assumed the additional responsibility for Commercial Banking at U.S. Bancorp. From July 2006, when he joined U.S. Bancorp, until November 2010, Mr. Payne served as Vice Chairman, Corporate Banking, at U.S. Bancorp. Prior to joining U.S. Bancorp, he served as Executive Vice President for National City Corporation in Cleveland, with responsibility for Capital Markets, from 2001 to 2006.

Katherine B. Quinn

Ms. Quinn is Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Reputation Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Quinn, 51, has served in this position since joining U.S. Bancorp in September 2013 and has served on U.S. Bancorp’s Managing Committee since January 2015. From September 2010 until January 2013, she served as

23

Chief Marketing Officer of WellPoint, Inc. (now known as Anthem, Inc.), having served as Head of Corporate Marketing of WellPoint from July 2005 until September 2010. Prior to that time, she served as Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer at The Hartford from 2003 until 2005.

Kathleen A. Rogers

Ms. Rogers is Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Rogers, 50, has served in this position since January 2015. From June 2005 until January 2015, she served as U.S. Bancorp’s Executive Vice President, Business Line Reporting and Planning, having served in various financial roles at U.S. Bancorp since joining the Company in 1987.

Mark G. Runkel

Mr. Runkel is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Runkel, 39, has served in this position since December 2013. From February 2011 until December 2013, he served as Senior Vice President and Credit Risk Group Manager of U.S. Bancorp Retail and Payment Services Credit Risk Management, having served as Senior Vice President and Risk Manager of U.S. Bancorp Retail and Small Business Credit Risk Management from June 2009 until February 2011. From March 2005 until May 2009, he served as Vice President and Risk Manager of U.S. Bancorp.

Kent V. Stone

Mr. Stone is Vice Chairman, Consumer Banking Sales and Support, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Stone, 58, has served in this position since March 2013. He served as an Executive Vice President of U.S. Bancorp from 2000 to 2013, most recently with responsibility for Consumer Banking Support Services since 2006, and held other senior leadership positions with U.S. Bancorp since 1991.

Jeffry H. von Gillern

Mr. von Gillern is Vice Chairman, Technology and Operations Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. von Gillern, 50, has served in this position since July 2010. From April 2001, when he joined U.S. Bancorp, until July 2010, Mr. von Gillern served as Executive Vice President of U.S. Bancorp, additionally serving as Chief Information Officer from July 2007 until July 2010.

Additional Information

Additional information in response to this Item 10 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Other Matters — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Proposal 1 —Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance — Committee Responsibilities” and “Corporate Governance — Committee Member Qualifications.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information in response to this Item 11 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

24

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table summarizes information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans in effect as of December 31, 2015:

Plan Category	Number of Securities to  be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights			Weighted-average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in the First Column)(1)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		31,218,025	(1)	$	31.67		46,704,629	(2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(3)		793,376			-		-
Total		32,011,401		$	30.89		46,704,629

(1) Includes shares underlying stock options, performance-based restricted stock units (awarded to the members of the Company’s managing committee and settled in shares of the Company’s common stock on a one-for-one basis) and restricted stock units (settled in shares of the Company’s common stock on a one-for-one basis) under the U.S. Bancorp 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”), the U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) and the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Includes an aggregate upward adjustment of 21,080 units subsequent to December 31, 2015 made to performance-based restricted stock units granted in 2015, to reflect the difference between (a) the number of units earned based on actual 2015 Company performance compared to absolute and relative targets set forth in each recipient’s award agreement and (b) the target number of units granted to managing committee members in February 2015.

Excludes 137,620 shares, with a weighted-average exercise price of $19.86, underlying outstanding warrants assumed in connection with acquisitions by the Company. In addition, the table does not include 1,285,974 unvested shares of restricted stock awarded under the 2007 Plan. These unvested shares were issued when awarded and consequently are included in the number of common shares outstanding.

(2) The 46,704,629 shares available for future issuance are reserved under the 2015 Plan. Future awards under the 2015 Plan may be made in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalents, stock awards, or other stock-based awards.

(3) These shares of common stock are issuable pursuant to various current and former deferred compensation plans of U.S. Bancorp and its predecessor entities. No exercise price is paid when shares are issued pursuant to the deferred compensation plans.

The deferred compensation plans allow non-employee directors and members of senior management to defer all or part of their compensation until the earlier of retirement or termination of employment. The deferred compensation is deemed to be invested in one of several investment alternatives at the option of the participant, including shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock. Deferred compensation deemed to be invested in U.S. Bancorp common stock will be received in the form of shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock at the time of distribution, unless the Company chooses cash payment.

The 793,376 shares included in the table assume that participants in the plans whose deferred compensation had been deemed to be invested in U.S. Bancorp common stock had elected to receive all of that deferred compensation in shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock on December 31, 2015. The U.S. Bank Executive

Employees Deferred Compensation Plan (2005 Statement) and the U.S. Bank Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (2005 Statement) are the Company’s only deferred compensation plans under which compensation may currently be deferred.

25

Additional Information

Additional information in response to this Item 12 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information in response to this Item 13 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Corporate Governance — Director Independence,” “Corporate Governance — Committee Member Qualifications” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information in response to this Item 14 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the headings “Audit Committee Report and Payment of Fees to Auditor — Fees to Independent Auditor” and “Audit Committee Report and Payment of Fees to Auditor — Administration of Engagement of Independent Auditor.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference.

26

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

List of documents filed as part of this report

1. Financial Statements

• Report of Management

• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

• U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

• U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015

• U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015

• U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015

• U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015

• Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

• U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Balance Sheet — Five Year Summary (Unaudited)

• U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Statement of Income — Five Year Summary (Unaudited)

• U.S. Bancorp Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited)

• U.S. Bancorp Supplemental Financial Data (Unaudited)

• U.S. Bancorp Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates (Unaudited)

2. Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules for the Company have been included in the consolidated financial statements or the related footnotes, or are either inapplicable or not required.

27

3. Exhibits

Shareholders may obtain a copy of any of the exhibits to this report upon payment of a fee covering the Company’s reasonable expenses in furnishing the exhibits. You can request exhibits by writing to Investor Relations, U.S. Bancorp, 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
(1)3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2016.
4.1	[Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt are not filed. U.S. Bancorp agrees to furnish a copy thereof to the SEC upon request.]
(1)(2)10.1(a)	U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
(1)(2)10.1(b)	Amendment No. 1 to U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
(1)(2)10.2	U.S. Bancorp 2006 Executive Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2006.
(1)(2)10.3	U.S. Bancorp Executive Deferral Plan, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
(1)(2)10.4	Summary of Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended, of the former U.S. Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
(1)(2)10.5	Form of Director Indemnification Agreement entered into with former directors of the former U.S. Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
(1)(2)10.6(a)	U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
(1)(2)10.6(b)	First, Second and Third Amendments of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
(1)(2)10.6(c)	Fourth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2004.
(1)(2)10.6(d)	Fifth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005.
(1)(2)10.6(e)	Sixth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on October 20, 2005.
(1)(2)10.6(f)	Seventh Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1(g) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.6(g)	Eighth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1(h) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.6(h)	Ninth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1(i) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.6(i)	Tenth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1(j) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.6(j)	Eleventh Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.11(k) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

28

(1)(2)10.6(k)	Twelfth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.11(l) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(1)(2)10.6(l)	Thirteenth Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.6(l) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(1)(2)10.7(a)	U.S. Bancorp Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
(1)(2)10.7(b)	2011 Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.9(b) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(1)(2)10.8(a)	U.S. Bancorp 2005 Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2005.
(1)(2)10.8(b)	First Amendment of U.S. Bancorp 2005 Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 31, 2009. Filed as Exhibit 10.2(b) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.8(c)	Second Amendment of U.S. Bancorp 2005 Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 2010. Filed as Exhibit 10.13(c) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(1)(2)10.8(d)	Third Amendment of U.S. Bancorp 2005 Executive Employees Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.10(d) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(1)(2)10.9(a)	U.S. Bancorp Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
(1)(2)10.9(b)	2011 Amendment of U.S. Bancorp Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.11(b) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(1)(2)10.10(a)	U.S. Bancorp 2005 Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2005.
(1)(2)10.10(b)	First Amendment of U.S. Bancorp 2005 Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 31, 2009. Filed as Exhibit 10.3(b) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.10(c)	Second Amendment of U.S. Bancorp 2005 Outside Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.12(c) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(1)(2)10.11(a)	Form of Executive Severance Agreement, effective November 16, 2001, between U.S. Bancorp and certain executive officers of U.S. Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
(1)(2)10.11(b)	Form of Amendment to Executive Severance Agreements for IRC Section 409A Compliance dated as of December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.6(b) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.12	Form of Executive Officer Stock Option Agreement with cliff and performance vesting under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
(1)(2)10.13	Form of Executive Officer Stock Option Agreement with annual vesting under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
(1)(2)10.14	Form of 2006 Executive Officer Stock Option Agreement with annual vesting under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 17, 2006.

29

(1)(2)10.15	Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
(1)(2)10.16(a)	Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
(1)(2)10.16(b)	Form of Amendment to Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan dated as of December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.5(b) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.17	Form of Executive Officer Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004.
(1)(2)10.18	U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on April 20, 2010.
(1)(2)10.19	Form of 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on April 18, 2007.
(1)(2)10.20	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.8(a) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.21	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers (as approved January 16, 2012) under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 18, 2012.
(1)(2)10.22	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers (as approved November 14, 2012) under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2012.
(1)(2)10.23	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers (as approved December 9, 2013) under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2013.
(1)(2)10.24	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2014. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 31, 2014.
(1)(2)10.25	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.9(a) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.26	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012.
(1)(2)10.27	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2013. Filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(1)(2)10.28	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.10(a) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.29	Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2009.

30

(1)(2)10.30	Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers (as approved February 14, 2011) under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on February 16, 2011.
(1)(2)10.31	Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers (as approved January 16, 2012) under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 18, 2012.
(1)(2)10.32	Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers (as approved November 14, 2012) under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2012.
(1)(2)10.33	Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers (as approved December 9, 2013) under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2013.
(1)(2)10.34	Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2014. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 31, 2014.
(1)(2)10.35	Form of 2007 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q/A for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007.
(1)(2)10.36	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.11(a) to Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.
(1)(2)10.37	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under U.S. Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to be used after December 31, 2013. Filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(1)(2)10.38	U.S. Bancorp 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on April 23, 2015.
(1)(2)10.39	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under U.S. Bancorp 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on April 23, 2015.
(1)(2)10.40	Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed on April 23, 2015.
(1)(2)10.41	Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for Executive Officers under U.S. Bancorp 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed on April 23, 2015.
12	Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
13	2015 Annual Report, pages 25 through 169.
21	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
24	Power of Attorney.
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

31

32

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350 as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101

Financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheet, (ii) the Consolidated Statement of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(1) Exhibit has been previously filed with the SEC and is incorporated herein as an exhibit by reference to the prior filing.

(2) Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

32

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on February 25, 2016, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

U.S. BANCORP
By	/s/ RICHARD K. DAVIS
	Richard K. Davis
	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 25, 2016, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

Signature and Title

/s/ RICHARD K. DAVIS

Richard K. Davis,

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

/s/ KATHLEEN A. ROGERS

Kathleen A. Rogers,

Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

/s/ CRAIG E. GIFFORD

Craig E. Gifford,

Executive Vice President and Controller

(principal accounting officer)

DOUGLAS M. BAKER, JR.*

Douglas M. Baker, Jr., Director

WARNER L. BAXTER*

Warner L. Baxter, Director

ARTHUR D. COLLINS, JR.*

Arthur D. Collins, Jr., Director

KIMBERLY J. HARRIS*

Kimberly J. Harris, Director

ROLAND A. HERNANDEZ*

Roland A. Hernandez, Director

DOREEN WOO HO*

Doreen Woo Ho, Director

JOEL W. JOHNSON*

Joel W. Johnson, Director

OLIVIA F. KIRTLEY*

Olivia F. Kirtley, Director

33

Signature and Title

KAREN S. LYNCH*

Karen S. Lynch, Director

DAVID B. O’MALEY*

David B. O’Maley, Director

O’DELL M. OWENS, M.D., M.P.H.*

O’Dell M. Owens, M.D., M.P.H., Director

CRAIG D. SCHNUCK*

Craig D. Schnuck, Director

PATRICK T. STOKES*

Patrick T. Stokes, Director

SCOTT W. WINE*

Scott W. Wine, Director

* James L. Chosy, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this document on behalf of each of the above named directors of the registrant pursuant to powers of attorney duly executed by such persons.

Dated: February 25, 2016

By:	/s/ JAMES L. CHOSY
	James L. Chosy
	Attorney-In-Fact Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

34

EX-3.1

EXHIBIT 3.1

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

U.S. BANCORP

U.S. Bancorp, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

The name of the corporation is U.S. Bancorp and the name under which the corporation was originally incorporated is First Bank Stock Investment Company. The date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation was April 2, 1929.

This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and only restates and integrates and does not further amend the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of U.S. Bancorp as heretofore restated, amended and supplemented. There is no discrepancy between those provisions and the provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

The text of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended or supplemented heretofore, is hereby restated without further amendments or changes to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is U.S. Bancorp.

SECOND: The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is to be located at 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any part of the world in any capacity in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, and the corporation shall be authorized to exercise and enjoy all powers, rights and privileges which corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware may have under the laws of the State of Delaware as in force from time to time, including without limitation all powers, rights and privileges necessary or convenient to carry out all those acts and activities in which it may lawfully engage.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the corporation shall have the authority to issue is 4,050,000,000, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the par value of $1.00 each and 4,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the par value of $.01 each.

The designations and the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each class of stock are as follows:

The Board of Directors is expressly authorized at any time, and from time to time, to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited, or without voting powers and with such designations, preferences and

relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue thereof adopted by the board of directors, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and in accordance with the provisions hereof, including (but without limiting the generality thereof) the following:

(a) The designation of the series and the number of shares to constitute the series.

(b) The dividend rate of the series, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any other class or classes of stock, and whether such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative.

(c) Whether the shares of the series shall be subject to redemption by the corporation and, if made subject to such redemption, the times, prices and other terms and conditions of such redemption.

(d) The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of the shares of the series.

(e) Whether or not the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of any class or classes of stock of the corporation, and, if provision be made for conversion or exchange, the times, prices, rates, adjustments and other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange.

(f) The extent, if any, to which the holders of the shares of the series shall be entitled to vote with respect to the election of directors or otherwise.

(g) The restrictions, if any on the issue or reissue of any additional preferred stock.

(h) The rights of the holders of the shares of the series upon the dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the corporation.

Subject to the prior or equal rights, if any, of the preferred stock of any and all series stated and expressed by the board of directors in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such preferred stock, the holders of common stock shall be entitled (i) to receive dividends when and as declared by the board of directors out of any funds legally available therefore, (ii) in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the corporation, to receive the remaining assets of the corporation, ratably according to the number of shares of common stock held, and (iii) to one vote for each share of common stock held. No holder of common stock shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any part of any issue of stock or of securities of the corporation convertible into stock of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized.

Pursuant to the authority conferred by this Article FOURTH, the following series of Preferred Stock have been designated, each such series consisting of such number of shares, with such voting powers and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating,

2

optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as are stated and expressed in the exhibit with respect to such series attached hereto as specified below and incorporated herein by reference:

Exhibit A Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

Exhibit B Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

Exhibit C Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

Exhibit D Series F Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

Exhibit E Series G Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

Exhibit F Series H Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

FIFTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

(a) To fix, determine and vary from time to time the amount to be maintained as surplus and the amount or amounts to be set apart as working capital.

(b) To adopt, amend, alter or repeal by-laws of the corporation, without any action on the part of the shareholders. The by-laws adopted by the directors may be amended, altered, changed, added to or repealed by the shareholders.

(c) To authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens, without limit as to amount, upon the real and personal property of this corporation.

(d) To sell, assign, convey or otherwise dispose of a part of the property, assets and effects of this corporation, less than the whole, or less than substantially the whole thereof, on such terms and conditions as they shall deem advisable, without the assent of the shareholders; and also to sell, assign, transfer, convey and otherwise dispose of the whole or substantially the whole of the property, assets, effects, franchises and good will of this corporation on such terms and conditions as they shall deem advisable, but only pursuant to the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in amount of the stock then having voting power and at the time issued and outstanding, but in any event not less than the amount required by law.

(e) All of the powers of this corporation, insofar as the same lawfully may be vested by this certificate in the board of directors, are hereby conferred upon the board of directors of this corporation.

SIXTH: The affairs of the Corporation shall be conducted by a Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by this Article Sixth, the number of directors, not less than twelve (12) nor more than thirty (30), shall be fixed from time to time by the Bylaws. Commencing with the 2008 annual meeting of the stockholders, directors shall be elected annually for terms of one year and shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting. Directors elected at

3

the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders shall hold office until the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders; directors elected at the 2006 annual meeting of stockholders shall hold office until the 2009 annual meeting of stockholders and directors elected at the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders shall hold office until the 2010 annual meeting of stockholders. In all cases, directors shall hold office until their respective successors are elected by the stockholders and have qualified.

In the event that the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation having a preference as to dividends or upon liquidation of the Corporation shall be entitled, by a separate class vote, to elect directors as may be specified pursuant to Article Fourth, then the provisions of such class or series of stock with respect to their rights shall apply. The number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such class or series of stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to the preceding paragraph of this Article Sixth. Except as otherwise expressly provided pursuant to Article Fourth, the number of directors that may be so elected by the holders of any such class or series of stock shall be elected for terms expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders and vacancies among directors so elected by the separate class vote of any such class or series of stock shall be filled by the remaining directors elected by such class or series, or, if there are no such remaining directors, by the holders of such class or series in the same manner in which such class or series initially elected a director.

If at any meeting for the election of directors, more than one class of stock, voting separately as classes, shall be entitled to elect one or more directors and there shall be a quorum of only one such class of stock, that class of stock shall be entitled to elect its quota of directors notwithstanding the absence of a quorum of the other class or classes of stock.

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, subject to the provision of Article Fourth, shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and such directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of directors, and until their successors shall be elected and shall have qualified.

SEVENTH: No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

EIGHTH: No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director; provided, however, that this Article Eighth shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director to the extent provided by applicable law (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Eighth shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, U.S. Bancorp has caused this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of this 19th day of June, 2013.

U.S. BANCORP
By:	/s/ James L. Chosy
	James L. Chosy
	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

5

Exhibit A

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

SERIES A NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK

Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of Preferred Stock shall be Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series A Preferred Stock. Series A Preferred Stock will rank equally with Parity Stock, if any, and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be 20,010. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of a certificate pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series A Preferred Stock:

“Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which banking institutions in Minneapolis, Minnesota, New York, New York or Wilmington, Delaware are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

“Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

“Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.

“Junior Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series A Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London, England.

A-1

“Parity Stock” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation that ranks on a par with Series A Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“Preferred Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.

“Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” means the display designated on the Reuters 3000 Xtra (or such other page as may replace that page on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

“Series A Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

Stock Purchase Date” means the first to occur of any January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, or if any such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day, after the Remarketing Settlement Date or the Remarketing Date of a Failed Remarketing, as such terms are defined in that certain Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2006, between the Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor indenture trustee, amending and supplementing that certain Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of August 28, 2005, between the Company and Delaware Trust Company, National Association, as thereby amended from time to time.

“Three-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Dividend Period, the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period, as that rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. If such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, Three-Month LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Corporation, at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time on the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. U.S. Bank National Association, or such other bank as may be acting as calculation agent for the Corporation, will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the calculation agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first day of that Dividend Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000. However, if the banks selected by the calculation agent to provide quotations are not quoting as described above, Three-Month LIBOR for that Dividend Period will be the same as Three-Month LIBOR as determined for the previous Dividend Period, or in the case of the first Dividend Period, the most recent rate that could have been determined in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph had Series A Preferred Stock been outstanding. The calculation agent’s establishment of Three-Month

A-2

LIBOR and calculation of the amount of dividends for each Dividend Period will be on file at the principal offices of the Corporation, will be made available to any holder of Series A Preferred Stock upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.

Section 4. Dividends.

(a) Rate. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation , but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, and no more, payable on the following dates: (1) if the Series A Preferred Stock is issued prior to April 15, 2011, semi-annually in arrears on each April 15 and October 15 through April 15, 2011, and (2) from and including the later of April 15, 2011 and the Stock Purchase Date, quarterly in arrears on each July 15, October 15, January 15 and April 15; provided, however, if any such day is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay) (each such day on which dividends are payable a “Dividend Payment Date”). The period from and including the date of issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock or any Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period.” Dividends on each share of Series A Preferred Stock will accrue on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (i) from the date of issuance to but not including the later of the Dividend Payment Date in April 2011 and the Stock Purchase Date at a rate per annum equal to 7.189%, and (ii) thereafter for each related Dividend Period at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) Three-Month LIBOR plus 1.02% or (y) 3.50%.The record date for payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall be the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month during which the Dividend Payment Date falls. The amount of dividends payable for any period prior to the later of the Dividend Payment Day in April 2011 and the date of original issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and dividends for periods thereafter shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not cumulate and shall cease to accrue and be payable and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends accrued for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series A Preferred Stock, Parity Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.

(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly

A-3

(other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation and (iii) no shares of Parity Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation otherwise than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series A Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock except by conversion into or exchange for Junior Stock, in each case unless full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period have been paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside. The foregoing shall not restrict the ability of the Corporation, or any affiliate of the Corporation, to engage in any market-making transactions in the Junior Stock or Parity Stock in the ordinary course of business. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis so that the amount of dividends declared per share will bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends for the then-current Dividend Period per share on Series A Preferred Stock, and accrued dividends, including any accumulations on Parity Stock, bear to each other. No interest will be payable in respect of any dividend payment on shares of Series A Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Parity Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

Section 5. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Corporation may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to or on parity with Series A Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends for the then-current Dividend Period to the date of liquidation. The holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

(b) Partial Payment. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and to the holders of all Parity Stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends of Series A Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.

A-4

(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 6. Redemption.

(a) Optional Redemption. So long as full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period have been paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside, the Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, at any time on or after the later of the Dividend Payment Date in April 2011 and the date of original issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be $100,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid plus accrued and unpaid dividends for the then-current Dividend Period to the redemption date.

(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series A Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC, the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed by such holder; (iii) the redemption price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the redemption date.

A-5

(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all assets necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “Depositary Company”) in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accrue after such redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:

(a) Supermajority Voting Rights–Amendments. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or of any certificate amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto (including any certificate of designations or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series A Preferred Stock

A-6

or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock.

(b) Supermajority Voting Rights–Priority. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock, at the time outstanding, voting as a single class without regard to series, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking prior to the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock as to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(c) Special Voting Right.

(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of common stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends is a “Preferred Director”.

(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of stockholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s stock that ranks on parity with Series A Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, the secretary of the

A-7

Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series A Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below. The Preferred Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.

(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s by-laws for a special meeting of the stockholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series A Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series A Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, then the right of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any similar non-payment of dividends in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be reduced accordingly. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) when they have the voting rights described in this Section 7(c).

Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series A Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A-8

Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designations to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series A Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.

Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.

Section 12. No Sinking Fund. Shares of series a preferred stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

A-9

Exhibit B

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

OF

SERIES B NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK

Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series B Preferred Stock. Series B Preferred Stock will rank equally with Parity Stock, if any, and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be 40,000. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of a certificate pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series B Preferred Stock:

“Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which banking institutions are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close in New York, New York.

“Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

“Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“DTC” means The Depositary Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.

“Junior Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series B Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London, England.

B-1

“Parity Stock” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation that ranks on a par with Series B Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“Preferred Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.

“Series B Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

“Telerate Page 3750” means the display page so designated on the Moneyline/Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service, or such other service as may be nominated as the information vendor, for the purpose of displaying rates or prices comparable to the London Interbank Offered Rate for U.S. dollar deposits).

“Three-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Dividend Period, the offered rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. If such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, Three-Month LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Corporation, at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. U.S. Bank National Association, or such other bank as may be acting as calculation agent for the Corporation, will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the Corporation, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first day of that Dividend Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000. However, if fewer than three banks selected by the Corporation to provide quotations are not quoting as described above, Three-Month LIBOR for that Dividend Period will be the same as Three-Month LIBOR as determined for the previous Dividend Period, or in the case of the first Dividend Period, the most recent rate that could have been determined in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph had Series B Preferred Stock been outstanding. The calculation agent’s establishment of Three-Month LIBOR and calculation of the amount of dividends for each Dividend Period will be on file at the principal offices of the Corporation, will be made available to any holder of Series B Preferred Stock upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.

B-2

Section 4. Dividends.

(a) Rate. Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15; provided, however, if any such day is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay) (each such day on which dividends are payable a “Dividend Payment Date”). The period from and including the date of issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock or any Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period.” Dividends on each share of Series B Preferred Stock will accrue on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) Three-Month LIBOR plus 0.60%% or (ii) 3.50%. The record date for payment of dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock shall be the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month during which the Dividend Payment Date falls. The amount of dividends payable shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not cumulate and shall cease to accrue and be payable and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends accrued for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series B Preferred Stock, Parity Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.

(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation and (iii) no shares of Parity Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation otherwise than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series B Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock except by conversion into or exchange for Junior Stock, in each case unless full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period have been paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series B Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series B Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis so that the amount of dividends declared per share will bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends for the then-current Dividend Period per share on Series B Preferred Stock, and accrued dividends, including any accumulations on Parity Stock, bear to each other. No interest will be payable in

B-3

respect of any dividend payment on shares of Series B Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

Section 5. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Corporation may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to or on parity with Series B Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends, to the date of liquidation. The holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

(b) Partial Payment. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and to the holders of all Parity Stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends of Series B Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.

(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

B-4

Section 6. Redemption.

(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, at any time on or after the Dividend Payment Date in April 2011, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be $25,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid.

(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series B Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC, the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed by such holder; (iii) the redemption price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the redemption date.

(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “Depositary Company”) in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividends with respect

B-5

to such shares shall cease to accrue after such redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:

(a) Supermajority Voting Rights–Amendments. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares the Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or of any certificate amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto (including any certificate of designation or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series B Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock.

(b) Supermajority Voting Rights–Priority. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock, at the time outstanding, voting as a single class without regard to series, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking prior to the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock as to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

B-6

(c) Special Voting Right.

(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of common stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends is a “Preferred Director”.

(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of stockholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of our stock that ranks on parity with Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series B Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below. The Preferred Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.

(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s by-laws for a special meeting of the stockholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series B Preferred Stock may (at our expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office

B-7

until the next annual meeting of our stockholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four Dividend Periods, then the right of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any similar non-payment of dividends in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be reduced accordingly. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) when they have the voting rights described in this Section 7(c).

Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series B Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designation to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series B Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.

B-8

Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.

Section 12. No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

B-9

Exhibit C

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

OF

SERIES C NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK

Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Series C Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series C Preferred Stock. Series C Preferred Stock will rank equally with Parity Stock, if any, and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be five thousand (5,000). Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of a certificate pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series C Preferred Stock:

“Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which banking institutions are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close in New York, New York.

“Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

“Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“DTC” means The Depositary Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.

“Junior Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series C Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London, England.

C-1

“Parity Stock” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation that ranks on a par with Series C Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“Preferred Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.

“Series C Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

“Telerate Page 3750” means the display page so designated on the Moneyline/Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service, or such other service as may be nominated as the information vendor, for the purpose of displaying rates or prices comparable to the London Interbank Offered Rate for U.S. dollar deposits).

“Three-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Dividend Period beginning on or after January 15, 2012 and each Dividend Period thereafter, the offered rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. If such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, Three-Month LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Corporation, at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. U.S. Bank National Association, or such other bank as may be acting as calculation agent for the Corporation, will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest ..00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the Corporation, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first day of that Dividend Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000. However, if fewer than three banks selected by the Corporation to provide quotations are not quoting as described above, Three-Month LIBOR for that Dividend Period will be the same as Three-Month LIBOR as determined for the previous Dividend Period, or in the case of the first Dividend Period, the most recent rate that could have been determined in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph had Series C Preferred Stock been outstanding. The calculation agent’s establishment of Three-Month LIBOR and calculation of the amount of dividends for each Dividend Period will be on file at the principal offices of the Corporation, will be made available to any holder of Series C Preferred Stock upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.

C-2

Section 4. Dividends.

(a) Rate. Holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15; provided, however, if any such day is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay) (each such day on which dividends are payable a “Dividend Payment Date”). The period from and including the date of issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock or any Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period.” Dividends on each share of Series C Preferred Stock will accrue on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (i) to but not including the Dividend Payment Date in January 2012 at a rate per annum equal to 6.091%, and (ii) thereafter for each related Dividend Period at a rate per annum equal to Three-Month LIBOR plus 1.147%.

(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series C Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not cumulate and shall cease to accrue and be payable and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends accrued for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series C Preferred Stock, Parity Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.

(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series C Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation and (iii) no shares of Parity Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation otherwise than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series C Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock except by conversion into or exchange for Junior Stock, in each case unless full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period have been paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series C Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series C Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis so that the amount of dividends declared per share will bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends for the then-current Dividend Period per share on Series C Preferred Stock, and accrued dividends, including any accumulations on Parity Stock, bear to each other. No interest will be payable in respect of any dividend payment on shares of Series C Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend

C-3

on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

Section 5. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Corporation may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to or on parity with Series C Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends, to the date of liquidation. The holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

(b) Partial Payment. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends to all holders of Series C Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and to the holders of all Parity Stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends of Series C Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.

(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series C Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

C-4

Section 6. Redemption.

(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series C Preferred Stock at the time outstanding at any time upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be $100,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid.

(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series C Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC, the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed by such holder; (iii) the redemption price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the redemption date.

(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series C Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “Depositary Company”) in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accrue after such redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right

C-5

of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:

(a) Special Voting Right.

(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(a) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of common stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends is a “Preferred Director”.

(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of stockholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and any other class or series of our stock that ranks on parity with Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) above, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series C Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at

C-6

the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(a)(iii) below. The Preferred Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.

(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s by-laws for a special meeting of the stockholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series C Preferred Stock may (at our expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(a)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of our stockholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(a)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series C Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for three consecutive Dividend Periods and full dividends have been paid or declared and set aside for payment for the fourth consecutive Dividend Period, then the right of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any similar non-payment of dividends in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be reduced accordingly. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) when they have the voting rights described in this Section 7(a).

Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series C Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.

C-7

Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designation to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(a), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series C Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series C Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.

Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.

Section 12. No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

C-8

Exhibit D

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

SERIES F NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK

OF

U.S. BANCORP

Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Series F Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Series F Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series F Preferred Stock. Series F Preferred Stock will rank equally with Parity Stock, if any, and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be 44,000. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of a certificate pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series F Preferred Stock.

Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series F Preferred Stock:

“Appropriate Federal Banking Agency” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

“Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which banking institutions are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close in New York, New York.

“Committee” means the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any successor committee thereto.

“Corporation” means U.S. Bancorp.

“Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

“Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

D-1

“Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.

“Junior Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series F Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London, England.

“Parity Stock” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation that ranks on a parity with Series F Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“Preferred Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.

“Redemption Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

“Regulatory Capital Treatment Event” means the good faith determination by the Corporation that, as a result of (i) any amendment to, or change in, the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series F Preferred Stock, (ii) any proposed change in those laws or regulations that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series F Preferred Stock, or (iii) any official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series F Preferred Stock, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding as “tier 1 capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Regulation Y, 12 CFR 225 (or, as and if applicable, the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of any successor Appropriate Federal Banking Agency), as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series F Preferred Stock is outstanding.

“Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” means the display designated on the Reuters 3000 Xtra (or such other page as may replace that page on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

“Series F Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

“Three-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Dividend Period beginning on or after January 15, 2022, the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period, as that rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. If such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, Three-Month LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend

D-2

Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Corporation, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time), on the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. U.S. Bank National Association, or such other bank as may be acting as calculation agent for the Corporation, will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the calculation agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), on the first day of that Dividend Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000. However, if the banks selected by the calculation agent to provide quotations are not quoting as described above, Three-Month LIBOR for that Dividend Period will be the same as Three-Month LIBOR as determined for the previous Dividend Period, or in the case of the first Dividend Period beginning on or after January 15, 2022, the most recent rate that could have been determined in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph had the dividend rate been a floating rate during the period prior to January 15, 2022. The calculation agent’s establishment of Three-Month LIBOR and calculation of the amount of dividends for each Dividend Period will be on file at the principal offices of the Corporation, will be made available to any holder of Series F Preferred Stock upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.

Section 4. Dividends.

(a) Rate. Holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share of Series F Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each January 15, April 15, July 15 or October 15; provided, however, if any such day is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay) (each such day on which dividends are payable a “Dividend Payment Date”). The period from and including the date of issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock or any Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period.” Dividends on each share of Series F Preferred Stock will accrue on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (i) from the date of issuance to but not including the Dividend Payment Date on January 15, 2022 at a rate per annum equal to 6.50%, and (ii) thereafter for each related Dividend Period at a rate per annum equal to Three-Month LIBOR plus 4.468%. The record date for payment of dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock shall be the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month during which the Dividend Payment Date falls. The amount of dividends payable for any period prior to January 15, 2022 shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and dividends for periods thereafter shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock shall not be declared, paid or set aside for payment to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable thereto, including applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

D-3

(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series F Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not cumulate and shall cease to accrue and be payable and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends accrued for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series F Preferred Stock, Parity Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.

(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series F Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation and (iii) no shares of Parity Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation otherwise than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series F Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock except by conversion into or exchange for Junior Stock, in each case unless full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period have been paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series F Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series F Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis so that the amount of dividends declared per share will bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends for the then-current Dividend Period per share on Series F Preferred Stock, and accrued dividends, including any accumulations, on Parity Stock, bear to each other. No interest will be payable in respect of any dividend payment on shares of Series F Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice to the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the shares of Series F Preferred Stock or Parity Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

D-4

Section 5. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Corporation may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to or on parity with Series F Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends, to the date of liquidation. The holder of Series F Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

(b) Partial Payment. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends to all holders of Series F Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and to the holders of all Parity Stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends of Series F Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.

(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series F Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 6. Redemption.

(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, at any time on or after the Dividend Payment Date in January, 2022, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be $25,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid (the “Redemption Price”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 90 days following the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate

D-5

Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, at any time, all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided Subsection (b) below, at the Redemption Price applicable on such date of redemption.

(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series F Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC, the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series F Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed by such holder; (iii) the Redemption Price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the redemption date.

(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series F Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series F Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series F Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “Depositary Company”) in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accrue after such redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary

D-6

Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series F Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:

(a) Supermajority Voting Rights–Amendments. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or of any certificate amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto (including any certificate of designations or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series F Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series F Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series F Preferred Stock.

(b) Supermajority Voting Rights–Priority. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series F Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock, at the time outstanding, voting as a single class without regard to series, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking prior to the shares of the Series F Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock as to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(c) Special Voting Right.

(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the

D-7

holders of the Series F Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of common stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends is a “Preferred Director”.

(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of stockholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s stock that ranks on parity with Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series F Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below. The Preferred Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.

(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s by-laws for a special meeting of the stockholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series F Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

D-8

(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series F Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, then the right of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any similar non-payment of dividends in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be reduced accordingly. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) when they have the voting rights described in this Section 7(c).

Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series F Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designations to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series F Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series F Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.

Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series F Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.

Section 12. No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series F Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

D-9

Exhibit E

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

SERIES G NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK

OF

U.S. BANCORP

Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Series G Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Series G Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series G Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series G Preferred Stock. Series G Preferred Stock will rank equally with Parity Stock, if any, and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be 49,910. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of a certificate pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series G Preferred Stock.

Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series G Preferred Stock:

“Appropriate Federal Banking Agency” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

“Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which banking institutions are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close in New York, New York.

“Committee” means the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any successor committee thereto.

“Corporation” means U.S. Bancorp.

“Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

“Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

E-1

“Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.

“Junior Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series G Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London, England.

“Parity Stock” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation that ranks on a parity with Series G Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“Preferred Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.

“Redemption Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

“Regulatory Capital Treatment Event” means the good faith determination by the Corporation that, as a result of (i) any amendment to, or change in, the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series G Preferred Stock, (ii) any proposed change in those laws or regulations that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series G Preferred Stock, or (iii) any official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series G Preferred Stock, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding as “tier 1 capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or, as and if applicable, the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of any successor Appropriate Federal Banking Agency), as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series G Preferred Stock is outstanding.

“Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” means the display designated on the Reuters 3000 Xtra (or such other page as may replace that page on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

“Series G Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

“Three-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Dividend Period beginning on or after April 15, 2017, the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period, as that rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. If such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, Three-Month LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend

E-2

Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Corporation, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time), on the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. U.S. Bank National Association, or such other bank as may be acting as calculation agent for the Corporation, will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the calculation agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), on the first day of that Dividend Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000. However, if the banks selected by the calculation agent to provide quotations are not quoting as described above, Three-Month LIBOR for that Dividend Period will be the same as Three-Month LIBOR as determined for the previous Dividend Period, or in the case of the first Dividend Period beginning on or after April 15, 2017, the most recent rate that could have been determined in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph had the dividend rate been a floating rate during the period prior to April 15, 2017. The calculation agent’s establishment of Three-Month LIBOR and calculation of the amount of dividends for each Dividend Period will be on file at the principal offices of the Corporation, will be made available to any holder of Series G Preferred Stock upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.

Section 4. Dividends.

(a) Rate. Holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share of Series G Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15; provided, however, if any such day is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay) (each such day on which dividends are payable a “Dividend Payment Date”). The period from and including the date of issuance of the Series G Preferred Stock or any Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period.” Dividends on each share of Series G Preferred Stock will accrue on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (i) from the date of issuance to but not including the Dividend Payment Date on April 15, 2017 at a rate per annum equal to 6.00%, and (ii) thereafter for each related Dividend Period at a rate per annum equal to Three-Month LIBOR plus 4.86125%. The record date for payment of dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock shall be the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month during which the Dividend Payment Date falls. The amount of dividends payable for any period prior to April 15, 2017 shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and dividends for periods thereafter shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock shall

E-3

not be declared, paid or set aside for payment to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable thereto, including applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series G Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not cumulate and shall cease to accrue and be payable and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends accrued for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series G Preferred Stock, Parity Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.

(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series G Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation and (iii) no shares of Parity Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation otherwise than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series G Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock except by conversion into or exchange for Junior Stock, in each case unless full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period have been paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series G Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series G Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis so that the amount of dividends declared per share will bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends for the then-current Dividend Period per share on Series G Preferred Stock, and accrued dividends, including any accumulations, on Parity Stock, bear to each other. No interest will be payable in respect of any dividend payment on shares of Series G Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice to the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the shares of Series G Preferred Stock or Parity Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

E-4

Section 5. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Corporation may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to or on parity with Series G Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends, to the date of liquidation. The holder of Series G Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

(b) Partial Payment. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends to all holders of Series G Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock and to the holders of all Parity Stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends of Series G Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.

(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series G Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 6. Redemption.

(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series G Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, at any time on or after the Dividend Payment Date in April, 2017, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be $25,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid (the “Redemption Price”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 90 days following the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate

E-5

Federal Banking Agency, may provide notice of its intent to redeem as provided in Subsection (b) below, and subsequently redeem, all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, at the Redemption Price applicable on such date of redemption.

(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series G Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC, the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series G Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series G Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed by such holder; (iii) the Redemption Price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the redemption date.

(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series G Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series G Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series G Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “Depositary Company”) in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accrue after such redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary

E-6

Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series G Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:

(a) Supermajority Voting Rights–Amendments. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series G Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or of any certificate amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto (including any certificate of designations or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series G Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series G Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series G Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series G Preferred Stock.

(b) Supermajority Voting Rights–Priority. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series G Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock, at the time outstanding, voting as a single class without regard to series, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking prior to the shares of the Series G Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock as to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(c) Special Voting Right.

(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the

E-7

holders of the Series G Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of common stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series G Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends is a “Preferred Director”.

(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of stockholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series G Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s stock that ranks on parity with Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series G Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below. The Preferred Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.

(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s by-laws for a special meeting of the stockholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series G Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

E-8

(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series G Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, then the right of the holders of Series G Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any similar non-payment of dividends in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be reduced accordingly. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) when they have the voting rights described in this Section 7(c).

Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series G Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designations to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series G Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series G Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.

Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series G Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.

Section 12. No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series G Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

* * * * * *

E-9

Exhibit F

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

SERIES H NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK

OF

U.S. BANCORP

Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Series H Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Series H Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series H Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series H Preferred Stock. Series H Preferred Stock will rank equally with Parity Stock, if any, and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series H Preferred Stock shall be 21,000. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of a certificate pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series H Preferred Stock.

Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series H Preferred Stock:

“Appropriate Federal Banking Agency” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

“Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which banking institutions are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close in New York, New York.

“Committee” means the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any successor committee thereto.

“Corporation” means U.S. Bancorp.

“Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

“Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.

“Junior Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series H Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“Parity Stock” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation that ranks on a parity with Series H Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“Preferred Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.

“Redemption Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

“Regulatory Capital Treatment Event” means the good faith determination by the Corporation that, as a result of (i) any amendment to, or change in, the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series H Preferred Stock, (ii) any proposed change in those laws or regulations that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series H Preferred Stock, or (iii) any official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series H Preferred Stock, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of the shares of Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding as “tier 1 capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or, as and if applicable, the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of any successor Appropriate Federal Banking Agency), as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series H Preferred Stock is outstanding.

“Series H Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

Section 4. Dividends.

(a) Rate. Holders of Series H Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share of Series H Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15; provided, however, if any such day is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay) (each such day on which dividends are payable a “Dividend Payment Date”). The period from and including the date of issuance of the Series H Preferred Stock or any Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period.” Dividends on each share of Series H Preferred Stock will accrue on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share at a rate per annum equal to 5.15%. The record date for payment of dividends on the

F-2

Series H Preferred Stock shall be the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month during which the Dividend Payment Date falls. The amount of dividends payable shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, dividends on the Series H Preferred Stock shall not be declared, paid or set aside for payment to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable thereto, including applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series H Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series H Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not cumulate and shall case to accrue and be payable and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series H Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends accrued for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series H Preferred Stock, Parity Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.

(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series H Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation and (iii) no shares of Parity Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation otherwise than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series H Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock except by conversion into or exchange for Junior Stock, in each case unless full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period have been paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series H Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series H Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis so that the amount of dividends declared per share will bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends for the then-current Dividend Period per share on Series H Preferred Stock, and accrued dividends, including any accumulations, on Parity Stock, bear to each other. No interest will be payable in respect of any dividend payment on shares of Series H Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice to the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the shares of Series H Preferred Stock or Parity Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

F-3

Section 5. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series H Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Corporation may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to or on parity with Series H Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends, to the date of liquidation. The holder of Series H Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

(b) Partial Payment. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends to all holders of Series H Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series H Preferred Stock and to the holders of all Parity Stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends of Series H Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.

(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series H Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 6. Redemption.

(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series H Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, at any time on or after July 15, 2018, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series H Preferred Stock shall be $25,000 per share plus

F-4

dividends that have been declared but not paid (the “Redemption Price”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 90 days following the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may provide notice of its intent to redeem as provided in Subsection (b) below, and subsequently redeem, all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series H Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, at the Redemption Price applicable on such date of redemption.

(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series H Preferred Stock shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series H Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC, the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series H Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series H Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series H Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed by such holder; (iii) the Redemption Price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the redemption date.

(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series H Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series H Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series H Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series H Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series H Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “Depositary Company”) in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accrue after such redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right

F-5

of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series H Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:

(a) Supermajority Voting Rights–Amendments. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series H Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or of any certificate amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto (including any certificate of designations or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series H Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series H Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series H Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series H Preferred Stock.

(b) Supermajority Voting Rights–Priority. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series H Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock, at the time outstanding, voting as a single class without regard to series, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking prior to the shares of the Series H Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock as to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(c) Special Voting Right.

(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series H Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series H Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable,

F-6

have not been paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of common stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series H Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series H Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends is a “Preferred Director”.

(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of stockholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series H Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s stock that ranks on parity with Series H Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series H Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series H Preferred Stock, and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series H Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below. The Preferred Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.

(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s by-laws for a special meeting of the stockholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series H Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

F-7

(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series H Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series H Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, then the right of the holders of Series H Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any similar non-payment of dividends in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be reduced accordingly. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) when they have the voting rights described in this Section 7(c).

Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series H Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series H Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designations to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series H Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series H Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.

Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series H Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.

Section 12. No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series H Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

* * * * * *

F-8

[As filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on June 19, 2013.]

F-9

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

SERIES I NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK

OF

U.S. BANCORP

Pursuant to Section 151 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

U.S. Bancorp, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify that:

1. On October 19, 2015, the Risk Management Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”), pursuant to authority conferred upon the Committee by the Board and by Section 141(c)(2) and (3) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, duly adopted resolutions establishing the terms of the Corporation’s Series I Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value (the “Series I Preferred Stock”), and authorized a sub-committee of the Committee (the “Subcommittee”) to act on behalf of the Committee in establishing the liquidation preference, dividend rate, optional redemption date, number of authorized shares and certain other terms of the Series I Preferred Stock.

2. Thereafter, on November 16, 2015, the Subcommittee duly adopted the following resolution by written consent:

“RESOLVED, that the designations, and certain other preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the Series I Preferred Stock, including those established by the Committee, and the additional terms established hereby, are as set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designations is executed on behalf of the Corporation by its Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer this 18^th day of November, 2015.

U.S. BANCORP
By:	/s/ Kathleen Ashcraft Rogers
	Kathleen Ashcraft Rogers
	Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT A

TO

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

OF

SERIES I NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK

OF

U.S. BANCORP

Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Series I Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Series I Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series I Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series I Preferred Stock. Series I Preferred Stock will rank equally with Parity Stock, if any, and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series I Preferred Stock shall be 30,000. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series I Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of a certificate pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series I Preferred Stock.

Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series I Preferred Stock:

“Appropriate Federal Banking Agency” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

“Business Day” means, for Dividend Periods prior to January 15, 2021, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which banking institutions are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close in New York, New York, and for Dividend Periods on and after January 15, 2021, it means any date that would be considered a Business Day for Dividend Periods prior to January 15, 2021 that is also a London Banking Day.

“Committee” means the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any successor committee thereto.

A-1

“Corporation” means U.S. Bancorp.

“Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

“Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.

“Junior Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series I Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London, England.

“Parity Stock” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation that ranks on a parity with Series I Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

“Preferred Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.

“Redemption Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

“Regulatory Capital Treatment Event” means the good faith determination by the Corporation that, as a result of (i) any amendment to, or change in, the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series I Preferred Stock, (ii) any proposed change in those laws or regulations that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series I Preferred Stock, or (iii) any official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series I Preferred Stock, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of the shares of Series I Preferred Stock then outstanding as “additional tier 1 capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or, as and if applicable, the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of any successor Appropriate Federal Banking Agency), as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series I Preferred Stock is outstanding.

“Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” means the display designated on the Reuters 3000 Xtra (or such other page as may replace that page on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

“Series I Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

A-2

“Three-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Dividend Period beginning on or after January 15, 2021, the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period, as that rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. If such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, Three-Month LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Corporation, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time), on the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of that Dividend Period. U.S. Bank National Association, or such other bank as may be acting as calculation agent for the Corporation, will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR with respect to that Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest ..00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the calculation agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), on the first day of that Dividend Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000. However, if the banks selected by the calculation agent to provide quotations are not quoting as described above, Three-Month LIBOR for that Dividend Period will be the same as Three-Month LIBOR as determined for the previous Dividend Period, or in the case of the first Dividend Period beginning on or after January 15, 2021, the most recent rate that could have been determined in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph had the dividend rate been a floating rate during the period prior to January 15, 2021. The calculation agent’s establishment of Three-Month LIBOR and calculation of the amount of dividends for each Dividend Period will be on file at the principal offices of the Corporation, will be made available to any holder of Series I Preferred Stock upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.

Section 4. Dividends.

(a) Rate. Holders of Series I Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share of Series I Preferred Stock, and no more, (i) from the date of issuance to, but excluding, January 15, 2021, at a rate per annum equal to 5.125%, payable semi-annually in arrears on each January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2016 through, and including, January 15, 2021, and (ii) from, and including, January 15, 2021, at a floating rate per annum equal to Three-Month LIBOR plus a spread of 3.486%, payable quarterly in arrears on each January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, commencing on April 15, 2021; provided, however, if any date on or prior to January 15, 2021 on which dividends otherwise would be payable is

A-3

not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay, and if any date after January 15, 2021 on which dividends otherwise would be payable is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day unless that day falls in the next calendar month, in which case payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be the immediately preceding Business Day, and dividends will accrue to the actual payment date (each such day on which dividends are payable a “Dividend Payment Date”). The period from and including the date of issuance of the Series I Preferred Stock or any Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period.” The record date for payment of dividends on the Series I Preferred Stock shall be the last Business Day of the calendar month immediately preceding the month during which the Dividend Payment Date falls. The amount of dividends payable for any period prior to January 15, 2021 shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and dividends for periods thereafter shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, dividends on the Series I Preferred Stock shall not be declared, paid or set aside for payment to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable thereto, including applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series I Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series I Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not cumulate and shall cease to accrue and be payable and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series I Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends accrued for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series I Preferred Stock, Parity Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.

(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series I Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation and (iii) no shares of Parity Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation otherwise than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series I Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock except by conversion into or exchange for Junior Stock, in each case unless full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series I Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period have been paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series I Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series I Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis so that the amount of dividends declared per share will bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends for the then-current Dividend Period per share on Series I Preferred Stock, and accrued dividends, including

A-4

any accumulations, on Parity Stock, bear to each other. No interest will be payable in respect of any dividend payment on shares of Series I Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice to the holders of the Series I Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the shares of Series I Preferred Stock or Parity Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

Section 5. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series I Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Corporation may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to or on parity with Series I Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends, to the date of liquidation. The holder of Series I Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

(b) Partial Payment. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends to all holders of Series I Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series I Preferred Stock and to the holders of all Parity Stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends of Series I Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.

(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series I Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

A-5

Section 6. Redemption.

(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series I Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, at any time on or after January 15, 2021, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series I Preferred Stock shall be $25,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid (the “Redemption Price”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 90 days following the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may provide notice of its intent to redeem as provided in Section 6(b) below, and subsequently redeem, all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series I Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, at the Redemption Price applicable on such date of redemption.

(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series I Preferred Stock shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series I Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC, the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series I Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series I Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series I Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed by such holder; (iii) the Redemption Price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the redemption date.

(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series I Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series I Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series I Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series I Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series I Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company

A-6

selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “Depositary Company”) in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accrue after such redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series I Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:

(a) Supermajority Voting Rights–Amendments. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series I Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or of any certificate amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto (including any certificate of designations or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series I Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series I Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series I Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series I Preferred Stock.

(b) Supermajority Voting Rights–Priority. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all of the shares of the Series I Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock, at the time outstanding, voting as a single class without regard to series, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking prior to the shares of the Series I Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock as to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

A-7

(c) Special Voting Right.

(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series I Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series I Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series I Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of common stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series I Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series I Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends is a “Preferred Director”.

(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of stockholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series I Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s stock that ranks on parity with Series I Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series I Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series I Preferred Stock, and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series I Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below. The Preferred Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.

(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s by-laws for a special meeting of the stockholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series I Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the

A-8

initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series I Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series I Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series I Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, then the right of the holders of Series I Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any similar non-payment of dividends in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be reduced accordingly. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series I Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock having equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) when they have the voting rights described in this Section 7(c).

Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series I Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series I Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designations to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Committee or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series I Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series I Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series I Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.

A-9

Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series I Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.

Section 12. No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series I Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

* * * * * *

[As filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 18, 2015.]

A-10

EX-12

EXHIBIT 12

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013		2012		2011
Earnings
1. Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879	$	5,851	$	5,836	$	5,647	$	4,872
2. Applicable income taxes, including expense related to unrecognized tax positions		2,097		2,087		2,032		2,236		1,841
3. Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp before income taxes (1 + 2)	$	7,976	$	7,938	$	7,868	$	7,883	$	6,713
4. Fixed charges:
a. Interest expense excluding interest on deposits*	$	944	$	988	$	1,120	$	1,447	$	1,676
b. Portion of rents representative of interest and amortization of debt expense		109		112		108		103		102
c. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4a + 4b)		1,053		1,100		1,228		1,550		1,778
d. Interest on deposits		457		465		561		691		840
e. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4c + 4d)	$	1,510	$	1,565	$	1,789	$	2,241	$	2,618
5. Amortization of interest capitalized	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
6. Earnings excluding interest on deposits (3 + 4c + 5)		9,029		9,038		9,096		9,433		8,491
7. Earnings including interest on deposits (3 + 4e + 5)		9,486		9,503		9,657		10,124		9,331
8. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4c)		1,053		1,100		1,228		1,550		1,778
9. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4e)		1,510		1,565		1,789		2,241		2,618
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
10. Excluding interest on deposits (line 6/line 8)		8.57		8.22		7.41		6.09		4.78
11. Including interest on deposits (line 7/line 9)		6.28		6.07		5.40		4.52		3.56

* Excludes interest expense related to unrecognized tax positions

EX-13

EXHIBIT 13

The following pages discuss in detail the financial results we achieved in 2015—results that reflect the power of possible.

FINANCIALS TABLE OF CONTENTS

26 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

26 Overview

28 Statement of Income Analysis

33 Balance Sheet Analysis

42 Corporate Risk Profile

42 Overview

43 Credit Risk Management

58 Residual Value Risk Management

58 Operational Risk Management

58 Compliance Risk Management

59 Interest Rate Risk Management

60 Market Risk Management

61 Liquidity Risk Management

65 Capital Management

67 Fourth Quarter Summary

69 Line of Business Financial Review

73 Non-GAAP Financial Measures

75 Accounting Changes

75 Critical Accounting Policies

78 Controls and Procedures

79 Reports of Management and Independent Accountants

82 Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes

150 Five-year Consolidated Financial Statements

152 Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data

153 Supplemental Financial Data

156 Company Information

167 Executive Officers

169 Directors

THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION APPEARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995:

This report contains forward-looking statements about U.S. Bancorp. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and are based on the information available to, and assumptions and estimates made by, management as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements cover, among other things, anticipated future revenue and expenses and the future plans and prospects of U.S. Bancorp. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. A reversal or slowing of the current economic recovery or another severe contraction could adversely affect U.S. Bancorp’s revenues and the values of its assets and liabilities. Global financial markets could experience a recurrence of significant turbulence, which could reduce the availability of funding to certain financial institutions and lead to a tightening of credit, a reduction of business activity, and increased market volatility. Stress in the commercial real estate markets, as well as a downturn in the residential real estate markets could cause credit losses and deterioration in asset values. In addition, U.S. Bancorp’s business and financial performance is likely to be negatively impacted by recently enacted and future legislation and regulation. U.S. Bancorp’s results could also be adversely affected by deterioration in general business and economic conditions; changes in interest rates; deterioration in the credit quality of its loan portfolios or in the value of the collateral securing those loans; deterioration in the value of securities held in its investment securities portfolio; legal and regulatory developments; litigation; increased competition from both banks and non-banks; changes in customer behavior and preferences; breaches in data security; effects of mergers and acquisitions and related integration; effects of critical accounting policies and judgments; and management’s ability to effectively manage credit risk, market risk, operational risk, compliance risk, strategic risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk and reputational risk.

Additional factors could cause actual results to differ from expectations, including the risks discussed in the “Corporate Risk Profile” section on pages 42–67 and the “Risk Factors” section on pages 156 –166 of this report. However, factors other than these also could adversely affect U.S. Bancorp’s results, and the reader should not consider these factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof, and U.S. Bancorp undertakes no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events.

— 25 —

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

OVERVIEW

U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) delivered record financial performance in 2015, which was a year characterized by persistent and historically low interest rates, modest economic growth, and increasing regulatory requirements. In 2015, the Company effectively balanced decisions on operating efficiencies with opportunities for investing in future growth and addressing its customers’ needs. These actions resulted in delivering record full-year net income and diluted earnings per share.

The Company earned $5.9 billion in 2015, an increase of 0.5 percent over 2014, principally due to higher net interest income, a lower provision for credit losses and prudent management of expenses. Net interest income was higher than the prior year as a result of an increase in average earning assets and continued growth in lower cost deposit funding, partially offset by a decrease in the net interest margin. The Company’s loan portfolio credit quality continued to improve throughout the year, as reflected by the decreases in net charge-offs and nonperforming assets. The Company’s continued focus on controlling expenses allowed it to achieve an industry-leading efficiency ratio of 53.8 percent in 2015. In addition, the Company’s return on average assets and return on common equity were 1.44 percent and 14.0 percent, respectively, the highest among its peers.

During 2015, the Company continued to demonstrate its ability to create value for shareholders and customers by returning 72 percent of its earnings to common shareholders through dividends and common share repurchases. This was accomplished by generating steady growth in commercial and consumer lending, new credit card accounts and total deposits, by building momentum in its core business, particularly within Wealth Management and Securities Services and Payment Services, and by maintaining a very strong capital base.

The Company’s common equity tier 1 to risk-weighted assets ratio using the Basel III standardized approach and Basel III advanced approaches, as if fully implemented, were 9.1 percent and 11.9 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2015 — above the Company’s targeted ratio of 8.0 percent and well above the minimum ratio of 7.0 percent required when fully implemented. Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial

Measures” for further information on the calculation of these measures. In addition, refer to Table 23 for a summary of the statutory capital ratios in effect for the Company at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Further, credit rating organizations rate the Company’s debt among the highest of any bank in the world. This comparative financial strength provides the Company with favorable funding costs, strong liquidity and the ability to attract new customers.

In 2015, average loans and deposits increased $8.8 billion (3.6 percent) and $20.5 billion (7.7 percent), respectively, over 2014, reflecting the confidence the Company’s customers have in trusting one of the highest rated banks in the world. Loan growth included increases in commercial, commercial real estate, credit card and other retail loans, partially offset by a decline in loans covered by loss sharing agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) (“covered” loans), which is a run-off portfolio. Deposit growth included increases in noninterest-bearing and total savings deposits.

The Company’s provision for credit losses decreased $97 million (7.9 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. Net charge-offs decreased $162 million (12.1 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, principally due to improvement in economic conditions during 2015. The provision for credit losses was $40 million less than net charge-offs in 2015, compared with $105 million less than net charge-offs in 2014, reflecting loan growth partially offset by improved economic conditions.

The Company’s actions to generate growth in its balance sheet and revenues, combined with making prudent long-term investments to protect its industry-leading competitive positions have put it on a positive forward-looking trajectory. This has been accomplished by helping its customers build financially secure futures, along with deliberate efforts to optimize its expense management initiatives. The Company has positioned itself for growth in 2016, following record fourth quarter 2015 revenue, increasing loan growth and stable net interest margin, while making progress toward achieving positive operating leverage by thoughtfully managing expenses. The Company remains focused on delivering consistent, predictable and repeatable financial results for the benefit of its customers, employees, communities and shareholders.

— 26 —

  TABLE 1   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)(a)	$	11,214		$	10,997		$	10,828		$	10,969		$	10,348
Noninterest income		9,092			9,161			8,765			9,334			8,791
Securities gains (losses), net		–			3			9			(15	)		(31	)
Total net revenue		20,306			20,161			19,602			20,288			19,108
Noninterest expense		10,931			10,715			10,274			10,456			9,911
Provision for credit losses		1,132			1,229			1,340			1,882			2,343
Income before taxes		8,243			8,217			7,988			7,950			6,854
Taxable-equivalent adjustment		213			222			224			224			225
Applicable income taxes		2,097			2,087			2,032			2,236			1,841
Net income		5,933			5,908			5,732			5,490			4,788
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests		(54	)		(57	)		104			157			84
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836		$	5,647		$	4,872
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$	5,608		$	5,583		$	5,552		$	5,383		$	4,721
Per Common Share
Earnings per share	$	3.18		$	3.10		$	3.02		$	2.85		$	2.47
Diluted earnings per share		3.16			3.08			3.00			2.84			2.46
Dividends declared per share		1.010			.965			.885			.780			.500
Book value per share		23.28			21.68			19.92			18.31			16.43
Market value per share		42.67			44.95			40.40			31.94			27.05
Average common shares outstanding		1,764			1,803			1,839			1,887			1,914
Average diluted common shares outstanding		1,772			1,813			1,849			1,896			1,923
Financial Ratios
Return on average assets		1.44	%		1.54	%		1.65	%		1.65	%		1.53	%
Return on average common equity		14.0			14.7			15.8			16.2			15.8
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)(a)		3.05			3.23			3.44			3.58			3.65
Efficiency ratio(b)		53.8			53.2			52.4			51.5			51.8
Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans outstanding		.47			.55			.64			.97			1.41
Average Balances
Loans	$	250,459		$	241,692		$	227,474		$	215,374		$	201,427
Loans held for sale		5,784			3,148			5,723			7,847			4,873
Investment securities(c)		103,161			90,327			75,046			72,501			63,645
Earning assets		367,445			340,994			315,139			306,270			283,290
Assets		408,865			380,004			352,680			342,849			318,264
Noninterest-bearing deposits		79,203			73,455			69,020			67,241			53,856
Deposits		287,151			266,640			250,457			235,710			213,159
Short-term borrowings		27,960			30,252			27,683			28,549			30,703
Long-term debt		33,566			26,535			21,280			28,448			31,684
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity		44,813			42,837			39,917			37,611			32,200
Period End Balances
Loans	$	260,849		$	247,851		$	235,235		$	223,329		$	209,835
Investment securities		105,587			101,043			79,855			74,528			70,814
Assets		421,853			402,529			364,021			353,855			340,122
Deposits		300,400			282,733			262,123			249,183			230,885
Long-term debt		32,078			32,260			20,049			25,516			31,953
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity		46,131			43,479			41,113			38,998			33,978
Asset Quality
Nonperforming assets	$	1,523		$	1,808		$	2,037		$	2,671		$	3,774
Allowance for credit losses		4,306			4,375			4,537			4,733			5,014
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of period-end loans		1.65	%		1.77	%		1.93	%		2.12	%		2.39	%
Capital Ratios
Common equity tier 1 capital(d)		9.6	%		9.7	%		9.4	%(e)		9.0	%(e)		8.6	%(e)
Tier 1 capital(d)		11.3			11.3			11.2			10.8			10.8
Total risk-based capital(d)		13.3			13.6			13.2			13.1			13.3
Leverage(d)		9.5			9.3			9.6			9.2			9.1
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets for the Basel III transitional advanced approaches		12.5			12.4
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets estimated for the Basel III fully implemented standardized approach(e)(f)		9.1			9.0			8.8			8.1			8.2
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets estimated for the Basel III fully implemented advanced approaches(e)		11.9			11.8
Tangible common equity to tangible assets(e)		7.6			7.5			7.7			7.2			6.6
Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets(e)		9.2			9.3			9.1			8.6			8.1

(a) Presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.

(b) Computed as noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and noninterest income excluding net securities gains (losses).

(c) Excludes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investment securities and any premiums or discounts recorded related to the transfer of investment securities at fair value from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity.

(d) December 31, 2015 and 2014, calculated under the Basel III transitional standardized approach; all other periods calculated under Basel I.

(e) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures beginning on page 73.

(f) December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, calculated using final rules for the Basel III fully implemented standardized approach; December 31, 2012, calculated using proposed rules released June 2012; December 31, 2011, calculated using proposed rules released prior to June 2012.

— 27 —

Earnings Summary The Company reported net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp of $5.88 billion in 2015, or $3.16 per diluted common share, compared with $5.85 billion, or $3.08 per diluted common share, in 2014. Return on average assets and return on average common equity were 1.44 percent and 14.0 percent, respectively, in 2015, compared with 1.54 percent and 14.7 percent, respectively, in 2014.

Total net revenue, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for 2015 was $145 million (0.7 percent) higher than 2014, reflecting a 2.0 percent increase in net interest income, partially offset by a 0.8 percent decrease in noninterest income. The increase in net interest income from the prior year was the result of an increase in average earning assets and continued growth in lower cost core deposit funding, partially offset by a decrease in the net interest margin. The decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to a gain related to an equity interest in Nuveen Investments (“Nuveen gain”) recorded in 2014, lower gains from sales of shares of Visa Inc. Class B common stock, a 2015 market valuation adjustment to write down the value of student loans during the period they were held for sale (“student loan market adjustment”), and lower mortgage banking revenue, partially offset by higher revenue in most other fee businesses and a gain on the sale of a Health Savings Account deposit portfolio (“HSA deposit sale”) recorded in 2015.

Noninterest expense in 2015 was $216 million (2.0 percent) higher than 2014, primarily due to higher compensation and employee benefits expenses, including higher costs related to risk and compliance activities, partially offset by a settlement relating to the Federal Housing Administration’s insurance program (“FHA DOJ settlement”) recorded in 2014, prior year legal accruals and charitable contributions.

Acquisitions In June 2014, the Company acquired the Chicago-area branch banking operations of the Charter One Bank franchise (“Charter One”) owned by RBS Citizens Financial Group. The acquisition included Charter One’s retail branch network, small business operations and select middle market relationships. The Company acquired approximately $969 million of loans and $4.8 billion of deposits with this transaction.

STATEMENT OF INCOME ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, was $11.2 billion in 2015, compared with $11.0 billion in 2014 and $10.8 billion in 2013. The $217 million (2.0 percent) increase in net interest income in 2015, compared with 2014, was primarily the result of growth

in average earning assets and continued growth in lower cost core deposit funding, partially offset by a continued shift in loan portfolio mix, lower reinvestment rates on investment securities and lower loan fees due to the wind down of the short-term, small-dollar deposit advance product, Checking Account Advance (“CAA”). Average earning assets were $26.4 billion (7.8 percent) higher in 2015, compared with 2014, driven by increases in loans and investment securities. The net interest margin, on a taxable-equivalent basis, in 2015 was 3.05 percent, compared with 3.23 percent in 2014 and 3.44 percent in 2013. The decrease in the net interest margin in 2015, compared with 2014, primarily reflected a change in the loan portfolio mix, growth in the investment portfolio at lower average rates and lower reinvestment rates on investment securities, as well as lower loan fees due to the CAA product wind down. Refer to the “Interest Rate Risk Management” section for further information on the sensitivity of the Company’s net interest income to changes in interest rates.

Average total loans were $250.5 billion in 2015, compared with $241.7 billion in 2014. The $8.8 billion (3.6 percent) increase was driven by growth in commercial, commercial real estate, credit card and other retail loans, partially offset by a decrease in covered loans. Average commercial loans increased $8.3 billion (11.0 percent), driven by higher demand for loans from new and existing customers. Average commercial real estate loans increased $1.8 billion (4.5 percent), driven by the reclassification of covered commercial real estate loans resulting from the expiration of loss sharing agreements related to those loans at the end of 2014, as well as higher loan demand. Average credit card balances increased $422 million (2.4 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, due to customer growth, including portfolio acquisitions during 2015. The $726 million (1.5 percent) increase in average other retail loans was primarily due to higher auto and installment loans, partially offset by lower student loan balances, reflecting their classification as held for sale for a portion of 2015. Average residential mortgages were essentially unchanged in 2015, compared with 2014. Average covered loans decreased $2.6 billion (34.1 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, the result of portfolio run-off and the expiration of the loss sharing agreements on commercial and commercial real estate loans at the end of 2014.

— 28 —

  TABLE 2   ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME (a)

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015 v 2014			2014 v 2013
Components of Net Interest Income
Income on earning assets (taxable-equivalent basis)	$	12,619		$	12,454		$	12,513		$	165		$	(59	)
Expense on interest-bearing liabilities (taxable-equivalent basis)		1,405			1,457			1,685			(52	)		(228	)
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)	$	11,214		$	10,997		$	10,828		$	217		$	169
Net interest income, as reported	$	11,001		$	10,775		$	10,604		$	226		$	171
Average Yields and Rates Paid
Earning assets yield (taxable-equivalent basis)		3.43	%		3.65	%		3.97	%		(.22	)%		(.32	)%
Rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities (taxable-equivalent basis)		.52			.58			.73			(.06	)		(.15	)
Gross interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)		2.91	%		3.07	%		3.24	%		(.16	)%		(.17	)%
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)		3.05	%		3.23	%		3.44	%		(.18	)%		(.21	)%
Average Balances
Investment securities(b)	$	103,161		$	90,327		$	75,046		$	12,834		$	15,281
Loans		250,459			241,692			227,474			8,767			14,218
Earning assets		367,445			340,994			315,139			26,451			25,855
Interest-bearing liabilities		269,474			249,972			230,400			19,502			19,572

(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a federal tax rate of 35 percent.

(b) Excludes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investment securities and any premiums or discounts recorded related to the transfer of investment securities at fair value from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity.

Average investment securities in 2015 were $12.8 billion (14.2 percent) higher than 2014, primarily due to purchases of U.S. government and agency-backed securities, net of prepayments and maturities, to support regulatory liquidity coverage ratio requirements.

Average total deposits for 2015 were $20.5 billion (7.7 percent) higher than 2014. Average noninterest-bearing deposits for 2015 were $5.7 billion (7.8 percent) higher than the prior year, reflecting growth in Consumer and Small Business Banking, and Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate. Average total savings deposits for 2015 were $21.0 billion (13.8 percent) higher than 2014, reflecting growth in Consumer and Small Business Banking, including the impact of the Charter One branch acquisitions, Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate and corporate trust balances. Average time deposits for 2015 were $6.2 billion (14.9 percent) lower than 2014. Changes in time deposits are largely related to those deposits managed as an alternative to other wholesale funding sources, based largely on funding needs and relative pricing.

The $169 million (1.6 percent) increase in net interest income in 2014, compared with 2013, was primarily the result of growth in average earning assets and lower cost core deposit funding, partially offset by lower rates on new loans and investment securities and lower loan fees. Average earning assets were $25.9 billion (8.2 percent) higher in 2014, compared with 2013, driven by increases in loans and investment securities, partially offset by decreases in loans

held for sale. The decrease in the net interest margin in 2014, compared with 2013, primarily reflected lower reinvestment rates on investment securities, as well as growth in the investment portfolio at lower average rates, lower loan fees due to the CAA product wind down, and strong growth in lower margin commercial loans, partially offset by lower funding costs.

Average total loans increased $14.2 billion (6.3 percent) in 2014, compared with 2013, driven by growth in commercial loans, residential mortgages, commercial real estate loans, credit card loans and other retail loans, partially offset by a decrease in covered loans. Average commercial loans, residential mortgages and commercial real estate loans increased $8.5 billion (12.6 percent), $3.8 billion (8.0 percent) and $2.4 billion (6.2 percent), respectively, driven by higher demand for loans from new and existing customers. Average credit card balances increased $822 million (4.9 percent) in 2014, compared with 2013, due to customer growth. The $1.2 billion (2.6 percent) increase in average other retail loans was primarily due to higher auto and installment loans, partially offset by lower student loan balances. Average covered loans decreased $2.5 billion (24.7 percent) in 2014, compared with 2013.

Average investment securities in 2014 were $15.3 billion (20.4 percent) higher than 2013, due to purchases of U.S. government and agency-backed securities, net of prepayments and maturities, in preparation for final liquidity coverage ratio requirements.

— 29 —

  TABLE 3   NET INTEREST INCOME — CHANGES DUE TO RATE AND VOLUME (a)

	2015 v 2014									2014 v 2013
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Volume			Yield/Rate			Total			Volume			Yield/Rate			Total
Increase (decrease) in
Interest Income
Investment securities	$	282		$	(153	)	$	129		$	359		$	(135	)	$	224
Loans held for sale		108			(30	)		78			(92	)		17			(75	)
Loans
Commercial		245			(192	)		53			272			(212	)		60
Commercial real estate		71			4			75			98			(112	)		(14	)
Residential mortgages		1			(36	)		(35	)		157			(115	)		42
Credit card		43			109			152			83			43			126
Other retail		32			(153	)		(121	)		60			(237	)		(177	)
Total loans, excluding covered loans		392			(268	)		124			670			(633	)		37
Covered loans		(154	)		(27	)		(181	)		(159	)		(32	)		(191	)
Total loans		238			(295	)		(57	)		511			(665	)		(154	)
Other earning assets		46			(31	)		15			(27	)		(27	)		(54	)
Total earning assets		674			(509	)		165			751			(810	)		(59	)
Interest Expense
Interest-bearing deposits
Interest checking		2			(7	)		(5	)		3			(4	)		(1	)
Money market savings		28			47			75			12			29			41
Savings accounts		4			(10	)		(6	)		3			(6	)		(3	)
Time deposits		(40	)		(32	)		(72	)		(30	)		(103	)		(133	)
Total interest-bearing deposits		(6	)		(2	)		(8	)		(12	)		(84	)		(96	)
Short-term borrowings		(20	)		2			(18	)		33			(123	)		(90	)
Long-term debt		192			(218	)		(26	)		189			(231	)		(42	)
Total interest-bearing liabilities		166			(218	)		(52	)		210			(438	)		(228	)
Increase (decrease) in net interest income	$	508		$	(291	)	$	217		$	541		$	(372	)	$	169

(a) This table shows the components of the change in net interest income by volume and rate on a taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent. This table does not take into account the level of noninterest-bearing funding, nor does it fully reflect changes in the mix of assets and liabilities. The change in interest not solely due to changes in volume or rates has been allocated on a pro-rata basis to volume and yield/rate.

Average total deposits for 2014 were $16.2 billion (6.5 percent) higher than 2013. Average noninterest-bearing deposits for 2014 were $4.4 billion (6.4 percent) higher than 2013, reflecting growth in Consumer and Small Business Banking, including the impact of the Charter One branch acquisitions, Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate, and Wealth Management and Securities Services balances. Average total savings deposits for 2014 were $15.2 billion (11.2 percent) higher than 2013, reflecting growth in Consumer and Small Business Banking, including the impact of the Charter One branch acquisitions, Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate and corporate trust balances. Average time deposits, which are managed based on funding needs and relative pricing, decreased $3.5 billion (7.6 percent) in 2014, compared with 2013.

Provision for Credit Losses The provision for credit losses reflects changes in the size and credit quality of the entire portfolio of loans. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses considered appropriate by management for probable and estimable incurred losses, based on factors

discussed in the “Analysis and Determination of Allowance for Credit Losses” section.

In 2015, the provision for credit losses was $1.1 billion, compared with $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The provision for credit losses was lower than net charge-offs by $40 million in 2015, $105 million in 2014 and $125 million in 2013. The $97 million (7.9 percent) decrease in the provision for credit losses in 2015, compared with 2014, reflected improving credit trends and the underlying risk profile of the loan portfolio as economic conditions continued to slowly improve during the period, partially offset by portfolio growth. Nonperforming assets decreased $285 million (15.8 percent) from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, primarily driven by nonperforming asset reductions in the commercial real estate, residential mortgages, and home equity and second mortgage portfolios, as economic conditions continued to slowly improve during the period. In addition, accruing loans ninety days or more past due decreased by $114 million (12.1 percent) from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015. Net charge-offs decreased $162 million (12.1 percent) in

— 30 —

2015 from 2014 due to improvement in the residential mortgages, and home equity and second mortgages portfolios, as economic conditions continue to slowly improve in 2015, partially offset by higher commercial loan net charge-offs.

The $111 million (8.3 percent) decrease in the provision for credit losses in 2014, compared with 2013, reflected improving credit trends in residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgages as economic conditions improved during 2014, partially offset by portfolio growth and higher commercial loan net charge-offs and lower commercial real estate loan recoveries in 2014. Accruing loans ninety days or more past due decreased by $244 million (20.5 percent) from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, primarily reflecting improvement in the residential mortgages portfolio. Nonperforming assets decreased $229 million (11.2 percent) from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, primarily driven by reductions in the commercial, commercial mortgage and construction and development portfolios, as well as by improvement in credit card loans. Net charge-offs decreased $131 million (8.9 percent) in 2014 from 2013 due to the improvement in the residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgages portfolios, reflecting improving economic conditions, partially offset by higher commercial loan net charge-offs and lower commercial real estate loan recoveries in 2014.

Refer to “Corporate Risk Profile” for further information on the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs, nonperforming assets and other factors considered by the Company in assessing the credit quality of the loan portfolio and establishing the allowance for credit losses.

Noninterest Income Noninterest income in 2015 was $9.1 billion, compared with $9.2 billion in 2014 and $8.8 billion in 2013. The $72 million (0.8 percent) decrease in 2015 from 2014 reflected the 2014 Nuveen gain, lower gains from Visa stock sales, the 2015 student loan market adjustment and lower mortgage banking revenue, partially offset by higher revenue in most other fee businesses and the 2015 HSA deposit sale gain. The decrease in mortgage banking revenue in 2015 of 10.2 percent, compared with 2014, was primarily due to an unfavorable change in the valuation of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), net of hedging activities, partially offset by an increase in mortgage production volume. Credit and debit card revenue increased 4.8 percent in 2015 compared with 2014, due to higher transaction volumes. Trust and investment management fees increased 5.5 percent, reflecting the benefits of the Company’s investments in its corporate trust and fund services businesses, as well as account growth, improved market conditions and lower fee waivers. Merchant processing services revenue was 2.4 percent higher as a result of higher transaction volumes, along with account growth and equipment sales to merchants related to new chip technology requirements. Adjusted for the impact of foreign currency rate changes, the increase would have been approximately 6.9 percent. In addition, treasury management fees increased 2.9 percent in 2015 compared with 2014, due to higher transaction volumes, and commercial products revenue increased due to higher syndication and bond underwriting fees and higher commercial leasing revenue, partially offset by lower standby letter of credit fees.

  TABLE 4   NONINTEREST INCOME

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013		2015 v 2014			2014 v 2013
Credit and debit card revenue	$	1,070	$	1,021	$	965		4.8	%		5.8	%
Corporate payment products revenue		708		724		706		(2.2	)		2.5
Merchant processing services		1,547		1,511		1,458		2.4			3.6
ATM processing services		318		321		327		(.9	)		(1.8	)
Trust and investment management fees		1,321		1,252		1,139		5.5			9.9
Deposit service charges		702		693		670		1.3			3.4
Treasury management fees		561		545		538		2.9			1.3
Commercial products revenue		867		854		859		1.5			(.6	)
Mortgage banking revenue		906		1,009		1,356		(10.2	)		(25.6	)
Investment products fees		185		191		178		(3.1	)		7.3
Securities gains (losses), net		–		3		9		*			(66.7	)
Other		907		1,040		569		(12.8	)		82.8
Total noninterest income	$	9,092	$	9,164	$	8,774		(.8	)%		4.4	%

* Not meaningful.

— 31 —

The $390 million (4.4 percent) increase in noninterest income in 2014 from 2013 was principally due to increases in a majority of fee revenue categories and other income, partially offset by a reduction in mortgage banking revenue. Trust and investment management fees increased 9.9 percent in 2014, compared with 2013, reflecting account growth, improved market conditions and business expansion. Merchant processing services revenue was 3.6 percent higher as a result of an increase in fee-based product revenue and higher volumes, partially offset by lower rates. Credit and debit card revenue and corporate payment products revenue increased 5.8 percent and 2.5 percent, respectively, primarily due to higher transaction volumes. Deposit service charges were 3.4 percent higher due to account growth, the Charter One branch acquisitions and pricing changes. Investment products fee revenue increased 7.3 percent primarily due to higher transaction volumes. Other income increased 82.8 percent in 2014, compared with 2013, reflecting higher equity investment income, including 2014 gains on Visa stock sales and the Nuveen gain, and higher retail leasing revenue. The decrease in mortgage banking revenue in 2014 of 25.6 percent, compared with 2013, was primarily due to lower origination and sales revenue, partially offset by favorable changes in the valuation of MSRs, net of hedging activities.

Noninterest Expense Noninterest expense in 2015 was $10.9 billion, compared with $10.7 billion in 2014 and $10.3 billion in 2013. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 53.8 percent in 2015, compared with 53.2 percent in 2014 and 52.4 percent in 2013. The $216 million (2.0 percent) increase in noninterest expense in 2015 over 2014 reflected higher compensation, employee benefits and other costs related to compliance activities during 2015. Compensation expense increased 6.4 percent, reflecting the impact of merit increases, higher staffing for risk and compliance activities, as well as the Charter One branch acquisitions. Employee benefits expense increased 12.1 percent, primarily the result of higher pension costs. In addition, technology and communications expense increased 2.8 percent in 2015 over 2014, reflecting higher software license and maintenance costs. Offsetting these increases was a 5.5 percent decrease in marketing and business development expense reflecting higher charitable contributions in 2014, a 9.5 percent decrease in postage, printing and supplies expense due to a 2015 reimbursement from a business partner, and a 12.6 percent decrease in other intangibles expense due to the reduction or completion of amortization of certain intangibles. In addition, other expense decreased 8.0 percent, reflecting the impact of the 2014 FHA DOJ settlement and prior year legal accruals, partially offset by higher current year compliance-related expenses.

  TABLE 5   NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015 v 2014			2014 v 2013
Compensation	$	4,812		$	4,523		$	4,371			6.4	%		3.5	%
Employee benefits		1,167			1,041			1,140			12.1			(8.7	)
Net occupancy and equipment		991			987			949			.4			4.0
Professional services		423			414			381			2.2			8.7
Marketing and business development		361			382			357			(5.5	)		7.0
Technology and communications		887			863			848			2.8			1.8
Postage, printing and supplies		297			328			310			(9.5	)		5.8
Other intangibles		174			199			223			(12.6	)		(10.8	)
Other		1,819			1,978			1,695			(8.0	)		16.7
Total noninterest expense	$	10,931		$	10,715		$	10,274			2.0	%		4.3	%
Efficiency ratio(a)		53.8	%		53.2	%		52.4	%

(a) Computed as noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and noninterest income excluding net securities gains (losses).

— 32 —

The $441 million (4.3 percent) increase in noninterest expense in 2014 over 2013 was the result of increases in most noninterest expense categories. Compensation expense increased 3.5 percent, reflecting the impact of merit increases, acquisitions and higher staffing for risk, compliance and internal audit activities (partially offset by lower employee benefits expense of 8.7 percent, driven by lower pension costs). Net occupancy and equipment expense was 4.0 percent higher due to business initiatives and higher maintenance costs, and professional services expense increased 8.7 percent due mainly to mortgage servicing-related and other project costs. Marketing and business development expense increased 7.0 percent primarily due to higher charitable contributions, technology and communications expense increased 1.8 percent as result of business initiatives across most business lines, and postage printing and supplies expense increased 5.8 percent due to higher postage expense and demand for credit and prepaid cards. In addition, other expense increased 16.7 percent in 2014 over 2013, reflecting the 2014 FHA DOJ settlement, accruals related to certain legal matters, Charter One merger integration costs and mortgage servicing-related expenses, partially offset by lower tax-advantaged project costs.

Pension Plans Because of the long-term nature of pension plans, the related accounting is complex and can be impacted by several factors, including investment funding policies, accounting methods and actuarial assumptions.

The Company’s pension accounting reflects the long-term nature of the benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets. Amounts recorded in the financial statements reflect actuarial assumptions about participant benefits and plan asset returns. Changes in actuarial assumptions and differences in actual plan experience, compared with actuarial assumptions, are deferred and recognized in expense in future periods. Differences related to participant benefits are recognized in expense over the future service period of the employees. Differences related to the expected return on plan assets are included in expense over a period of approximately twelve years.

The Company expects pension expense to decrease approximately $100 million in 2016, primarily driven by a higher expected return on plan assets due to 2015 actual and 2016 expected contributions, a higher discount rate and lower expected amortization due to recognition of prior losses. Because of the complexity of forecasting pension plan activities, the accounting methods utilized for pension plans, the Company’s ability to respond to factors affecting the plans and the hypothetical nature of actuarial assumptions, the actual pension expense decrease may differ from the expected amount.

Refer to Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Company’s pension plan funding practices, investment policies and asset allocation strategies, and accounting policies for pension plans.

The following table shows an analysis of hypothetical changes in the discount rate and long-term rate of return (“LTROR”):

Discount Rate (Dollars in Millions)	Down 100 Basis Points			Up 100 Basis Points
Incremental benefit (expense)	$	(118	)	$	95
Percent of 2015 net income		(1.23	)%		.99	%
LTROR (Dollars in Millions)	Down 100 Basis Points			Up 100 Basis Points
Incremental benefit (expense)	$	(35	)	$	35
Percent of 2015 net income		(.37	)%		.37	%

Income Tax Expense The provision for income taxes was $2.1 billion (an effective rate of 26.1 percent) in 2015 and 2014, and $2.0 billion (an effective rate of 26.2 percent) in 2013.

For further information on income taxes, refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Average earning assets were $367.4 billion in 2015, compared with $341.0 billion in 2014. The increase in average earning assets of $26.4 billion (7.8 percent) was primarily due to increases in investment securities of $12.8 billion (14.2 percent), loans of $8.8 billion (3.6 percent) and loans held for sale of $2.6 billion (83.7 percent).

For average balance information, refer to Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates on pages 154 and 155.

Loans The Company’s loan portfolio was $260.8 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $247.9 billion at December 31, 2014, an increase of $13.0 billion (5.2 percent). The increase was driven by increases in commercial loans of $8.0 billion (10.0 percent), credit card loans of $2.5 billion (13.5 percent), other retail loans of $1.9 billion (3.9 percent) and residential mortgages of $1.9 billion (3.6 percent), partially offset by decreases in commercial real estate loans of $658 million (1.5 percent) and covered loans of $685 million (13.0 percent). Table 6 provides a summary of the loan distribution by product type, while Table 12 provides a summary of the selected loan maturity distribution by loan category. Average total loans increased $8.8 billion (3.6 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. The increase was due to growth in most loan portfolio classes in 2015.

— 33 —

Commercial Commercial loans, including lease financing, increased $8.0 billion (10.0 percent) at December 31, 2015, compared with December 31, 2014. Average commercial loans increased $8.3 billion (11.0 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. The growth was primarily driven by higher demand from new and existing customers. Table 7 provides a summary of commercial loans by industry and geographical locations.

Commercial Real Estate The Company’s portfolio of commercial real estate loans, which includes commercial mortgages and construction and development loans, decreased $658 million (1.5 percent) at December 31, 2015, compared with December 31, 2014, primarily the result of customers paying down balances in the second half of 2015. Average commercial real estate loans increased $1.8 billion (4.5 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. Table 8 provides a summary of commercial real estate loans by property type and geographical location.

The Company reclassifies construction loans to the commercial mortgage category if permanent financing is provided by the Company. In 2015, approximately $361 million of construction loans were reclassified to the commercial mortgage category. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, $155 million of tax-exempt industrial development loans were secured by real estate. The Company’s commercial mortgage and construction and development loans had unfunded commitments of $10.4 billion and $10.7 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Company also finances the operations of real estate developers and other entities with operations related to real estate. These loans are not secured directly by real estate but are subject to terms and conditions similar to commercial loans. These loans were included in the commercial loan category and totaled $5.8 billion and $4.6 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

  TABLE 6   LOAN PORTFOLIO DISTRIBUTION

	2015					2014					2013					2012					2011
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total
Commercial
Commercial	$	83,116		31.9	%	$	74,996		30.2	%	$	64,762		27.5	%	$	60,742		27.2	%	$	50,734		24.2	%
Lease financing		5,286		2.0			5,381		2.2			5,271		2.3			5,481		2.5			5,914		2.8
Total commercial		88,402		33.9			80,377		32.4			70,033		29.8			66,223		29.7			56,648		27.0
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial mortgages		31,773		12.2			33,360		13.5			32,183		13.7			31,005		13.9			29,664		14.1
Construction and development		10,364		3.9			9,435		3.8			7,702		3.3			5,948		2.6			6,187		3.0
Total commercial real estate		42,137		16.1			42,795		17.3			39,885		17.0			36,953		16.5			35,851		17.1
Residential Mortgages
Residential mortgages		40,425		15.5			38,598		15.6			37,545		15.9			32,648		14.6			28,669		13.7
Home equity loans, first liens		13,071		5.0			13,021		5.2			13,611		5.8			11,370		5.1			8,413		4.0
Total residential mortgages		53,496		20.5			51,619		20.8			51,156		21.7			44,018		19.7			37,082		17.7
Credit Card		21,012		8.1			18,515		7.5			18,021		7.7			17,115		7.7			17,360		8.3
Other Retail
Retail leasing		5,232		2.0			5,871		2.4			5,929		2.5			5,419		2.4			5,118		2.4
Home equity and second mortgages		16,384		6.3			15,916		6.4			15,442		6.6			16,726		7.5			18,131		8.6
Revolving credit		3,354		1.3			3,309		1.3			3,276		1.4			3,332		1.5			3,344		1.6
Installment		7,030		2.7			6,242		2.5			5,709		2.4			5,463		2.4			5,348		2.6
Automobile		16,587		6.3			14,822		6.0			13,743		5.8			12,593		5.6			11,508		5.5
Student		2,619		1.0			3,104		1.3			3,579		1.5			4,179		1.9			4,658		2.2
Total other retail		51,206		19.6			49,264		19.9			47,678		20.2			47,712		21.3			48,107		22.9
Total loans, excluding covered loans		256,253		98.2			242,570		97.9			226,773		96.4			212,021		94.9			195,048		93.0
Covered Loans		4,596		1.8			5,281		2.1			8,462		3.6			11,308		5.1			14,787		7.0
Total loans	$	260,849		100.0	%	$	247,851		100.0	%	$	235,235		100.0	%	$	223,329		100.0	%	$	209,835		100.0	%

— 34 —

  TABLE 7   COMMERCIAL LOANS BY INDUSTRY GROUP AND GEOGRAPHY

	2015					2014
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Loans		Percent			Loans		Percent
Industry Group
Manufacturing	$	13,404		15.2	%	$	12,261		15.3	%
Real estate, rental and leasing		9,514		10.8			7,779		9.7
Finance and insurance		8,288		9.4			7,799		9.7
Wholesale trade		8,069		9.1			7,350		9.1
Retail trade		6,846		7.7			6,428		8.0
Healthcare and social assistance		5,802		6.6			5,280		6.6
Public administration		4,190		4.7			4,033		5.0
Information		3,542		4.0			2,702		3.4
Professional, scientific and technical services		3,493		4.0			3,121		3.9
Transport and storage		3,262		3.7			2,941		3.7
Educational services		2,791		3.2			2,286		2.8
Arts, entertainment and recreation		2,772		3.1			2,493		3.1
Mining		2,208		2.5			2,604		3.2
Agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting		1,721		1.9			1,642		2.0
Other services		1,703		1.9			1,449		1.8
Utilities		1,435		1.6			1,404		1.7
Other		9,362		10.6			8,805		11.0
Total	$	88,402		100.0	%	$	80,377		100.0	%
Geography
California	$	11,253		12.7	%	$	9,961		12.4	%
Colorado		3,930		4.5			3,528		4.4
Illinois		4,636		5.3			4,108		5.1
Minnesota		7,166		8.1			6,316		7.9
Missouri		3,309		3.8			2,832		3.5
Ohio		4,063		4.6			3,534		4.4
Oregon		1,938		2.2			2,130		2.6
Washington		3,219		3.6			3,237		4.0
Wisconsin		2,936		3.3			3,090		3.8
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota		4,543		5.1			4,400		5.5
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee		5,106		5.8			4,949		6.2
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming		1,427		1.6			1,475		1.8
Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah		3,280		3.7			2,951		3.7
Total banking region		56,806		64.3			52,511		65.3
Florida, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas		15,819		17.9			14,036		17.5
All other states		15,777		17.8			13,830		17.2
Total outside Company’s banking region		31,596		35.7			27,866		34.7
Total	$	88,402		100.0	%	$	80,377		100.0	%

Residential Mortgages Residential mortgages held in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2015, increased $1.9 billion (3.6 percent) over December 31, 2014, reflecting higher origination and refinancing activity during 2015. Average residential mortgages were essentially flat in 2015, compared with 2014. Residential mortgages originated and placed in the Company’s loan portfolio include well-secured jumbo mortgages and branch-originated first lien home equity loans to borrowers with high credit quality.

Credit Card Total credit card loans increased $2.5 billion (13.5 percent) at December 31, 2015, compared with December 31, 2014. Average credit card balances increased $422 million (2.4 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. The increases reflected new and existing customer growth during the period, including the 2015 acquisitions of credit card portfolios from Fidelity Investments and Auto Club Trust.

— 35 —

  TABLE 8   COMMERCIAL  REAL  ESTATE  LOANS  BY  PROPERTY  TYPE  AND   GEOGRAPHY

	2015					2014
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Loans		Percent			Loans		Percent
Property Type
Business owner occupied	$	11,186		26.6	%	$	11,535		26.9	%
Commercial property
Industrial		1,530		3.6			1,582		3.7
Office		5,480		13.0			5,680		13.3
Retail		4,944		11.7			4,896		11.4
Other commercial		4,165		9.9			4,670		10.9
Multi-family		8,833		21.0			8,548		20.0
Hotel/motel		3,428		8.1			3,624		8.5
Residential homebuilders		2,319		5.5			1,996		4.7
Healthcare facilities		252		.6			264		.6
Total	$	42,137		100.0	%	$	42,795		100.0	%
Geography
California	$	10,456		24.8	%	$	10,545		24.6	%
Colorado		2,004		4.8			1,955		4.6
Illinois		1,810		4.3			2,153		5.0
Minnesota		2,022		4.8			2,031		4.7
Missouri		1,382		3.3			1,453		3.4
Ohio		1,260		3.0			1,391		3.3
Oregon		1,988		4.7			2,012		4.7
Washington		3,422		8.1			3,501		8.2
Wisconsin		2,323		5.5			2,293		5.4
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota		2,227		5.3			2,202		5.1
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee		1,708		4.1			1,764		4.1
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming		1,275		3.0			1,319		3.1
Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah		3,259		7.7			3,383		7.9
Total banking region		35,136		83.4			36,002		84.1
Florida, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas		3,793		9.0			3,656		8.6
All other states		3,208		7.6			3,137		7.3
Total outside Company’s banking region		7,001		16.6			6,793		15.9
Total	$	42,137		100.0	%	$	42,795		100.0	%

Other Retail Total other retail loans, which include retail leasing, home equity and second mortgages and other retail loans, increased $1.9 billion (3.9 percent) at December 31, 2015, compared with December 31, 2014. Average other retail loans increased $726 million (1.5 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. The increases were primarily due to higher auto and installment loans, and home equity and second mortgages, partially offset by lower retail leasing and student loan balances. Of the total residential mortgages, credit card and other retail loans outstanding at

December 31, 2015, approximately 73.4 percent were to customers located in the Company’s primary banking region compared with 73.0 percent at December 31, 2014. Tables 9, 10 and 11 provide a geographic summary of residential mortgages, credit card loans and other retail loans outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. The collateral for $3.1 billion of residential mortgages and other retail loans included in covered loans at December 31, 2015 was in California, compared with $3.5 billion at December 31, 2014.

— 36 —

  TABLE 9   RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES BY GEOGRAPHY

	2015					2014
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Loans		Percent			Loans		Percent
California	$	11,994		22.4	%	$	9,943		19.3	%
Colorado		3,047		5.7			2,969		5.7
Illinois		2,991		5.6			3,085		6.0
Minnesota		4,035		7.6			4,002		7.7
Missouri		1,955		3.7			2,090		4.0
Ohio		2,322		4.3			2,350		4.6
Oregon		2,144		4.0			2,071		4.0
Washington		3,020		5.6			2,874		5.6
Wisconsin		1,556		2.9			1,582		3.1
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota		2,188		4.1			2,225		4.3
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee		3,287		6.1			3,353		6.5
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming		1,209		2.3			1,198		2.3
Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah		3,773		7.1			3,518		6.8
Total banking region		43,521		81.4			41,260		79.9
Florida, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas		4,321		8.1			4,446		8.6
All other states		5,654		10.5			5,913		11.5
Total outside Company’s banking region		9,975		18.6			10,359		20.1
Total	$	53,496		100.0	%	$	51,619		100.0	%

  TABLE 10   CREDIT CARD LOANS BY GEOGRAPHY

	2015					2014
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Loans		Percent			Loans		Percent
California	$	2,161		10.3	%	$	1,919		10.3	%
Colorado		787		3.7			699		3.8
Illinois		1,046		5.0			922		5.0
Minnesota		1,350		6.4			1,219		6.6
Missouri		746		3.6			661		3.6
Ohio		1,238		5.9			1,109		6.0
Oregon		707		3.4			626		3.4
Washington		898		4.3			809		4.4
Wisconsin		1,050		5.0			959		5.2
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota		996		4.7			897		4.8
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee		1,613		7.7			1,435		7.7
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming		406		1.9			363		1.9
Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah		1,031		4.9			884		4.8
Total banking region		14,029		66.8			12,502		67.5
Florida, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas		3,600		17.1			3,153		17.0
All other states		3,383		16.1			2,860		15.5
Total outside Company’s banking region		6,983		33.2			6,013		32.5
Total	$	21,012		100.0	%	$	18,515		100.0	%

— 37 —

  TABLE 11   OTHER RETAIL LOANS BY GEOGRAPHY

	2015					2014
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Loans		Percent			Loans		Percent
California	$	7,495		14.6	%	$	6,640		13.5	%
Colorado		1,995		3.9			1,931		3.9
Illinois		3,000		5.8			2,808		5.7
Minnesota		3,600		7.0			3,666		7.4
Missouri		2,191		4.3			2,142		4.4
Ohio		2,740		5.4			2,626		5.3
Oregon		1,601		3.1			1,604		3.3
Washington		1,724		3.4			1,731		3.5
Wisconsin		1,651		3.2			1,729		3.5
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota		2,318		4.5			2,329		4.7
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee		2,925		5.7			2,819		5.7
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming		963		1.9			975		2.0
Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah		2,539		5.0			2,362		4.8
Total banking region		34,742		67.8			33,362		67.7
Florida, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas		8,858		17.3			8,328		16.9
All other states		7,606		14.9			7,574		15.4
Total outside Company’s banking region		16,464		32.2			15,902		32.3
Total	$	51,206		100.0	%	$	49,264		100.0	%

The Company generally retains portfolio loans through maturity; however, the Company’s intent may change over time based upon various factors such as ongoing asset/liability management activities, assessment of product profitability, credit risk, liquidity needs, and capital implications. If the Company’s intent or ability to hold an existing portfolio loan changes, it is transferred to loans held for sale.

Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale, consisting primarily of residential mortgages to be sold in the secondary market,

were $3.2 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $4.8 billion at December 31, 2014. The decrease in loans held for sale was principally due to a lower level of mortgage loan closing late in 2015, compared with the same period of 2014. Almost all of the residential mortgage loans the Company originates or purchases for sale follow guidelines that allow the loans to be sold into existing, highly liquid secondary markets; in particular in government agency transactions and to government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”).

— 38 —

  TABLE 12   SELECTED LOAN MATURITY DISTRIBUTION

At December 31, 2015 (Dollars in Millions)	One Year or Less		Over One Through Five Years		Over Five Years		Total
Commercial	$	28,529	$	55,846	$	4,027	$	88,402
Commercial real estate		11,074		24,476		6,587		42,137
Residential mortgages		2,705		8,118		42,673		53,496
Credit card		21,012		—		—		21,012
Other retail		9,876		27,382		13,948		51,206
Covered loans		580		774		3,242		4,596
Total loans	$	73,776	$	116,596	$	70,477	$	260,849
Total of loans due after one year with
Predetermined interest rates							$	82,032
Floating interest rates							$	105,041

Investment Securities The Company uses its investment securities portfolio to manage enterprise interest rate risk, provide liquidity (including the ability to meet regulatory requirements), generate interest and dividend income, and as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding sources. While the Company intends to hold its investment securities indefinitely, it may sell available-for-sale securities in response to structural changes in the balance sheet and related interest rate risk and to meet liquidity requirements, among other factors.

Investment securities totaled $105.6 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $101.0 billion at December 31, 2014. The $4.6 billion (4.5 percent) increase reflected $5.1 billion of net investment purchases, partially offset by a $457 million unfavorable change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investment securities.

Average investment securities were $103.2 billion in 2015, compared with $90.3 billion in 2014. The weighted-average yield of the available-for-sale portfolio was 2.21 percent at December 31, 2015, compared with 2.32 percent at December 31, 2014. The average maturity of the available-for-sale portfolio was 4.7 years at December 31, 2015, compared with 4.3 years at December 31, 2014. The weighted-average yield of the held-to-maturity portfolio was 1.92 percent at December 31, 2015, unchanged from December 31, 2014. The average maturity of the held-to-maturity portfolio was 4.2 years at December 31, 2015, compared with 4.0 years at December 31, 2014. Investment securities by type are shown in Table 13.

The Company’s available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in other

comprehensive income (loss) unless a security is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities were $180 million, compared with $637 million at December 31, 2014. The unfavorable change in net unrealized gains (losses) was primarily due to decreases in the fair value of agency mortgage-backed and state and political securities as a result of increases in interest rates. Gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities totaled $480 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $343 million at December 31, 2014. The Company conducts a regular assessment of its investment portfolio to determine whether any securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. When assessing unrealized losses for other-than-temporary impairment, the Company considers the nature of the investment, the financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of unrealized loss, expected cash flows of underlying assets and market conditions. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no plans to sell securities with unrealized losses, and believes it is more likely than not that it would not be required to sell such securities before recovery of their amortized cost.

In December 2013, U.S. banking regulators approved final rules that prohibit banks from holding certain types of investments, such as investments in hedge and certain private equity funds. The Company does not anticipate the implementation of these final rules will require any significant liquidation of securities held or impairment charges.

Refer to Notes 5 and 22 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on investment securities.

— 39 —

  TABLE 13   INVESTMENT SECURITIES

	Available-for-Sale									Held-to-Maturity
At December 31, 2015 (Dollars in Millions)	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted- Average Maturity in Years		Weighted- Average Yield(e)			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted- Average Maturity in Years		Weighted- Average Yield(e)
U.S. Treasury and Agencies
Maturing in one year or less	$	476	$	477		.4		2.38	%	$	–	$	–		–		–	%
Maturing after one year through five years		1,387		1,393		2.5		1.38			1,097		1,103		2.7		1.42
Maturing after five years through ten years		2,747		2,725		6.8		2.05			1,828		1,816		6.9		2.14
Maturing after ten years		1		1		11.7		4.15			–		–		–		–
Total	$	4,611	$	4,596		4.8		1.88	%	$	2,925	$	2,919		5.3		1.87	%
Mortgage-Backed Securities(a)
Maturing in one year or less	$	360	$	363		.6		2.25	%	$	210	$	210		.7		2.08	%
Maturing after one year through five years		32,988		33,030		4.1		1.92			31,258		31,130		3.7		2.07
Maturing after five years through ten years		16,468		16,466		5.7		1.44			8,933		8,962		5.5		1.44
Maturing after ten years		829		827		12.3		1.41			219		220		11.7		1.36
Total	$	50,645	$	50,686		4.7		1.76	%	$	40,620	$	40,522		4.2		1.92	%
Asset-Backed Securities(a)
Maturing in one year or less	$	–	$	–		–		–	%	$	–	$	1		.1		1.01	%
Maturing after one year through five years		194		199		3.4		3.27			6		8		3.4		1.05
Maturing after five years through ten years		354		361		5.9		2.75			3		3		6.3		1.17
Maturing after ten years		–		–		–		–			1		7		11.8		1.18
Total	$	548	$	560		5.0		2.94	%	$	10	$	19		5.2		1.10	%
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions(b)(c)
Maturing in one year or less	$	2,175	$	2,216		.5		7.04	%	$	–	$	–		.5		11.31	%
Maturing after one year through five years		1,976		2,072		1.8		6.87			1		1		2.6		8.03
Maturing after five years through ten years		881		902		7.4		5.52			3		3		8.9		3.94
Maturing after ten years		117		126		14.5		7.15			4		4		10.5		2.32
Total	$	5,149	$	5,316		2.5		6.72	%	$	8	$	8		9.1		3.49	%
Other Debt Securities
Maturing in one year or less	$	–	$	–		–		–	%	$	1	$	1		.6		1.64	%
Maturing after one year through five years		–		–		–		–			26		24		3.8		1.27
Maturing after five years through ten years		–		–		–		–			–		–		–		–
Maturing after ten years		677		610		17.6		2.61			–		–		–		–
Total	$	677	$	610		17.6		2.61	%	$	27	$	25		3.6		1.28	%
Other Investments	$	187	$	229		22.9		4.59	%	$	–	$	–		–		–	%
Total investment securities(d)	$	61,817	$	61,997		4.7		2.21	%	$	43,590	$	43,493		4.2		1.92	%

(a) Information related to asset and mortgage-backed securities included above is presented based upon weighted-average maturities anticipating future prepayments.

(b) Information related to obligations of state and political subdivisions is presented based upon yield to first optional call date if the security is purchased at a premium, yield to maturity if purchased at par or a discount.

(c) Maturity calculations for obligations of state and political subdivisions are based on the first optional call date for securities with a fair value above par and contractual maturity for securities with a fair value equal to or below par.

(d) The weighted-average maturity of the available-for-sale investment securities was 4.3 years at December 31, 2014, with a corresponding weighted-average yield of 2.32 percent. The weighted-average maturity of the held-to-maturity investment securities was 4.0 years at December 31, 2014, with a corresponding weighted-average yield of 1.92 percent.

(e) Average yields are presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis under a tax rate of 35 percent. Yields on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities are computed based on amortized cost balances, excluding any premiums or discounts recorded related to the transfer of investment securities at fair value from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity. Average yield and maturity calculations exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity.

	2015					2014
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Amortized Cost		Percent of Total			Amortized Cost		Percent of Total
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	7,536		7.2	%	$	5,339		5.3	%
Mortgage-backed securities		91,265		86.6			87,645		87.3
Asset-backed securities		558		.5			638		.6
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		5,157		4.9			5,613		5.6
Other debt securities and investments		891		.8			1,171		1.2
Total investment securities	$	105,407		100.0	%	$	100,406		100.0	%

— 40 —

  TABLE 14   DEPOSITS

The composition of deposits was as follows:

	2015					2014					2013					2012					2011
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total			Amount		Percent of Total
Noninterest-bearing deposits	$	83,766		27.9	%	$	77,323		27.3	%	$	76,941		29.4	%	$	74,172		29.8	%	$	68,579		29.7	%
Interest-bearing deposits
Interest checking		59,169		19.7			55,058		19.5			52,140		19.9			50,430		20.2			45,933		19.9
Money market savings		86,159		28.7			76,536		27.1			59,772		22.8			50,987		20.5			45,854		19.9
Savings accounts		38,468		12.8			35,249		12.4			32,469		12.4			30,811		12.4			28,018		12.1
Total of savings deposits		183,796		61.2			166,843		59.0			144,381		55.1			132,228		53.1			119,805		51.9
Time deposits less than $100,000		9,050		3.0			10,609		3.8			11,784		4.5			13,744		5.5			14,952		6.5
Time deposits greater than $100,000
Domestic		7,272		2.4			10,636		3.8			9,527		3.6			12,148		4.8			12,583		5.4
Foreign		16,516		5.5			17,322		6.1			19,490		7.4			16,891		6.8			14,966		6.5
Total interest-bearing deposits		216,634		72.1			205,410		72.7			185,182		70.6			175,011		70.2			162,306		70.3
Total deposits	$	300,400		100.0	%	$	282,733		100.0	%	$	262,123		100.0	%	$	249,183		100.0	%	$	230,885		100.0	%

The maturity of time deposits was as follows:

	Time Deposits Less Than $100,000		Time Deposits Greater Than $100,000
At December 31, 2015 (Dollars in Millions)			Domestic		Foreign		Total
Three months or less	$	1,324	$	1,791	$	16,478	$	19,593
Three months through six months		1,087		668		19		1,774
Six months through one year		2,298		1,474		19		3,791
2017		2,018		1,584		—		3,602
2018		994		586		—		1,580
2019		742		535		—		1,277
2020		585		633		—		1,218
Thereafter		2		1		—		3
Total	$	9,050	$	7,272	$	16,516	$	32,838

Deposits Total deposits were $300.4 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $282.7 billion at December 31, 2014. The $17.7 billion (6.2 percent) increase in total deposits reflected growth in total savings and noninterest-bearing deposits, partially offset by a decrease in time deposits. Average total deposits in 2015 increased $20.5 billion (7.7 percent) over 2014 due to increases in total savings deposits and noninterest-bearing deposits, including those obtained in the Charter One branch acquisitions, partially offset by a decrease in time deposits.

Noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2015, increased $6.4 billion (8.3 percent) over December 31, 2014, primarily due to higher Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate, Consumer and Small Business Banking, and corporate trust balances. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $5.7 billion (7.8 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, reflecting growth in Consumer and Small Business Banking and Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate, as well as the impact of the Charter One branch acquisitions.

Interest-bearing savings deposits increased $17.0 billion (10.2 percent) at December 31, 2015, compared with

December 31, 2014. The increase was related to higher money market, interest checking and savings account balances. Money market deposit balances increased $9.6 billion (12.6 percent) at December 31, 2015, compared with December 31, 2014, primarily due to higher Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate, and broker-dealer balances. Interest checking balances increased $4.1 billion (7.5 percent) primarily due to higher Consumer and Small Business Banking, and corporate trust balances, partially offset by lower broker-dealer balances. Savings account balances increased $3.2 billion (9.1 percent), primarily due to higher Consumer and Small Business Banking balances. Average interest-bearing savings deposits in 2015 increased $21.0 billion (13.8 percent), compared with 2014, reflecting growth in Consumer and Small Business Banking, Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate and Wealth Management and Securities Services balances, as well as the impact of the Charter One branch acquisitions.

Interest-bearing time deposits at December 31, 2015, decreased $5.7 billion (14.9 percent), compared with December 31, 2014. Average time deposits decreased $6.2 billion (14.9 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. Changes

— 41 —

in time deposits are largely related to those deposits managed as an alternative to other wholesale funding sources, based largely on funding needs and relative pricing.

Borrowings The Company utilizes both short-term and long-term borrowings as part of its asset/liability management and funding strategies. Short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, borrowings secured by high-grade assets and other short-term borrowings, were $27.9 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $29.9 billion at December 31, 2014. The $2.0 billion (6.7 percent) decrease in short-term borrowings was primarily due to decreases in other short-term borrowings balances.

Long-term debt was $32.1 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $32.3 billion at December 31, 2014. The $182 million (0.6 percent) decrease reflected $1.4 billion of bank note repayments, and $3.1 billion of medium-term note and subordinated note maturities, partially offset by the issuances of $2.4 billion of bank notes and a $1.7 billion increase in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances.

Refer to Notes 12 and 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding short-term borrowings and long-term debt, and the “Liquidity Risk Management” section for discussion of liquidity management of the Company.

CORPORATE RISK PROFILE

Overview Managing risks is an essential part of successfully operating a financial services company. The Company’s Board of Directors has approved a risk management framework which establishes governance and risk management requirements for all risk-taking activities. This framework includes Company and business line risk appetite statements which set boundaries for the types and amount of risk that may be undertaken in pursuing business objectives and initiatives. The Board of Directors, through its Risk Management Committee, oversees performance relative to the risk management framework, risk appetite statements, and other policy requirements.

The Executive Risk Committee (“ERC”), which is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and includes the Chief Executive Officer and other members of the executive management team, oversees execution against the risk management framework and risk appetite statements. The ERC focuses on current and emerging risks, including strategic and reputational risks, by directing timely and comprehensive actions. Senior operating committees have also been established, each responsible for overseeing a specified category of risk.

The Company’s most prominent risk exposures are credit, interest rate, market, liquidity, operational, compliance,

strategic, and reputational. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan, investment or derivative contract when it is due. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income or market valuations as a result of changes in interest rates. Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and security prices that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as trading and available-for-sale securities, mortgage loans held for sale (“MLHFS”), MSRs and derivatives that are accounted for on a fair value basis. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations or new business at a reasonable cost and in a timely manner. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, or systems, or from external events, including the risk of loss resulting from breaches in data security. Operational risk can also include failures by third parties with which the Company does business. Compliance risk is the risk of loss arising from violations of, or nonconformance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, internal policies, and procedures, or ethical standards, potentially exposing the Company to fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages, and the voiding of contracts. Compliance risk also arises in situations where the laws or rules governing certain Company products or activities of the Company’s customers may be ambiguous or untested. Strategic risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from adverse business decisions or improper implementation of those decisions. Reputational risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or franchise or enterprise value arising from negative public opinion. This risk may impair the Company’s competitiveness by affecting its ability to establish new relationships or services, or continue serving existing relationships. In addition to the risks identified above, other risk factors exist that may impact the Company. Refer to “Risk Factors” beginning on page 156, for a detailed discussion of these factors.

The Company’s Board and management-level governance committees are supported by a “three lines of defense” model for establishing effective checks and balances. The first line of defense, the business lines, manages risks in conformity with established limits and policy requirements. In turn, business leaders and their risk officers establish programs to ensure conformity with these limits and policy requirements. The second line of defense, which includes the Chief Risk Officer’s organization as well as policy and oversight activities of corporate support functions, translates risk appetite and strategy into actionable risk limits and policies. The second line of defense monitors first line of defense conformity with limits and policies, and provides reporting and escalation of emerging risks and other concerns to senior management and the Risk Management Committee of the Board of

— 42 —

Directors. The third line of defense, internal audit, is responsible for providing the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and senior management with independent assessment and assurance regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s governance, risk management, and control processes.

Management provides various risk reports to the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors. The Risk Management Committee discusses with management the Company’s risk management performance, and provides a summary of key risks to the entire Board of Directors, covering the status of existing matters, areas of potential future concern, and specific information on certain types of loss events. The Risk Management Committee considers quarterly reports by management assessing the Company’s performance relative to the risk appetite statements and the associated risk limits, including:

– Qualitative considerations, such as the macroeconomic environment, regulatory and compliance changes, litigation developments, and technology and cybersecurity;

– Capital ratios and projections, including regulatory measures and stressed scenarios;

– Credit measures, including adversely rated and nonperforming loans, leveraged transactions, credit concentrations and lending limits;

– Interest rate and market risk, including market value and net income simulation, and trading-related Value at Risk;

– Liquidity risk, including funding projections under various stressed scenarios;

– Operational and compliance risk, including losses stemming from events such as fraud, processing errors, control breaches, breaches in data security, or adverse business decisions, as well as reporting on technology performance, and various legal and regulatory compliance measures; and

– Reputational and strategic risk considerations, impacts and responses.

Credit Risk Management The Company’s strategy for credit risk management includes well-defined, centralized credit policies, uniform underwriting criteria, and ongoing risk monitoring and review processes for all commercial and consumer credit exposures. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and management reviews of loans exhibiting deterioration of credit quality. The Risk Management Committee oversees the Company’s credit risk management process.

In addition, credit quality ratings as defined by the Company, are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management and evaluation of its allowance for

credit losses. Loans with a pass rating represent those loans not classified on the Company’s rating scale for problem credits, as minimal risk has been identified. Loans with a special mention or classified rating, including loans that are 90 days or more past due and still accruing, nonaccrual loans, those considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), and loans in a junior lien position that are current but are behind a modified or delinquent loan in a first lien position, encompass all loans held by the Company that it considers to have a potential or well-defined weakness that may put full collection of contractual cash flows at risk. The Company’s internal credit quality ratings for consumer loans are primarily based on delinquency and nonperforming status, except for a limited population of larger loans within those portfolios that are individually evaluated. For this limited population, the determination of the internal credit quality rating may also consider collateral value and customer cash flows. The Company obtains recent collateral value estimates for the majority of its residential mortgage and home equity and second mortgage portfolios, which allows the Company to compute estimated loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios reflecting current market conditions. These individual refreshed LTV ratios are considered in the determination of the appropriate allowance for credit losses. However, the underwriting criteria the Company employs consider the relevant income and credit characteristics of the borrower, such that the collateral is not the primary source of repayment. The Company strives to identify potential problem loans early, record any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain appropriate allowance levels for probable incurred loan losses. Refer to Notes 1 and 6 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Company’s loan portfolios including internal credit quality ratings.

The Company categorizes its loan portfolio into three segments, which is the level at which it develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. The Company’s three loan portfolio segments are commercial lending, consumer lending and covered loans. The commercial lending segment includes loans and leases made to small business, middle market, large corporate, commercial real estate, financial institution, non-profit and public sector customers. Key risk characteristics relevant to commercial lending segment loans include the industry and geography of the borrower’s business, purpose of the loan, repayment source, borrower’s debt capacity and financial flexibility, loan covenants, and nature of pledged collateral, if any. These risk characteristics, among others, are considered in determining estimates about the likelihood of default by the borrowers and the severity of loss in the event of default. The Company considers these risk characteristics in assigning internal risk ratings to, or

— 43 —

forecasting losses on, these loans which are the significant factors in determining the allowance for credit losses for loans in the commercial lending segment.

The consumer lending segment represents loans and leases made to consumer customers including residential mortgages, credit card loans, and other retail loans such as revolving consumer lines, auto loans and leases, student loans, and home equity loans and lines. Home equity or second mortgage loans are junior lien closed-end accounts fully disbursed at origination. These loans typically are fixed rate loans, secured by residential real estate, with a 10- or 15-year fixed payment amortization schedule. Home equity lines are revolving accounts giving the borrower the ability to draw and repay balances repeatedly, up to a maximum commitment, and are secured by residential real estate. These include accounts in either a first or junior lien position. Typical terms on home equity lines in the portfolio are variable rates benchmarked to the prime rate, with a 10- or 15-year draw period during which a minimum payment is equivalent to the monthly interest, followed by a 20- or 10-year amortization period, respectively. At December 31, 2015, substantially all of the Company’s home equity lines were in the draw period. Approximately $920 million, or 6 percent, of the outstanding home equity line balances at December 31, 2015, will enter the amortization period within the next 36 months. Key risk characteristics relevant to consumer lending segment loans primarily relate to the borrowers’ capacity and willingness to repay and include unemployment rates and other economic factors, customer payment history and in some cases, updated LTV information on real estate based loans. These risk characteristics, among others, are reflected in forecasts of delinquency levels, bankruptcies and losses which are the primary factors in determining the allowance for credit losses for the consumer lending segment.

The covered loan segment represents loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions that are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that greatly reduce the risk of future credit losses to the Company. Key risk characteristics for covered segment loans are consistent with the segment they would otherwise be included in had the loss share coverage not been in place, but consider the indemnification provided by the FDIC.

The Company further disaggregates its loan portfolio segments into various classes based on their underlying risk characteristics. The two classes within the commercial lending segment are commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. The three classes within the consumer lending segment are residential mortgages, credit card loans and other retail loans. The covered loan segment consists of only one class.

Because business processes and credit risks associated with unfunded credit commitments are essentially the same as for loans, the Company utilizes similar processes to estimate its liability for unfunded credit commitments. The Company also engages in non-lending activities that may give rise to credit risk, including derivative transactions for balance sheet hedging purposes, foreign exchange transactions, deposit overdrafts and interest rate swap contracts for customers, investments in securities and other financial assets, and settlement risk, including Automated Clearing House transactions and the processing of credit card transactions for merchants. These activities are subject to credit review, analysis and approval processes.

Economic and Other Factors In evaluating its credit risk, the Company considers changes, if any, in underwriting activities, the loan portfolio composition (including product mix and geographic, industry or customer-specific concentrations), collateral values, trends in loan performance and macroeconomic factors, such as changes in unemployment rates, gross domestic product and consumer bankruptcy filings.

Beginning in late 2007, financial markets suffered significant disruptions, leading to and exacerbated by declining real estate values and subsequent economic challenges, both domestically and globally. Median home prices declined across most domestic markets, which had a significant adverse impact on the collectability of residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage delinquencies increased throughout 2008 and 2009. High unemployment levels beginning in 2009, further increased losses in prime-based residential portfolios and credit cards.

Although economic conditions generally have stabilized from the dramatic downturn experienced in 2008 and 2009, and employment levels, median home prices and the financial markets have slowly improved, business activities across certain industries and regions continue to face challenges due to slow global economic growth. If commodity prices inclusive of energy, remain depressed for an extended period of time, the industry and the overall economy could be negatively impacted.

Credit costs peaked for the Company in late 2009 and have trended downward thereafter. The provision for credit losses was lower than net charge-offs by $40 million in 2015, $105 million in 2014 and $125 million in 2013. The $97 million (7.9 percent) decrease in the provision for credit losses in 2015, compared with 2014, reflected improving credit trends and the underlying risk profile of the loan portfolio as economic conditions continued to slowly improve throughout 2015, partially offset by portfolio growth and deterioration in certain loans to customers in energy-related businesses.

— 44 —

Credit Diversification The Company manages its credit risk, in part, through diversification of its loan portfolio and limit setting by product type criteria and concentrations. As part of its normal business activities, the Company offers a broad array of traditional commercial lending products and specialized products such as asset-based lending, commercial lease financing, agricultural credit, warehouse mortgage lending, small business lending, commercial real estate, health care and correspondent banking. The Company also offers an array of consumer lending products, including residential mortgages, credit card loans, auto loans, retail leases, home equity, revolving credit and other consumer loans. These consumer lending products are primarily offered through the branch office network, home mortgage and loan production offices and indirect distribution channels, such as auto dealers. The Company monitors and manages the portfolio diversification by industry, customer and geography. Table 6 provides information with respect to the overall product diversification and changes in the mix during 2015.

The commercial loan class is diversified among various industries with somewhat higher concentrations in manufacturing, finance and insurance, wholesale trade, and real estate, rental and leasing. Additionally, the commercial loan class is diversified across the Company’s geographical markets with 64.3 percent of total commercial loans within the Company’s Consumer and Small Business Banking region. Credit relationships outside of the Company’s Consumer and Small Business Banking region relate to the corporate banking, mortgage banking, auto dealer and leasing businesses, focusing on large national customers and specifically targeted industries. Loans to mortgage banking customers are primarily warehouse lines which are collateralized with the underlying mortgages. The Company regularly monitors its mortgage collateral position to manage its risk exposure. Table 7 provides a summary of significant industry groups and geographical locations of commercial loans outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014. At December 31, 2015, approximately $3.2 billion of the commercial loans outstanding were to customers in energy-related businesses, compared with $3.1 billion at December 31, 2014. The decline in energy prices over the past year has resulted in deterioration of a portion of these loans; however, the impact of this deterioration was not significant to the Company during 2015. A further decline in energy prices, or if prices remain at current levels for an extended period of time, could result in an increase in the Company’s loan charge-offs and provision for credit losses.

The commercial real estate loan class reflects the Company’s focus on serving business owners within its geographic footprint as well as regional and national

investment-based real estate owners and builders. Within the commercial real estate loan class, different property types have varying degrees of credit risk. Table 8 provides a summary of the significant property types and geographical locations of commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014. At December 31, 2015, approximately 26.6 percent of the commercial real estate loans represented business owner-occupied properties that tend to exhibit less credit risk than non owner-occupied properties. The investment-based real estate mortgages are diversified among various property types with somewhat higher concentrations in multi-family, office and retail properties. From a geographical perspective, the Company’s commercial real estate loan class is generally well diversified. However, at December 31, 2015, 24.8 percent of the Company’s commercial real estate loans were secured by collateral in California, which has historically experienced higher delinquency levels and credit quality deterioration in recessionary periods due to excess inventory levels and declining valuations. Included in commercial real estate at year-end 2015 was approximately $681 million in loans related to land held for development and $676 million of loans related to residential and commercial acquisition and development properties. These loans are subject to quarterly monitoring for changes in local market conditions due to a higher credit risk profile. The commercial real estate loan class is diversified across the Company’s geographical markets with 83.4 percent of total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2015, within the Company’s Consumer and Small Business Banking region.

The Company’s consumer lending segment utilizes several distinct business processes and channels to originate consumer credit, including traditional branch lending, indirect lending, portfolio acquisitions, correspondent banks and loan brokers. Each distinct underwriting and origination activity manages unique credit risk characteristics and prices its loan production commensurate with the differing risk profiles.

Residential mortgages are originated through the Company’s branches, loan production offices and a wholesale network of originators. The Company may retain residential mortgage loans it originates on its balance sheet or sell the loans into the secondary market while retaining the servicing rights and customer relationships. Utilizing the secondary markets enables the Company to effectively reduce its credit and other asset/liability risks. For residential mortgages that are retained in the Company’s portfolio and for home equity and second mortgages, credit risk is also diversified by geography and managed by adherence to LTV and borrower credit criteria during the underwriting process.

The Company estimates updated LTV information on its outstanding residential mortgages quarterly, based on a

— 45 —

method that combines automated valuation model updates and relevant home price indices. LTV is the ratio of the loan’s outstanding principal balance to the current estimate of property value. For home equity and second mortgages, combined loan-to-value (“CLTV”) is the combination of the first mortgage original principal balance and the second lien outstanding principal balance, relative to the current estimate of property value. Certain loans do not have a LTV or CLTV, primarily due to lack of availability of relevant automated valuation model and/or home price indices values, or lack of necessary valuation data on acquired loans.

The following tables provide summary information for the LTVs of residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgages by borrower type at December 31, 2015:

Residential mortgages (Dollars in Millions)	Interest Only		Amortizing		Total		Percent of Total
Prime Borrowers
Less than or equal to 80%	$	1,697	$	40,278	$	41,975		89.3	%
Over 80% through 90%		58		2,743		2,801		6.0
Over 90% through 100%		31		956		987		2.1
Over 100%		41		1,065		1,106		2.4
No LTV available		2		118		120		.2
Total	$	1,829	$	45,160	$	46,989		100.0	%
Sub-Prime Borrowers
Less than or equal to 80%	$	–	$	603	$	603		56.3	%
Over 80% through 90%		–		173		173		16.1
Over 90% through 100%		–		133		133		12.4
Over 100%		–		161		161		15.0
No LTV available		–		2		2		.2
Total	$	–	$	1,072	$	1,072		100.0	%
Other Borrowers
Less than or equal to 80%	$	2	$	387	$	389		62.2	%
Over 80% through 90%		–		88		88		14.1
Over 90% through 100%		–		46		46		7.4
Over 100%		–		102		102		16.3
No LTV available		–		–		–		–
Total	$	2	$	623	$	625		100.0	%
Loans Purchased From GNMA Mortgage Pools(a)	$	–	$	4,810	$	4,810		100.0	%
Total
Less than or equal to 80%	$	1,699	$	41,268	$	42,967		80.3	%
Over 80% through 90%		58		3,004		3,062		5.7
Over 90% through 100%		31		1,135		1,166		2.2
Over 100%		41		1,328		1,369		2.6
No LTV available		2		120		122		.2
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools(a)		–		4,810		4,810		9.0
Total	$	1,831	$	51,665	$	53,496		100.0	%

(a) Represents loans purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose payments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

Home equity and second mortgages (Dollars in Millions)	Lines		Loans		Total		Percent of Total
Prime Borrowers
Less than or equal to 80%	$	10,861	$	538	$	11,399		72.2	%
Over 80% through 90%		2,191		364		2,555		16.2
Over 90% through 100%		804		116		920		5.8
Over 100%		691		121		812		5.2
No LTV/CLTV available		64		32		96		.6
Total	$	14,611	$	1,171	$	15,782		100.0	%
Sub-Prime Borrowers
Less than or equal to 80%	$	39	$	26	$	65		33.3	%
Over 80% through 90%		10		19		29		14.9
Over 90% through 100%		8		21		29		14.9
Over 100%		17		54		71		36.4
No LTV/CLTV available		–		1		1		.5
Total	$	74	$	121	$	195		100.0	%
Other Borrowers
Less than or equal to 80%	$	242	$	12	$	254		62.4	%
Over 80% through 90%		36		3		39		9.6
Over 90% through 100%		11		1		12		2.9
Over 100%		9		2		11		2.7
No LTV/CLTV available		91		–		91		22.4
Total	$	389	$	18	$	407		100.0	%
Total
Less than or equal to 80%	$	11,142	$	576	$	11,718		71.5	%
Over 80% through 90%		2,237		386		2,623		16.0
Over 90% through 100%		823		138		961		5.9
Over 100%		717		177		894		5.5
No LTV/CLTV available		155		33		188		1.1
Total	$	15,074	$	1,310	$	16,384		100.0	%

At December 31, 2015, approximately $1.1 billion of residential mortgages were to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers based on credit scores from independent agencies at loan origination, compared with $1.2 billion at December 31, 2014. In addition to residential mortgages, at December 31, 2015, $195 million of home equity and second mortgage loans were to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers, compared with $238 million at December 31, 2014. The total amount of consumer lending segment residential mortgage, home equity and second mortgage loans to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers represented only 0.3 percent of total assets at December 31, 2015, compared with 0.4 percent at December 31, 2014. The Company considers sub-prime loans to be those made to borrowers with a risk of default significantly higher than those approved for prime lending programs, as reflected in credit scores obtained from independent agencies at loan origination, in addition to other credit underwriting criteria. Sub-prime portfolios include only loans originated according to the Company’s underwriting programs specifically designed to serve customers with weakened credit histories. The sub-prime designation indicators have been and will continue to be subject to re-evaluation over time as borrower characteristics, payment

— 46 —

performance and economic conditions change. The sub-prime loans originated during periods from June 2009 and after are with borrowers who met the Company’s program guidelines and have a credit score that generally is at or below a threshold of 620 to 650 depending on the program. Sub-prime loans originated during periods prior to June 2009 were based upon program level guidelines without regard to credit score.

Home equity and second mortgages were $16.4 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $15.9 billion at December 31, 2014, and included $5.0 billion of home equity lines in a first lien position and $11.4 billion of home equity and second mortgage loans and lines in a junior lien position. Loans and lines in a junior lien position at December 31, 2015, included approximately $4.5 billion of loans and lines for which the Company also serviced the related first lien loan, and approximately $6.9 billion where the Company did not service the related first lien loan. The Company was able to determine the status of the related first liens using information the Company has as the servicer of the first lien or information reported on customer credit bureau files. The Company also evaluates other indicators of credit risk for these junior lien loans and lines including delinquency, estimated average CLTV ratios and updated weighted-average credit scores in making its assessment of credit risk, related loss estimates and determining the allowance for credit losses.

The following table provides a summary of delinquency statistics and other credit quality indicators for the Company’s junior lien positions at December 31, 2015:

	Junior Liens Behind
(Dollars in Millions)	Company Owned or Serviced First Lien			Third Party First Lien			Total
Total	$	4,480		$	6,872		$	11,352
Percent 30-89 days past due		.29	%		.43	%		.37	%
Percent 90 days or more past due		.06	%		.08	%		.07	%
Weighted-average CLTV		74	%		71	%		72	%
Weighted-average credit score		773			766			769

See the Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses section for additional information on how the Company determines the allowance for credit losses for loans in a junior lien position.

Credit card and other retail loans principally reflect the Company’s focus on consumers within its geographical footprint of branches and certain niche lending activities that are nationally focused. Approximately 71.1 percent of the Company’s credit card balances at December 31, 2015 relate to cards originated through the Company’s branches or co-branded, travel and affinity programs that generally experience better credit quality performance than portfolios generated through other channels.

Tables 9, 10 and 11 provide a geographical summary of the residential mortgage, credit card and other retail loan portfolios, respectively.

Covered assets were acquired by the Company in FDIC-assisted transactions and include loans with characteristics indicative of a high credit risk profile, including a substantial concentration in California and loans with negative-amortization payment options. Because these loans are covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Company’s financial exposure to losses from these assets is substantially reduced. To the extent actual losses exceed the Company’s estimates at acquisition, the Company’s financial risk would only be its share of those losses under the loss sharing agreements. As of December 31, 2015, the loss share coverage provided by the FDIC has expired on all previously covered assets, except for residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgage loans that remain covered under loss sharing agreements with remaining terms of up to four years.

— 47 —

  TABLE 15   DELINQUENT LOAN RATIOS AS A PERCENT OF ENDING LOAN BALANCES

At December 31, 90 days or more past due excluding nonperforming loans	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Commercial
Commercial		.06	%		.05	%		.08	%		.10	%		.09	%
Lease financing		–			–			–			–			–
Total commercial		.05			.05			.08			.09			.08
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial mortgages		–			.02			.02			.02			.02
Construction and development		.13			.14			.30			.02			.13
Total commercial real estate		.03			.05			.07			.02			.04
Residential Mortgages(a)		.33			.40			.65			.64			.98
Credit Card		1.09			1.13			1.17			1.27			1.36
Other Retail
Retail leasing		.02			.02			–			.02			.02
Home equity and second mortgages		.25			.26			.32			.30			.73
Other		.11			.12			.14			.17			.20
Total other retail (b)		.15			.15			.18			.20			.38
Total loans, excluding covered loans		.21			.23			.31			.31			.43
Covered Loans		6.31			7.48			5.63			5.86			6.15
Total loans		.32	%		.38	%		.51	%		.59	%		.84	%

At December 31, 90 days or more past due including nonperforming loans	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Commercial		.25	%		.19	%		.27	%		.27	%		.63	%
Commercial real estate		.33			.65			.83			1.50			2.55
Residential mortgages(a)		1.66			2.07			2.16			2.14			2.73
Credit card		1.13			1.30			1.60			2.12			2.65
Other retail(b)		.46			.53			.58			.66			.52
Total loans, excluding covered loans		.67			.83			.97			1.11			1.54
Covered loans		6.48			7.74			7.13			9.28			12.42
Total loans		.78	%		.97	%		1.19	%		1.52	%		2.30	%

(a) Delinquent loan ratios exclude $2.9 billion, $3.1 billion, $3.7 billion, $3.2 billion, and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, of loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Including these loans, the ratio of residential mortgages 90 days or more past due including all nonperforming loans was 7.15 percent, 8.02 percent, 9.34 percent, 9.45 percent, and 9.84 percent at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

(b) Delinquent loan ratios exclude student loans that are guaranteed by the federal government. Including these loans, the ratio of total other retail loans 90 days or more past due including all nonperforming loans was ..75 percent, .84 percent, .93 percent, 1.08 percent, and .99 percent at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Loan Delinquencies Trends in delinquency ratios are an indicator, among other considerations, of credit risk within the Company’s loan portfolios. The entire balance of an account is considered delinquent if the minimum payment contractually required to be made is not received by the specified date on the billing statement. The Company measures delinquencies, both including and excluding nonperforming loans, to enable comparability with other companies. Delinquent loans purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose repayments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, as well as student loans guaranteed by the federal government, are excluded from delinquency statistics. In addition, in certain situations, a consumer lending customer’s account may be re-aged to remove it from delinquent status. Generally, the purpose of re-aging accounts is to assist customers who have recently

overcome temporary financial difficulties, and have demonstrated both the ability and willingness to resume regular payments. To qualify for re-aging, the account must have been open for at least nine months and cannot have been re-aged during the preceding 365 days. An account may not be re-aged more than two times in a five-year period. To qualify for re-aging, the customer must also have made three regular minimum monthly payments within the last 90 days. In addition, the Company may re-age the consumer lending account of a customer who has experienced longer-term financial difficulties and apply modified, concessionary terms and conditions to the account. Such additional re-ages are limited to one in a five-year period and must meet the qualifications for re-aging described above. All re-aging strategies must be independently approved by the Company’s risk management department. Commercial lending loans are generally not subject to re-aging policies.

— 48 —

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due totaled $831 million ($541 million excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2015, compared with $945 million ($550 million excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2014, and $1.2 billion ($713 million excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2013. Accruing loans 90 days or more past due are not included in nonperforming assets and continue to accrue interest because they are adequately secured by collateral, are in the process of collection and are reasonably expected to result in repayment or restoration to current status, or are managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines. The ratio of accruing loans 90 days or more past due to total loans was 0.32 percent (0.21 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2015, compared with 0.38 percent (0.23 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2014, and 0.51 percent (0.31 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2013.

The following table provides summary delinquency information for residential mortgages, credit card and other retail loans included in the consumer lending segment:

	Amount				As a Percent of Ending Loan Balances
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2015			2014
Residential Mortgages(a)
30-89 days	$	170	$	221		.32	%		.43	%
90 days or more		176		204		.33			.40
Nonperforming		712		864		1.33			1.67
Total	$	1,058	$	1,289		1.98	%		2.50	%
Credit Card
30-89 days	$	243	$	229		1.15	%		1.24	%
90 days or more		228		210		1.09			1.13
Nonperforming		9		30		.04			.16
Total	$	480	$	469		2.28	%		2.53	%
Other Retail
Retail Leasing
30-89 days	$	11	$	11		.21	%		.18	%
90 days or more		1		1		.02			.02
Nonperforming		3		1		.06			.02
Total	$	15	$	13		.29	%		.22	%
Home Equity and Second Mortgages
30-89 days	$	59	$	85		.36	%		.54	%
90 days or more		41		42		.25			.26
Nonperforming		136		170		.83			1.07
Total	$	236	$	297		1.44	%		1.87	%
Other(b)
30-89 days	$	154	$	142		.52	%		.51	%
90 days or more		33		32		.11			.12
Nonperforming		23		16		.08			.06
Total	$	210	$	190		.71	%		.69	%

(a) Excludes $320 million of loans 30-89 days past due and $2.9 billion of loans 90 days or more past due at December 31, 2015, purchased from GNMA mortgage pools that continue to accrue interest, compared with $431 million and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2014, respectively.

(b) Includes revolving credit, installment, automobile and student loans.

The following tables provide further information on residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgages as a percent of ending loan balances by borrower type at December 31:

Residential mortgages (a)	2015			2014
Prime Borrowers
30-89 days		.25	%		.33	%
90 days or more		.30			.35
Nonperforming		1.12			1.42
Total		1.67	%		2.10	%
Sub-Prime Borrowers
30-89 days		3.92	%		5.12	%
90 days or more		2.52			3.41
Nonperforming		15.30			16.73
Total		21.74	%		25.26	%
Other Borrowers
30-89 days		1.60	%		1.37	%
90 days or more		1.12			1.13
Nonperforming		4.00			3.50
Total		6.72	%		6.00	%

(a) Excludes delinquent and nonperforming information on loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools as their repayments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

Home equity and second mortgages	2015			2014
Prime Borrowers
30-89 days		.31	%		.47	%
90 days or more		.23			.24
Nonperforming		.74			.95
Total		1.28	%		1.66	%
Sub-Prime Borrowers
30-89 days		2.56	%		3.36	%
90 days or more		1.03			1.26
Nonperforming		4.62			5.88
Total		8.21	%		10.50	%
Other Borrowers
30-89 days		1.23	%		1.18	%
90 days or more		.74			.40
Nonperforming		2.45			2.36
Total		4.42	%		3.94	%

The following table provides summary delinquency information for covered loans:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Amount				As a Percent of Ending Loan Balances
	2015		2014		2015			2014
30-89 days	$	62	$	68		1.35	%		1.28	%
90 days or more		290		395		6.31			7.48
Nonperforming		8		14		.17			.27
Total	$	360	$	477		7.83	%		9.03	%

— 49 —

Restructured Loans In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. In most cases the modification is either a concessionary reduction in interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance that would otherwise not be considered.

Troubled Debt Restructurings Concessionary modifications are classified as TDRs unless the modification results in only an insignificant delay in the payments to be received. TDRs accrue interest if the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions and has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles, which is generally six months or greater. At December 31, 2015, performing TDRs were $4.7 billion, compared with $5.1 billion, $6.0 billion, $5.6 billion and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Loans classified as TDRs are considered impaired loans for reporting and measurement purposes.

The Company continues to work with customers to modify loans for borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulties, including those acquired through FDIC-assisted acquisitions. Many of the Company’s TDRs are determined on a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes. The modifications vary within each of the Company’s loan classes. Commercial lending segment TDRs generally include extensions of the maturity date and may be accompanied by an increase or decrease to the interest rate. The Company may also work with the borrower to make other changes to the loan to mitigate losses, such as obtaining additional collateral and/or guarantees to support the loan.

The Company has also implemented certain residential mortgage loan restructuring programs that may result in TDRs. The Company participates in the U.S. Department of the Treasury Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). HAMP gives qualifying homeowners an opportunity to permanently modify their loan and achieve more affordable monthly payments, with the U.S. Department of the Treasury compensating the Company for a portion of the reduction in

monthly amounts due from borrowers participating in this program. The Company also modifies residential mortgage loans under Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, and its own internal programs. Under these programs, the Company provides concessions to qualifying borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. The concessions may include adjustments to interest rates, conversion of adjustable rates to fixed rates, extensions of maturity dates or deferrals of payments, capitalization of accrued interest and/or outstanding advances, or in limited situations, partial forgiveness of loan principal. In most instances, participation in residential mortgage loan restructuring programs requires the customer to complete a short-term trial period. A permanent loan modification is contingent on the customer successfully completing the trial period arrangement and the loan documents are not modified until that time. The Company reports loans in a trial period arrangement as TDRs and continues to report them as TDRs after the trial period.

Credit card and other retail loan TDRs are generally part of distinct restructuring programs providing customers modification solutions over a specified time period, generally up to 60 months.

In accordance with regulatory guidance, the Company considers secured consumer loans that have had debt discharged through bankruptcy where the borrower has not reaffirmed the debt to be TDRs. If the loan amount exceeds the collateral value, the loan is charged down to collateral value and the remaining amount is reported as nonperforming.

Modifications to covered loans in the covered segment are similar in nature to that described above for non-covered loans, and the evaluation and determination of TDR status is similar, except that acquired loans restructured after acquisition are not considered TDRs for purposes of the Company’s accounting and disclosure if the loans evidenced credit deterioration as of the acquisition date and are accounted for in pools. Losses associated with modifications on covered loans, including the economic impact of interest rate reductions, are generally eligible for reimbursement under the loss sharing agreements.

— 50 —

The following table provides a summary of TDRs by loan class, including the delinquency status for TDRs that continue to accrue interest and TDRs included in nonperforming assets:

			As a Percent of Performing TDRs
At December 31, 2015 (Dollars in Millions)	Performing TDRs		30-89 Days Past Due			90 Days or More Past Due			Nonperforming TDRs			Total TDRs
Commercial	$	346		2.5	%		.9	%	$	89	(a)	$	435
Commercial real estate		209		3.7			3.5			61	(b)		270
Residential mortgages		1,863		3.3			3.6			465			2,328	(d)
Credit card		201		10.2			6.1			9	(c)		210
Other retail		147		4.6			4.4			64	(c)		211	(e)
TDRs, excluding GNMA and covered loans		2,766		3.8			3.5			688			3,454
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		1,913		5.2			67.8			—			1,913	(f)
Covered loans		31		.6			5.7			4			35
Total	$	4,710		4.3	%		29.6	%	$	692		$	5,402

(a) Primarily represents loans less than six months from the modification date that have not met the performance period required to return to accrual status (generally six months) and small business credit cards with a modified rate equal to 0 percent.

(b) Primarily represents loans less than six months from the modification date that have not met the performance period required to return to accrual status (generally six months).

(c) Primarily represents loans with a modified rate equal to 0 percent.

(d) Includes $299 million of residential mortgage loans to borrowers that have had debt discharged through bankruptcy and $77 million in trial period arrangements or previously placed in trial period arrangements but not successfully completed.

(e) Includes $104 million of other retail loans to borrowers that have had debt discharged through bankruptcy and $19 million in trial period arrangements or previously placed in trial period arrangements but not successfully completed.

(f) Includes $460 million of Federal Housing Administration and Department of Veterans Affairs residential mortgage loans to borrowers that have had debt discharged through bankruptcy and $668 million in trial period arrangements or previously placed in trial period arrangements but not successfully completed.

Short-term Modifications The Company makes short-term modifications that it does not consider to be TDRs, in limited circumstances, to assist borrowers experiencing temporary hardships. Consumer lending programs include payment reductions, deferrals of up to three past due payments, and the ability to return to current status if the borrower makes required payments. The Company may also make short-term modifications to commercial lending loans, with the most common modification being an extension of the maturity date of three months or less. Such extensions generally are used when the maturity date is imminent and the borrower is experiencing some level of financial stress, but the Company believes the borrower will pay all contractual amounts owed. Short-term modifications were not material at December 31, 2015.

Nonperforming Assets The level of nonperforming assets represents another indicator of the potential for future credit losses. Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans not performing in accordance with modified terms and not accruing interest, restructured loans that have not met the performance period required to return to accrual status, other real estate owned (“OREO”) and other nonperforming assets owned by the Company. Nonperforming assets are generally either originated by the Company or acquired under FDIC loss sharing agreements that substantially reduce the risk of credit losses to the Company. Interest payments collected from assets on nonaccrual status are generally applied against the principal

balance and not recorded as income. However, interest income may be recognized for interest payments if the remaining carrying amount of the loan is believed to be collectible.

At December 31, 2015, total nonperforming assets were $1.5 billion, compared with $1.8 billion at December 31, 2014 and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2013. The $285 million (15.8 percent) decrease in nonperforming assets, from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, was primarily driven by reductions in the commercial real estate loans, residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgage balances, as economic conditions continued to slowly improve during 2015. Nonperforming covered assets at December 31, 2015 were $40 million, compared with $51 million at December 31, 2014 and $224 million at December 31, 2013. The ratio of total nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate was 0.58 percent at December 31, 2015, compared with 0.73 percent at December 31, 2014, and 0.86 percent at December 31, 2013.

OREO, excluding covered assets, was $280 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $288 million at December 31, 2014 and $327 million at December 31, 2013, and was related to foreclosed properties that previously secured loan balances. These balances exclude foreclosed GNMA loans whose repayments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

— 51 —

  _TABLE 16   NONPERFORMING ASSETS (a)

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Commercial
Commercial	$	160		$	99		$	122		$	107		$	280
Lease financing		14			13			12			16			32
Total commercial		174			112			134			123			312
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial mortgages		92			175			182			308			354
Construction and development		35			84			121			238			545
Total commercial real estate		127			259			303			546			899
Residential Mortgages(b)		712			864			770			661			650
Credit Card		9			30			78			146			224
Other Retail
Retail leasing		3			1			1			1			–
Home equity and second mortgages		136			170			167			189			40
Other		23			16			23			27			27
Total other retail		162			187			191			217			67
Total nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans		1,184			1,452			1,476			1,693			2,152
Covered Loans		8			14			127			386			926
Total nonperforming loans		1,192			1,466			1,603			2,079			3,078
Other Real Estate(c)(d)		280			288			327			381			404
Covered Other Real Estate(d)		32			37			97			197			274
Other Assets		19			17			10			14			18
Total nonperforming assets	$	1,523		$	1,808		$	2,037		$	2,671		$	3,774
Total nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets	$	1,483		$	1,757		$	1,813		$	2,088		$	2,574
Excluding covered assets
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due(b)	$	541		$	550		$	713		$	660		$	843
Nonperforming loans to total loans		.46	%		.60	%		.65	%		.80	%		1.10	%
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate(c)		.58	%		.72	%		.80	%		.98	%		1.32	%
Including covered assets
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due(b)	$	831		$	945		$	1,189		$	1,323		$	1,753
Nonperforming loans to total loans		.46	%		.59	%		.68	%		.93	%		1.47	%
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate(c)		.58	%		.73	%		.86	%		1.19	%		1.79	%

CHANGES IN NONPERFORMING ASSETS

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial and Commercial Real Estate			Residential Mortgages, Credit Card and Other Retail			Covered Assets			Total
Balance December 31, 2014	$	431		$	1,326		$	51		$	1,808
Additions to nonperforming assets
New nonaccrual loans and foreclosed properties		394			500			24			918
Advances on loans		54			–			–			54
Total additions		448			500			24			972
Reductions in nonperforming assets
Paydowns, payoffs		(271	)		(275	)		(8	)		(554	)
Net sales		(53	)		(129	)		(25	)		(207	)
Return to performing status		(6	)		(171	)		(1	)		(178	)
Charge-offs(e)		(213	)		(104	)		(1	)		(318	)
Total reductions		(543	)		(679	)		(35	)		(1,257	)
Net additions to (reductions in) nonperforming assets		(95	)		(179	)		(11	)		(285	)
Balance December 31, 2015	$	336		$	1,147		$	40		$	1,523

(a) Throughout this document, nonperforming assets and related ratios do not include accruing loans 90 days or more past due.

(b) Excludes $2.9 billion, $3.1 billion, $3.7 billion, $3.2 billion and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools that are 90 days or more past due that continue to accrue interest, as their repayments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

(c) Foreclosed GNMA loans of $535 million, $641 million, $527 million, $548 million and $692 million at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, continue to accrue interest and are recorded as other assets and excluded from nonperforming assets because they are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

(d) Includes equity investments in entities whose principal assets are other real estate owned.

(e) Charge-offs exclude actions for certain card products and loan sales that were not classified as nonperforming at the time the charge-off occurred.

— 52 —

The following table provides an analysis of OREO, excluding covered assets, as a percent of their related loan balances, including geographical location detail for residential (residential mortgage, home equity and second mortgage) and commercial (commercial and commercial real estate) loan balances:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Amount				As a Percent of Ending Loan Balances
	2015		2014		2015			2014
Residential
Minnesota	$	23	$	16		.37	%		.26	%
Illinois		18		16		.42			.37
Florida		17		17		1.12			1.06
Ohio		17		13		.56			.42
Wisconsin		11		10		.49			.44
All other states		164		161		.31			.32
Total residential		250		233		.36			.35
Commercial
California		11		11		.05			.05
Illinois		5		12		.08			.19
Indiana		2		3		.13			.20
South Carolina		2		2		.48			.44
Tennessee		1		1		.04			.04
All other states		9		26		.01			.03
Total commercial		30		55		.02			.04
Total	$	280	$	288		.11	%		.12	%

  TABLE 17   NET CHARGE-OFFS AS A PERCENT OF AVERAGE LOANS OUTSTANDING

Year Ended December 31	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Commercial
Commercial		.26	%		.26	%		.19	%		.43	%		.76	%
Lease financing		.27			.17			.06			.63			.96
Total commercial		.26			.26			.18			.45			.79
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial mortgages		.02			(.03	)		.08			.37			.73
Construction and development		(.33	)		(.05	)		(.87	)		.86			4.20
Total commercial real estate		(.07	)		(.03	)		(.09	)		.45			1.40
Residential Mortgages		.21			.38			.57			1.09			1.45
Credit Card		3.61			3.73			3.90			4.01			5.19
Other Retail
Retail leasing		.09			.03			.02			.04			–
Home equity and second mortgages		.24			.61			1.33			1.72			1.66
Other		.65			.71			.81			.94			1.20
Total other retail		.45			.60			.89			1.13			1.25
Total loans, excluding covered loans		.48			.57			.66			1.03			1.53
Covered Loans		–			.15			.32			.08			.07
Total loans		.47	%		.55	%		.64	%		.97	%		1.41	%

— 53 —

Analysis of Loan Net Charge-offs Total loan net charge-offs were $1.2 billion in 2015, compared with $1.3 billion in 2014 and $1.5 billion in 2013. The decrease in total net charge-offs in 2015, compared with 2014, reflected improvement in the residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgages portfolios, as economic conditions continue to slowly improve during the period, partially offset by higher commercial loan net charge-offs. The ratio of total loan net charge-offs to average loans was 0.47 percent in 2015, compared with 0.55 percent in 2014 and 0.64 percent in 2013.

Commercial and commercial real estate loan net charge-offs for 2015 were $191 million (0.15 percent of average loans outstanding), compared with $182 million (0.16 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2014 and $87 million (0.08 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2013. The increase in net charge-offs in 2015, compared with 2014, reflected lower commercial loan recoveries in 2015. The increase in net charge-offs in 2014, compared with 2013, reflected higher commercial loan net charge-offs and lower recoveries in commercial real estate.

Residential mortgage loan net charge-offs for 2015 were $109 million (0.21 percent of average loans outstanding), compared with $195 million (0.38 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2014 and $272 million (0.57 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2013. Credit card loan net charge-offs in 2015 were $651 million (3.61 percent of average loans outstanding), compared with $658 million (3.73 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2014 and $656 million (3.90 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2013. Other retail loan net charge-offs for 2015 were $221 million (0.45 percent of average loans outstanding), compared with $288 million (0.60 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2014 and $418 million (0.89 percent of average loans outstanding) in 2013. The decrease in total residential mortgage, credit card and other retail loan net charge-offs in 2015, compared with 2014, reflected continued improvement in economic conditions during 2015. The decrease in total residential mortgage, credit card and other retail loan net charge-offs in 2014, compared with 2013, reflected improvement in economic conditions during 2014, especially in residential housing prices.

The following table provides an analysis of net charge-offs as a percent of average loans outstanding for residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgages by borrower type:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Average Loans				Percent of Average Loans
	2015		2014		2015			2014
Residential Mortgages
Prime borrowers	$	44,980	$	44,006		.15	%		.30	%
Sub-prime borrowers		1,144		1,302		2.62			4.07
Other borrowers		714		858		.98			1.05
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools(a)		5,002		5,652		.06			.05
Total	$	51,840	$	51,818		.21	%		.38	%
Home Equity and Second Mortgages
Prime borrowers	$	15,371	$	14,804		.19	%		.53	%
Sub-prime borrowers		214		262		2.34			5.34
Other borrowers		461		498		.87			.60
Total	$	16,046	$	15,564		.24	%		.61	%

(a) Represents loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools whose payments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, and includes certain amounts that do not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The allowance for credit losses is increased through provisions charged to operating earnings and reduced by net charge-offs. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to ensure it appropriately reserves for incurred losses. The evaluation of each element and the overall allowance is based on a continuing assessment of problem loans, recent loss experience and other factors, including external factors such as regulatory guidance and economic conditions. Because business processes and credit risks associated with unfunded credit commitments are essentially the same as for loans, the Company utilizes similar processes to estimate its liability for unfunded credit commitments, which is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Both the allowance for loan losses and the liability for unfunded credit commitments are included in the Company’s analysis of credit losses and reported reserve ratios.

At December 31, 2015, the allowance for credit losses was $4.3 billion (1.65 percent of period-end loans), compared with an allowance of $4.4 billion (1.77 percent of period-end loans) at December 31, 2014. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans was 361 percent at December 31, 2015, compared with 298 percent at December 31, 2014, reflecting a decrease in nonperforming loans. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to annual loan net charge-offs at December 31, 2015, was 367 percent, compared with 328 percent at December 31, 2014, reflecting

— 54 —

the impact of improving economic conditions over the past year. Management determined the allowance for credit losses was appropriate at December 31, 2015.

The allowance recorded for loans in the commercial lending segment is based on reviews of individual credit relationships and considers the migration analysis of commercial lending segment loans and actual loss experience. In the migration analysis applied to risk rated loan portfolios, the Company currently examines up to a 15-year period of historical loss experience. For each loan type, this historical loss experience is adjusted as necessary to consider any relevant changes in portfolio composition, lending policies, underwriting standards, risk management practices or economic conditions. The results of the analysis are evaluated quarterly to confirm an appropriate historical timeframe is selected for each commercial loan type. The allowance recorded for impaired loans greater than $5 million in the commercial lending segment is based on an individual loan analysis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate, the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, for collateral-dependent loans, rather than the migration analysis. The allowance recorded for all other commercial lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. The allowance established for commercial lending segment loans was $2.0 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $1.9 billion at December 31, 2014, reflecting growth in the portfolios and the uncertain outlook for commodity prices. At December 31, 2015 the Company had credit reserves of approximately 5 percent of total energy loan balances.

The allowance recorded for TDR loans and purchased impaired loans in the consumer lending segment is determined on a homogenous pool basis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate of the pool, or the prior quarter effective rate, respectively. The allowance for collateral-dependent loans in the consumer lending segment is determined based on the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. The allowance recorded for all other consumer lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, delinquency status, refreshed LTV ratios when possible, portfolio growth and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. Credit card and other retail loans 90 days or more past due are generally not placed on nonaccrual status because of the relatively short period of time to charge-off and, therefore, are excluded from nonperforming loans and measures that include nonperforming loans as part of the calculation.

When evaluating the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses for any loans and lines in a junior lien position, the Company considers the delinquency and modification status of the first lien. At December 31, 2015, the Company serviced the first lien on 39 percent of the home equity loans and lines in a

junior lien position. The Company also considers information received from its primary regulator on the status of the first liens that are serviced by other large servicers in the industry and the status of first lien mortgage accounts reported on customer credit bureau files. Regardless of whether or not the Company services the first lien, an assessment is made of economic conditions, problem loans, recent loss experience and other factors in determining the allowance for credit losses. Based on the available information, the Company estimated $291 million or 1.8 percent of the total home equity portfolio at December 31, 2015, represented non-delinquent junior liens where the first lien was delinquent or modified.

The Company uses historical loss experience on the loans and lines in a junior lien position where the first lien is serviced by the Company, or can be identified in credit bureau data, to establish loss estimates for junior lien loans and lines the Company services that are current, but the first lien is delinquent or modified. Historically, the number of junior lien defaults in any period has been a small percentage of the total portfolio (for example, only 0.7 percent for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015), and the long-term average loss rate on the small percentage of loans that default has been approximately 80 percent. In addition, the Company obtains updated credit scores on its home equity portfolio each quarter, and in some cases more frequently, and uses this information to qualitatively supplement its loss estimation methods. Credit score distributions for the portfolio are monitored monthly and any changes in the distribution are one of the factors considered in assessing the Company’s loss estimates. In its evaluation of the allowance for credit losses, the Company also considers the increased risk of loss associated with home equity lines that are contractually scheduled to convert from a revolving status to a fully amortizing payment and with residential lines and loans that have a balloon payoff provision.

The allowance established for consumer lending segment loans was $2.3 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $2.4 billion at December 31, 2014. The $181 million (7.4 percent) decrease in the allowance for consumer lending segment loans at December 31, 2015, compared with December 31, 2014, reflected the impact of more stable economic conditions during 2015, partially offset by portfolio growth.

The allowance for the covered loan segment is evaluated each quarter in a manner similar to that described for non-covered loans, and represents any decreases in expected cash flows on those loans after the acquisition date. The provision for credit losses for covered loans considers the indemnification provided by the FDIC. The allowance established for covered loans was $38 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $65 million at December 31, 2014, reflecting expected credit losses in excess of initial fair value adjustments, including $2 million and $16 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to be reimbursed by the FDIC.

— 55 —

  TABLE 18   SUMMARY OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Balance at beginning of year	$	4,375		$	4,537		$	4,733		$	5,014		$	5,531
Charge-Offs
Commercial
Commercial		289			278			212			312			423
Lease financing		25			27			34			66			93
Total commercial		314			305			246			378			516
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		20			21			71			145			231
Construction and development		2			15			21			97			312
Total commercial real estate		22			36			92			242			543
Residential mortgages		135			216			297			461			502
Credit card		726			725			739			769			922
Other retail
Retail leasing		8			6			5			9			10
Home equity and second mortgages		73			121			237			327			327
Other		238			257			281			330			396
Total other retail		319			384			523			666			733
Covered loans(a)		–			13			37			11			13
Total charge-offs		1,516			1,679			1,934			2,527			3,229
Recoveries
Commercial
Commercial		84			92			95			72			74
Lease financing		11			18			31			31			36
Total commercial		95			110			126			103			110
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		15			30			45			31			22
Construction and development		35			19			80			45			23
Total commercial real estate		50			49			125			76			45
Residential mortgages		26			21			25			23			13
Credit card		75			67			83			102			88
Other retail
Retail leasing		3			4			4			7			10
Home equity and second mortgages		35			26			26			26			19
Other		60			66			75			92			100
Total other retail		98			96			105			125			129
Covered loans(a)		–			2			5			1			1
Total recoveries		344			345			469			430			386
Net Charge-Offs
Commercial
Commercial		205			186			117			240			349
Lease financing		14			9			3			35			57
Total commercial		219			195			120			275			406
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		5			(9	)		26			114			209
Construction and development		(33	)		(4	)		(59	)		52			289
Total commercial real estate		(28	)		(13	)		(33	)		166			498
Residential mortgages		109			195			272			438			489
Credit card		651			658			656			667			834
Other retail
Retail leasing		5			2			1			2			–
Home equity and second mortgages		38			95			211			301			308
Other		178			191			206			238			296
Total other retail		221			288			418			541			604
Covered loans(a)		–			11			32			10			12
Total net charge-offs		1,172			1,334			1,465			2,097			2,843
Provision for credit losses		1,132			1,229			1,340			1,882			2,343
Other changes(b)		(29	)		(57	)		(71	)		(66	)		(17	)
Balance at end of year	$	4,306		$	4,375		$	4,537		$	4,733		$	5,014
Components
Allowance for loan losses	$	3,863		$	4,039		$	4,250		$	4,424		$	4,753
Liability for unfunded credit commitments		443			336			287			309			261
Total allowance for credit losses	$	4,306		$	4,375		$	4,537		$	4,733		$	5,014
Allowance for Credit Losses as a Percentage of
Period-end loans, excluding covered loans		1.67	%		1.78	%		1.94	%		2.15	%		2.52	%
Nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans		360			297			297			269			228
Nonperforming and accruing loans 90 days or more past due, excluding covered loans		247			215			201			194			164
Nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets		288			245			242			218			191
Net charge-offs, excluding covered loans		364			326			306			218			174
Period-end loans		1.65	%		1.77	%		1.93	%		2.12	%		2.39	%
Nonperforming loans		361			298			283			228			163
Nonperforming and accruing loans 90 days or more past due		213			181			163			139			104
Nonperforming assets		283			242			223			177			133
Net charge-offs		367			328			310			226			176

(a) Relates to covered loan charge-offs and recoveries not reimbursable by the FDIC.

(b) Includes net changes in credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC and beginning in 2013, reductions in the allowance for covered loans where the reversal of a previously recorded allowance was offset by an associated decrease in the indemnification asset, and the impact of any loan sales.

— 56 —

  TABLE 19   ELEMENTS OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

	Allowance Amount										Allowance as a Percent of Loans
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013		2012		2011		2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Commercial
Commercial	$	1,231	$	1,094	$	1,019	$	979	$	929		1.48	%		1.46	%		1.57	%		1.61	%		1.83	%
Lease financing		56		52		56		72		81		1.06			.97			1.06			1.31			1.37
Total commercial		1,287		1,146		1,075		1,051		1,010		1.46			1.43			1.53			1.59			1.78
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial mortgages		285		479		532		641		850		.90			1.44			1.65			2.07			2.87
Construction and development		439		247		244		216		304		4.24			2.62			3.17			3.63			4.91
Total commercial real estate		724		726		776		857		1,154		1.72			1.70			1.95			2.32			3.22
Residential Mortgages		631		787		875		935		927		1.18			1.52			1.71			2.12			2.50
Credit Card		883		880		884		863		992		4.20			4.75			4.91			5.04			5.71
Other Retail
Retail leasing		12		14		14		11		12		.23			.24			.24			.20			.23
Home equity and second mortgages		448		470		497		583		536		2.73			2.95			3.22			3.49			2.96
Other		283		287		270		254		283		.96			1.04			1.03			.99			1.14
Total other retail		743		771		781		848		831		1.45			1.57			1.64			1.78			1.73
Covered Loans		38		65		146		179		100		.83			1.23			1.73			1.58			.68
Total allowance	$	4,306	$	4,375	$	4,537	$	4,733	$	5,014		1.65	%		1.77	%		1.93	%		2.12	%		2.39	%

In addition, the evaluation of the appropriate allowance for credit losses for purchased non-impaired loans acquired after January 1, 2009, in the various loan segments considers credit discounts recorded as a part of the initial determination of the fair value of the loans. For these loans, no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date. Credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loans are a component of the initial fair value. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records a provision for credit losses only when the required allowance, net of any expected reimbursement under any loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, exceeds any remaining credit discounts.

The evaluation of the appropriate allowance for credit losses for purchased impaired loans in the various loan segments considers the expected cash flows to be collected from the borrower. These loans are initially recorded at fair value and therefore no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date.

Subsequent to the purchase date, the expected cash flows of purchased loans are subject to evaluation. Decreases in expected cash flows are recognized by recording an allowance for credit losses with the related provision for credit losses reduced for the amount reimbursable by the FDIC, where applicable. If the expected cash flows on the purchased loans increase such that a previously recorded impairment allowance can be reversed, the Company records a reduction in the allowance with a related reduction in losses reimbursable by the FDIC, where applicable. Increases in

expected cash flows of purchased loans, when there are no reversals of previous impairment allowances, are recognized over the remaining life of the loans and resulting decreases in expected cash flows of the FDIC indemnification assets are amortized over the shorter of the remaining contractual term of the indemnification agreements or the remaining life of the loans. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, for more information.

The Company’s methodology for determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses for all the loan segments also considers the imprecision inherent in the methodologies used. As a result, in addition to the amounts determined under the methodologies described above, management also considers the potential impact of other qualitative factors which include, but are not limited to, economic factors; geographic and other concentration risks; delinquency and nonaccrual trends; current business conditions; changes in lending policy, underwriting standards, internal review and other relevant business practices; and the regulatory environment. The consideration of these items results in adjustments to allowance amounts included in the Company’s allowance for credit losses for each of the above loan segments. Table 19 shows the amount of the allowance for credit losses by loan segment, class and underlying portfolio category.

Although the Company determines the amount of each element of the allowance separately and considers this process to be an important credit management tool, the entire allowance for credit losses is available for the entire loan portfolio. The actual amount of losses incurred can vary significantly from the estimated amounts.

— 57 —

Residual Value Risk Management The Company manages its risk to changes in the residual value of leased assets through disciplined residual valuation setting at the inception of a lease, diversification of its leased assets, regular residual asset valuation reviews and monitoring of residual value gains or losses upon the disposition of assets. Commercial lease originations are subject to the same well-defined underwriting standards referred to in the “Credit Risk Management” section which includes an evaluation of the residual value risk. Retail lease residual value risk is mitigated further by originating longer-term vehicle leases and effective end-of-term marketing of off-lease vehicles.

Included in the retail leasing portfolio was approximately $4.4 billion of retail leasing residuals at December 31, 2015, compared with $4.8 billion at December 31, 2014. The Company monitors concentrations of leases by manufacturer and vehicle “make and model.” As of December 31, 2015, vehicle lease residuals related to sport utility vehicles were 36.4 percent of the portfolio, while auto and crossover vehicle classes represented approximately 32.7 percent and 20.0 percent of the portfolio, respectively. At year-end 2015, the largest vehicle-type concentration represented 7.4 percent of the aggregate residual value of the vehicles in the portfolio. At December 31, 2015, the weighted-average origination term of the portfolio was 40 months, compared with 39 months at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2015, the commercial leasing portfolio had $511 million of residuals, compared with $543 million at December 31, 2014. At year-end 2015, lease residuals related to trucks and other transportation equipment were 30.7 percent of the total residual portfolio. Business and office equipment represented 30.3 percent of the aggregate portfolio, and railcars represented 12.7 percent. No other concentrations of more than 10 percent existed at December 31, 2015.

Operational Risk Management Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, or systems, or from external events, including the risk of loss resulting from fraud, litigation and breaches in data security. The Company operates in many different businesses in diverse markets and relies on the ability of its employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is inherent in all business activities, and the management of this risk is important to the achievement of the Company’s objectives. Business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities. The Company maintains a system of controls with the objective of providing proper transaction authorization and execution, proper system operations, proper oversight of third parties with whom it does business, safeguarding of assets from misuse or theft, and ensuring the reliability and security of financial and other data.

Business continuation and disaster recovery planning is also critical to effectively managing operational risks. Each business unit of the Company is required to develop, maintain and test these plans at least annually to ensure that recovery activities, if needed, can support mission critical functions, including technology, networks and data centers supporting customer applications and business operations.

While the Company believes it has designed effective processes to minimize operational risks, there is no absolute assurance that business disruption or operational losses would not occur from an external event or internal control breakdown. On an ongoing basis, management makes process changes and investments to enhance its systems of internal controls and business continuity and disaster recovery plans.

In the past, the Company has experienced attack attempts on its computer systems including various denial-of-service attacks on customer-facing websites. The Company has not experienced any material losses relating to these attempts, as a result of its controls, processes and systems to protect its networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access. However, attack attempts on the Company’s computer systems are increasing and the Company continues to develop and enhance its controls and processes to protect against these attempts.

Compliance Risk Management The Company may suffer legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or damage to reputation through failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, standards of good practice, and codes of conduct, including those related to compliance with Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering requirements, sanctions compliance requirements as administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, and other requirements. The Company has controls and processes in place for the assessment, identification, monitoring, management and reporting of compliance risks and issues.

The significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight initiatives over the past several years has substantially increased the importance of the Company’s compliance risk management personnel and activities. For example, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) has authority to prescribe rules, or issue orders or guidelines pursuant to any federal consumer financial law. The CFPB regulates and examines the Company, its bank and other subsidiaries with respect to matters that relate to these laws and consumer financial services and products. The CFPB’s rulemaking, examination and enforcement authority increases enforcement risk in this area including the potential for fines and penalties. Refer to “Supervision and Regulation” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of the regulatory framework applicable to bank

— 58 —

holding companies and their subsidiaries, and the substantial changes to that regulation.

Interest Rate Risk Management In the banking industry, changes in interest rates are a significant risk that can impact earnings, market valuations and safety and soundness of an entity. To manage the impact on net interest income and the market value of assets and liabilities, the Company manages its exposure to changes in interest rates through asset and liability management activities within guidelines established by its Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) and approved by the Board of Directors. The ALCO has the responsibility for approving and ensuring compliance with the ALCO management policies, including interest rate risk exposure. The Company uses net interest income simulation analysis and market value of equity modeling for measuring and analyzing consolidated interest rate risk.

Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis One of the primary tools used to measure interest rate risk and the effect of interest rate changes on net interest income is simulation analysis. The monthly analysis incorporates substantially all of the Company’s assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, together with forecasted changes in the balance sheet and assumptions that reflect the current interest rate environment. Through this simulation, management estimates the impact on net interest income of a 200 basis point (“bps”) upward or downward gradual change of market interest rates over a one-year period. The simulation also estimates the effect of immediate and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve of 50 bps as well as the effect of immediate and sustained flattening or steepening of the yield curve. This simulation includes assumptions about how the balance sheet is likely to be affected by changes in loan and deposit growth. Assumptions are made to project interest rates for new loans and deposits based on historical analysis, management’s outlook and re-pricing strategies. These assumptions are validated on a periodic basis. A sensitivity analysis is provided for key variables of the simulation. The results are reviewed by the ALCO monthly and are used to guide asset/liability management strategies.

Table 20 summarizes the projected impact to net interest income over the next 12 months of various potential interest rate changes. The Company manages its interest rate risk position by holding assets with desired interest rate risk characteristics on its balance sheet, implementing certain pricing strategies for loans and deposits and through the selection of derivatives and various funding and investment portfolio strategies. The Company manages the overall interest rate risk profile within policy limits. The ALCO policy limits the estimated change in net interest income in a gradual 200 bps rate change scenario to a

4.0 percent decline of forecasted net interest income over the next 12 months. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company was within policy.

Market Value of Equity Modeling The Company also manages interest rate sensitivity by utilizing market value of equity modeling, which measures the degree to which the market values of the Company’s assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments will change given a change in interest rates. The valuation analysis is dependent upon certain key assumptions about the nature of assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Management estimates the average life and rate characteristics of asset and liability accounts based upon historical analysis and management’s expectation of rate behavior. Wholesale prepayment assumptions are based on several key factors, including but not limited to, age, loan term, product type and seasonality, as well as macroeconomic factors including unemployment, interest rates and commercial real estate price indices. These factors are updated regularly based on historical experience and forward market expectations. Mortgage prepayment assumptions are based on many key variables, including, but not limited to, current and projected interest rates compared with underlying contractual rates, the time since origination and period to next reset date if floating rate loans, and other factors including housing price indices and geography, which are updated regularly based on historical experience and forward market expectations. The balance and pricing assumptions of deposits that have no stated maturity are based on historical performance, the competitive environment, customer behavior, and product mix. These assumptions are validated on a periodic basis. A sensitivity analysis of key variables of the valuation analysis is provided to the ALCO monthly and is used to guide asset/liability management strategies.

Management measures the impact of changes in market interest rates under a number of scenarios, including immediate and sustained parallel shifts, and flattening or steepening of the yield curve. The ALCO policy limits the change in the market value of equity in a 200 bps parallel rate shock to a 15.0 percent decline. A 200 bps increase would have resulted in a 5.8 percent decrease in the market value of equity at December 31, 2015, compared with a 6.7 percent decrease at December 31, 2014. A 200 bps decrease, where possible given current rates, would have resulted in a 7.0 percent decrease in the market value of equity at December 31, 2015, compared with a 7.1 percent decrease at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company was within policy.

  TABLE 20   SENSITIVITY OF NET INTEREST INCOME

December 31, 2015

December 31, 2014

Down 50 bps Immediate

Up 50 bps Immediate

Down 200 bps Gradual

Up 200 bps Gradual

Down 50 bps Immediate

Up 50 bps Immediate

Down 200 bps Gradual

Up 200 bps Gradual

Net interest income

*

1.78

%

*

2.69

%

*

1.38

%

*

1.68

%

* Given the current level of interest rates, a downward rate scenario can not be computed.

— 59 —

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks To manage the sensitivity of earnings and capital to interest rate, prepayment, credit, price and foreign currency fluctuations (asset and liability management positions), the Company enters into derivative transactions. The Company uses derivatives for asset and liability management purposes primarily in the following ways:

– To convert fixed-rate debt from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments;

– To convert the cash flows associated with floating-rate loans and debt from floating-rate payments to fixed-rate payments;

– To mitigate changes in value of the Company’s mortgage origination pipeline, funded MLHFS and MSRs;

– To mitigate remeasurement volatility of foreign currency denominated balances; and

– To mitigate the volatility of the Company’s investment in foreign businesses driven by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are either exchange-traded, centrally cleared through clearinghouses or over-the-counter. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts to support the business requirements of its customers (customer-related positions). The Company minimizes the market and liquidity risks of customer-related positions by either entering into similar offsetting positions with broker-dealers, or on a portfolio basis by entering into other derivative or non-derivative financial instruments that partially or fully offset the exposure from these customer-related positions. The Company does not utilize derivatives for speculative purposes.

The Company does not designate all of the derivatives that it enters into for risk management purposes as accounting hedges because of the inefficiency of applying the accounting requirements and may instead elect fair value accounting for the related hedged items. In particular, the Company enters into interest rate swaps, forward commitments to buy to-be-announced securities (“TBAs”), U.S. Treasury and Eurodollar futures and options on U.S. Treasury futures to mitigate fluctuations in the value of its MSRs, but does not designate those derivatives as accounting hedges. The estimated net sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the fair value of the MSRs and the related derivative instruments at December 31, 2015, to an immediate 25, 50 and 100 bps downward movement in interest rates would be a decrease of approximately $7 million, $24 million and $123 million, respectively. An immediate upward movement in interest rates at December 31, 2015 of 25, 50 and 100 bps would

decrease the fair value of the MSRs and related derivative instruments by $2 million, $16 million and $33 million, respectively. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding MSRs.

Additionally, the Company uses forward commitments to sell TBAs and other commitments to sell residential mortgage loans at specified prices to economically hedge the interest rate risk in its residential mortgage loan production activities. At December 31, 2015, the Company had $5.4 billion of forward commitments to sell, hedging $2.1 billion of MLHFS and $4.1 billion of unfunded mortgage loan commitments. The forward commitments to sell and the unfunded mortgage loan commitments on loans intended to be sold are considered derivatives under the accounting guidance related to accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The Company has elected the fair value option for the MLHFS.

Derivatives are subject to credit risk associated with counterparties to the contracts. Credit risk associated with derivatives is measured by the Company based on the probability of counterparty default. The Company manages the credit risk of its derivative positions by diversifying its positions among various counterparties, by entering into master netting arrangements, and, where possible by requiring collateral arrangements. The Company may also transfer counterparty credit risk related to interest rate swaps to third parties through the use of risk participation agreements. In addition, certain interest rate swaps and forwards and credit contracts are required to be centrally cleared through clearinghouses to further mitigate counterparty credit risk.

For additional information on derivatives and hedging activities, refer to Notes 20 and 21 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Market Risk Management In addition to interest rate risk, the Company is exposed to other forms of market risk, principally related to trading activities which support customers’ strategies to manage their own foreign currency, interest rate risk and funding activities. For purposes of its internal capital adequacy assessment process, the Company considers risk arising from its trading activities employing methodologies consistent with the requirements of regulatory rules for market risk. The Company’s Market Risk Committee (“MRC”), within the framework of the ALCO, oversees market risk management. The MRC monitors and reviews the Company’s trading positions and establishes policies for market risk management, including exposure limits for each portfolio. The Company uses a Value at Risk (“VaR”) approach to measure general market risk. Theoretically, VaR represents

— 60 —

the statistical risk of loss the Company has to adverse market movements over a one-day time horizon. The Company uses the Historical Simulation method to calculate VaR for its trading businesses measured at the ninety-ninth percentile using a one-year look-back period for distributions derived from past market data. The market factors used in the calculations include those pertinent to market risks inherent in the underlying trading portfolios, principally those that affect its corporate bond trading business, foreign currency transaction business, client derivatives business, loan trading business and municipal securities business. On average, the Company expects the one-day VaR to be exceeded by actual losses two to three times per year for its trading businesses. The Company monitors the effectiveness of its risk programs by back-testing the performance of its VaR models, regularly updating the historical data used by the VaR models and stress testing. If the Company were to experience market losses in excess of the estimated VaR more often than expected, the VaR models and associated assumptions would be analyzed and adjusted.

The average, high, low and period-end VaR amounts for the Company’s trading positions were as follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Average	$	1	$	1
High		2		2
Low		1		1
Period-end		1		1

The Company did not experience any actual trading losses for its combined trading businesses that exceeded VaR during 2015 and 2014. The Company stress tests its market risk measurements to provide management with perspectives on market events that may not be captured by its VaR models, including worst case historical market movement combinations that have not necessarily occurred on the same date.

The Company calculates Stressed VaR using the same underlying methodology and model as VaR, except that a historical continuous one-year look-back period is utilized that reflects a period of significant financial stress appropriate to the Company’s trading portfolio. The period selected by the Company includes the significant market volatility of the last four months of 2008.

The average, high, low and period-end Stressed VaR amounts for the Company’s trading positions were as follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Average	$	4	$	4
High		8		8
Low		2		2
Period-end		3		5

Valuations of positions in the client derivatives and foreign currency transaction businesses are based on standard cash flow or other valuation techniques using market-based assumptions. These valuations are compared to third party quotes or other market prices to determine if there are significant variances. Significant variances are approved by the Company’s market risk management department. Valuation of positions in the corporate bond trading, loan trading and municipal securities businesses are based on trader marks. These trader marks are evaluated against third party prices, with significant variances approved by the Company’s risk management department.

The Company also measures the market risk of its hedging activities related to residential MLHFS and MSRs using the Historical Simulation method. The VaRs are measured at the ninety-ninth percentile and employ factors pertinent to the market risks inherent in the valuation of the assets and hedges. The Company monitors the effectiveness of the models through back-testing, updating the data and regular validations. A three-year look-back period is used to obtain past market data for the models.

The average, high and low VaR amounts for the residential MLHFS and related hedges and the MSRs and related hedges were as follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Residential Mortgage Loans Held For Sale and Related Hedges
Average	$	1	$	1
High		2		2
Low		–		–
Mortgage Servicing Rights and Related Hedges
Average	$	6	$	4
High		8		8
Low		4		2

Liquidity Risk Management The Company’s liquidity risk management process is designed to identify, measure, and manage the Company’s funding and liquidity risk to meet its daily funding needs and to address expected and unexpected changes in its funding requirements. The Company engages in various activities to manage its liquidity risk. These activities include diversifying its funding sources, stress testing, and holding readily-marketable assets which can be used as a source of liquidity if needed. In addition, the Company’s profitable operations, sound credit quality and strong capital position have enabled it to develop a large and reliable base of core deposit funding within its market areas and in domestic and global capital markets.

The Company’s Board of Directors approves the Company’s liquidity policy. The Risk Management Committee

— 61 —

of the Company’s Board of Directors oversees the Company’s liquidity risk management process and approves the contingency funding plan. The ALCO reviews the Company’s liquidity policy and guidelines, and regularly assesses the Company’s ability to meet funding requirements arising from adverse company-specific or market events.

The Company’s liquidity policy requires it to maintain diversified wholesale funding sources to avoid maturity, name and market concentrations. The Company operates a Grand Cayman branch for issuing Eurodollar time deposits. In addition, the Company has relationships with dealers to issue national market retail and institutional savings certificates and short-term and medium-term notes. The Company also maintains a significant correspondent banking network and relationships. Accordingly, the Company has access to national federal funds, funding through repurchase agreements and sources of stable certificates of deposit and commercial paper.

The Company regularly projects its funding needs under various stress scenarios and maintains a contingency funding plan consistent with the Company’s access to diversified

sources of contingent funding. The Company maintains a substantial level of total available liquidity in the form of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet funding sources. These include cash at the Federal Reserve Bank, unencumbered liquid assets, and capacity to borrow at the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window. Unencumbered liquid assets in the Company’s available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment portfolios provide asset liquidity through the Company’s ability to sell the securities or pledge and borrow against them. At December 31, 2015, the fair value of unencumbered available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities totaled $92.4 billion, compared with $86.9 billion at December 31, 2014. Refer to Table 13 and “Balance Sheet Analysis” for further information on investment securities’ maturities and trends. Asset liquidity is further enhanced by the Company’s ability to pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank. At December 31, 2015, the Company could have borrowed an additional $74.9 billion at the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank based on collateral available for additional borrowings.

  TABLE 21   DEBT RATINGS

	Moody’s			Standard & Poor’s		Fitch		Dominion Bond Rating Service
U.S. Bancorp
Long-term issuer rating		A1			A+		AA		AA
Short-term issuer rating					A-1		F1+		R-1 (middle	)
Senior unsecured debt		A1			A+		AA		AA
Subordinated debt		A1			A-		AA-		AA (low	)
Junior subordinated debt		A2			BBB				AA (low	)
Preferred stock		A3			BBB		BBB+		A
Commercial paper		P-1			A-1		F1+
U.S. Bank National Association
Long-term issuer rating		A1			AA-		AA
Short-term issuer rating		P-1			A-1+		F1+		R-1 (high	)
Long-term deposits		Aa1					AA+		AA (high	)
Short-term deposits		P-1					F1+
Senior unsecured debt		A1			AA-		AA		AA (high	)
Subordinated debt		A1			A		AA-		AA
Commercial paper		P-1			A-1+		F1+
Counterparty risk assessment		Aa2(cr)/P-1(cr	)

— 62 —

The Company’s diversified deposit base provides a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funding, while reducing the Company’s reliance on the wholesale markets. Total deposits were $300.4 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $282.7 billion at December 31, 2014. Refer to Table 14 and “Balance Sheet Analysis” for further information on the Company’s deposits.

Additional funding is provided by long-term debt and short-term borrowings. Long-term debt was $32.1 billion at December 31, 2015, and is an important funding source because of its multi-year borrowing structure. Refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the terms and maturities of the Company’s long-term debt issuances and “Balance Sheet Analysis” for discussion on long-term debt trends. Short-term borrowings were $27.9 billion at December 31, 2015, and supplement the Company’s other funding sources. Refer to Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and “Balance Sheet Analysis” for information on the terms and trends of the Company’s short-term borrowings.

The Company’s ability to raise negotiated funding at competitive prices is influenced by rating agencies’ views of the Company’s credit quality, liquidity, capital and earnings. Table 21 details the rating agencies’ most recent assessments.

In addition to assessing liquidity risk on a consolidated basis, the Company monitors the parent company’s liquidity. The parent company’s routine funding requirements consist primarily of operating expenses, dividends paid to shareholders, debt service, repurchases of common stock and funds used for acquisitions. The parent company obtains funding to meet its obligations from dividends collected from its subsidiaries and the issuance of debt and capital

securities. The Company maintains sufficient funding to meet expected parent company obligations, without access to the wholesale funding markets or dividends from subsidiaries, for 12 months when forecasted payments of common stock dividends are included and 24 months assuming dividends were reduced to zero. The parent company currently has available funds considerably greater than the amounts required to satisfy these conditions.

Under United States Securities and Exchange Commission rules, the parent company is classified as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” which allows it to file a registration statement that does not have a limit on issuance capacity. “Well-known seasoned issuers” generally include those companies with outstanding common securities with a market value of at least $700 million held by non-affiliated parties or those companies that have issued at least $1 billion in aggregate principal amount of non-convertible securities, other than common equity, in the last three years. However, the parent company’s ability to issue debt and other securities under a registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under these rules is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Company’s Board of Directors and/or the ALCO policy.

At December 31, 2015, parent company long-term debt outstanding was $11.5 billion, compared with $13.2 billion at December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to the maturity of $1.7 billion of medium-term notes. At December 31, 2015, there was $1.9 billion of parent company debt scheduled to mature in 2016. Future debt maturities may be met through medium-term note and capital security issuances and dividends from subsidiaries, as well as from parent company cash and cash equivalents.

  TABLE 22   CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

	Payments Due By Period
At December 31, 2015 (Dollars in Millions)	One Year or Less		Over One Through Three Years		Over Three Through Five Years		Over Five Years		Total
Contractual Obligations(a)
Long-term debt(b)	$	6,359	$	12,930	$	3,552	$	9,237	$	32,078
Operating leases		265		445		292		471		1,473
Benefit obligations(c)		22		45		48		156		271
Time deposits		25,158		5,182		2,495		3		32,838
Contractual interest payments(d)		841		990		657		1,015		3,503
Equity investment commitments		1,948		512		25		36		2,521
Other(e)		199		243		70		130		642
Total	$	34,792	$	20,347	$	7,139	$	11,048	$	73,326

(a) Unrecognized tax positions of $243 million at December 31, 2015, are excluded as the Company cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the period of cash settlement with the respective taxing authority.

(b) Includes obligations under capital leases.

(c) Amounts only include obligations related to the unfunded non-qualified pension plans.

(d) Includes accrued interest and future contractual interest obligations.

(e) Primarily includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by noncancellable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees.

— 63 —

Dividend payments to the Company by its subsidiary bank are subject to regulatory review and statutory limitations and, in some instances, regulatory approval. In general, dividends to the parent company from its banking subsidiary are limited by rules which compare dividends to net income for regulatorily-defined periods. For further information, see Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

During 2014, U.S. banking regulators approved a final regulatory Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”), requiring banks to maintain an adequate level of unencumbered high quality liquid assets to meet estimated liquidity needs over a 30-day stressed period. The LCR requirement became effective for the Company January 1, 2015, subject to certain transition provisions over the following two years to full implementation by January 1, 2017. At December 31, 2015, the Company was compliant with the fully implemented LCR requirement based on its interpretation of the final U.S. LCR rule.

European Exposures Certain European countries have experienced severe credit deterioration. The Company does not hold sovereign debt of any European country, but may have indirect exposure to sovereign debt through its investments in, and transactions with, European banks. At December 31, 2015, the Company had investments in perpetual preferred stock issued by European banks with an amortized cost totaling $22 million and unrealized losses totaling $1 million, compared with an amortized cost totaling $66 million and unrealized losses totaling $2 million, at December 31, 2014. The Company also transacts with various European banks as counterparties to interest rate and foreign currency derivatives for its hedging and customer-related activities; however, none of these banks are domiciled in the countries experiencing the most significant credit deterioration. These derivatives are subject to master netting arrangements. In addition, interest rate and foreign currency derivative transactions are subject to collateral arrangements which significantly limit the Company’s exposure to loss as they generally require daily posting of collateral. At December 31, 2015, the Company was in a net receivable position with six banks in Europe, totaling $21 million. The Company was in a net payable position to each of the other European banks.

The Company has not bought or sold credit protection on the debt of any European country or any company domiciled in Europe, nor does it provide retail lending services in Europe. While the Company does not offer commercial lending services in Europe, it does provide financing to domestic multinational corporations that generate revenue from customers in European countries and provides a limited number of corporate credit cards in Europe to existing Company customers. While further deterioration in economic

conditions in Europe could have a negative impact on these customers’ revenues, it is unlikely that any effect on the overall credit-worthiness of these multinational corporations would be significant to the Company.

The Company provides merchant processing and corporate trust services in Europe either directly or through banking affiliations in Europe. Operating cash for these businesses is deposited on a short-term basis with certain European banks. However, exposure is mitigated by the Company placing deposits at multiple banks and managing the amounts on deposit at any bank based on institution-specific deposit limits. At December 31, 2015, the Company had an aggregate amount on deposit with European banks of approximately $2.0 billion, predominately with the Central Bank of Ireland.

The money market funds managed by a subsidiary of the Company do not have any investments in European sovereign debt, other than approximately $275 million at December 31, 2015 guaranteed by the country of Germany. Other than investments in banks in the countries of the Netherlands, France and Germany, those funds do not have any unsecured investments in banks domiciled in the Eurozone.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements Off-balance sheet arrangements include any contractual arrangements to which an unconsolidated entity is a party, under which the Company has an obligation to provide credit or liquidity enhancements or market risk support. Off-balance sheet arrangements also include any obligation related to a variable interest held in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, credit enhancement or market risk support. The Company has not utilized private label asset securitizations as a source of funding.

Commitments to extend credit are legally binding and generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Many of the Company’s commitments to extend credit expire without being drawn, and therefore, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements or the Company’s exposure to credit loss. Commitments to extend credit also include consumer credit lines that are cancelable upon notification to the consumer. Total contractual amounts of commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2015 were $279.6 billion. The Company also issues and confirms various types of letters of credit, including standby and commercial. Total contractual amounts of letters of credit at December 31, 2015 were $13.3 billion. For more information on the Company’s commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, refer to Note 23 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements with unconsolidated entities primarily consist of private investment

— 64 —

funds or partnerships that make equity investments, provide debt financing or support community-based investments in tax-advantaged projects. In addition to providing investment returns, these arrangements in many cases assist the Company in complying with requirements of the Community Reinvestment Act. The investments in these entities generate a return primarily through the realization of federal and state income tax credits, and other tax benefits, such as tax deductions from operating losses of the investments, over specified time periods. The entities in which the Company invests are generally considered variable interest entities (“VIEs”). The Company’s recorded net investment in these entities as of December 31, 2015 was approximately $2.8 billion.

The Company also has non-controlling financial investments in private funds and partnerships considered VIEs. The Company’s recorded investment in these entities was approximately $32 million at December 31, 2015, and the Company had unfunded commitments to invest an additional $15 million. For more information on the Company’s interests in unconsolidated VIEs, refer to Note 8 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Guarantees are contingent commitments issued by the Company to customers or other third parties requiring the Company to perform if certain conditions exist or upon the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event, such as a scheduled payment to be made under contract. The Company’s primary guarantees include commitments from securities lending activities in which indemnifications are provided to customers; indemnification or buy-back provisions related to sales of loans and tax credit investments; merchant charge-back guarantees through the Company’s involvement in providing merchant processing services; and minimum revenue guarantee arrangements. For certain guarantees, the Company may have access to collateral to support the guarantee, or through the exercise of other recourse provisions, be able to offset some or all of any payments made under these guarantees.

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries, along with other Visa U.S.A. Inc. member banks, have a contingent guarantee obligation to indemnify Visa Inc. for potential losses arising from antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of Visa U.S.A. Inc. and MasterCard International. The indemnification by the Company and other Visa U.S.A. Inc. member banks has no maximum amount. Refer to Note 23 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details regarding guarantees, other commitments, and contingent liabilities, including maximum potential future payments and current carrying amounts.

Capital Management The Company is committed to managing capital to maintain strong protection for depositors and creditors and for maximum shareholder benefit. The Company continually assesses its business risks and capital position. The Company also manages its capital to exceed regulatory capital requirements for banking organizations. To achieve its capital goals, the Company employs a variety of capital management tools, including dividends, common share repurchases, and the issuance of subordinated debt, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, common stock and other capital instruments.

On June 16, 2015, the Company announced its Board of Directors had approved a 4.1 percent increase in the Company’s dividend rate per common share, from $0.245 per quarter to $0.255 per quarter.

The Company repurchased approximately 52 million shares of its common stock in 2015, compared with approximately 54 million shares in 2014. The average price paid for the shares repurchased in 2015 was $43.54 per share, compared with $41.65 per share in 2014. As of December 31, 2015, the approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased by the Company under the current Board of Directors approved authorization was $1.3 billion. For a more complete analysis of activities impacting shareholders’ equity and capital management programs, refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity was $46.1 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $43.5 billion at December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily the result of corporate earnings, partially offset by dividends and common share repurchases.

Beginning January 1, 2014, the regulatory capital requirements effective for the Company follow Basel III, subject to certain transition provisions from Basel I over the following four years to full implementation by January 1, 2018. Basel III includes two comprehensive methodologies for calculating risk-weighted assets: a general standardized approach and more risk-sensitive advanced approaches, with the Company’s capital adequacy being evaluated against the methodology that is most restrictive. Under Basel III, banking regulators define minimum capital requirements for banks and financial services holding companies. These requirements are expressed in the form of a minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio, tier 1 capital ratio, total risk-based capital ratio, and tier 1 leverage ratio. The minimum required level for these ratios at December 31, 2015, was 4.5 percent, 6.0 percent, 8.0 percent, and 4.0 percent, respectively. The Company targets its regulatory capital levels, at both the bank and bank holding company level, to exceed the “well-capitalized” threshold for these ratios. At December 31, 2015, the minimum “well-capitalized” threshold for the common equity

— 65 —

tier 1 capital ratio, tier 1 capital ratio, total risk-based capital ratio, and tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.5 percent, 8.0 percent, 10.0 percent and 5.0 percent, respectively. The most recent notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency categorized the Company’s bank subsidiary as “well-capitalized” under the FDIC Improvement Act prompt corrective action provisions that are applicable to all banks. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the risk-based category of its covered subsidiary bank.

As an approved mortgage seller and servicer, U.S. Bank National Association, through its mortgage banking division, is required to maintain various levels of shareholder’s equity, as specified by various agencies, including the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, Government National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Federal National Mortgage Association. At December 31, 2015, U.S. Bank National Association met these requirements.

Table 23 provides a summary of statutory regulatory capital ratios in effect for the Company at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

During 2014, U.S. banking regulators approved a final regulatory Supplementary Leverage Ratio (“SLR”) requirement

for banks calculating capital adequacy using advanced approaches under Basel III. The SLR is defined as tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure, which includes both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s SLR exceeds the applicable minimum SLR requirement effective January 1, 2018.

The Company believes certain capital ratios in addition to statutory regulatory capital ratios are useful in evaluating its capital adequacy. The Company’s tangible common equity, as a percent of tangible assets and as a percent of risk-weighted assets calculated under the transitional standardized approach, was 7.6 percent and 9.2 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2015, compared with 7.5 percent and 9.3 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2014. The Company’s common equity tier 1 to risk-weighted assets ratio using the Basel III standardized approach as if fully implemented was 9.1 percent at December 31, 2015, compared with 9.0 percent at December 31, 2014. The Company’s common equity tier 1 to risk-weighted assets ratio using the Basel III advanced approaches as if fully implemented was 11.9 percent at December 31, 2015, compared with 11.8 percent at December 31, 2014. Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for further information regarding the calculation of these ratios.

— 66 —

  TABLE 23   REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS

	U.S. Bancorp						U.S. Bank National Association
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Basel III transitional standardized approach:
Common equity tier 1 capital	$	32,612		$	30,856		$	33,831		$	32,381
Tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020			34,148			32,789
Total risk-based capital		45,313			43,208			41,112			40,008
Risk-weighted assets		341,360			317,398			336,938			313,261
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		9.6	%		9.7	%		10.0	%		10.3	%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		11.3			11.3			10.1			10.5
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		13.3			13.6			12.2			12.8
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)		9.5			9.3			8.5			8.6
Basel III transitional advanced approaches:
Common equity tier 1 capital	$	32,612		$	30,856		$	33,831		$	32,381
Tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020			34,148			32,789
Total risk-based capital		42,262			40,475			38,090			37,299
Risk-weighted assets		261,668			248,596			258,207			245,007
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		12.5	%		12.4	%		13.1	%		13.2	%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		14.7			14.5			13.2			13.4
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		16.2			16.3			14.8			15.2

Bank Regulatory Capital Requirements

	Minimum			Well- Capitalized
2015
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		4.5	%		6.5	%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		6.0			8.0
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		8.0			10.0
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)		4.0			5.0
2014
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		4.0	%		*
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		5.5			6.0	%
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		8.0			10.0
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)		4.0			5.0

* Not applicable.

FOURTH QUARTER SUMMARY

The Company reported net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp of $1.5 billion for the fourth quarter of 2015, or $0.80 per diluted common share, compared with $1.5 billion, or $0.79 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter of 2014. Return on average assets and return on average common equity were 1.41 percent and 13.7 percent, respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2015, compared with 1.50 percent and 14.4 percent, respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2014.

Total net revenue, on a taxable-equivalent basis for the fourth quarter of 2015, was $42 million (0.8 percent) higher than the fourth quarter of 2014, reflecting a 2.6 percent increase in net interest income, partially offset by a 1.3 percent decrease in noninterest income. The increase in net interest income from the fourth quarter of 2014 was the result of growth in average earning assets, partially offset by a continued shift in loan portfolio mix. Noninterest income decreased from a year ago primarily due to the impact of the fourth quarter 2014 Nuveen gain, partially offset by fee revenue growth and the HSA deposit sale.

Noninterest expense in the fourth quarter of 2015 was higher than the fourth quarter of 2014, primarily due to increases in compensation and employee benefits expenses and other costs related to risk and compliance activities, partially offset by lower charitable contributions and the impact of prior year legal accruals.

Fourth quarter 2015 net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, was $2.9 billion, compared with $2.8 billion in the fourth quarter of 2014. The $72 million (2.6 percent) increase was principally the result of growth in average earning assets, partially offset by a continued shift in loan portfolio mix. Average earning assets were $18.1 billion (5.1 percent) higher in the fourth quarter of 2015, compared with the fourth quarter of 2014, driven by increases of $10.3 billion (4.2 percent) in loans and $7.4 billion (7.5 percent) in investment securities. The net interest margin, on a taxable-equivalent basis, in the fourth quarter of 2015 was 3.06 percent, compared with 3.14 percent in the fourth quarter of 2014, reflecting a change in the loan portfolio mix, as well as growth in the investment portfolio at lower average rates and lower reinvestment rates on investment securities.

— 67 —

  TABLE 24   FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

	Three Months Ended December 31,
(Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)	2015			2014
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)(a)	$	2,871		$	2,799
Noninterest income		2,339			2,369
Securities gains (losses), net		1			1
Total net revenue		5,211			5,169
Noninterest expense		2,809			2,804
Provision for credit losses		305			288
Income before taxes		2,097			2,077
Taxable-equivalent adjustment		52			55
Applicable income taxes		556			521
Net income		1,489			1,501
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests		(13	)		(13	)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	1,476		$	1,488
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$	1,404		$	1,420
Per Common Share
Earnings per share	$	.80		$	.79
Diluted earnings per share	$	.80		$	.79
Dividends declared per share	$	.255		$	.245
Average common shares outstanding		1,747			1,787
Average diluted common shares outstanding		1,754			1,796
Financial Ratios
Return on average assets		1.41	%		1.50	%
Return on average common equity		13.7			14.4
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)(a)		3.06			3.14
Efficiency ratio		53.9			54.3

(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.

Noninterest income in the fourth quarter of 2015 was $2.3 billion, compared with $2.4 billion in the same period of 2014, representing a decrease of $30 million (1.3 percent). The decrease was due to the impact of the fourth quarter 2014 Nuveen gain, partially offset by fee revenue growth and the HSA deposit sale. The fee revenue growth reflected higher credit and debit card revenue, trust and investment management fees and merchant processing services revenue, partially offset by a decrease in mortgage banking revenue, primarily due to an unfavorable change in the valuation of MSRs, net of hedging activities. Credit and debit card revenue increased $22 million (8.1 percent) over the fourth quarter of 2014, due to higher transaction volumes. Trust and investment management fees increased $14 million (4.3 percent), reflecting the benefits of the Company’s investments in its corporate trust and fund services businesses, as well as account growth, improved market conditions and lower fee waivers. Merchant processing services revenue increased $9 million (2.3 percent) as a result of higher transaction volumes, along with account growth and equipment sales to merchants related to new chip card technology requirements. Adjusted for the approximate $16

million impact of foreign currency rate changes, year-over- year merchant processing services growth would have been approximately 6.5 percent.

Noninterest expense in the fourth quarter of 2015 was $2.8 billion, or $5 million (0.2 percent) higher than the fourth quarter of 2014. Compensation expense increased $61 million (5.3 percent), reflecting the impact of merit increases and higher staffing for risk and compliance activities, while employee benefits expense was $27 million (11.0 percent) higher, mainly due to increased pension costs. Offsetting these increases was a $33 million (25.6 percent) decline in marketing and business development expense, principally due to charitable contributions in the fourth quarter of 2014, and a $35 million (6.4 percent) decline in other noninterest expense, reflecting the impact of fourth quarter 2014 legal accruals partially offset by higher compliance-related expenses.

The provision for credit losses for the fourth quarter of 2015 was $305 million, an increase of $17 million (5.9 percent) from the same period of 2014. The provision for credit losses was equal to net charge-offs in the fourth quarter of 2015 and $20 million lower than net charge-offs in the fourth quarter of 2014. Net charge-offs were $305 million

— 68 —

in the fourth quarter of 2015, compared with $308 million in the fourth quarter of 2014.

The provision for income taxes for the fourth quarter of 2015 resulted in an effective tax rate of 27.2 percent, compared with an effective tax rate of 25.8 percent for the fourth quarter of 2014.

LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL REVIEW

The Company’s major lines of business are Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate, Consumer and Small Business Banking, Wealth Management and Securities Services, Payment Services, and Treasury and Corporate Support. These operating segments are components of the Company about which financial information is prepared and is evaluated regularly by management in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

Basis for Financial Presentation Business line results are derived from the Company’s business unit profitability reporting systems by specifically attributing managed balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related income or expense. The allowance for credit losses and related provision expense are allocated to the lines of business based on the related loan balances managed. Goodwill and other intangible assets are assigned to the lines of business based on the mix of business of the acquired entity. Within the Company, capital levels are evaluated and managed centrally; however, capital is allocated to the operating segments to support evaluation of business performance. Business lines are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. Generally, the determination of the amount of capital allocated to each business line includes credit and operational capital allocations following a Basel III regulatory framework. Interest income and expense is determined based on the assets and liabilities managed by the business line. Because funding and asset liability management is a central function, funds transfer-pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost of funds used or credit for funds provided to all business line assets and liabilities, respectively, using a

matched funding concept. Also, each business unit is allocated the taxable-equivalent benefit of tax-exempt products. The residual effect on net interest income of asset/liability management activities is included in Treasury and Corporate Support. Noninterest income and expenses directly managed by each business line, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct revenues and costs are accounted for within each segment’s financial results in a manner similar to the consolidated financial statements. Occupancy costs are allocated based on utilization of facilities by the lines of business. Generally, operating losses are charged to the line of business when the loss event is realized in a manner similar to a loan charge-off. Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business lines that directly support another business line’s operations are charged to the applicable business line based on its utilization of those services, primarily measured by the volume of customer activities, number of employees or other relevant factors. These allocated expenses are reported as net shared services expense within noninterest expense. Certain activities that do not directly support the operations of the lines of business or for which the lines of business are not considered financially accountable in evaluating their performance are not charged to the lines of business. The income or expenses associated with these corporate activities is reported within the Treasury and Corporate Support line of business. Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Treasury and Corporate Support.

Designations, assignments and allocations change from time to time as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines change or business segments are realigned to better respond to the Company’s diverse customer base. During 2015, certain organization and methodology changes were made and, accordingly, 2014 results were restated and presented on a comparable basis.

— 69 —

  TABLE 25   LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

	Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate							Consumer and Small Business Banking
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		Percent Change			2015		2014		Percent Change
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)	$	2,034	$	2,030		.2	%	$	4,617	$	4,717		(2.1	)%
Noninterest income		890		965		(7.8	)		2,497		2,601		(4.0	)
Securities gains (losses), net		–		–		–			–		–		–
Total net revenue		2,924		2,995		(2.4	)		7,114		7,318		(2.8	)
Noninterest expense		1,295		1,224		5.8			4,818		4,552		5.8
Other intangibles		4		4		–			40		40		–
Total noninterest expense		1,299		1,228		5.8			4,858		4,592		5.8
Income before provision and income taxes		1,625		1,767		(8.0	)		2,256		2,726		(17.2	)
Provision for credit losses		235		51		*			127		393		(67.7	)
Income before income taxes		1,390		1,716		(19.0	)		2,129		2,333		(8.7	)
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment		506		624		(18.9	)		775		850		(8.8	)
Net income		884		1,092		(19.0	)		1,354		1,483		(8.7	)
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests		–		–		–			–		–		–
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	884	$	1,092		(19.0	)	$	1,354	$	1,483		(8.7	)
Average Balance Sheet
Commercial	$	64,369	$	57,864		11.2	%	$	10,051	$	9,070		10.8	%
Commercial real estate		19,415		18,452		5.2			19,006		18,825		1.0
Residential mortgages		8		12		(33.3	)		50,007		50,405		(.8	)
Credit card		–		–		–			–		–		–
Other retail		2		4		(50.0	)		46,964		46,220		1.6
Total loans, excluding covered loans		83,794		76,332		9.8			126,028		124,520		1.2
Covered loans		–		190		*			4,934		5,780		(14.6	)
Total loans		83,794		76,522		9.5			130,962		130,300		.5
Goodwill		1,647		1,627		1.2			3,682		3,603		2.2
Other intangible assets		20		21		(4.8	)		2,594		2,674		(3.0	)
Assets		92,205		83,787		10.0			147,832		144,137		2.6
Noninterest-bearing deposits		36,018		32,302		11.5			26,137		23,743		10.1
Interest checking		7,436		10,557		(29.6	)		39,957		36,222		10.3
Savings products		28,047		18,321		53.1			53,813		49,974		7.7
Time deposits		15,025		18,140		(17.2	)		15,829		17,951		(11.8	)
Total deposits		86,526		79,320		9.1			135,736		127,890		6.1
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity		8,251		7,568		9.0			10,953		11,484		(4.6	)

* Not meaningful

— 70 —

Wealth Management and Securities Services							Payment Services									Treasury and Corporate Support									Consolidated Company
2015		2014		Percent Change			2015			2014			Percent Change			2015			2014			Percent Change			2015			2014			Percent Change
$	386	$	383		.8	%	$	1,930		$	1,749			10.3	%	$	2,247		$	2,118			6.1	%	$	11,214		$	10,997			2.0	%
	1,466		1,396		5.0			3,371			3,292			2.4			868			907			(4.3	)		9,092			9,161			(.8	)
	–		–		–			–			–			–			–			3			*			–			3			*
	1,852		1,779		4.1			5,301			5,041			5.2			3,115			3,028			2.9			20,306			20,161			.7
	1,420		1,343		5.7			2,540			2,310			10.0			684			1,087			(37.1	)		10,757			10,516			2.3
	28		33		(15.2	)		102			122			(16.4	)		–			–			–			174			199			(12.6	)
	1,448		1,376		5.2			2,642			2,432			8.6			684			1,087			(37.1	)		10,931			10,715			2.0
	404		403		.2			2,659			2,609			1.9			2,431			1,941			25.2			9,375			9,446			(.8	)
	–		9		*			787			766			2.7			(17	)		10			*			1,132			1,229			(7.9	)
	404		394		2.5			1,872			1,843			1.6			2,448			1,931			26.8			8,243			8,217			.3
	147		143		2.8			681			670			1.6			201			22			*			2,310			2,309			–
	257		251		2.4			1,191			1,173			1.5			2,247			1,909			17.7			5,933			5,908			.4
	–		–		–			(31	)		(35	)		11.4			(23	)		(22	)		(4.5	)		(54	)		(57	)		5.3
$	257	$	251		2.4		$	1,160		$	1,138			1.9		$	2,224		$	1,887			17.9		$	5,879		$	5,851			.5
$	2,321	$	1,964		18.2	%	$	7,059		$	6,542			7.9	%	$	283		$	294			(3.7	)%	$	84,083		$	75,734			11.0	%
	571		602		(5.1	)		–			–			–			3,423			2,713			26.2			42,415			40,592			4.5
	1,816		1,392		30.5			–			–			–			9			9			–			51,840			51,818			–
	–		–		–			18,057			17,635			2.4			–			–			–			18,057			17,635			2.4
	1,517		1,457		4.1			596			672			(11.3	)		–			–			–			49,079			48,353			1.5
	6,225		5,415		15.0			25,712			24,849			3.5			3,715			3,016			23.2			245,474			234,132			4.8
	1		5		(80.0	)		–			5			*			50			1,580			(96.8	)		4,985			7,560			(34.1	)
	6,226		5,420		14.9			25,712			24,854			3.5			3,765			4,596			(18.1	)		250,459			241,692			3.6
	1,567		1,568		(.1	)		2,474			2,514			(1.6	)		–			–			–			9,370			9,312			.6
	126		159		(20.8	)		411			484			(15.1	)		–			–			–			3,151			3,338			(5.6	)
	9,178		8,500		8.0			31,796			31,097			2.2			127,854			112,483			13.7			408,865			380,004			7.6
	14,469		15,157		(4.5	)		879			740			18.8			1,700			1,513			12.4			79,203			73,455			7.8
	7,944		5,877		35.2			605			555			9.0			32			37			(13.5	)		55,974			53,248			5.1
	33,984		29,361		15.7			91			78			16.7			481			439			9.6			116,416			98,173			18.6
	3,344		3,901		(14.3	)		–			–			–			1,360			1,772			(23.3	)		35,558			41,764			(14.9	)
	59,741		54,296		10.0			1,575			1,373			14.7			3,573			3,761			(5.0	)		287,151			266,640			7.7
	2,308		2,284		1.1			5,868			5,697			3.0			17,433			15,804			10.3			44,813			42,837			4.6

— 71 —

Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate offers lending, equipment finance and small-ticket leasing, depository services, treasury management, capital markets, international trade services and other financial services to middle market, large corporate, commercial real estate, financial institution, non-profit and public sector clients. Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate contributed $884 million of the Company’s net income in 2015, or a decrease of $208 million (19.0 percent) compared with 2014. The decrease was primarily driven by a higher provision for credit losses, higher noninterest expense and lower net revenue.

Net revenue decreased $71 million (2.4 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. Noninterest income decreased $75 million (7.8 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, driven by higher loan-related charges, partially offset by higher loan syndication and bond underwriting fees, as well as higher commercial leasing revenue. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $4 million (0.2 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, driven by increases in average loans and deposits, partially offset by lower rates and fees on loans.

Noninterest expense increased $71 million (5.8 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, primarily resulting from higher compensation expense due to higher variable compensation and merit increases, higher benefits expense due to increased pension costs, an increase in the FDIC insurance assessment allocation based on increased loan volumes, and higher net shared services expense. The provision for credit losses increased $184 million in 2015, compared with 2014, due to an unfavorable change in the reserve allocation driven by a decline in energy prices and an increase in net charge-offs. Nonperforming assets were $168 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $170 million at December 31, 2014. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of period-end loans were 0.19 percent at December 31, 2015, compared with 0.21 percent at December 31, 2014. Refer to the “Corporate Risk Profile” section for further information on factors impacting the credit quality of the loan portfolios.

Consumer and Small Business Banking Consumer and Small Business Banking delivers products and services through banking offices, telephone servicing and sales, on-line services, direct mail, ATM processing and mobile devices, such as mobile phones and tablet computers. It encompasses community banking, metropolitan banking and indirect lending, as well as mortgage banking. Consumer and Small Business Banking contributed $1.4 billion of the Company’s net income in 2015, or a decrease of $129 million (8.7 percent), compared with 2014. The decrease was due to

lower net revenue and higher noninterest expense, partially offset by a decrease in the provision for credit losses.

Net revenue decreased $204 million (2.8 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, decreased $100 million (2.1 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, primarily due to lower rates on loans and lower loan fees due to the wind down of the CAA product, partially offset by higher average loan, deposit and loans held for sale balances. Noninterest income decreased $104 million (4.0 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, primarily the result of lower mortgage banking revenue due to an unfavorable change in the valuation of MSRs, net of hedging activities, partially offset by higher mortgage production revenue. Noninterest expense increased $266 million (5.8 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, the result of higher compensation, employee benefits and mortgage servicing-related expenses.

The provision for credit losses decreased $266 million (67.7 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, due to lower net charge-offs and a favorable change in the reserve allocation driven by improvements in the mortgage portfolio. As a percentage of average loans outstanding, net charge-offs decreased to 0.25 percent in 2015, compared with 0.38 percent in 2014. Nonperforming assets were $1.3 billion at December 31, 2015, compared with $1.4 billion at December 31, 2014. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of period-end loans were 0.95 percent at December 31, 2015, compared with 1.10 percent at December 31, 2014. Refer to the “Corporate Risk Profile” section for further information on factors impacting the credit quality of the loan portfolios.

Wealth Management and Securities Services Wealth Management and Securities Services provides private banking, financial advisory services, investment management, retail brokerage services, insurance, trust, custody and fund servicing through five businesses: Wealth Management, Corporate Trust Services, U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Institutional Trust & Custody and Fund Services. Wealth Management and Securities Services contributed $257 million of the Company’s net income in 2015, an increase of $6 million (2.4 percent), compared with 2014. The increase from the prior year was primarily due to higher net revenue, partially offset by higher noninterest expense.

Net revenue increased $73 million (4.1 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, driven by a $70 million (5.0 percent) increase in noninterest income, reflecting the impact of account growth, improved market conditions and lower fee waivers. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $3 million (0.8 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, principally due to higher average loan and deposit

— 72 —

balances, partially offset by a lower loan rates and a decrease in the margin benefit of corporate trust deposits.

Noninterest expense increased $72 million (5.2 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher net shared services expense and higher compensation and employee benefits expenses primarily due to merit increases and increased pension costs, respectively.

Payment Services Payment Services includes consumer and business credit cards, stored-value cards, debit cards, corporate, government and purchasing card services, consumer lines of credit and merchant processing. Payment Services contributed $1.2 billion of the Company’s net income in 2015, or an increase of $22 million (1.9 percent) compared with 2014. The increase was primarily due to higher net revenue, partially offset by higher noninterest expense and an increase in the provision for credit losses.

Net revenue increased $260 million (5.2 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $181 million (10.3 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, primarily driven by improved loan rates and higher average loan balances and fees. Noninterest income increased $79 million (2.4 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, primarily due to an increase in credit and debit card revenue on higher transaction volumes, along with higher merchant processing services revenue, driven by increased transaction volumes and product fees and equipment sales to merchants related to new chip card technology requirements, partially offset by the impact of foreign currency rate changes.

Noninterest expense increased $210 million (8.6 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, primarily due to higher net shared services and compensation and marketing expenses. The provision for credit losses increased $21 million (2.7 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, primarily due to an unfavorable change in the reserve allocation due to loan growth. As a percentage of average loans outstanding, net charge-offs were 3.01 percent in 2015, compared with 3.11 percent in 2014.

Treasury and Corporate Support Treasury and Corporate Support includes the Company’s investment portfolios, most covered commercial and commercial real estate loans and related OREO, funding, capital management, interest rate risk management, income taxes not allocated to the business lines, including most investments in tax-advantaged projects, and the residual aggregate of those expenses associated with corporate activities that are managed on a consolidated basis. Treasury and Corporate Support recorded net income of $2.2 billion in 2015, compared with $1.9 billion in 2014.

Net revenue increased $87 million (2.9 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $129 million (6.1 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, principally due to growth in the investment securities portfolio. Noninterest income decreased $42 million (4.6 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, primarily due to lower other income from Visa stock sales, the 2015 student loan market adjustment and the 2014 Nuveen gain, partially offset by the 2015 HSA deposit sale gain and higher commercial products revenue.

Noninterest expense decreased $403 million (37.1 percent) in 2015, compared with 2014, principally due to a reduction of reserves for losses allocated to the business lines, lower costs related to investments in tax-advantaged projects, the 2014 FHA DOJ settlement and lower charitable contributions, partially offset by higher compensation expense, reflecting the impact of merit increases and staffing for risk and compliance activities, and higher employee benefits expense, reflecting higher pension costs.

Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a managerial tax rate of 36.4 percent with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Treasury and Corporate Support.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

In addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators, the Company considers various other measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:

– Tangible common equity to tangible assets,

– Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets,

– Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets estimated for the Basel III fully implemented standardized approach, and

– Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets estimated for the Basel III fully implemented advanced approaches.

These measures are viewed by management as useful additional methods of reflecting the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market or economic conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows investors, analysts and banking regulators to assess the Company’s capital position relative to other financial services companies. These measures differ from currently effective capital ratios defined by banking regulations principally in that the numerator includes unrealized gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities and excludes preferred securities, including preferred stock, the nature and extent of which varies among different financial services companies. These measures are not defined in

— 73 —

generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), or are not currently effective or defined in federal banking regulations. As a result, these measures disclosed by the Company may be considered non-GAAP financial measures.

There may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, the Company encourages readers to consider the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

The following table shows the Company’s calculation of these Non-GAAP financial measures:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Total equity	$	46,817		$	44,168		$	41,807		$	40,267		$	34,971
Preferred stock		(5,501	)		(4,756	)		(4,756	)		(4,769	)		(2,606	)
Noncontrolling interests		(686	)		(689	)		(694	)		(1,269	)		(993	)
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)(1)		(8,295	)		(8,403	)		(8,343	)		(8,351	)		(8,239	)
Intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights		(838	)		(824	)		(849	)		(1,006	)		(1,217	)
Tangible common equity(a)		31,497			29,496			27,165			24,872			21,916
Tangible common equity (as calculated above)		31,497			29,496			27,165			24,872			21,916
Adjustments(2)		67			172			224			126			450
Common equity tier 1 capital estimated for the Basel III fully implemented standardized and advanced approaches(3)(b)		31,564			29,668			27,389			24,998			22,366
Tier 1 capital, determined in accordance with prescribed regulatory requirements using Basel I definition								33,386			31,203			29,173
Trust preferred securities								–			–			(2,675	)
Preferred stock								(4,756	)		(4,769	)		(2,606	)
Noncontrolling interests, less preferred stock not eligible for Tier 1 capital								(688	)		(685	)		(687	)
Tier 1 common equity using Basel 1 definition(c)								27,942			25,749			23,205
Total assets		421,853			402,529			364,021			353,855			340,122
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)(1)		(8,295	)		(8,403	)		(8,343	)		(8,351	)		(8,239	)
Intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights		(838	)		(824	)		(849	)		(1,006	)		(1,217	)
Tangible assets(d)		412,720			393,302			354,829			344,498			330,666
Risk-weighted assets, determined in accordance with prescribed transitional standardized approach regulatory requirements(4)(e)		341,360			317,398			297,919			287,611			271,333
Adjustments(5)		3,892			11,110			13,712			21,233			3,018
Risk-weighted assets estimated for the Basel III fully implemented standardized approach(3)(f)		345,252			328,508			311,631			308,844			274,351
Risk-weighted assets, determined in accordance with prescribed transitional advanced approaches regulatory requirements		261,668			248,596
Adjustments(6)		4,099			3,270
Risk-weighted assets estimated for the Basel III fully implemented advanced approaches(g)		265,767			251,866
Ratios
Tangible common equity to tangible assets(a)/(d)		7.6	%		7.5	%		7.7	%		7.2	%		6.6	%
Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets(a)/(e)		9.2			9.3			9.1			8.6			8.1
Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel I definition(c)/(e)								9.4			9.0			8.6
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets estimated for the Basel III fully implemented standardized approach(b)/(f)(3)		9.1			9.0			8.8			8.1			8.2
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets estimated for the Basel III fully implemented advanced approaches(b)/(g)		11.9			11.8

(1) Includes goodwill related to certain investments in unconsolidated financial institutions per prescribed regulatory requirements beginning March 31, 2014.

(2) Includes net losses on cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and other adjustments.

(3) December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, calculated using final rules for the Basel III fully implemented standardized approach; December 31, 2012, calculated using proposed rules for the Basel III fully implemented standardized approach released June 2012; December 31, 2011, calculated using proposed rules for the Basel III fully implemented standardized approach released prior to June 2012.

(4) December 31, 2015 and 2014, calculated under the Basel III transitional standardized approach; all other periods calculated under Basel I.

(5) Includes higher risk-weighting for unfunded loan commitments, investment securities, residential mortgages, MSRs and other adjustments.

(6) Primarily reflects higher risk-weighting for MSRs.

— 74 —

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements discusses accounting standards recently issued but not yet required to be adopted and the expected impact of these changes in accounting standards. To the extent the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, the impacts are discussed in the applicable section(s) of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and conform to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. The Company’s financial position and results of operations can be affected by these estimates and assumptions, which are integral to understanding the Company’s financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those policies management believes are the most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results, and require management to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical in the preparation of financial statements. These factors include, among other things, whether the estimates are significant to the financial statements, the nature of the estimates, the ability to readily validate the estimates with other information (including third party sources or available prices), sensitivity of the estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative accounting methods may be utilized under GAAP. Management has discussed the development and the selection of critical accounting policies with the Company’s Audit Committee.

Significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Those policies considered to be critical accounting policies are described below.

Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses is established to provide for probable losses incurred in the Company’s credit portfolio. The methods utilized to estimate the allowance for credit losses, key assumptions and quantitative and qualitative information considered by management in determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses are discussed in the “Credit Risk Management” section.

Management’s evaluation of the appropriate allowance for credit losses is often the most critical of all the accounting estimates for a banking institution. It is an inherently subjective process impacted by many factors as discussed throughout the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of the Annual Report. Although methodologies utilized to determine each element of the allowance reflect management’s assessment of credit risk as identified through assessments completed of individual credits and of homogenous pools affected by material credit events, degrees of imprecision exist in these measurement tools due in part to subjective judgments involved and an inherent lagging of credit quality measurements relative to the stage of the business cycle. Even determining the stage of the business cycle is highly subjective. As discussed in the “Analysis and Determination of Allowance for Credit Losses” section, management considers the effect of changes in economic conditions, risk management practices, and other factors that contribute to imprecision of loss estimates in determining the allowance for credit losses. If not considered, incurred losses in the portfolio related to imprecision and other subjective factors could have a dramatic adverse impact on the liquidity and financial viability of a banking institution.

Given the many subjective factors affecting the credit portfolio, changes in the allowance for credit losses may not directly coincide with changes in the risk ratings of the credit portfolio reflected in the risk rating process. This is in part due to the timing of the risk rating process in relation to changes in the business cycle, the exposure and mix of loans within risk rating categories, levels of nonperforming loans and the timing of charge-offs and recoveries. For example, the amount of loans within specific risk ratings may change, providing a leading indicator of changing credit quality, while nonperforming loans and net charge-offs may be slower to reflect changes. Also, inherent loss ratios, determined through migration analysis and historical loss performance over the estimated business cycle of a loan, may not change to the same degree as net charge-offs. Because risk ratings and inherent loss ratios primarily drive the allowance specifically allocated to commercial lending segment loans, the degree of change in the commercial lending allowance may differ from the level of changes in nonperforming loans and net charge-offs. Also, management would maintain an appropriate allowance for credit losses by increasing allowance rates during periods of economic uncertainty or changes in the business cycle.

Some factors considered in determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses are quantifiable while other factors require qualitative judgment. Management conducts an analysis with respect to the accuracy of risk ratings and the volatility of inherent losses, and utilizes this analysis along with

— 75 —

qualitative factors that can affect the precision of credit loss estimates, including economic conditions, such as changes in unemployment or bankruptcy rates, and concentration risks, such as risks associated with specific industries, the housing market, and loans to highly leveraged enterprises, in determining the overall level of the allowance for credit losses. The Company’s determination of the allowance for commercial lending segment loans is sensitive to the assigned credit risk ratings and inherent loss rates at December 31, 2015. In the event that 10 percent of period ending loan balances (including unfunded commitments) within each risk category of this segment of the loan portfolio experienced downgrades of two risk categories, the allowance for credit losses would increase by approximately $236 million at December 31, 2015. The Company believes the allowance for credit losses appropriately considers the imprecision in estimating credit losses based on credit risk ratings and inherent loss rates but actual losses may differ from those estimates. In the event that inherent loss or estimated loss rates for commercial lending segment loans increased by 10 percent, the allowance for credit losses would increase by approximately $158 million at December 31, 2015. The Company’s determination of the allowance for consumer lending segment loans is sensitive to changes in estimated loss rates and estimated impairments on restructured loans. In the event that estimated losses for this segment of the loan portfolio increased by 10 percent, the allowance for credit losses would increase by approximately $183 million at December 31, 2015. Because several quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in determining the allowance for credit losses, these sensitivity analyses do not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the allowance for credit losses. They are intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes in risk rating and inherent losses and do not imply any expectation of future deterioration in the risk rating or loss rates. Given current processes employed by the Company, management believes the risk ratings and inherent loss rates currently assigned are appropriate. It is possible that others, given the same information, may at any point in time reach different reasonable conclusions that could be significant to the Company’s financial statements. Refer to the “Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses” section for further information.

Fair Value Estimates A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with changes in fair value recorded either through earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with applicable accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These include all of the

Company’s available-for-sale investment securities, derivatives and other trading instruments, MSRs and MLHFS. The estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower-of-cost-or-fair value. The determination of fair value is important for certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates including goodwill and other intangible assets, impaired loans, OREO and other repossessed assets.

Fair value is generally defined as the exit price at which an asset or liability could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing, unrelated parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value is based on quoted market prices in an active market, or if market prices are not available, is estimated using models employing techniques such as matrix pricing or discounting expected cash flows. The significant assumptions used in the models, which include assumptions for interest rates, discount rates, prepayments and credit losses, are independently verified against observable market data where possible. Where observable market data is not available, the estimate of fair value becomes more subjective and involves a high degree of judgment. In this circumstance, fair value is estimated based on management’s judgment regarding the value that market participants would assign to the asset or liability. This valuation process takes into consideration factors such as market illiquidity. Imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount recorded on the balance sheet for a particular asset or liability with related impacts to earnings or other comprehensive income (loss).

When available, trading and available-for-sale securities are valued based on quoted market prices. However, certain securities are traded less actively and therefore, quoted market prices may not be available. The determination of fair value may require benchmarking to similar instruments or performing a discounted cash flow analysis using estimates of future cash flows and prepayment, interest and default rates. An example is non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities. For more information on investment securities, refer to Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

As few derivative contracts are listed on an exchange, the majority of the Company’s derivative positions are valued using valuation techniques that use readily observable market inputs. Certain derivatives, however, must be valued using techniques that include unobservable inputs. For these instruments, the significant assumptions must be estimated and therefore, are subject to judgment. Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides a summary of the Company’s derivative positions.

Refer to Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding estimations of fair value.

— 76 —

Purchased Loans and Related Indemnification Assets In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009, all purchased loans and related indemnification assets arising from loss-sharing arrangements with the FDIC are recorded at fair value at date of purchase. The initial valuation of these loans and the related indemnification assets requires management to make subjective judgments concerning estimates about how the acquired loans will perform in the future using valuation methods including discounted cash flow analysis and independent third party appraisals. Factors that may significantly affect the initial valuation include, among others, market-based and industry data related to expected changes in interest rates, assumptions related to probability and severity of credit losses, estimated timing of credit losses including the foreclosure and liquidation of collateral, expected prepayment rates, required or anticipated loan modifications, unfunded loan commitments, the specific terms and provisions of any loss sharing agreements, and specific industry and market conditions that may impact discount rates and independent third party appraisals.

On an ongoing basis, the accounting for purchased loans and related indemnification assets follows applicable authoritative accounting guidance for purchased non-impaired loans and purchased impaired loans. Refer to Notes 1 and 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. In addition, refer to the “Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses” section for information on the determination of the required allowance for credit losses, if any, for these loans.

Mortgage Servicing Rights MSRs are capitalized as separate assets when loans are sold and servicing is retained, or may be purchased from others. The Company records MSRs at fair value. Because MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices, the Company determines the fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows utilizing market-based prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions validated through comparison to trade information, industry surveys and independent third party valuations. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are recorded in earnings during the period in which they occur. Risks inherent in the MSRs’ valuation include higher than expected prepayment rates and/or delayed receipt of cash flows. The Company may utilize derivatives, including interest rate swaps, forward commitments to buy TBAs, and futures and options contracts, to mitigate the valuation risk. Refer to Notes 10 and 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs and an analysis of the sensitivity to

changes in interest rates of the fair value of the MSRs portfolio and the related derivative instruments used to mitigate the valuation risk.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles The Company records all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangibles, at fair value. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject, at a minimum, to annual tests for impairment. In certain situations, interim impairment tests may be required if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using straight-line and accelerated methods and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount.

The initial recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets and subsequent impairment analysis require management to make subjective judgments concerning estimates of how the acquired assets will perform in the future using valuation methods including discounted cash flow analysis. Additionally, estimated cash flows may extend beyond ten years and, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended timeframe. Events and factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures, technology, changes in discount rates and specific industry and market conditions. In determining the reasonableness of cash flow estimates, the Company reviews historical performance of the underlying assets or similar assets in an effort to assess and validate assumptions utilized in its estimates.

In assessing the fair value of reporting units, the Company considers the stage of the current business cycle and potential changes in market conditions in estimating the timing and extent of future cash flows. Also, management often utilizes other information to validate the reasonableness of its valuations, including public market comparables, and multiples of recent mergers and acquisitions of similar businesses. Valuation multiples may be based on revenue, price-to-earnings and tangible capital ratios of comparable public companies and business segments. These multiples may be adjusted to consider competitive differences, including size, operating leverage and other factors. The carrying amount of a reporting unit is determined based on the amount of equity required for the reporting unit’s activities, considering the specific assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The Company determines the amount of equity for each reporting unit on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements, and includes deductions

— 77 —

and limitations related to certain types of assets including MSRs, purchased credit card relationship intangibles, and capital markets activity in the Company’s Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate segment. The Company does not assign corporate assets and liabilities to reporting units that do not relate to the operations of the reporting unit or are not considered in determining the fair value of the reporting unit. These assets and liabilities primarily relate to the Company’s investment securities portfolio and other investments (including direct equity investments, bank-owned life insurance and tax-advantaged investments) and corporate debt and other funding liabilities. In the most recent goodwill impairment test, the portion of the Company’s total equity allocated to the Treasury and Corporate Support operating segment included approximately $3 billion in excess of the economic and regulatory capital requirements of that segment.

The Company’s annual assessment of potential goodwill impairment was completed during the second quarter of 2015. Based on the results of this assessment, no goodwill impairment was recognized. The Company continues to monitor goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment indicators throughout the year.

Income Taxes The Company estimates income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to the various tax jurisdictions in which it operates, including federal, state and local domestic jurisdictions, and an insignificant amount to foreign jurisdictions. The estimated income tax expense is reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Accrued taxes are reported in other assets or other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing jurisdictions either currently or deferred to future periods. Deferred taxes arise from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting purposes versus income tax reporting purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if, in management’s judgment, their realizability is determined to be more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit management believes is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement. In estimating accrued taxes, the Company assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax

treatment considering statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of the tax position. Because of the complexity of tax laws and regulations, interpretation can be difficult and subject to legal judgment given specific facts and circumstances. It is possible that others, given the same information, may at any point in time reach different reasonable conclusions regarding the estimated amounts of accrued taxes.

Changes in the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being conducted by various taxing authorities, and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance that impacts the relative merits and risks of tax positions. These changes, when they occur, affect accrued taxes and can be significant to the operating results of the Company. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding income taxes.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). Based upon this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there was no change made in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

The annual report of the Company’s management on internal control over financial reporting is provided on page 79. The attestation report of Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent accountants, regarding the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is provided on page 81.

— 78 —

Report of Management

Responsibility for the financial statements and other information presented throughout this Annual Report rests with the management of U.S. Bancorp. The Company believes the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and present the substance of transactions based on the circumstances and management’s best estimates and judgment.

In meeting its responsibilities for the reliability of the financial statements, management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s system of internal control is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of publicly filed financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

To test compliance, the Company carries out an extensive audit program. This program includes a review for compliance with written policies and procedures and a comprehensive review of the adequacy and effectiveness of the system of internal control. Although control procedures are designed and tested, it must be recognized that there are limits inherent in all systems of internal control and, therefore, errors and irregularities may nevertheless occur. Also, estimates and judgments are required to assess and balance the relative cost and expected benefits of the controls. Projection of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Board of Directors of the Company has an Audit Committee composed of directors who are independent of U.S. Bancorp. The Audit Committee meets periodically with management, the internal auditors and the independent accountants to consider audit results and to discuss internal accounting control, auditing and financial reporting matters.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in its Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes the Company designed and maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.

The Company’s independent accountants, Ernst & Young LLP, have been engaged to render an independent professional opinion on the financial statements and issue an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Their opinion on the financial statements appearing on page 80 and their attestation on internal control over financial reporting appearing on page 81 are based on procedures conducted in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

— 79 —

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of U.S. Bancorp:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of U.S. Bancorp as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of U.S. Bancorp’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of U.S. Bancorp at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), U.S. Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 25, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Minneapolis, Minnesota

February 25, 2016

— 80 —

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of U.S. Bancorp:

We have audited U.S. Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). U.S. Bancorp’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on U.S. Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, U.S. Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of U.S. Bancorp as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 and our report dated February 25, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Minneapolis, Minnesota

February 25, 2016

— 81 —

Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheet	83
Consolidated Statement of Income	84
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income	85
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity	86
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows	87
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1 — Significant Accounting Policies	88
Note 2 — Accounting Changes	96
Note 3 — Business Combinations	96
Note 4 — Restrictions on Cash and Due From Banks	96
Note 5 — Investment Securities	97
Note 6 — Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses	100
Note 7 — Leases	108
Note 8 — Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities	108
Note 9 — Premises and Equipment	110
Note 10 — Mortgage Servicing Rights	110
Note 11 — Intangible Assets	111
Note 12 — Short-Term Borrowings	112
Note 13 — Long-Term Debt	113
Note 14 — Junior Subordinated Debentures	113
Note 15 — Shareholders’ Equity	114
Note 16 — Earnings Per Share	119
Note 17 — Employee Benefits	119
Note 18 — Stock-Based Compensation	124
Note 19 — Income Taxes	126
Note 20 — Derivative Instruments	127
Note 21 — Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities	132
Note 22 — Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities	134
Note 23 — Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities	143
Note 24 — U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company)	148
Note 25 — Subsequent Events	149

— 82 —

U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Balance Sheet

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	11,147		$	10,654
Investment securities
Held-to-maturity (fair value $43,493 and $45,140, respectively; including $526 at fair value pledged as collateral at December 31, 2014)(a)		43,590			44,974
Available-for-sale ($1,018 and $330 pledged as collateral, respectively)(a)		61,997			56,069
Loans held for sale (including $3,110 and $4,774 of mortgage loans carried at fair value, respectively)		3,184			4,792
Loans
Commercial		88,402			80,377
Commercial real estate		42,137			42,795
Residential mortgages		53,496			51,619
Credit card		21,012			18,515
Other retail		51,206			49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		256,253			242,570
Covered loans		4,596			5,281
Total loans		260,849			247,851
Less allowance for loan losses		(3,863	)		(4,039	)
Net loans		256,986			243,812
Premises and equipment		2,513			2,618
Goodwill		9,361			9,389
Other intangible assets		3,350			3,162
Other assets (including $121 and $157 of trading securities at fair value pledged as collateral, respectively)(a)		29,725			27,059
Total assets	$	421,853		$	402,529
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing	$	83,766		$	77,323
Interest-bearing(b)		216,634			205,410
Total deposits		300,400			282,733
Short-term borrowings		27,877			29,893
Long-term debt		32,078			32,260
Other liabilities		14,681			13,475
Total liabilities		375,036			358,361
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock		5,501			4,756
Common stock, par value $0.01 a share — authorized: 4,000,000,000 shares; issued: 2015 and 2014 —2,125,725,742 shares		21			21
Capital surplus		8,376			8,313
Retained earnings		46,377			42,530
Less cost of common stock in treasury: 2015 — 380,534,801 shares; 2014 — 339,859,034 shares		(13,125	)		(11,245	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(1,019	)		(896	)
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity		46,131			43,479
Noncontrolling interests		686			689
Total equity		46,817			44,168
Total liabilities and equity	$	421,853		$	402,529

(a) Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

(b) lncludes time deposits greater than $250,000 balances of $2.6 billion and $5.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

— 83 —

U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Statement of Income

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)	2015			2014			2013
Interest Income
Loans	$	10,059		$	10,113		$	10,277
Loans held for sale		206			128			203
Investment securities		2,001			1,866			1,631
Other interest income		136			121			174
Total interest income		12,402			12,228			12,285
Interest Expense
Deposits		457			465			561
Short-term borrowings		245			263			353
Long-term debt		699			725			767
Total interest expense		1,401			1,453			1,681
Net interest income		11,001			10,775			10,604
Provision for credit losses		1,132			1,229			1,340
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		9,869			9,546			9,264
Noninterest Income
Credit and debit card revenue		1,070			1,021			965
Corporate payment products revenue		708			724			706
Merchant processing services		1,547			1,511			1,458
ATM processing services		318			321			327
Trust and investment management fees		1,321			1,252			1,139
Deposit service charges		702			693			670
Treasury management fees		561			545			538
Commercial products revenue		867			854			859
Mortgage banking revenue		906			1,009			1,356
Investment products fees		185			191			178
Securities gains (losses), net
Realized gains (losses), net		1			11			23
Total other-than-temporary impairment		(1	)		(7	)		(6	)
Portion of other-than-temporary impairment recognized in other comprehensive income		–			(1	)		(8	)
Total securities gains (losses), net		–			3			9
Other		907			1,040			569
Total noninterest income		9,092			9,164			8,774
Noninterest Expense
Compensation		4,812			4,523			4,371
Employee benefits		1,167			1,041			1,140
Net occupancy and equipment		991			987			949
Professional services		423			414			381
Marketing and business development		361			382			357
Technology and communications		887			863			848
Postage, printing and supplies		297			328			310
Other intangibles		174			199			223
Other		1,819			1,978			1,695
Total noninterest expense		10,931			10,715			10,274
Income before income taxes		8,030			7,995			7,764
Applicable income taxes		2,097			2,087			2,032
Net income		5,933			5,908			5,732
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests		(54	)		(57	)		104
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$	5,608		$	5,583		$	5,552
Earnings per common share	$	3.18		$	3.10		$	3.02
Diluted earnings per common share	$	3.16		$	3.08		$	3.00
Dividends declared per common share	$	1.010		$	.965		$	.885
Average common shares outstanding		1,764			1,803			1,839
Average diluted common shares outstanding		1,772			1,813			1,849

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

— 84 —

U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Net income	$	5,933		$	5,908		$	5,732
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale		(457	)		764			(1,223	)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		–			1			8
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative hedges		(25	)		(41	)		37
Foreign currency translation		20			(4	)		(34	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on retirement plans		(142	)		(733	)		590
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		393			297			373
Income taxes related to other comprehensive income (loss)		88			(109	)		101
Total other comprehensive income (loss)		(123	)		175			(148	)
Comprehensive income		5,810			6,083			5,584
Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests		(54	)		(57	)		104
Comprehensive income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,756		$	6,026		$	5,688

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

— 85 —

U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity

	U.S. Bancorp Shareholders
(Dollars and Shares in Millions)	Common Shares Outstanding			Preferred Stock			Common Stock		Capital Surplus			Retained Earnings			Treasury Stock			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total U.S. Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity			Noncontrolling Interests			Total Equity
Balance December 31, 2012		1,869		$	4,769		$	21	$	8,201		$	34,720		$	(7,790	)	$	(923	)	$	38,998		$	1,269		$	40,267
Net income (loss)													5,836									5,836			(104	)		5,732
Other comprehensive income (loss)																			(148	)		(148	)					(148	)
Redemption of preferred stock					(500	)				8			(8	)								(500	)					(500	)
Preferred stock dividends													(250	)								(250	)					(250	)
Common stock dividends													(1,631	)								(1,631	)					(1,631	)
Issuance of preferred stock					487																	487						487
Issuance of common and treasury stock		21								(100	)					650						550						550
Purchase of treasury stock		(65	)													(2,336	)					(2,336	)					(2,336	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests																						–			(62	)		(62	)
Net other changes in noncontrolling interests																						–			(409	)		(409	)
Stock option and restricted stock grants										107												107						107
Balance December 31, 2013		1,825		$	4,756		$	21	$	8,216		$	38,667		$	(9,476	)	$	(1,071	)	$	41,113		$	694		$	41,807
Net income (loss)													5,851									5,851			57			5,908
Other comprehensive income (loss)																			175			175						175
Preferred stock dividends													(243	)								(243	)					(243	)
Common stock dividends													(1,745	)								(1,745	)					(1,745	)
Issuance of common and treasury stock		15								(13	)					493						480						480
Purchase of treasury stock		(54	)													(2,262	)					(2,262	)					(2,262	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests																						–			(59	)		(59	)
Net other changes in noncontrolling interests																						–			(3	)		(3	)
Stock option and restricted stock grants										110												110						110
Balance December 31, 2014		1,786		$	4,756		$	21	$	8,313		$	42,530		$	(11,245	)	$	(896	)	$	43,479		$	689		$	44,168
Net income (loss)													5,879									5,879			54			5,933
Other comprehensive income (loss)																			(123	)		(123	)					(123	)
Preferred stock dividends													(247	)								(247	)					(247	)
Common stock dividends													(1,785	)								(1,785	)					(1,785	)
Issuance of preferred stock					745																	745						745
Issuance of common and treasury stock		11								(55	)					366						311						311
Purchase of treasury stock		(52	)													(2,246	)					(2,246	)					(2,246	)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests																						–			(55	)		(55	)
Net other changes in noncontrolling interests																						–			(2	)		(2	)
Stock option and restricted stock grants										118												118						118
Balance December 31, 2015		1,745		$	5,501		$	21	$	8,376		$	46,377		$	(13,125	)	$	(1,019	)	$	46,131		$	686		$	46,817

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

— 86 —

U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Operating Activities
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Provision for credit losses		1,132			1,229			1,340
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment		307			302			297
Amortization of intangibles		174			199			223
(Gain) loss on sale of loans held for sale		(993	)		(801	)		(1,044	)
(Gain) loss on sale of securities and other assets		(403	)		(595	)		(74	)
Loans originated for sale in the secondary market, net of repayments		(43,312	)		(30,858	)		(56,698	)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale		45,211			29,962			61,681
Other, net		787			43			(115	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		8,782			5,332			11,446
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities		690			475			947
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity investment securities		10,567			9,479			8,587
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale investment securities		13,395			7,212			10,147
Purchases of held-to-maturity investment securities		(9,234	)		(15,597	)		(13,218	)
Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities		(20,502	)		(21,752	)		(13,146	)
Net increase in loans outstanding		(11,788	)		(12,873	)		(12,331	)
Proceeds from sales of loans		1,723			1,657			819
Purchases of loans		(4,475	)		(2,355	)		(2,468	)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		–			3,436			(58	)
Other, net		(1,526	)		506			(303	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(21,150	)		(29,812	)		(21,024	)
Financing Activities
Net increase in deposits		18,290			15,822			12,940
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings		(2,016	)		2,285			1,306
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		5,067			16,394			2,041
Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt		(5,311	)		(4,128	)		(2,883	)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		745			–			487
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		295			453			524
Redemption of preferred stock		–			–			(500	)
Repurchase of common stock		(2,190	)		(2,200	)		(2,282	)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock		(242	)		(243	)		(254	)
Cash dividends paid on common stock		(1,777	)		(1,726	)		(1,576	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		12,861			26,657			9,803
Change in cash and due from banks		493			2,177			225
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year		10,654			8,477			8,252
Cash and due from banks at end of year	$	11,147		$	10,654		$	8,477
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures
Cash paid for income taxes	$	742		$	748		$	812
Cash paid for interest		1,434			1,476			1,759
Net noncash transfers to foreclosed property		204			199			323
Acquisitions
Assets (sold) acquired	$	–		$	1,376		$	126
Liabilities sold (assumed)		–			(4,797	)		(24	)
Net	$	–		$	(3,421	)	$	102

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

— 87 —

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  NOTE 1   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

U.S. Bancorp is a multi-state financial services holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) provide a full range of financial services, including lending and depository services through banking offices principally in the Midwest and West regions of the United States. The Company also engages in credit card, merchant, and ATM processing, mortgage banking, insurance, trust and investment management, brokerage, and leasing activities, principally in domestic markets.

Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries and all variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Consolidation eliminates all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain items in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Uses of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual experience could differ from those estimates.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

Within the Company, financial performance is measured by major lines of business based on the products and services provided to customers through its distribution channels. The Company has five reportable operating segments:

Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate offers lending, equipment finance and small-ticket leasing, depository services, treasury management, capital markets, international trade services and other financial services to middle market, large corporate, commercial real estate, financial institution, non-profit and public sector clients.

Consumer and Small Business Banking Consumer and Small Business Banking delivers products and services through banking offices, telephone servicing and sales, on-line services, direct mail, ATM processing and mobile devices, such as mobile phones and tablet computers. It encompasses community banking, metropolitan banking and indirect lending, as well as mortgage banking.

Wealth Management and Securities Services Wealth Management and Securities Services provides private banking, financial advisory services, investment management, retail brokerage services, insurance, trust, custody and fund servicing through five businesses: Wealth Management, Corporate Trust Services, U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Institutional Trust & Custody and Fund Services.

Payment Services Payment Services includes consumer and business credit cards, stored-value cards, debit cards, corporate, government and purchasing card services, consumer lines of credit and merchant processing.

Treasury and Corporate Support Treasury and Corporate Support includes the Company’s investment portfolios, most covered commercial and commercial real estate loans and related other real estate owned (“OREO”), funding, capital management, interest rate risk management, income taxes not allocated to business lines, including most investments in tax-advantaged projects, and the residual aggregate of those expenses associated with corporate activities that are managed on a consolidated basis.

Segment Results Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as those used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. For details of these methodologies and segment results, see “Basis for Financial Presentation” and Table 25 “Line of Business Financial Performance” included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

SECURITIES

Realized gains or losses on securities are determined on a trade date basis based on the specific amortized cost of the investments sold.

Trading Securities Debt and equity securities held for resale are classified as trading securities and are included in other assets and reported at fair value. Changes in fair value and realized gains or losses are reported in noninterest income.

Available-for-sale Securities These securities are not trading securities but may be sold before maturity in response to changes in the Company’s interest rate risk profile, funding needs, demand for collateralized deposits by public entities or

— 88 —

other reasons. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. Declines in fair value for credit-related other-than-temporary impairment, if any, are reported in noninterest income.

Held-to-maturity Securities Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Declines in fair value for credit-related other-than-temporary impairment, if any, are reported in noninterest income.

Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions with a receivable or payable recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold, plus accrued interest. Collateral requirements are continually monitored and additional collateral is received or provided as required. The Company records a receivable or payable for cash collateral paid or received.

EQUITY INVESTMENTS IN OPERATING ENTITIES

Equity investments in public entities in which the Company’s ownership is less than 20 percent are generally accounted for as available-for-sale securities and are carried at fair value. Similar investments in private entities are accounted for using the cost method. Investments in entities where the Company has a significant influence (generally between 20 percent and 50 percent ownership), but does not control the entity, are accounted for using the equity method. Investments in limited partnerships and limited liability companies where the Company’s ownership interest is greater than 5 percent are accounted for using the equity method. All equity investments are evaluated for impairment at least annually and more frequently if certain criteria are met.

LOANS

The Company offers a broad array of lending products and categorizes its loan portfolio into three segments, which is the level at which it develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. The Company’s three loan portfolio segments are commercial lending, consumer lending and covered loans. The Company further disaggregates its loan portfolio segments into various classes based on their underlying risk characteristics. The two classes within the commercial lending segment are commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. The three

classes within the consumer lending segment are residential mortgages, credit card loans and other retail loans. The covered loan segment consists of only one class.

The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are originated or purchased, and for purchased loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount related to evidence of credit deterioration since date of origination.

Originated Loans Held for Investment Loans the Company originates as held for investment are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees or costs, and any direct principal charge-offs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balances as earned. Loan and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan and/or commitment period as yield adjustments.

Purchased Loans All purchased loans (non-impaired and impaired) acquired after January 1, 2009 are initially measured at fair value as of the acquisition date in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Credit discounts are included in the determination of fair value. An allowance for credit losses is not recorded at the acquisition date for loans purchased after January 1, 2009. In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance, purchased non-impaired loans acquired in a business combination prior to January 1, 2009 were generally recorded at the predecessor’s carrying value including an allowance for credit losses.

In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased impaired loans, and in subsequent accounting, the Company generally aggregates purchased consumer loans and certain smaller balance commercial loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics, while accounting for larger balance commercial loans individually. Expected cash flows at the purchase date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the purchase date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the purchase date are recognized as interest income prospectively. The present value of any decreases in expected cash flows, other than from decreases in variable interest rates, after the purchase date is recognized by recording an allowance for credit losses. Revolving loans, including lines of credit and credit cards loans, and leases are excluded from purchased impaired loans accounting.

For purchased loans acquired after January 1, 2009 that are not deemed impaired at acquisition, credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value. Subsequent to

— 89 —

the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records a provision for credit losses only when the required allowance exceeds any remaining credit discounts. The remaining differences between the purchase price and the unpaid principal balance at the date of acquisition are recorded in interest income over the life of the loans.

Covered Assets Loans covered under loss sharing or similar credit protection agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) are reported in loans along with the related indemnification asset. Foreclosed real estate covered under similar agreements is recorded in other assets. In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009, all purchased loans and related indemnification assets are recorded at fair value at the date of purchase.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company amortizes any reduction in expected cash flows from the FDIC resulting from increases in expected cash flows from the covered assets (when there are no previous valuation allowances to reverse) over the shorter of the remaining contractual term of the indemnification agreements or the remaining life of the covered assets. Prior to January 1, 2013, the Company considered such increases in expected cash flows of purchased loans and decreases in expected cash flows of the FDIC indemnification assets together and recognized them over the remaining life of the loans.

Commitments to Extend Credit Unfunded commitments for residential mortgage loans intended to be held for sale are considered derivatives and recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income. All other unfunded loan commitments are not considered derivatives and are not reported on the balance sheet. For loans purchased after January 1, 2009, the fair value of the unfunded credit commitments is generally considered in the determination of the fair value of the loans recorded at the date of acquisition. Reserves for credit exposure on all other unfunded credit commitments are recorded in other liabilities.

Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, and includes certain amounts that do not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The allowance for credit losses is increased through provisions charged to operating earnings and reduced by net charge-offs. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to ensure it appropriately reserves for incurred losses.

The allowance recorded for loans in the commercial lending segment is based on reviews of individual credit relationships and considers the migration analysis of commercial lending segment loans and actual loss experience. In the migration analysis applied to risk rated loan portfolios, the Company currently examines up to a 15-year period of loss experience. For each loan type, this historical loss experience is adjusted as necessary to consider any relevant changes in portfolio composition, lending policies, underwriting standards, risk management practices or economic conditions. The results of the analysis are evaluated quarterly to confirm an appropriate historical time frame is selected for each commercial loan type. The allowance recorded for impaired loans greater than $5 million in the commercial lending segment is based on an individual loan analysis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate, the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, for collateral-dependent loans, rather than the migration analysis. The allowance recorded for all other commercial lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, portfolio growth and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. The Company also considers the impacts of any loan modifications made to commercial lending segment loans and any subsequent payment defaults to its expectations of cash flows, principal balance, and current expectations about the borrower’s ability to pay in determining the allowance for credit losses.

The allowance recorded for Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”) loans and purchased impaired loans in the consumer lending segment is determined on a homogenous pool basis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate of the pool, or the prior quarter effective rate, respectively. The allowance for collateral-dependent loans in the consumer lending segment is determined based on the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. The allowance recorded for all other consumer lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, delinquency status, refreshed loan-to-value ratios when possible, portfolio growth and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. The Company also considers any modifications made to consumer lending segment loans including the impacts of any subsequent payment defaults since modification in determining the allowance for credit losses, such as the borrower’s ability to pay under the restructured terms, and the timing and amount of payments.

— 90 —

The allowance for the covered loan segment is evaluated each quarter in a manner similar to that described for non-covered loans and reflects decreases in expected cash flows of those loans after the acquisition date. The provision for credit losses for covered loans considers the indemnification provided by the FDIC.

In addition, subsequent payment defaults on loan modifications considered TDRs are considered in the underlying factors used in the determination of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses. For each loan segment, the Company estimates future loan charge-offs through a variety of analysis, trends and underlying assumptions. With respect to the commercial lending segment, TDRs may be collectively evaluated for impairment where observed performance history, including defaults, is a primary driver of the loss allocation. For commercial TDRs individually evaluated for impairment, attributes of the borrower are the primary factors in determining the allowance for credit losses. However, historical loss experience is also incorporated into the allowance methodology applied to this category of loans. With respect to the consumer lending segment, performance of the portfolio, including defaults on TDRs, is considered when estimating future cash flows.

The Company’s methodology for determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses for each loan segment also considers the imprecision inherent in the methodologies used. As a result, in addition to the amounts determined under the methodologies described above, management also considers the potential impact of other qualitative factors which include, but are not limited to, economic factors; geographic and other concentration risks; delinquency and nonaccrual trends; current business conditions; changes in lending policy, underwriting standards, internal review and other relevant business practices; and the regulatory environment. The consideration of these items results in adjustments to allowance amounts included in the Company’s allowance for credit losses for each of the above loan segments.

The Company also assesses the credit risk associated with off-balance sheet loan commitments, letters of credit, and derivatives. Credit risk associated with derivatives is reflected in the fair values recorded for those positions. The liability for off-balance sheet credit exposure related to loan commitments and other credit guarantees is included in other liabilities. Because business processes and credit risks associated with unfunded credit commitments are essentially the same as for loans, the Company utilizes similar processes to estimate its liability for unfunded credit commitments.

Credit Quality The quality of the Company’s loan portfolios is assessed as a function of net credit losses, levels of

nonperforming assets and delinquencies, and credit quality ratings as defined by the Company.

For all loan classes, loans are considered past due based on the number of days delinquent except for monthly amortizing loans which are classified delinquent based upon the number of contractually required payments not made (for example, two missed payments is considered 30 days delinquent). When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed.

Commercial lending segment loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal and interest has become 90 days past due or is otherwise considered doubtful. Commercial lending segment loans are generally fully or partially charged down to the fair value of the collateral securing the loan, less costs to sell, when the loan is considered uncollectible.

Consumer lending segment loans are generally charged-off at a specific number of days or payments past due. Residential mortgages and other retail loans secured by 1-4 family properties are generally charged down to the fair value of the collateral securing the loan, less costs to sell, at 180 days past due, and placed on nonaccrual status in instances where a partial charge-off occurs unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Loans and lines in a junior lien position secured by 1-4 family properties are placed on nonaccrual status at 120 days past due or when behind a first lien that has become 180 days or greater past due or placed on nonaccrual status. Any secured consumer lending segment loan whose borrower has had debt discharged through bankruptcy, for which the loan amount exceeds the fair value of the collateral, is charged down to the fair value of the related collateral and the remaining balance is placed on nonaccrual status. Credit card loans continue to accrue interest until the account is charged off. Credit cards are charged off at 180 days past due. Other retail loans not secured by 1-4 family properties are charged-off at 120 days past due; and revolving consumer lines are charged off at 180 days past due. Similar to credit cards, other retail loans are generally not placed on nonaccrual status because of the relative short period of time to charge-off. Certain retail customers having financial difficulties may have the terms of their credit card and other loan agreements modified to require only principal payments and, as such, are reported as nonaccrual.

For all loan classes, interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally recorded as a reduction to a loan’s carrying amount while a loan is on nonaccrual and are recognized as interest income upon payoff of the loan. However, interest income may be recognized for interest payments if the remaining carrying amount of the loan is believed to be collectible. In certain circumstances, loans in

— 91 —

any class may be restored to accrual status, such as when a loan has demonstrated sustained repayment performance or no amounts are past due and prospects for future payment are no longer in doubt; or when the loan becomes well secured and is in the process of collection. Loans where there has been a partial charge-off may be returned to accrual status if all principal and interest (including amounts previously charged-off) is expected to be collected and the loan is current.

Covered loans not considered to be purchased impaired are evaluated for delinquency, nonaccrual status and charge-off consistent with the class of loan they would be included in had the loss share coverage not been in place. Generally, purchased impaired loans are considered accruing loans. However, the timing and amount of future cash flows for some loans is not reasonably estimable, and those loans are classified as nonaccrual loans with interest income not recognized until the timing and amount of the future cash flows can be reasonably estimated.

The Company classifies its loan portfolios using internal credit quality ratings on a quarterly basis. These ratings include: pass, special mention and classified, and are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management process and evaluation of the allowance for credit losses. Loans with a pass rating represent those not classified on the Company’s rating scale for problem credits, as minimal credit risk has been identified. Special mention loans are those that have a potential weakness deserving management’s close attention. Classified loans are those where a well-defined weakness has been identified that may put full collection of contractual cash flows at risk. It is possible that others, given the same information, may reach different reasonable conclusions regarding the credit quality rating classification of specific loans.

Troubled Debt Restructurings In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. Concessionary modifications are classified as TDRs unless the modification results in only an insignificant delay in payments to be received. The Company recognizes interest on TDRs if the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions as agreed upon with the Company and has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles, which is generally six months or greater. To the extent a previous restructuring was insignificant, the Company considers the cumulative effect of past restructurings related to the receivable when determining whether a current restructuring is a TDR. Loans classified as TDRs are considered impaired loans for reporting and measurement purposes.

The Company has implemented certain restructuring programs that may result in TDRs. However, many of the Company’s TDRs are also determined on a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes.

For the commercial lending segment, modifications generally result in the Company working with borrowers on a case-by-case basis. Commercial and commercial real estate modifications generally include extensions of the maturity date and may be accompanied by an increase or decrease to the interest rate, which may not be deemed a market rate of interest. In addition, the Company may work with the borrower in identifying other changes that mitigate loss to the Company, which may include additional collateral or guarantees to support the loan. To a lesser extent, the Company may waive contractual principal. The Company classifies all of the above concessions as TDRs to the extent the Company determines that the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty.

Modifications for the consumer lending segment are generally part of programs the Company has initiated. The Company participates in the U.S. Department of Treasury Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). HAMP gives qualifying homeowners an opportunity to permanently modify residential mortgage loans and achieve more affordable monthly payments, with the U.S. Department of Treasury compensating the Company for a portion of the reduction in monthly amounts due from borrowers participating in this program. The Company also modifies residential mortgage loans under Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, or its own internal programs. Under these programs, the Company provides concessions to qualifying borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. The concessions may include adjustments to interest rates, conversion of adjustable rates to fixed rates, extension of maturity dates or deferrals of payments, capitalization of accrued interest and/or outstanding advances, or in limited situations, partial forgiveness of loan principal. In most instances, participation in residential mortgage loan restructuring programs requires the customer to complete a short-term trial period. A permanent loan modification is contingent on the customer successfully completing the trial period arrangement and the loan documents are not modified until that time. The Company reports loans in a trial period arrangement as TDRs and continues to report them as TDRs after the trial period.

Credit card and other retail loan TDRs are generally part of distinct restructuring programs providing customers experiencing financial difficulty with modifications whereby balances may be amortized up to 60 months, and generally include waiver of fees and reduced interest rates.

— 92 —

In addition, the Company considers secured loans to consumer borrowers that have debt discharged through bankruptcy where the borrower has not reaffirmed the debt to be TDRs.

Modifications to loans in the covered segment are similar in nature to that described above for non-covered loans, and the evaluation and determination of TDR status is similar, except that acquired loans restructured after acquisition are not considered TDRs for accounting and disclosure purposes if the loans evidenced credit deterioration as of the acquisition date and are accounted for in pools. Losses associated with the modification on covered loans, including the economic impact of interest rate reductions, are generally eligible for reimbursement under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

Impaired Loans For all loan classes, a loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current events or information, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due per the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include all nonaccrual and TDR loans. For all loan classes, interest income on TDR loans is recognized under the modified terms and conditions if the borrower has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles. Interest income is generally not recognized on other impaired loans until the loan is paid off. However, interest income may be recognized for interest payments if the remaining carrying amount of the loan is believed to be collectible.

Factors used by the Company in determining whether all principal and interest payments due on commercial and commercial real estate loans will be collected and therefore whether those loans are impaired include, but are not limited to, the financial condition of the borrower, collateral and/or guarantees on the loan, and the borrower’s estimated future ability to pay based on industry, geographic location and certain financial ratios. The evaluation of impairment on residential mortgages, credit card loans and other retail loans is primarily driven by delinquency status of individual loans or whether a loan has been modified, and considers any government guarantee where applicable. Individual covered loans, whose future losses are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that substantially reduce the risk of credit losses to the Company, are evaluated for impairment and accounted for in a manner consistent with the class of loan they would have been included in had the loss sharing coverage not been in place.

Leases The Company’s lease portfolio includes both direct financing and leveraged leases. The net investment in direct

financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Unearned income is recorded in interest income over the terms of the leases to produce a level yield.

The investment in leveraged leases is the sum of all lease payments, less nonrecourse debt payments, plus estimated residual values, less unearned income. Income from leveraged leases is recognized over the term of the leases based on the unrecovered equity investment.

Residual values on leased assets are reviewed regularly for other-than-temporary impairment. Residual valuations for retail automobile leases are based on independent assessments of expected used car sale prices at the end-of-term. Impairment tests are conducted based on these valuations considering the probability of the lessee returning the asset to the Company, re-marketing efforts, insurance coverage and ancillary fees and costs. Valuations for commercial leases are based upon external or internal management appraisals. When there is impairment of the Company’s interest in the residual value of a leased asset, the carrying value is reduced to the estimated fair value with the writedown recognized in the current period.

Other Real Estate OREO is included in other assets, and is property acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings on defaulted loans. OREO is initially recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs. The fair value of OREO is evaluated regularly and any decreases in value along with holding costs, such as taxes and insurance, are reported in noninterest expense.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Loans held for sale (“LHFS”) represent mortgage loans intended to be sold in the secondary market and other loans that management has an active plan to sell. LHFS are carried at the lower-of-cost-or-fair value as determined on an aggregate basis by type of loan with the exception of loans for which the Company has elected fair value accounting, which are carried at fair value. The credit component of any writedowns upon the transfer of loans to LHFS is reflected in loan charge-offs.

Where an election is made to carry the LHFS at fair value, any change in fair value is recognized in noninterest income. Where an election is made to carry LHFS at lower-of-cost-or-fair value, any further decreases are recognized in noninterest income and increases in fair value above the loan cost basis are not recognized until the loans are sold. Fair value elections are made at the time of origination or purchase based on the Company’s fair value election policy. The Company has elected fair value accounting for substantially all its mortgage loans held for sale (“MLHFS”).

— 93 —

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions to manage various risks and to accommodate the business requirements of its customers. Derivative instruments are reported in other assets or other liabilities at fair value. Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.

All derivative instruments that qualify and are designated for hedge accounting are recorded at fair value and classified as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value hedge”); a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”); or a hedge of the volatility of an investment in foreign operations driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (“net investment hedge”). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated as a fair value hedge, and the offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item, are recorded in earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until cash flows of the hedged item are realized. Any change in fair value resulting from hedge ineffectiveness is immediately recorded in noninterest income. Changes in the fair value of net investment hedges that are highly effective are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). The Company performs an assessment, at inception and, at a minimum, quarterly thereafter, to determine the effectiveness of the derivative in offsetting changes in the value or cash flows of the hedged item(s).

If a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or ceases to be highly effective, the gain or loss in other comprehensive income (loss) is amortized to earnings over the period the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings. If a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is ceased and any gain or loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) is reported in earnings immediately, unless the forecasted transaction is at least reasonably possible of occurring, whereby the amounts remain within other comprehensive income (loss).

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenue as it is earned based on contractual terms, as transactions occur, or as services are provided and collectability is reasonably assured. In certain circumstances, noninterest income is reported net of associated expenses that are directly related to variable volume-based sales or revenue sharing arrangements or

when the Company acts on an agency basis for others. Certain specific policies include the following:

Credit and Debit Card Revenue Credit and debit card revenue includes interchange from consumer credit and debit cards processed through card association networks, annual fees, and other transaction and account management fees. Interchange rates are generally set by the credit card associations and based on purchase volumes and other factors. The Company records interchange as transactions occur. Transaction and account management fees are recognized as transactions occur or services are provided, except for annual fees which are recognized over the applicable period. Volume-related payments to partners and credit card associations and costs for rewards programs are also recorded within credit and debit card revenue when earned by the partner or customer.

Corporate Payment Products Revenue Corporate payment products revenue primarily includes interchange from corporate and purchasing cards processed through card association networks and revenue from proprietary network transactions. The Company records corporate payment products revenue as transactions occur. Volume-related payments to customers and credit card associations are also recorded within corporate payment products revenue when earned by the customer or card association.

Merchant Processing Services Merchant processing services revenue consists principally of merchant discount and other transaction and account management fees charged to merchants for the electronic processing of card association network transactions, net of interchange paid to the card-issuing bank, card association assessments, and revenue sharing amounts. All of these are recognized at the time the merchant’s transactions are processed or other services are performed. The Company may enter into revenue sharing agreements with referral partners or in connection with purchases of merchant contracts from sellers. The revenue sharing amounts are determined primarily on sales volume processed or revenue generated for a particular group of merchants. Merchant processing revenue also includes revenues related to point-of-sale equipment recorded as sales when the equipment is shipped or as earned for equipment rentals.

Trust and Investment Management Fees Trust and investment management fees are recognized over the period in which services are performed and are based on a percentage of the fair value of the assets under management or administration, fixed based on account type, or transaction-based fees.

— 94 —

Deposit Service Charges Service charges on deposit accounts are primarily monthly fees based on minimum balances or transaction-based fees. These fees are recognized as earned or as transactions occur and services are provided.

Commercial Products Revenue Commercial products revenue primarily includes revenue related to ancillary services provided to Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate customers including standby letter of credit fees, non-yield related loan fees, capital markets related revenue and non-yield related leasing revenue. These fees are recognized as earned or as transactions occur and services are provided.

Mortgage Banking Revenue Mortgage banking revenue includes revenue derived from mortgages originated and subsequently sold, generally with servicing retained. The primary components include: gains and losses on mortgage sales; servicing revenue; changes in fair value for mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell and measured at fair value under the fair value option; changes in fair value for derivative commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans; changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”); and the impact of risk management activities associated with the mortgage origination pipeline, funded loans and MSRs. Net interest income from mortgage loans is recorded in interest income. Refer to Other Significant Policies in Note 1, as well as Note 10 and Note 22 for a further discussion of MSRs.

OTHER SIGNIFICANT POLICIES

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill is recorded on acquired businesses if the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets are recorded at their fair value upon completion of a business acquisition or certain other transactions, and generally represent the value of customer contracts or relationships. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject, at a minimum, to annual tests for impairment at a reporting unit level. In certain situations, an interim impairment test may be required if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, using straight-line and accelerated methods and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. Determining the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, includes assessing the current implied fair value of the reporting unit as if it were being acquired in a business combination and comparing it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Determining the amount of other intangible asset impairment, if any, includes assessing the present value of the estimated

future cash flows associated with the intangible asset and comparing it to the carrying amount of the asset.

Income Taxes Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting carrying amounts. The Company uses the deferral method of accounting on investments that generate investment tax credits. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction to the related asset. Beginning January 1, 2014, the Company presents the expense on certain qualified affordable housing investments in tax expense rather than noninterest expense.

Mortgage Servicing Rights MSRs are capitalized as separate assets when loans are sold and servicing is retained or if they are purchased from others. MSRs are recorded at fair value. The Company determines the fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows utilizing market-based prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions validated through comparison to trade information, industry surveys and independent third party valuations. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are recorded in earnings as mortgage banking revenue during the period in which they occur.

Pensions For purposes of its pension plans, the Company utilizes its fiscal year-end as the measurement date. At the measurement date, plan assets are determined based on fair value, generally representing observable market prices or the net asset value provided by the plans’ administrator. The actuarial cost method used to compute the pension liabilities and related expense is the projected unit credit method. The projected benefit obligation is principally determined based on the present value of projected benefit distributions at an assumed discount rate. The discount rate utilized is based on the investment yield of high quality corporate bonds available in the marketplace with maturities equal to projected cash flows of future benefit payments as of the measurement date. Periodic pension expense (or income) includes service costs, interest costs based on the assumed discount rate, the expected return on plan assets based on an actuarially derived market-related value and amortization of actuarial gains and losses. Pension accounting reflects the long-term nature of benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets, and can have the effect of reducing earnings volatility related to short-term changes in interest rates and market valuations. Actuarial gains and losses include the impact of plan amendments and various unrecognized gains and losses which are deferred and amortized over the future service periods of active employees. The market-related value utilized to determine the expected return on plan assets is based on fair value adjusted for the difference between

— 95 —

expected returns and actual performance of plan assets. The unrealized difference between actual experience and expected returns is included in expense over a period of approximately twelve years. The overfunded or underfunded status of the plans is recorded as an asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with changes in that status recognized through other comprehensive income (loss).

Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and depreciated primarily on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the assets. Estimated useful lives range up to 40 years for newly constructed buildings and from 3 to 20 years for furniture and equipment.

Capitalized leases, less accumulated amortization, are included in premises and equipment. Capitalized lease obligations are included in long-term debt. Capitalized leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and the amortization is included in depreciation expense.

Stock-Based Compensation The Company grants stock-based awards, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and options to purchase common stock of the Company. Stock option grants are for a fixed number of shares to employees and directors with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. Restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants are awarded at no cost to the recipient. Stock-based compensation for awards is recognized in the Company’s results of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company immediately recognizes compensation cost of awards to employees that meet retirement status, despite their continued active employment. The amortization of stock-based compensation reflects estimated forfeitures adjusted for actual forfeiture experience. As compensation expense is recognized, a deferred tax asset is recorded that represents an estimate of the future tax deduction from exercise or release of restrictions. At the time stock-based awards are exercised, cancelled, expire, or restrictions are released, the Company may be required to recognize an adjustment to tax expense, depending on the market price of the Company’s common stock at that time.

Per Share Calculations Earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting income and outstanding shares, assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities.

  NOTE 2   ACCOUNTING CHANGES

Revenue Recognition In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued accounting guidance, originally effective for the Company on January 1, 2017, related to revenue recognition from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB delayed the effective date of this guidance by one year, resulting in it becoming effective for the Company on January 1, 2018.

This guidance amends certain currently existing revenue recognition accounting guidance and allows for either retrospective application to all periods presented or a modified retrospective approach where the guidance would only be applied to existing contracts in effect at the adoption date and new contracts going forward. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance under the modified retrospective approach and expects the adoption will not be material to its financial statements.

Consolidation In February 2015, the FASB issued accounting guidance, effective for the Company on January 1, 2016, related to the analysis required by organizations to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The Company expects the adoption of this guidance will not be material to its financial statements.

  NOTE 3   BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

In June 2014, the Company acquired the Chicago-area branch banking operations of the Charter One Bank franchise (“Charter One”) owned by RBS Citizens Financial Group. The acquisition included Charter One’s retail branch network, small business operations and select middle market relationships. The Company acquired approximately $969 million of loans and $4.8 billion of deposits with this transaction.

  NOTE 4   RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

Banking regulators require bank subsidiaries to maintain minimum average reserve balances, either in the form of cash or reserve balances held with central banks or other financial institutions. The amount of required reserve balances were approximately $2.2 billion and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and primarily represent those required to be held at the Federal Reserve Bank. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company held $3.3 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, of balances at the Federal Reserve Bank and other financial institutions to meet these requirements. These balances are included in cash and due from banks on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

— 96 —

  _NOTE 5   INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost, other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), gross unrealized holding gains and losses, and fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities at December 31 were as follows:

	2015												2014
					Unrealized Losses												Unrealized Losses
(Dollars in Millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Other-than- Temporary(e)			Other(f)			Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Other-than- Temporary(e)			Other(f)			Fair Value
Held-to-maturity(a)
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	2,925	$	14	$	–		$	(20	)	$	2,919	$	2,717	$	15	$	–		$	(18	)	$	2,714
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		40,619		175		–			(273	)		40,521		42,204		335		–			(176	)		42,363
Non-agency non-prime(d)		1		–		–			–			1		1		–		–			–			1
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		–		6		–			–			6		–		7		–			–			7
Other		10		3		–			–			13		13		4		–			–			17
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		8		1		–			(1	)		8		9		1		–			(1	)		9
Obligations of foreign governments		9		–		–			–			9		9		–		–			–			9
Other debt securities		18		–		–			(2	)		16		21		–		–			(1	)		20
Total held-to-maturity	$	43,590	$	199	$	–		$	(296	)	$	43,493	$	44,974	$	362	$	–		$	(196	)	$	45,140
Available-for-sale(b)
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	4,611	$	12	$	–		$	(27	)	$	4,596	$	2,622	$	14	$	–		$	(4	)	$	2,632
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		50,056		384		–			(364	)		50,076		44,668		593		–			(244	)		45,017
Non-agency
Prime(c)		316		6		(3	)		(1	)		318		399		9		(2	)		(1	)		405
Non-prime(d)		221		20		(1	)		–			240		261		20		(1	)		–			280
Commercial agency		52		–		–			–			52		112		3		–			–			115
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		16		3		–			–			19		18		4		–			–			22
Other		532		9		–			–			541		607		13		–			(1	)		619
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		5,149		169		–			(2	)		5,316		5,604		265		–			(1	)		5,868
Obligations of foreign governments		–		–		–			–			–		6		–		–			–			6
Corporate debt securities		677		3		–			(70	)		610		690		3		–			(79	)		614
Perpetual preferred securities		153		20		–			(12	)		161		200		27		–			(10	)		217
Other investments		34		34		–			–			68		245		29		–			–			274
Total available-for-sale	$	61,817	$	660	$	(4	)	$	(476	)	$	61,997	$	55,432	$	980	$	(3	)	$	(340	)	$	56,069

(a) Held-to-maturity investment securities are carried at historical cost or at fair value at the time of transfer from the available-for-sale to held-to-maturity category, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts and credit-related other-than-temporary impairment.

(b) Available-for-sale investment securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.

(c) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads). When the Company determines the designation, prime securities typically have a weighted average credit score of 725 or higher and a loan-to-value of 80 percent or lower; however, other pool characteristics may result in designations that deviate from these credit score and loan-to-value thresholds.

(d) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(e) Represents impairment not related to credit for those investment securities that have been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

(f) Represents unrealized losses on investment securities that have not been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

The weighted-average maturity of the available-for-sale investment securities was 4.7 years at December 31, 2015, compared with 4.3 years at December 31, 2014. The corresponding weighted-average yields were 2.21 percent and 2.32 percent, respectively. The weighted-average maturity of the held-to-maturity investment securities was 4.2

years at December 31, 2015, and 4.0 years at December 31, 2014. The corresponding weighted-average yields were both 1.92 percent, respectively.

For amortized cost, fair value and yield by maturity date of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities outstanding at December 31, 2015, refer to Table 13 included

— 97 —

in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Investment securities with a fair value of $13.1 billion at December 31, 2015, and $12.6 billion at December 31, 2014, were pledged to secure public, private and trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes required by

contractual obligation or law. Included in these amounts were securities where the Company and certain counterparties have agreements granting the counterparties the right to sell or pledge the securities. Investment securities securing these types of arrangements had a fair value of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2015, and $856 million at December 31, 2014.

The following table provides information about the amount of interest income from taxable and non-taxable investment securities:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Taxable	$	1,778	$	1,634	$	1,375
Non-taxable		223		232		256
Total interest income from investment securities	$	2,001	$	1,866	$	1,631

The following table provides information about the amount of gross gains and losses realized through the sales of available-for-sale investment securities:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014		2013
Realized gains	$	7		$	11	$	23
Realized losses		(6	)		–		–
Net realized gains (losses)	$	1		$	11	$	23
Income tax (benefit) on net realized gains (losses)	$	–		$	4	$	9

The Company conducts a regular assessment of its investment securities with unrealized losses to determine whether investment securities are other-than-temporarily impaired considering, among other factors, the nature of the investment securities, credit ratings or financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, expected cash flows of underlying collateral, the existence of any government or agency guarantees, market conditions and whether the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investment securities. The Company determines other-than-temporary

impairment recorded in earnings for debt securities not intended to be sold by estimating the future cash flows of each individual investment security, using market information where available, and discounting the cash flows at the original effective rate of the investment security. Other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) is measured as the difference between that discounted amount and the fair value of each investment security. The total amount of other-than-temporary impairment recorded was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Changes in the credit losses on debt securities are summarized as follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	101		$	116		$	134
Additions to Credit Losses Due to Other-than-temporary Impairments
Decreases in expected cash flows on securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized		1			3			14
Total other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities		1			3			14
Other Changes in Credit Losses
Increases in expected cash flows		(3	)		(5	)		(2	)
Realized losses(a)		(15	)		(13	)		(23	)
Credit losses on security sales and securities expected to be sold		–			–			(7	)
Balance at end of period	$	84		$	101		$	116

(a) Primarily represents principal losses allocated to mortgage and asset-backed securities in the Company’s portfolio under the terms of the securitization transaction documents.

— 98 —

At December 31, 2015, certain investment securities had a fair value below amortized cost. The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investment securities with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual investment securities have been in continuous unrealized loss positions, at December 31, 2015:

	Less Than 12 Months					12 Months or Greater					Total
(Dollars in Millions)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Held-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	1,306	$	(19	)	$	60	$	(1	)	$	1,366	$	(20	)
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities		17,819		(150	)		4,156		(123	)		21,975		(273	)
Other asset-backed securities		–		–			6		–			6		–
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		–		–			2		(1	)		2		(1	)
Other debt securities		–		–			17		(2	)		17		(2	)
Total held-to-maturity	$	19,125	$	(169	)	$	4,241	$	(127	)	$	23,366	$	(296	)
Available-for-sale
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	2,919	$	(27	)	$	8	$	–		$	2,927	$	(27	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Agency		18,603		(171	)		6,267		(193	)		24,870		(364	)
Non-agency(a)
Prime(b)		59		(1	)		107		(3	)		166		(4	)
Non-prime(c)		–		–			17		(1	)		17		(1	)
Other asset-backed securities		–		–			2		–			2		–
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		35		–			62		(2	)		97		(2	)
Corporate debt securities		–		–			425		(70	)		425		(70	)
Perpetual preferred securities		–		–			73		(12	)		73		(12	)
Other investments		1		–			–		–			1		–
Total available-for-sale	$	21,617	$	(199	)	$	6,961	$	(281	)	$	28,578	$	(480	)

(a) The Company had $5 million of unrealized losses on residential non-agency mortgage-backed securities. Credit-related other-than-temporary impairment on these securities may occur if there is further deterioration in the underlying collateral pool performance. Borrower defaults may increase if economic conditions worsen. Additionally, deterioration in home prices may increase the severity of projected losses.

(b) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(c) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

The Company does not consider these unrealized losses to be credit-related. These unrealized losses primarily relate to changes in interest rates and market spreads subsequent to purchase. A substantial portion of investment securities that have unrealized losses are either corporate debt issued with high investment grade credit ratings or agency mortgage-backed securities. In general, the issuers of the investment

securities are contractually prohibited from prepayment at less than par, and the Company did not pay significant purchase premiums for these investment securities. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no plans to sell investment securities with unrealized losses, and believes it is more likely than not it would not be required to sell such investment securities before recovery of their amortized cost.

— 99 —

  NOTE 6   LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, disaggregated by class and underlying specific portfolio type, was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Commercial
Commercial	$	83,116	$	74,996
Lease financing		5,286		5,381
Total commercial		88,402		80,377
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial mortgages		31,773		33,360
Construction and development		10,364		9,435
Total commercial real estate		42,137		42,795
Residential Mortgages
Residential mortgages		40,425		38,598
Home equity loans, first liens		13,071		13,021
Total residential mortgages		53,496		51,619
Credit Card		21,012		18,515
Other Retail
Retail leasing		5,232		5,871
Home equity and second mortgages		16,384		15,916
Revolving credit		3,354		3,309
Installment		7,030		6,242
Automobile		16,587		14,822
Student		2,619		3,104
Total other retail		51,206		49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		256,253		242,570
Covered Loans		4,596		5,281
Total loans	$	260,849	$	247,851

The Company had loans of $78.1 billion at December 31, 2015, and $79.8 billion at December 31, 2014, pledged at the Federal Home Loan Bank, and loans of $63.4 billion at December 31, 2015, and $61.8 billion at December 31, 2014, pledged at the Federal Reserve Bank.

The majority of the Company’s loans are to borrowers in the states in which it has Consumer and Small Business Banking offices. Collateral for commercial loans may include marketable securities, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. For details of the Company’s commercial portfolio by industry group and geography as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, see Table 7 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

For detail of the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio by property type and geography as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, see Table 8 included in Management’s

Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Such loans are collateralized by the related property.

Originated loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned interest and deferred fees and costs. Net unearned interest and deferred fees and costs amounted to $550 million at December 31, 2015, and $574 million at December 31, 2014. All purchased loans and related indemnification assets are recorded at fair value at the date of purchase. The Company evaluates purchased loans for impairment at the date of purchase in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Purchased loans with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered “purchased impaired loans.” All other purchased loans are considered “purchased nonimpaired loans.”

— 100 —

Changes in the accretable balance for purchased impaired loans for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	1,309		$	1,655		$	1,709
Accretion		(382	)		(441	)		(499	)
Disposals		(132	)		(131	)		(172	)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference(a)		163			229			258
Other(b)		(1	)		(3	)		359
Balance at end of period	$	957		$	1,309		$	1,655

(a) Primarily relates to changes in expected credit performance.

(b) The amount for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily represents the reclassification of unamortized decreases in the FDIC asset, partially offset by the impact of changes in expectations about retaining covered single-family loans beyond the term of the indemnification agreements.

Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, and includes certain amounts that do

not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

Activity in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial			Commercial Real Estate			Residential Mortgages			Credit Card			Other Retail			Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans			Covered Loans			Total Loans
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	1,146		$	726		$	787		$	880		$	771		$	4,310		$	65		$	4,375
Add
Provision for credit losses		361			(30	)		(47	)		654			193			1,131			1			1,132
Deduct
Loans charged off		314			22			135			726			319			1,516			–			1,516
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(95	)		(50	)		(26	)		(75	)		(98	)		(344	)		–			(344	)
Net loans charged off		219			(28	)		109			651			221			1,172			–			1,172
Other changes(a)		(1	)		–			–			–			–			(1	)		(28	)		(29	)
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,287		$	724		$	631		$	883		$	743		$	4,268		$	38		$	4,306
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,075		$	776		$	875		$	884		$	781		$	4,391		$	146		$	4,537
Add
Provision for credit losses		266			(63	)		107			657			278			1,245			(16	)		1,229
Deduct
Loans charged off		305			36			216			725			384			1,666			13			1,679
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(110	)		(49	)		(21	)		(67	)		(96	)		(343	)		(2	)		(345	)
Net loans charged off		195			(13	)		195			658			288			1,323			11			1,334
Other changes(a)		–			–			–			(3	)		–			(3	)		(54	)		(57	)
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	1,146		$	726		$	787		$	880		$	771		$	4,310		$	65		$	4,375
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,051		$	857		$	935		$	863		$	848		$	4,554		$	179		$	4,733
Add
Provision for credit losses		144			(114	)		212			677			351			1,270			70			1,340
Deduct
Loans charged off		246			92			297			739			523			1,897			37			1,934
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(126	)		(125	)		(25	)		(83	)		(105	)		(464	)		(5	)		(469	)
Net loans charged off		120			(33	)		272			656			418			1,433			32			1,465
Other changes(a)		–			–			–			–			–			–			(71	)		(71	)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,075		$	776		$	875		$	884		$	781		$	4,391		$	146		$	4,537

(a) Includes net changes in credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC and reductions in the allowance for covered loans where the reversal of a previously recorded allowance was offset by an associated decrease in the indemnification asset, and the impact of any loan sales.

— 101 —

Additional detail of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial		Commercial Real Estate		Residential Mortgages		Credit Card		Other Retail		Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans		Covered Loans		Total Loans
Allowance Balance at December 31, 2015 Related to
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	11	$	2	$	–	$	–	$	–	$	13	$	–	$	13
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		10		7		236		57		33		343		2		345
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		1,266		703		395		826		710		3,900		–		3,900
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		–		12		–		–		–		12		36		48
Total allowance for credit losses	$	1,287	$	724	$	631	$	883	$	743	$	4,268	$	38	$	4,306
Allowance Balance at December 31, 2014 Related to
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	5	$	4	$	–	$	–	$	–	$	9	$	–	$	9
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		12		12		319		61		41		445		4		449
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		1,129		678		468		819		730		3,824		1		3,825
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		–		32		–		–		–		32		60		92
Total allowance for credit losses	$	1,146	$	726	$	787	$	880	$	771	$	4,310	$	65	$	4,375

(a) Represents the allowance for credit losses related to loans greater than $5 million classified as nonperforming or TDRs.

Additional detail of loan balances by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial		Commercial Real Estate		Residential Mortgages		Credit Card		Other Retail		Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans		Covered Loans(b)		Total Loans
December 31, 2015
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	336	$	41	$	13	$	–	$	–	$	390	$	–	$	390
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		138		235		4,241		210		211		5,035		35		5,070
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		87,927		41,566		49,241		20,802		50,995		250,531		2,059		252,590
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		1		295		1		–		–		297		2,502		2,799
Total loans	$	88,402	$	42,137	$	53,496	$	21,012	$	51,206	$	256,253	$	4,596	$	260,849
December 31, 2014
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	159	$	128	$	12	$	–	$	–	$	299	$	–	$	299
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		124		393		4,653		240		237		5,647		34		5,681
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		80,093		41,744		46,953		18,275		49,027		236,092		2,463		238,555
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		1		530		1		–		–		532		2,784		3,316
Total loans	$	80,377	$	42,795	$	51,619	$	18,515	$	49,264	$	242,570	$	5,281	$	247,851

(a) Represents loans greater than $5 million classified as nonperforming or TDRs.

(b) Includes expected reimbursements from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.

Credit Quality The quality of the Company’s loan portfolios is assessed as a function of net credit losses, levels of nonperforming assets and delinquencies, and credit quality ratings as defined by the Company. These credit quality

ratings are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management and evaluation of its allowance for credit losses.

— 102 —

The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio class, including the delinquency status of those that continue to accrue interest, and those that are nonperforming:

	Accruing
(Dollars in Millions)	Current		30-89 Days Past Due		90 Days or More Past Due		Nonperforming		Total
December 31, 2015
Commercial	$	87,863	$	317	$	48	$	174	$	88,402
Commercial real estate		41,907		89		14		127		42,137
Residential mortgages(a)		52,438		170		176		712		53,496
Credit card		20,532		243		228		9		21,012
Other retail		50,745		224		75		162		51,206
Total loans, excluding covered loans		253,485		1,043		541		1,184		256,253
Covered loans		4,236		62		290		8		4,596
Total loans	$	257,721	$	1,105	$	831	$	1,192	$	260,849
December 31, 2014
Commercial	$	79,977	$	247	$	41	$	112	$	80,377
Commercial real estate		42,406		110		20		259		42,795
Residential mortgages(a)		50,330		221		204		864		51,619
Credit card		18,046		229		210		30		18,515
Other retail		48,764		238		75		187		49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		239,523		1,045		550		1,452		242,570
Covered loans		4,804		68		395		14		5,281
Total loans	$	244,327	$	1,113	$	945	$	1,466	$	247,851

(a) At December 31, 2015, $320 million of loans 30–89 days past due and $2.9 billion of loans 90 days or more past due purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, were classified as current, compared with $431 million and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2014, respectively.

Total nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans not performing in accordance with modified terms, other real estate and other nonperforming assets owned by the Company. For details of the Company’s nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, see Table 16 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

At December 31, 2015, the amount of foreclosed residential real estate held by the Company, and included in OREO, was $282 million ($250 million excluding covered assets), compared with $270 million ($233 million excluding covered assets) at December 31, 2014. This excludes $535

million and $641 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, of foreclosed residential real estate related to mortgage loans whose payments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. In addition, the amount of residential mortgage loans secured by residential real estate in the process of foreclosure at December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $2.6 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively, of which $1.9 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, related to loans purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

— 103 —

The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio class and the Company’s internal credit quality rating:

			Criticized
(Dollars in Millions)	Pass		Special Mention		Classified(a)		Total Criticized		Total
December 31, 2015
Commercial(b)	$	85,206	$	1,629	$	1,567	$	3,196	$	88,402
Commercial real estate		41,079		365		693		1,058		42,137
Residential mortgages(c)		52,548		2		946		948		53,496
Credit card		20,775		–		237		237		21,012
Other retail		50,899		6		301		307		51,206
Total loans, excluding covered loans		250,507		2,002		3,744		5,746		256,253
Covered loans		4,507		–		89		89		4,596
Total loans	$	255,014	$	2,002	$	3,833	$	5,835	$	260,849
Total outstanding commitments	$	539,614	$	3,945	$	4,845	$	8,790	$	548,404
December 31, 2014
Commercial(b)	$	78,409	$	1,204	$	764	$	1,968	$	80,377
Commercial real estate		41,322		451		1,022		1,473		42,795
Residential mortgages(c)		50,479		5		1,135		1,140		51,619
Credit card		18,275		–		240		240		18,515
Other retail		48,932		20		312		332		49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		237,417		1,680		3,473		5,153		242,570
Covered loans		5,164		–		117		117		5,281
Total loans	$	242,581	$	1,680	$	3,590	$	5,270	$	247,851
Total outstanding commitments	$	501,535	$	2,964	$	4,179	$	7,143	$	508,678

(a) Classified rating on consumer loans primarily based on delinquency status.

(b) At December 31, 2015, $1.1 billion of loans to customers in energy-related businesses had a special mention or classified rating, compared with $122 million at December 31, 2014.

(c) At December 31, 2015, $2.9 billion of GNMA loans 90 days or more past due and $1.9 billion of restructured GNMA loans whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs were classified with a pass rating, compared with $3.1 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2014, respectively.

For all loan classes, a loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current events or information, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due per the contractual terms of the loan agreement. A summary of impaired loans, which include all nonaccrual and TDR loans, by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Period-end Recorded Investment(a)		Unpaid Principal Balance		Valuation Allowance		Commitments to Lend Additional Funds
December 31, 2015
Commercial	$	520	$	1,110	$	25	$	154
Commercial real estate		336		847		11		1
Residential mortgages		2,575		3,248		199		–
Credit card		210		210		57		–
Other retail		309		503		35		4
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		3,950		5,918		327		159
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		1,913		1,913		40		–
Covered loans		39		48		2		1
Total	$	5,902	$	7,879	$	369	$	160
December 31, 2014
Commercial	$	329	$	769	$	21	$	51
Commercial real estate		624		1,250		23		18
Residential mortgages		2,730		3,495		273		–
Credit card		240		240		61		–
Other retail		361		570		44		4
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,284		6,324		422		73
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		2,244		2,244		50		–
Covered loans		43		55		4		1
Total	$	6,571	$	8,623	$	476	$	74

(a) Substantially all loans classified as impaired at December 31, 2015 and 2014, had an associated allowance for credit losses. The total amount of interest income recognized during 2015 on loans classified as impaired at December 31, 2015, excluding those acquired with deteriorated credit quality, was $274 million, compared to what would have been recognized at the original contractual terms of the loans of $370 million.

— 104 —

Additional information on impaired loans for the years ended December 31 follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
2015
Commercial	$	383	$	13
Commercial real estate		433		16
Residential mortgages		2,666		131
Credit card		221		4
Other retail		336		14
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,039		178
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		2,079		95
Covered loans		42		1
Total	$	6,160	$	274
2014
Commercial	$	414	$	9
Commercial real estate		592		26
Residential mortgages		2,742		140
Credit card		273		9
Other retail		377		17
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,398		201
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		2,609		124
Covered loans		334		15
Total	$	7,341	$	340
2013
Commercial	$	382	$	29
Commercial real estate		889		39
Residential mortgages		2,749		134
Credit card		366		16
Other retail		424		24
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,810		242
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		1,967		100
Covered loans		561		27
Total	$	7,338	$	369

— 105 —

Troubled Debt Restructurings In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. The following table provides a summary of loans modified as TDRs for the years ended December 31, by portfolio class:

(Dollars in Millions)	Number of Loans		Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance		Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance
2015
Commercial		1,607	$	385	$	396
Commercial real estate		108		78		76
Residential mortgages		2,080		260		258
Credit card		26,772		133		134
Other retail		2,530		54		54
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		33,097		910		918
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		8,199		864		862
Covered loans		16		5		5
Total loans		41,312	$	1,779	$	1,785
2014
Commercial		2,027	$	238	$	203
Commercial real estate		78		80		71
Residential mortgages		2,089		271		274
Credit card		26,511		144		145
Other retail		2,833		61		61
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		33,538		794		754
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		8,961		1,000		1,013
Covered loans		43		15		14
Total loans		42,542	$	1,809	$	1,781
2013
Commercial		2,429	$	166	$	155
Commercial real estate		165		205		198
Residential mortgages		2,179		309		304
Credit card		26,669		160		161
Other retail		4,290		103		102
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		35,732		943		920
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		8,878		1,121		1,066
Covered loans		123		94		72
Total loans		44,733	$	2,158	$	2,058

Residential mortgages, home equity and second mortgages, and loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools in the table above include trial period arrangements offered to customers during the periods presented. The post-modification balances for these loans reflect the current outstanding balance until a permanent modification is made. In addition, the post-modification balances typically include capitalization of unpaid accrued interest and/or fees under the various modification programs. For those loans modified as

TDRs during the fourth quarter of 2015, at December 31, 2015, 151 residential mortgages, 66 home equity and second mortgage loans and 1,954 loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools with outstanding balances of $18 million, $5 million and $257 million, respectively, were in a trial period and have estimated post-modification balances of $24 million, $5 million and $259 million, respectively, assuming permanent modification occurs at the end of the trial period.

— 106 —

The following table provides a summary of TDR loans that defaulted (fully or partially charged-off or became 90 days or more past due) for the years ended December 31, that were modified as TDRs within 12 months previous to default:

(Dollars in Millions)	Number of Loans		Amount Defaulted
2015
Commercial		494	$	21
Commercial real estate		18		8
Residential mortgages		273		36
Credit card		6,286		29
Other retail		636		12
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		7,707		106
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		598		75
Covered loans		5		1
Total loans		8,310	$	182
2014
Commercial		629	$	44
Commercial real estate		22		12
Residential mortgages		611		86
Credit card		6,335		33
Other retail		845		24
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		8,442		199
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		876		102
Covered loans		14		5
Total loans		9,332	$	306
2013
Commercial		642	$	46
Commercial real estate		87		102
Residential mortgages		1,099		163
Credit card		6,640		37
Other retail		1,841		80
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		10,309		428
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		4,972		640
Covered loans		63		49
Total loans		15,344	$	1,117

In addition to the defaults in the table above, for the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company had a total of 1,885 residential mortgage loans, home equity and second mortgage loans and loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools with aggregate outstanding balances of $252 million

where borrowers did not successfully complete the trial period arrangement and therefore are no longer eligible for a permanent modification under the applicable modification program.

Covered Assets Covered assets represent loans and other assets acquired from the FDIC, subject to loss sharing agreements, and include expected reimbursements from the FDIC. The carrying amount of the covered assets at December 31, consisted of purchased impaired loans, purchased nonimpaired loans and other assets as shown in the following table:

	2015								2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Purchased Impaired Loans		Purchased Nonimpaired Loans		Other		Total		Purchased Impaired Loans		Purchased Nonimpaired Loans		Other		Total
Residential mortgage loans	$	2,502	$	615	$	–	$	3,117	$	2,784	$	738	$	–	$	3,522
Other retail loans		–		447		–		447		–		584		–		584
Losses reimbursable by the FDIC(a)		–		–		517		517		–		–		717		717
Unamortized changes in FDIC asset(b)		–		–		515		515		–		–		458		458
Covered loans		2,502		1,062		1,032		4,596		2,784		1,322		1,175		5,281
Foreclosed real estate		–		–		32		32		–		–		37		37
Total covered assets	$	2,502	$	1,062	$	1,064	$	4,628	$	2,784	$	1,322	$	1,212	$	5,318

(a) Relates to loss sharing agreements with remaining terms up to four years.

(b) Represents decreases in expected reimbursements by the FDIC as a result of decreases in expected losses on the covered loans. These amounts are amortized as a reduction in interest income on covered loans over the shorter of the expected life of the respective covered loans or the remaining contractual term of the indemnification agreements.

— 107 —

Interest income is recognized on purchased impaired loans through accretion of the difference between the carrying amount of those loans and their expected cash flows. The initial determination of the fair value of the purchased loans includes

the impact of expected credit losses and, therefore, no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date. To the extent credit deterioration occurs after the date of acquisition, the Company records an allowance for credit losses.

  NOTE 7   LEASES

The components of the net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases at December 31 were as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Aggregate future minimum lease payments to be received	$	10,257		$	11,173
Unguaranteed residual values accruing to the lessor’s benefit		766			695
Unearned income		(887	)		(1,004	)
Initial direct costs		204			202
Total net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases(a)	$	10,340		$	11,066

(a) The accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments was $66 million and $65 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The minimum future lease payments to be received from sales-type and direct financing leases were as follows at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)
2016	$	3,772
2017		3,207
2018		1,880
2019		756
2020		307
Thereafter		335

  NOTE 8   ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND VARIABLE  INTEREST ENTITIES

The Company transfers financial assets in the normal course of business. The majority of the Company’s financial asset transfers are residential mortgage loan sales primarily to government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), transfers of tax-advantaged investments, commercial loan sales through participation agreements, and other individual or portfolio loan and securities sales. In accordance with the accounting guidance for asset transfers, the Company considers any ongoing involvement with transferred assets in determining whether the assets can be derecognized from the balance sheet. Guarantees provided to certain third parties in connection with the transfer of assets are further discussed in Note 23.

For loans sold under participation agreements, the Company also considers whether the terms of the loan participation agreement meet the accounting definition of a participating interest. With the exception of servicing and certain performance-based guarantees, the Company’s continuing involvement with financial assets sold is minimal and generally limited to market customary representation and warranty clauses. Any gain or loss on sale depends on the previous carrying amount of the transferred financial assets, the consideration received, and any liabilities incurred in exchange for the transferred assets. Upon transfer, any servicing assets and other interests that continue to be held by the Company are initially recognized at fair value. For further information on MSRs, refer to Note 10. On a limited basis, the Company may acquire and package high-grade corporate bonds for select corporate

customers, in which the Company generally has no continuing involvement with these transactions. Additionally, the Company is an authorized GNMA issuer and issues GNMA securities on a regular basis. The Company has no other asset securitizations or similar asset-backed financing arrangements that are off-balance sheet.

The Company is involved in various entities that are considered to be VIEs. The Company’s investments in VIEs are primarily related to investments promoting affordable housing, community development and renewable energy sources. Some of these tax-advantaged investments support the Company’s regulatory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. The Company’s investments in these entities generate a return primarily through the realization of federal and state income tax credits, and other tax benefits, such as tax deductions from operating losses of the investments, over specified time periods. These tax credits are recognized as a reduction of tax expense or, for investments qualifying as investment tax credits, as a reduction to the related investment asset. The Company recognized federal and state income tax credits related to its affordable housing and other tax-advantaged investments in tax expense of $733 million, $773 million and $758 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company also recognized $1.2 billion, $937 million and $780 million of investment tax credits for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

— 108 —

The Company recognized $698 million, $771 million and $934 million of expenses related to all of these investments for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, of which $261 million, $258 million and $297 million, respectively, was included in tax expense and the remainder was included in noninterest expense.

The Company is not required to consolidate VIEs in which it has concluded it does not have a controlling financial interest, and thus is not the primary beneficiary. In such cases, the Company does not have both the power to direct the entities’ most significant activities and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIEs.

The Company’s investments in these unconsolidated VIEs are carried in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company’s unfunded capital and other commitments related to these unconsolidated VIEs are generally carried in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss from these unconsolidated VIEs include the investment recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, net of unfunded capital commitments, and previously recorded tax credits which remain subject to recapture by taxing authorities based on compliance features required to be met at the project level. While the Company believes potential losses from these investments are remote, the maximum exposure was determined by assuming a scenario where the community-based business and housing projects completely fail and do not meet certain government compliance requirements resulting in recapture of the related tax credits.

The following table provides a summary of investments in community development and tax-advantaged VIEs that the Company has not consolidated:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Investment carrying amount	$	5,257	$	4,259
Unfunded capital and other commitments		2,499		1,743
Maximum exposure to loss		9,436		8,393

The Company also has noncontrolling financial investments in private investment funds and partnerships considered to be VIEs, which are not consolidated. The Company’s recorded investment in these entities, carried in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, was approximately $32 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $94 million at December 31, 2014. The maximum exposure to loss related to these VIEs was $47 million at December 31, 2015 and $105 million at December 31, 2014,

representing the Company’s investment balance and its unfunded commitments to invest additional amounts.

The Company’s individual net investments in unconsolidated VIEs, which exclude any unfunded capital commitments, ranged from less than $1 million to $46 million at December 31, 2015, compared with less than $1 million to $53 million at December 31, 2014.

The Company is required to consolidate VIEs in which it has concluded it has a controlling financial interest. The Company sponsors entities to which it transfers its interests in tax-advantaged investments to third parties. At December 31, 2015, approximately $3.0 billion of the Company’s assets and $2.2 billion of its liabilities included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet were related to community development and tax-advantaged investment VIEs which the Company has consolidated, primarily related to these transfers. These amounts compared to $2.7 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2014. The majority of the assets of these consolidated VIEs are reported in other assets, and the liabilities are reported in long-term debt and other liabilities. The assets of a particular VIE are the primary source of funds to settle its obligations. The creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company’s exposure to the consolidated VIEs is generally limited to the carrying value of its variable interests plus any related tax credits previously recognized or transferred to others with a guarantee.

The Company also sponsors a conduit to which it previously transferred high-grade investment securities. The Company consolidates the conduit because of its ability to manage the activities of the conduit. At December 31, 2015, $28 million of the held- to-maturity investment securities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet were related to the conduit, compared with $35 million at December 31, 2014.

In addition, the Company sponsors a municipal bond securities tender option bond program. The Company controls the activities of the program’s entities, is entitled to the residual returns and provides credit, liquidity and remarketing arrangements to the program. As a result, the Company has consolidated the program’s entities. At December 31, 2015, $2.3 billion of available-for-sale investment securities and $2.2 billion of short-term borrowings on the Consolidated Balance Sheet were related to the tender option bond program, compared with $2.9 billion of available-for-sale investment securities and $2.7 billion of short-term borrowings at December 31, 2014.

— 109 —

  NOTE 9   PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Land	$	522		$	534
Buildings and improvements		3,348			3,323
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		2,721			2,719
Capitalized building and equipment leases		113			126
Construction in progress		19			26
		6,723			6,728
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(4,210	)		(4,110	)
Total	$	2,513		$	2,618

  NOTE 10   MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

The Company serviced $231.8 billion of residential mortgage loans for others at December 31, 2015, and $225.0 billion at December 31, 2014, which include subserviced mortgages with no corresponding MSRs asset. The net impact included in mortgage banking revenue of fair value changes of MSRs due to changes in valuation assumptions and derivatives used to economically hedge MSRs were net gains of $23 million,

$241 million (of which $44 million related to excess servicing rights sold during 2014) and $192 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Loan servicing fees, not including valuation changes, included in mortgage banking revenue, were $728 million, $732 million and $754 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Changes in fair value of capitalized MSRs for the years ended December 31, are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	2,338		$	2,680		$	1,700
Rights purchased		29			5			8
Rights capitalized		632			382			769
Rights sold		–			(141	)		–
Changes in fair value of MSRs
Due to fluctuations in market interest rates(a)		(58	)		(276	)		617
Due to revised assumptions or models(b)		10			86			33
Other changes in fair value(c)		(439	)		(398	)		(447	)
Balance at end of period	$	2,512		$	2,338		$	2,680

(a) Includes changes in MSR value associated with changes in market interest rates, including estimated prepayment rates and anticipated earnings on escrow deposits.

(b) Includes changes in MSR value not caused by changes in market interest rates, such as changes in cost to service, ancillary income, and discount rate, as well as the impact of any model changes. 2014 includes a $44 million revaluation gain related to excess servicing rights sold.

(c) Primarily represents changes due to realization of expected cash flows over time (decay).

The estimated sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the fair value of the MSRs portfolio and the related derivative instruments as of December 31 follows:

	2015																		2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Down 100 bps			Down 50 bps			Down 25 bps			Up 25 bps			Up 50 bps			Up 100 bps			Down 100 bps			Down 50 bps			Down 25 bps			Up 25 bps			Up 50 bps			Up 100 bps
MSR portfolio	$	(598	)	$	(250	)	$	(114	)	$	96		$	176		$	344		$	(540	)	$	(242	)	$	(114	)	$	100		$	185		$	346
Derivative instrument hedges		475			226			107			(98	)		(192	)		(377	)		441			223			109			(102	)		(197	)		(375	)
Net sensitivity	$	(123	)	$	(24	)	$	(7	)	$	(2	)	$	(16	)	$	(33	)	$	(99	)	$	(19	)	$	(5	)	$	(2	)	$	(12	)	$	(29	)

The fair value of MSRs and their sensitivity to changes in interest rates is influenced by the mix of the servicing portfolio and characteristics of each segment of the portfolio. The Company’s servicing portfolio consists of the distinct portfolios of government-insured mortgages, conventional mortgages and Housing Finance Agency (“HFA”) mortgages. The servicing portfolios are predominantly comprised of fixed-

rate agency loans with limited adjustable-rate or jumbo mortgage loans. The HFA division specializes in servicing loans made under state and local housing authority programs. These programs provide mortgages to low-income and moderate-income borrowers and are generally government-insured programs with a favorable rate subsidy, down payment and/or closing cost assistance.

— 110 —

A summary of the Company’s MSRs and related characteristics by portfolio as of December 31 follows:

	2015												2014
(Dollars in Millions)	HFA			Government			Conventional(c)			Total			HFA			Government			Conventional(c)			Total
Servicing portfolio(a)	$	26,492		$	40,350		$	162,533		$	229,375		$	19,706		$	40,471		$	162,620		$	222,797
Fair value	$	297		$	443		$	1,772		$	2,512		$	213		$	426		$	1,699		$	2,338
Value (bps)(b)		112			110			109			110			108			105			104			105
Weighted-average servicing fees (bps)		36			34			27			29			37			33			27			29
Multiple (value/servicing fees)		3.11			3.24			4.04			3.79			2.92			3.18			3.85			3.62
Weighted-average note rate		4.46	%		4.08	%		4.09	%		4.13	%		4.58	%		4.18	%		4.14	%		4.19	%
Weighted-average age (in years)		3.1			3.6			3.4			3.4			3.6			3.2			3.1			3.2
Weighted-average expected prepayment (constant prepayment rate)		12.8	%		13.9	%		10.4	%		11.3	%		12.8	%		14.8	%		11.4	%		12.1	%
Weighted-average expected life (in years)		6.1			5.7			6.6			6.4			6.2			5.5			6.5			6.3
Weighted-average discount rate		11.8	%		11.2	%		9.4	%		10.0	%		11.9	%		11.2	%		9.6	%		10.1	%

(a) Represents principal balance of mortgages having corresponding MSR asset.

(b) Value is calculated as fair value divided by the servicing portfolio.

(c) Represents loans sold primarily to GSEs.

  NOTE 11   INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Estimated Life(a)	Amortization Method(b)			Balance
					2015		2014
Goodwill			(c	)	$	9,361	$	9,389
Merchant processing contracts	8 years/8 years		SL/AC			135		174
Core deposit benefits	22 years/5 years		SL/AC			194		234
Mortgage servicing rights			(c	)		2,512		2,338
Trust relationships	10 years/6 years		SL/AC			75		97
Other identified intangibles	8 years/4 years		SL/AC			434		319
Total					$	12,711	$	12,551

(a) Estimated life represents the amortization period for assets subject to the straight line method and the weighted average or life of the underlying cash flows amortization period for intangibles subject to accelerated methods. If more than one amortization method is used for a category, the estimated life for each method is calculated and reported separately.

(b) Amortization methods:	SL = straight line method
	AC = accelerated methods generally based on cash flows

(c) Goodwill is evaluated for impairment, but not amortized. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded at fair value, and are not amortized.

Aggregate amortization expense consisted of the following:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Merchant processing contracts	$	35	$	50	$	64
Core deposit benefits		40		38		41
Trust relationships		21		27		34
Other identified intangibles		78		84		84
Total	$	174	$	199	$	223

The estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)
2016	$	173
2017		162
2018		130
2019		101
2020		78

— 111 —

The following table reflects the changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

(Dollars in Millions)	Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate			Consumer and Small Business Banking		Wealth Management and Securities Services			Payment Services			Treasury and Corporate Support		Consolidated Company
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,605		$	3,514	$	1,528		$	2,496		$	–	$	9,143
Goodwill acquired		–			–		37			20			–		57
Other(a)		–			–		–			5			–		5
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,605		$	3,514	$	1,565		$	2,521		$	–	$	9,205
Goodwill acquired		43			166		8			–			–		217
Other(a)		–			–		(3	)		(30	)		–		(33	)
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	1,648		$	3,680	$	1,570		$	2,491		$	–	$	9,389
Other(a)		(1	)		1		(3	)		(25	)		–		(28	)
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,647		$	3,681	$	1,567		$	2,466		$	–	$	9,361

(a) Other changes in goodwill include the effect of foreign exchange translation.

  NOTE 12   SHORT-TERM  BORROWINGS^(a)

The following table is a summary of short-term borrowings for the last three years:

	2015					2014					2013
(Dollars in Millions)	Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate
At year-end
Federal funds purchased	$	647		.23	%	$	886		.12	%	$	594		.11	%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		1,092		.02			948		.05			2,057		5.34
Commercial paper		22,022		.21			22,197		.12			19,400		.11
Other short-term borrowings		4,116		.69			5,862		.51			5,557		.19
Total	$	27,877		.27	%	$	29,893		.19	%	$	27,608		.52	%
Average for the year
Federal funds purchased(b)	$	1,169		15.05	%	$	2,366		7.94	%	$	1,879		9.72	%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		973		.10			798		1.07			2,403		4.65
Commercial paper		21,892		.12			21,227		.12			17,467		.12
Other short-term borrowings		3,926		1.13			5,861		.78			5,934		.72
Total(b)	$	27,960		.89	%	$	30,252		.88	%	$	27,683		1.29	%
Maximum month-end balance
Federal funds purchased	$	1,868				$	3,258				$	3,569
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		1,124					948					3,121
Commercial paper		23,101					22,322					19,400
Other short-term borrowings		7,656					7,417					6,301

(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.

(b) Average federal funds purchased and total short-term borrowings rates include amounts paid by the Company to certain corporate card customers for paying outstanding noninterest-bearing corporate card balances within certain timeframes per specific agreements. These activities reduce the Company’s short-term funding needs, and if they did not occur, the Company would use other funding alternatives, including the use of federal funds purchased. The amount of this compensation expense paid by the Company and included in federal funds purchased and total short-term borrowings rates for 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $175 million, $186 million and $181 million, respectively.

— 112 —

  NOTE 13   LONG-TERM  DEBT

Long-term debt (debt with original maturities of more than one year) at December 31 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in Millions)	Rate Type		Rate(a)			Maturity Date		2015		2014
U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company)
Subordinated notes		Fixed		2.950	%		2022	$	1,300	$	1,300
		Fixed		3.600	%		2024		1,000		1,000
		Fixed		7.500	%		2026		199		199
Medium-term notes		Fixed		1.650% - 4.125	%		2016 - 2024		7,500		9,250
		Floating		.720% - .852	%		2018 - 2019		750		750
Junior subordinated debentures		Fixed		3.442	%		2016		500		500
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other(b)									204		190
Subtotal									11,453		13,189
Subsidiaries
Subordinated notes		Fixed		4.800	%		2015		–		500
		Fixed		3.778	%		2020		–		500
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		Fixed		1.250% - 8.250	%		2017 - 2026		11		11
		Floating		.335% - .847	%		2016 - 2025		9,081		7,334
Bank notes		Fixed		1.100% - 2.800	%		2017 - 2025		5,850		4,050
		Floating		.016% - .803	%		2016 - 2055		4,928		6,069
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other(b)									755		607
Subtotal									20,625		19,071
Total								$	32,078	$	32,260

(a) Weighted-average interest rates of medium-term notes, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and bank notes were 2.43 percent, .57 percent and 1.20 percent, respectively.

(b) Other includes consolidated community development and tax-advantaged investment VIEs, debt issuance fees, and unrealized gains and losses and deferred amounts relating to derivative instruments.

The Company has arrangements with the Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank whereby the Company could have borrowed an additional $74.9 billion and $76.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, based on collateral available.

Maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2015, were:

(Dollars in Millions)	Parent Company		Consolidated
2016	$	1,926	$	6,359
2017		1,249		7,144
2018		1,498		5,786
2019		1,511		3,505
2020		–		47
Thereafter		5,269		9,237
Total	$	11,453	$	32,078

  NOTE 14   JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

As of December 31, 2015, the Company sponsored, and wholly owned 100 percent of the common equity of, USB Capital IX, a wholly-owned unconsolidated trust, formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable Income Trust Securities (“ITS”) to third party investors, originally investing the proceeds

in junior subordinated debt securities (“Debentures”) issued by the Company and entering into stock purchase contracts to purchase preferred stock in the future. During 2010, the Company exchanged depositary shares representing an ownership interest in its Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) to acquire a portion of the ITS issued by USB Capital IX and retire a portion of the Debentures and cancel a pro-rata portion of stock purchase contracts. During 2011, USB Capital IX sold the remaining Debentures, originally issued by the Company to the trust, to investors to generate cash proceeds to purchase the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the stock purchase contracts. As part of this sale, a consolidated subsidiary of the Company purchased $176 million of the Debentures, which effectively retired the debt. The Company classifies the remaining $500 million of Debentures at December 31, 2015 and 2014, as long-term debt. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, $676 million of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock was the sole asset of USB Capital IX. The Company’s obligations under the transaction documents, taken together, have the effect of providing a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company, on a junior subordinated basis, of the payment obligations of the trust.

— 113 —

  NOTE 15   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had authority to issue 4 billion shares of common stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock. The Company had 1.7 billion and 1.8 billion shares of common stock outstanding at

December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company had 80 million shares reserved for future issuances, primarily under its stock incentive plans at December 31, 2015.

The number of shares issued and outstanding and the carrying amount of each outstanding series of the Company’s preferred stock was as follows:

	2015								2014
At December 31, (Dollars in Millions)	Shares Issued and Outstanding		Liquidation Preference		Discount		Carrying Amount		Shares Issued and Outstanding		Liquidation Preference		Discount		Carrying Amount
Series A		12,510	$	1,251	$	145	$	1,106		12,510	$	1,251	$	145	$	1,106
Series B		40,000		1,000		–		1,000		40,000		1,000		–		1,000
Series F		44,000		1,100		12		1,088		44,000		1,100		12		1,088
Series G		43,400		1,085		10		1,075		43,400		1,085		10		1,075
Series H		20,000		500		13		487		20,000		500		13		487
Series I		30,000		750		5		745		–		–		–		–
Total preferred stock(a)		189,910	$	5,686	$	185	$	5,501		159,910	$	4,936	$	180	$	4,756

(a) The par value of all shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $1.00 per share.

During 2015, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 30,000 shares of Series I Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series I Preferred Stock”). The Series I Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable semiannually, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to 5.125 percent from the date of issuance to, but excluding, January 15, 2021, and thereafter will accrue and be payable quarterly at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.486 percent. The Series I Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after January 15, 2021. The Series I Preferred stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole, but not in part, prior to January 15, 2021 within 90 days following an official administrative or judicial decision, amendment to, or change in the laws or regulations that would not allow the Company to treat the full liquidation value of the Series I Preferred Stock as Tier 1 capital for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve.

During 2013, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 20,000 shares of Series H Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series H Preferred Stock”). The Series H Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to 5.15 percent. The Series H Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on

or after July 15, 2018. The Series H Preferred stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole, but not in part, prior to July 15, 2018 within 90 days following an official administrative or judicial decision, amendment to, or change in the laws or regulations that would not allow the Company to treat the full liquidation value of the Series H Preferred Stock as Tier 1 capital for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve.

During 2012, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 44,000 shares of Series F Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), and depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 43,400 shares of Series G Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series G Preferred Stock”). The Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock have no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to 6.50 percent from the date of issuance to, but excluding, January 15, 2022, and thereafter at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.468 percent for the Series F Preferred Stock, and 6.00 percent from the date of issuance to, but excluding, April 15, 2017, and thereafter at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.86125 percent for the Series G Preferred Stock. Both series are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after January 15, 2022, for the Series F Preferred Stock and April 15, 2017, for the Series G Preferred Stock. Both series are redeemable at

— 114 —

the Company’s option, in whole, but not in part, prior to January 15, 2022, for the Series F Preferred Stock and prior to April 15, 2017, for the Series G Preferred Stock, within 90 days following an official administrative or judicial decision, amendment to, or change in the laws or regulations that would not allow the Company to treat the full liquidation value of the Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, respectively, as Tier 1 capital for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board.

During 2010, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 5,746 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to investors, in exchange for their portion of USB Capital IX Income Trust Securities. During 2011, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 6,764 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to USB Capital IX, thereby settling the stock purchase contract established between the Company and USB Capital IX as part of the 2006 issuance of USB Capital IX Income Trust Securities. The preferred shares were issued to USB Capital IX for the purchase price specified in the stock forward purchase contract. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of three-month LIBOR plus 1.02 percent or 3.50 percent. The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve Board.

During 2006, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 40,000 shares of Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). The Series B Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of three-month LIBOR plus .60 percent, or 3.50 percent. The Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

During 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company repurchased shares of its common stock under various authorizations approved by its Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2015, the approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased by the Company under the current Board of Directors approved authorization was $1.3 billion.

The following table summarizes the Company’s common stock repurchased in each of the last three years:

(Dollars and Shares in Millions)	Shares		Value
2015		52	$	2,246
2014		54		2,262
2013		65		2,336

— 115 —

Shareholders’ equity is affected by transactions and valuations of asset and liability positions that require adjustments to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The reconciliation of the transactions affecting accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available-For- Sale			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Transferred From Available-For-Sale to Held-To-Maturity			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivative Hedges			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Retirement Plans			Foreign Currency Translation			Total
2015
Balance at beginning of period	$	392		$	52		$	(172	)	$	(1,106	)	$	(62	)	$	(896	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses		(457	)		–			(25	)		(142	)		–			(624	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment(a)		–			–			–			–			20			20
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		–			(25	)		195			223			–			393
Applicable income taxes		176			9			(65	)		(31	)		(1	)		88
Balance at end of period	$	111		$	36		$	(67	)	$	(1,056	)	$	(43	)	$	(1,019	)
2014
Balance at beginning of period	$	(77	)	$	70		$	(261	)	$	(743	)	$	(60	)	$	(1,071	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses		764			–			(41	)		(733	)		–			(10	)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		1			–			–			–			–			1
Foreign currency translation adjustment(a)		–			–			–			–			(4	)		(4	)
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		(3	)		(30	)		186			144			–			297
Applicable income taxes		(293	)		12			(56	)		226			2			(109	)
Balance at end of period	$	392		$	52		$	(172	)	$	(1,106	)	$	(62	)	$	(896	)
2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	679		$	107		$	(404	)	$	(1,265	)	$	(40	)	$	(923	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses		(1,223	)		–			37			590			–			(596	)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		8			–			–			–			–			8
Foreign currency translation adjustment(a)		–			–			–			–			(34	)		(34	)
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		(9	)		(59	)		192			249			–			373
Applicable income taxes		468			22			(86	)		(317	)		14			101
Balance at end of period	$	(77	)	$	70		$	(261	)	$	(743	)	$	(60	)	$	(1,071	)

(a) Represents the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on the Company’s investment in foreign operations and related hedges.

— 116 —

Additional detail about the impact to net income for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and into earnings for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

	Impact to Net Income									Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Income
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale
Realized gains (losses) on sale of securities	$	1		$	11		$	23		Total securities gains (losses), net
Other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings		(1	)		(8	)		(14	)
		–			3			9		Total before tax
		–			(1	)		(4	)	Applicable income taxes
		–			2			5		Net-of-tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity
Amortization of unrealized gains		25			30			59		Interest income
		(9	)		(12	)		(22	)	Applicable income taxes
		16			18			37		Net-of-tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative hedges
Realized gains (losses) on derivative hedges		(195	)		(186	)		(192	)	Net interest income
		75			71			74		Applicable income taxes
		(120	)		(115	)		(118	)	Net-of-tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on retirement plans
Actuarial gains (losses), prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization		(223	)		(144	)		(249	)	Employee benefits expense
		85			56			96		Applicable income taxes
		(138	)		(88	)		(153	)	Net-of-tax
Total impact to net income	$	(242	)	$	(183	)	$	(229	)

Regulatory Capital The Company uses certain measures defined by bank regulatory agencies to access its capital. Beginning January 1, 2014, the regulatory capital requirements effective for the Company follow Basel III, subject to certain transition provisions from Basel I over the following four years to full implementation by January 1, 2018. Basel III includes two comprehensive methodologies for calculating risk-weighted assets: a general standardized approach and more risk-sensitive advanced approaches, with the Company’s capital adequacy being evaluated against the methodology that is most restrictive.

Tier 1 capital is considered core capital and includes common shareholders’ equity adjusted for the aggregate impact of certain items included in other comprehensive income (loss) (“common equity tier 1 capital”), plus qualifying preferred stock, trust preferred securities and noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries subject to certain limitations. Total risk-based capital includes Tier 1 capital and

other items such as subordinated debt and the allowance for credit losses. Capital measures are stated as a percentage of risk-adjusted assets, which are measured based on their perceived credit risk and include certain off-balance sheet exposures, such as unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit, and derivative contracts. Under the standardized approach, the Company is also subject to a leverage ratio requirement, a non risk-based asset ratio, which is defined as Tier 1 capital as a percentage of average assets adjusted for goodwill and other non-qualifying intangibles and other assets.

For a summary of the regulatory capital requirements and the actual ratios as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the Company and its bank subsidiary, see Table 23 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis, which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

— 117 —

The following table provides the components of the Company’s regulatory capital at December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Basel III transitional standardized approach:
Common shareholders’ equity	$	40,630		$	38,723
Less intangible assets
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)		(8,295	)		(8,403	)
Other disallowed intangible assets		(335	)		(165	)
Other(a)		612			701
Total common equity tier 1 capital		32,612			30,856
Qualifying preferred stock		5,501			4,756
Noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 1 capital		318			408
Total tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020
Eligible portion of allowance for credit losses		4,255			3,957
Subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 2 capital		2,616			3,215
Other		11			16
Total tier 2 capital		6,882			7,188
Total risk-based capital	$	45,313		$	43,208
Risk-weighted assets	$	341,360		$	317,398
Basel III transitional advanced approaches:
Common shareholders’ equity	$	40,630		$	38,723
Less intangible assets
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)		(8,295	)		(8,403	)
Other disallowed intangible assets		(335	)		(165	)
Other(a)		612			701
Total common equity tier 1 capital		32,612			30,856
Qualifying preferred stock		5,501			4,756
Noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 1 capital		318			408
Total tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020
Eligible portion of allowance for credit losses		1,204			1,224
Subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 2 capital		2,616			3,215
Other		11			16
Total tier 2 capital		3,831			4,455
Total risk-based capital	$	42,262		$	40,475
Risk-weighted assets	$	261,668		$	248,596

(a) Includes the impact of items included in other comprehensive income (loss), such as unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains on cash flow hedges, pension liability adjustments, etc.

Noncontrolling interests principally represent third party investors’ interests in consolidated entities, including preferred stock of consolidated subsidiaries. During 2006, the Company’s banking subsidiary formed USB Realty Corp., a real estate investment trust, for the purpose of issuing 5,000 shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Exchangeable Non-cumulative Perpetual Series A Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (“Series A Preferred Securities”) to third party investors. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Securities, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.147 percent. If USB Realty Corp.

has not declared a dividend on the Series A Preferred Securities before the dividend payment date for any dividend period, such dividend shall not be cumulative and shall cease to accrue and be payable, and USB Realty Corp. will have no obligation to pay dividends accrued for such dividend period, whether or not dividends on the Series A Preferred Securities are declared for any future dividend period.

The Series A Preferred Securities will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of USB Realty Corp. on each fifth anniversary after the dividend payment date occurring in January 2012. Any redemption will be subject to the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

— 118 —

  NOTE 16   EARNINGS PER SHARE

The components of earnings per share were:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)	2015			2014			2013
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836
Preferred dividends		(247	)		(243	)		(250	)
Impact of preferred stock redemption(a)		–			–			(8	)
Earnings allocated to participating stock awards		(24	)		(25	)		(26	)
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$	5,608		$	5,583		$	5,552
Average common shares outstanding		1,764			1,803			1,839
Net effect of the exercise and assumed purchase of stock awards		8			10			10
Average diluted common shares outstanding		1,772			1,813			1,849
Earnings per common share	$	3.18		$	3.10		$	3.02
Diluted earnings per common share	$	3.16		$	3.08		$	3.00

(a) Represents stock issuance costs originally recorded in capital surplus upon the issuance of the Company’s Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock that were reclassified to retained earnings on the redemption date.

Options outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2013 to purchase 1 million and 5 million common shares, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per

share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2013, respectively, because they were antidilutive.

  NOTE 17   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Employee Retirement Savings Plan The Company has a defined contribution retirement savings plan that covers substantially all its employees. Qualified employees are allowed to contribute up to 75 percent of their annual compensation, subject to Internal Revenue Service limits, through salary deductions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions are invested at their direction among a variety of investment alternatives. Employee contributions are 100 percent matched by the Company, up to four percent of each employee’s eligible annual compensation. The Company’s matching contribution vests immediately and is invested in the same manner as each employee’s future contribution elections. Total expense for the Company’s matching contributions was $131 million, $122 million and $118 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Pension Plans The Company has a tax qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits to substantially all its employees. Participants receive annual cash balance pay credits based on eligible pay multiplied by a percentage determined by their age and years of service. Participants also receive an annual interest credit. Employees become vested upon completing three years of vesting service. For participants in the plan before 2010 that elected to stay under their existing formula, pension benefits are provided to eligible employees based on years of service, multiplied by a percentage of their final average pay. Additionally, as a result of plan mergers, a portion of pension benefits may also be provided using a cash balance benefit formula where only interest credits continue to be credited to participants’ accounts.

In general, the Company’s qualified pension plan’s funding objectives include maintaining a funded status sufficient to meet participant benefit obligations over time while reducing long-term funding requirements and pension costs. The Company has an established process for evaluating the plan, its performance and significant plan assumptions, including the assumed discount rate and the long-term rate of return (“LTROR”). Annually, the Company’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”), assisted by outside consultants, evaluates plan objectives, funding policies and plan investment policies considering its long-term investment time horizon and asset allocation strategies. The process also evaluates significant plan assumptions. Although plan assumptions are established annually, the Company may update its analysis on an interim basis in order to be responsive to significant events that occur during the year, such as plan mergers and amendments.

The Company’s funding policy is to contribute amounts to its plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act, plus such additional amounts as the Company determines to be appropriate. The Company made contributions of $414 million and $475 million to its pension plan in 2015 and 2014, respectively, and expects to contribute $348 million to its pension plan in 2016. Any contributions made to the qualified plan are invested in accordance with established investment policies and asset allocation strategies.

— 119 —

In addition to the funded qualified pension plan, the Company maintains a non-qualified plan that is unfunded and provides benefits to certain employees. The assumptions used in computing the accumulated benefit obligation, the projected benefit obligation and net pension expense are substantially consistent with those assumptions used for the funded qualified plan. In 2016, the Company expects to contribute $22 million to its non-qualified pension plan which equals the 2016 expected benefit payments.

Postretirement Welfare Plan In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides health care and death benefits to certain former employees who retired prior to January 1, 2014. Employees retiring after December 31, 2013, are not eligible for retiree health care benefits. The Company expects to contribute $7 million to its postretirement welfare plan in 2016.

The following table summarizes the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for the years ended December 31, and the funded status and amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31 for the retirement plans:

	Pension Plan						Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Change In Projected Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of measurement period	$	4,612		$	3,895		$	104		$	100
Service cost		188			152			–			–
Interest cost		195			197			3			3
Participants’ contributions		–			–			10			11
Actuarial loss (gain)		(176	)		781			(5	)		13
Lump sum settlements(a)		(37	)		(286	)		–			–
Benefit payments		(132	)		(127	)		(21	)		(25	)
Federal subsidy on benefits paid		–			–			2			2
Benefit obligation at end of measurement period(b)	$	4,650		$	4,612		$	93		$	104
Change In Fair Value Of Plan Assets
Fair value at beginning of measurement period	$	3,187		$	2,831		$	85		$	92
Actual return on plan assets		(99	)		269			–			–
Employer contributions		436			500			8			7
Participants’ contributions		–			–			10			11
Lump sum settlements(a)		(37	)		(286	)		–			–
Benefit payments		(132	)		(127	)		(21	)		(25	)
Fair value at end of measurement period	$	3,355		$	3,187		$	82		$	85
Funded (Unfunded) Status	$	(1,295	)	$	(1,425	)	$	(11	)	$	(19	)
Components Of The Consolidated Balance Sheet
Current benefit liability	$	(21	)	$	(21	)	$	–		$	–
Noncurrent benefit liability		(1,274	)		(1,404	)		(11	)		(19	)
Recognized amount	$	(1,295	)	$	(1,425	)	$	(11	)	$	(19	)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Pretax
Net actuarial gain (loss)	$	(1,806	)	$	(1,894	)	$	55		$	55
Net prior service credit (cost)		7			11			28			31
Recognized amount	$	(1,799	)	$	(1,883	)	$	83		$	86

(a) 2014 includes $242 million of payments as a result of a bulk lump sum offering to certain deferred vested participants.

(b) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans was $4.3 billion.

The following table provides information for pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation	$	4,650	$	4,612
Fair value of plan assets		3,355		3,187
Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation	$	4,650	$	4,612
Accumulated benefit obligation		4,310		4,250
Fair value of plan assets		3,355		3,187

— 120 —

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31 for the retirement plans:

	Pension Plans									Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015			2014			2013
Components Of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Service cost	$	188		$	152		$	168		$	–		$	–		$	3
Interest cost		195			197			170			3			3			4
Expected return on plan assets		(223	)		(208	)		(176	)		(1	)		(1	)		(2	)
Prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization		(4	)		(5	)		(5	)		(3	)		(3	)		(1	)
Actuarial loss (gain) amortization		234			158			264			(4	)		(6	)		(9	)
Net periodic benefit cost	$	390		$	294		$	421		$	(5	)	$	(7	)	$	(5	)
Other Changes In Plan Assets And Benefit Obligations
Recognized In Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during the year	$	(146	)	$	(719	)	$	555		$	4		$	(14	)	$	–
Net actuarial loss (gain) amortized during the year		234			158			264			(4	)		(6	)		(9	)
Net prior service credit (cost) arising during the year		–			–			–			–			–			35
Net prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortized during the year		(4	)		(5	)		(5	)		(3	)		(3	)		(1	)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)	$	84		$	(566	)	$	814		$	(3	)	$	(23	)	$	25
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)(a)(b)	$	(306	)	$	(860	)	$	393		$	2		$	(16	)	$	30

(a) The pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost (credit) for the pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2016 are $175 million and $(5) million, respectively.

(b) The pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost (credit) for the postretirement welfare plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2016 are $(4) million and $(3) million, respectively.

The following table sets forth weighted average assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligations at December 31:

	Pension Plans						Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Discount rate(a)		4.45	%		4.13	%		3.59	%		3.46	%
Rate of compensation increase(b)		4.06			4.07			*			*
Health care cost trend rate for the next year(c)								6.50	%		7.00	%
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
One percent increase							$	5		$	6
One percent decrease								(5	)		(5	)

(a) The discount rates were developed using a cash flow matching bond model with a modified duration for the qualified pension plan, non-qualified pension plan and postretirement welfare plan of 15.0, 11.9, and 6.3 years, respectively, for 2015, and 15.9, 12.4 and 6.8 years, respectively, for 2014.

(b) Determined on an active liability-weighted basis.

(c) The rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 5.00 percent by 2019 and remain at this level thereafter.

* Not applicable

— 121 —

The following table sets forth weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

	Pension Plans									Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015			2014			2013
Discount rate(a)		4.13	%		4.97	%		4.07	%		3.46	%		3.93	%		3.10	%
Expected return on plan assets(b)		7.50			7.50			7.50			1.50			1.50			1.50
Rate of compensation increase(c)		4.07			4.02			4.08			*			*			*
Health care cost trend rate(d)
Prior to age 65											7.00	%		7.50	%		8.00	%
After age 65											7.00			7.50			8.00
Effect on total of service cost and interest cost
One percent increase										$	–		$	–		$	–
One percent decrease											–			–			–

(a) The discount rates were developed using a cash flow matching bond model with a modified duration for the qualified pension plan, non-qualified pension plan and postretirement welfare plan of 15.9, 12.4 and 6.8 years, respectively, for 2015, and 14.6, 11.5 and 6.4 years, respectively, for 2014.

(b) With the help of an independent pension consultant, the Company considers several sources when developing its expected long-term rates of return on plan assets assumptions, including, but not limited to, past returns and estimates of future returns given the plans’ asset allocation, economic conditions, and peer group LTROR information. The Company determines its expected long-term rates of return reflecting current economic conditions and plan assets.

(c) Determined on an active liability weighted basis.

(d) The pre-65 and post-65 rates are both assumed to decrease gradually to 5.00 percent by 2019 and remain at that level thereafter.

* Not applicable

Investment Policies and Asset Allocation In establishing its investment policies and asset allocation strategies, the Company considers expected returns and the volatility associated with different strategies. An independent consultant performs modeling that projects numerous outcomes using a broad range of possible scenarios, including a mix of possible rates of inflation and economic growth. Starting with current economic information, the model bases its projections on past relationships between inflation, fixed income rates and equity returns when these types of economic conditions have existed over the previous 30 years, both in the U.S. and in foreign countries. Estimated future returns and other actuarially determined adjustments are also considered in calculating the estimated return on assets.

Generally, based on historical performance of the various investment asset classes, investments in equities have outperformed other investment classes but are subject to higher volatility. In an effort to minimize volatility, while recognizing the long-term up-side potential of investing in equities, the Committee has determined that a target asset allocation of 43 percent global equities, 30 percent debt securities, 7 percent domestic mid-small cap equities, 5 percent emerging markets equities, 5 percent real estate equities, 5 percent hedge funds and 5 percent private equity funds is appropriate.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, plan assets of the qualified pension plan included asset management arrangements with related parties totaling $63 million and $70 million, respectively.

In accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, the Company groups plan assets into a three-level hierarchy for valuation techniques used to measure their fair value based on whether the valuation inputs are observable or unobservable. Refer to Note 22 for further discussion on these levels.

The assets of the qualified pension plan include investments in equity and U.S. Treasury securities whose fair values are determined based on quoted prices in active markets and are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The qualified pension plan also invests in U.S. agency, corporate and municipal debt securities, which are all valued based on observable market prices or data by third-party pricing services, and mutual funds which are valued based on quoted net asset values provided by the trustee of the fund; these assets are classified as Level 2. Additionally, the qualified pension plan invests in certain assets that are valued based on net asset values as a practical expedient, including investments in collective investment funds, hedge funds, and private equity funds; the net asset values are provided by the fund trustee or administrator and are not classified in the fair value hierarchy based on new accounting guidance issued by the FASB during 2015.

— 122 —

The following table summarizes the plan investment assets measured at fair value at December 31:

	Pension Plans																Postretirement Welfare Plan
	2015								2014								2015		2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 1
Cash and cash equivalents	$	64	$	–	$	–	$	64	$	78	$	–	$	–	$	78	$	82	$	85
Debt securities		361		465		–		826		347		496		–		843		–		–
Corporate stock
Domestic equity securities		178		–		–		178		196		–		–		196		–		–
Mid-small cap equity securities(a)		146		–		–		146		146		–		–		146		–		–
International equity securities		123		–		–		123		197		–		–		197		–		–
Real estate equity securities(b)		163		–		–		163		163		–		–		163		–		–
Mutual funds
Debt securities		–		197		–		197		–		219		–		219		–		–
Emerging markets equity securities		–		81		–		81		–		81		–		81		–		–
Other		–		–		1		1		–		–		2		2		–		–
	$	1,035	$	743	$	1		1,779	$	1,127	$	796	$	2		1,925		82		85
Plan investment assets not classified in fair value hierarchy(e):
Collective investment funds
Domestic equity securities								679								539
Mid-small cap equity securities(c)								68								54
Emerging markets equity securities								75								75
International equity securities								533								421
Hedge funds(d)								171								148
Private equity funds								50								25
Total plan investment assets at fair value							$	3,355							$	3,187	$	82	$	85

(a) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities included $139 million and $141 million in domestic equities, respectively, and $7 million and $5 million in international equities, respectively.

(b) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities included $90 million and $89 million in domestic equities, respectively, and $73 million and $74 million in international equities, respectively.

(c) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities included $30 million and $25 million in domestic equities, respectively, $20 million and $27 million in international equities, respectively, and $18 million and $2 million in cash and cash equivalents, respectively.

(d) This category consists of several investment strategies diversified across several hedge fund managers.

(e) These investments are valued based on net asset value per share as a practical expedient; fair values are provided to reconcile to total investment assets of the plans at fair value.

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value for all plan investment assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31:

	2015			2014			2013
(Dollars in Millions)	Other			Other			Debt Securities			Other
Balance at beginning of period	$	2		$	4		$	7		$	3
Unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at end of year		(1	)		(2	)		–			–
Purchases, sales, and settlements, net		–			–			(7	)		1
Balance at end of period	$	1		$	2		$	–		$	4

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid from the retirement plans for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	Pension Plans		Postretirement Welfare Plan(a)		Medicare Part D Subsidy Receipts
2016	$	198	$	13	$	2
2017		209		12		2
2018		218		12		2
2019		229		11		2
2020		234		10		2
2021 – 2025		1,368		41		7

(a) Net of expected retiree contributions and before Medicare Part D subsidy.

— 123 —

  NOTE 18   STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

As part of its employee and director compensation programs, the Company currently may grant certain stock awards under the provisions of its stock incentive plan. The plan provides for grants of options to purchase shares of common stock at a fixed price equal to the fair value of the underlying stock at the date of grant. Option grants are generally exercisable up to ten years from the date of grant. In addition, the plan provides for grants of shares of common stock or stock units that are subject to restriction on transfer prior to vesting. Most stock and unit awards vest over

three to five years and are subject to forfeiture if certain vesting requirements are not met. Stock incentive plans of acquired companies are generally terminated at the merger closing dates. Participants under such plans receive the Company’s common stock, or options to buy the Company’s common stock, based on the conversion terms of the various merger agreements. At December 31, 2015, there were 47 million shares (subject to adjustment for forfeitures) available for grant under various plans.

STOCK OPTION AWARDS

The following is a summary of stock options outstanding and exercised under prior and existing stock incentive plans of the Company:

Year Ended December 31	Stock Options/Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions)
2015
Number outstanding at beginning of period		33,649,198		$	29.31
Granted		1,122,697			44.28
Exercised		(8,721,834	)		29.59
Cancelled(a)		(324,353	)		32.93
Number outstanding at end of period(b)		25,725,708		$	29.82		3.6	$	331
Exercisable at end of period		22,446,095		$	28.68		3.0	$	314
2014
Number outstanding at beginning of period		46,724,765		$	29.12
Granted		1,246,451			40.32
Exercised		(13,851,590	)		29.59
Cancelled(a)		(470,428	)		31.12
Number outstanding at end of period(b)		33,649,198		$	29.31		4.0	$	526
Exercisable at end of period		28,923,260		$	28.79		3.4	$	467
2013
Number outstanding at beginning of period		63,171,918		$	28.83
Granted		1,168,011			33.99
Exercised		(17,260,740	)		28.41
Cancelled(a)		(354,424	)		29.22
Number outstanding at end of period(b)		46,724,765		$	29.12		4.4	$	527
Exercisable at end of period		39,556,000		$	29.19		3.8	$	444

(a) Options cancelled include both non-vested (i.e., forfeitures) and vested options.

(b) Outstanding options include stock-based awards that may be forfeited in future periods. The impact of the estimated forfeitures is reflected in compensation expense.

Stock-based compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the award at the date of grant or modification. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, requiring the use of subjective assumptions. Because employee stock options have characteristics that differ from those of traded options, including vesting provisions and

trading limitations that impact their liquidity, the determined value used to measure compensation expense may vary from the actual fair value of the employee stock options. The following table includes the weighted average estimated fair value of stock options granted and the assumptions utilized by the Company for newly issued grants:

Year Ended December 31	2015			2014			2013
Estimated fair value	$	12.23		$	11.38		$	12.13
Risk-free interest rates		1.7	%		1.7	%		1.0	%
Dividend yield		2.6	%		2.6	%		2.6	%
Stock volatility factor		.37			.38			.49
Expected life of options (in years)		5.5			5.5			5.5

— 124 —

Expected stock volatility is based on several factors including the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock, implied volatility determined from traded options and other factors. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations to estimate the

expected life of options. The risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on the date of grant. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s expected dividend yield over the life of the options.

The following summarizes certain stock option activity of the Company:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Fair value of options vested	$	25	$	33	$	41
Intrinsic value of options exercised		130		171		144
Cash received from options exercised		257		408		489
Tax benefit realized from options exercised		50		66		56

To satisfy option exercises, the Company predominantly uses treasury stock.

Additional information regarding stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, is as follows:

	Outstanding Options						Exercisable Options
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$11.02 – $15.00		2,664,092		3.1	$	11.20		2,664,092	$	11.20
$15.01 – $20.00		161,218		2.0		19.58		161,218		19.58
$20.01 – $25.00		2,051,039		4.2		23.85		2,051,039		23.85
$25.01 – $30.00		5,911,183		5.0		28.49		5,051,861		28.47
$30.01 – $35.00		9,215,909		2.6		32.21		8,719,854		32.11
$35.01 – $40.00		3,523,469		1.1		36.04		3,523,469		36.04
$40.01 – $44.32		2,198,798		8.6		42.32		274,562		40.32
Total		25,725,708		3.6	$	29.82		22,446,095	$	28.68

RESTRICTED STOCK AND UNIT AWARDS

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted shares of stock and unit awards is presented below:

	2015					2014					2013
Year Ended December 31	Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value
Outstanding at beginning of period		7,921,571		$	34.09		8,653,859		$	29.96		8,935,743		$	25.04
Granted		2,897,396			44.24		3,133,168			40.37		3,717,635			33.88
Vested		(3,428,736	)		33.27		(3,409,650	)		29.38		(3,744,411	)		22.17
Cancelled		(495,400	)		38.66		(455,806	)		34.05		(255,108	)		29.18
Outstanding at end of period		6,894,831		$	38.44		7,921,571		$	34.09		8,653,859		$	29.96

The total fair value of shares vested was $152 million, $139 million and $127 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense was $125 million, $125 million and $129 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. On an after-tax basis, stock-based compensation was $78 million, $78 million and $80

million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, there was $158 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based arrangements granted under the plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years as compensation expense.

— 125 —

  NOTE 19   INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense were:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Federal
Current	$	1,956		$	1,888		$	1,885
Deferred		(223	)		(126	)		(83	)
Federal income tax		1,733			1,762			1,802
State
Current		346			331			216
Deferred		18			(6	)		14
State income tax		364			325			230
Total income tax provision	$	2,097		$	2,087		$	2,032

A reconciliation of expected income tax expense at the federal statutory rate of 35 percent to the Company’s applicable income tax expense follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Tax at statutory rate	$	2,810		$	2,798		$	2,717
State income tax, at statutory rates, net of federal tax benefit		237			211			150
Tax effect of
Tax credits and benefits, net of related expenses		(700	)		(701	)		(648	)
Tax-exempt income		(201	)		(205	)		(212	)
Noncontrolling interests		(19	)		(20	)		37
Other items		(30	)(a)		4			(12	)
Applicable income taxes	$	2,097		$	2,087		$	2,032

(a) Includes the resolution of certain tax matters with taxing authorities.

The tax effects of fair value adjustments on securities available-for-sale, derivative instruments in cash flow hedges, foreign currency translation adjustments, pension and post-retirement plans and certain tax benefits related to stock options are recorded directly to shareholders’ equity as part of other comprehensive income (loss).

In preparing its tax returns, the Company is required to interpret complex tax laws and regulations and utilize income and cost allocation methods to determine its taxable income. On an ongoing basis, the Company is subject to examinations by federal, state, local and foreign taxing authorities that may

give rise to differing interpretations of these complex laws, regulations and methods. Due to the nature of the examination process, it generally takes years before these examinations are completed and matters are resolved. Federal tax examinations for all years ending through December 31, 2010, are completed and resolved. The Company’s tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 are under examination by the Internal Revenue Service. The years open to examination by state and local government authorities vary by jurisdiction.

A reconciliation of the changes in the federal, state and foreign unrecognized tax position balances are summarized as follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	267		$	264		$	302
Additions (reductions) for tax positions taken in prior years		(17	)		31			44
Additions for tax positions taken in the current year		13			4			–
Exam resolutions		(17	)		(22	)		(56	)
Statute expirations		(3	)		(10	)		(26	)
Balance at end of period	$	243		$	267		$	264

The total amount of unrecognized tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, were $165 million, $192 million and $181 million, respectively. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s unrecognized tax position balance included $30 million in accrued interest.

During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 the Company recorded approximately $(1) million, $4 million and $(12) million, respectively, in interest on unrecognized tax positions.

While certain examinations may be concluded, statutes may lapse or other developments may occur, the Company does not believe there will be a significant increase or decrease in uncertain tax positions over the next twelve months.

— 126 —

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax effect of estimated temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting

purposes and the amounts used for the same items for income tax reporting purposes.

The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset (liability) follows:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Deferred Tax Assets
Allowance for credit losses	$	1,615		$	1,652
Accrued expenses		764			630
Federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards		464			212
Partnerships and other investment assets		380			403
Pension and postretirement benefits		247			437
Stock compensation		131			143
Other deferred tax assets, net		219			208
Gross deferred tax assets		3,820			3,685
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Leasing activities		(3,026	)		(3,042	)
Mortgage servicing rights		(859	)		(871	)
Goodwill and other intangible assets		(859	)		(772	)
Loans		(204	)		(212	)
Fixed assets		(111	)		(90	)
Securities available-for-sale and financial instruments		(47	)		(165	)
Other deferred tax liabilities, net		(55	)		(159	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(5,161	)		(5,311	)
Valuation allowance		(137	)		(101	)
Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)	$	(1,478	)	$	(1,727	)

The Company has approximately $1.1 billion of federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards which expire at various times through 2035. A substantial portion of these carryforwards relate to state-only net operating losses. These carryforwards are subject to a full valuation allowance. Management has determined it is more likely than not the other net deferred tax assets could be realized through carry back to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and future taxable income.

At December 31, 2015, retained earnings included approximately $102 million of base year reserves of acquired thrift institutions, for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been recognized. These base year reserves would be recaptured if the Company’s banking subsidiaries cease to qualify as a bank for federal income tax purposes. The base year reserves also remain subject to income tax penalty provisions that, in general, require recapture upon certain stock redemptions of, and excess distributions to, stockholders.

  NOTE 20   DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions to manage various risks and to accommodate the business requirements of its customers. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value in other assets or in other liabilities. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the derivative is designated as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge, net investment hedge, or a designation is not made as it is a customer-related transaction, an economic hedge for asset/liability risk management purposes or another stand-alone derivative created through the Company’s operations (“free-standing derivative”). When a derivative is designated as a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge, the Company performs an assessment, at inception and, at a

minimum, quarterly thereafter, to determine the effectiveness of the derivative in offsetting changes in the value or cash flows of the hedged item(s).

Fair Value Hedges These derivatives are interest rate swaps the Company uses to hedge the change in fair value related to interest rate changes of its underlying fixed-rate debt. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges, and changes in the fair value of the hedged items, are recorded in earnings. All fair value hedges were highly effective for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the change in fair value attributed to hedge ineffectiveness was not material.

— 127 —

Cash Flow Hedges These derivatives are interest rate swaps the Company uses to hedge the forecasted cash flows from its underlying variable-rate loans and debt. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the cash flows of the hedged items are realized. If a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or ceases to be highly effective, the gain or loss in other comprehensive income (loss) is amortized to earnings over the period the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings. If a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is ceased and any gain or loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) is reported in earnings immediately, unless the forecasted transaction is at least reasonably possible of occurring, whereby the amounts remain within other comprehensive income (loss). At December 31, 2015, the Company had $67 million (net-of-tax) of realized and unrealized losses on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), compared with $172 million (net-of-tax) of realized and unrealized losses at December 31, 2014. The estimated amount to be reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next 12 months is a loss of $68 million (net-of-tax). This amount includes gains and losses related to hedges that were terminated early for which the forecasted transactions are still probable. All cash flow hedges were highly effective for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the change in fair value attributed to hedge ineffectiveness was not material.

Net Investment Hedges The Company uses forward commitments to sell specified amounts of certain foreign currencies, and occasionally non-derivative debt instruments, to hedge the volatility of its investment in foreign businesses driven by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The ineffectiveness on all net investment hedges was not material for the year ended December 31, 2015. There were no non-derivative debt instruments designated as net investment hedges at December 31, 2015 or 2014.

Other Derivative Positions The Company enters into free-standing derivatives to mitigate interest rate risk and for other risk management purposes. These derivatives include forward commitments to sell to-be-announced securities (“TBAs”) and other commitments to sell residential mortgage loans, which are used to economically hedge the interest rate risk related to residential MLHFS and unfunded mortgage loan commitments. The Company also enters into interest rate swaps, forward commitments to buy TBAs, U.S. Treasury and Eurodollar futures and options on U.S. Treasury futures to economically hedge the change in the fair value of the Company’s MSRs. The Company also enters into foreign currency forwards to economically hedge remeasurement gains and losses the Company recognizes on foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company acts as a seller and buyer of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts for its customers. The Company mitigates the market and liquidity risk associated with these customer derivatives by entering into similar offsetting positions with broker-dealers, or on a portfolio basis by entering into other derivative or non-derivative financial instruments that partially or fully offset the exposure from these customer-related positions. The Company’s customer derivatives and related hedges are monitored and reviewed by the Company’s Market Risk Committee, which establishes policies for market risk management, including exposure limits for each portfolio. The Company also has derivative contracts that are created through its operations, including commitments to originate MLHFS and swap agreements related to the sale of a portion of its Class B common shares of Visa Inc. Refer to Note 22 for further information on these swap agreements.

For additional information on the Company’s purpose for entering into derivative transactions and its overall risk management strategies, refer to “Management Discussion and Analysis — Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks” which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

— 128 —

The following table summarizes the asset and liability management derivative positions of the Company:

	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in Millions)	Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years		Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years
December 31, 2015
Fair value hedges
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	3,050	$	73		4.43	$	–	$	–		–
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate contracts
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		1,772		7		9.22		5,009		146		1.13
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts		1,140		4		.04		–		–		–
Other economic hedges
Interest rate contracts
Futures and forwards
Buy		3,812		17		.07		452		1		.06
Sell		3,201		12		.09		2,559		7		.12
Options
Purchased		2,935		–		.06		–		–		–
Written		3,199		29		.10		5		1		.08
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		3,733		42		9.98		4,748		18		10.18
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		287		2		9.82		4,158		35		9.97
Foreign exchange forward contracts		3,023		13		.01		2,380		10		.03
Equity contracts		62		–		.47		24		1		.82
Credit contracts		1,192		2		2.58		2,821		3		2.99
Other(a)		36		–		.04		662		64		2.60
Total	$	27,442	$	201			$	22,818	$	286
December 31, 2014
Fair value hedges
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	2,750	$	65		5.69	$	–	$	–		–
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate contracts
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		272		6		7.76		5,748		315		1.94
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		250		–		.16		–		–		–
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts		1,047		31		.04		–		–		–
Other economic hedges
Interest rate contracts
Futures and forwards
Buy		4,839		45		.07		60		–		.08
Sell		448		10		.13		6,713		62		.09
Options
Purchased		2,500		–		.06		–		–		–
Written		2,643		31		.08		4		–		.11
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		3,552		14		10.22		250		1		10.22
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		15		–		10.22		–		–		–
Foreign exchange forward contracts		510		3		.03		6,176		41		.02
Equity contracts		86		3		.60		–		–		–
Credit contracts		1,247		3		3.29		2,282		5		2.85
Other(a)		58		4		.03		390		48		3.20
Total	$	20,217	$	215			$	21,623	$	472

(a) Includes short-term underwriting purchase and sale commitments with total asset and liability notional values of $36 million and $58 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and derivative liability swap agreements related to the sale of a portion of the Company’s Class B common shares of Visa Inc. The Visa swap agreements had a total notional value, fair value and weighted average remaining maturity of $626 million, $64 million and 2.75 years at December 31, 2015, respectively, compared to $332 million, $44 million and 3.75 years at December 31, 2014, respectively.

— 129 —

The following table summarizes the customer-related derivative positions of the Company:

	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in Millions)	Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years		Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years
December 31, 2015
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	32,647	$	1,097		5.69	$	14,068	$	54		4.71
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		10,685		43		4.55		35,045		1,160		5.74
Options
Purchased		8,705		10		2.61		146		1		2.23
Written		146		2		2.23		8,482		9		2.57
Futures
Buy		–		–		–		2,859		2		.84
Sell		45		–		.97		–		–		–
Foreign exchange rate contracts
Forwards, spots and swaps		18,399		851		.59		17,959		830		.58
Options
Purchased		1,485		43		1.19		–		–		–
Written		–		–		–		1,485		43		1.19
Total	$	72,112	$	2,046			$	80,044	$	2,099
December 31, 2014
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	21,724	$	888		6.09	$	5,880	$	24		3.79
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		4,622		26		3.27		21,821		892		6.08
Options
Purchased		4,409		10		3.79		24		–		2.42
Written		24		–		2.42		4,375		10		3.79
Futures
Buy		1,811		–		.22		226		–		.45
Sell		152		–		1.08		46		–		1.73
Foreign exchange rate contracts
Forwards, spots and swaps		17,062		890		.52		14,645		752		.59
Options
Purchased		976		39		.44		–		–		–
Written		–		–		–		976		39		.44
Total	$	50,780	$	1,853			$	47,993	$	1,717

— 130 —

The table below shows the effective portion of the gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and the gains (losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings (net-of-tax) for the years ended December 31:

	Gains (Losses) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)									Gains (Losses) Reclassified from Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into Earnings
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015			2014			2013
Asset and Liability Management Positions
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate contracts(a)	$	(15	)	$	(26	)	$	25		$	(120	)	$	(115	)	$	(118	)
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts		101			130			(45	)		–			–			–

Note: Ineffectiveness on cash flow and net investment hedges was not material for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

(a) Gains (Losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into interest income on loans and interest expense on long-term debt.

The table below shows the gains (losses) recognized in earnings for fair value hedges, other economic hedges and the customer-related positions for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	Location of Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings		2015			2014			2013
Asset and Liability Management Positions
Fair value hedges(a)
Interest rate contracts		Other noninterest income	$	7		$	29		$	(9	)
Other economic hedges
Interest rate contracts
Futures and forwards		Mortgage banking revenue		186			(122	)		615
Purchased and written options		Mortgage banking revenue		191			287			243
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		Mortgage banking revenue		139			384			(322	)
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		Mortgage banking revenue		(33	)		–			–
Foreign exchange forward contracts		Commercial products revenue		108			(29	)		49
Equity contracts		Compensation expense		(1	)		2			2
Credit contracts		Other noninterest income		2			–			6
Other		Other noninterest income		–			(43	)		–
Customer-Related Positions
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		Other noninterest income		360			686			(361	)
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		Other noninterest income		(320	)		(652	)		378
Purchased and written options		Other noninterest income		3			–			–
Futures		Other noninterest income		1			–			–
Foreign exchange rate contracts
Forwards, spots and swaps		Commercial products revenue		74			66			51
Purchased and written options		Commercial products revenue		2			1			–

(a) Gains (Losses) on items hedged by interest rate contracts included in noninterest income (expense), were $(7) million, $(27) million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The ineffective portion was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

— 131 —

Derivatives are subject to credit risk associated with counterparties to the derivative contracts. The Company measures that credit risk using a credit valuation adjustment and includes it within the fair value of the derivative. The Company manages counterparty credit risk through diversification of its derivative positions among various counterparties, by entering into master netting arrangements and, where possible, by requiring collateral arrangements. A master netting arrangement allows two counterparties, who have multiple derivative contracts with each other, the ability to net settle amounts under all contracts, including any related collateral, through a single payment and in a single currency. Collateral arrangements require the counterparty to deliver collateral (typically cash or U.S. Treasury and agency securities) equal to the Company’s net derivative receivable, subject to minimum transfer and credit rating requirements.

The Company’s collateral arrangements are predominately bilateral and, therefore, contain provisions that require collateralization of the Company’s net liability derivative positions. Required collateral coverage is based on certain net liability thresholds and contingent upon the Company’s credit rating from two of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. If the Company’s credit rating were to fall below credit ratings thresholds established in the collateral arrangements, the counterparties to the derivatives could request immediate additional collateral coverage up to and including full collateral coverage for derivatives in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivatives under collateral arrangements that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2015, was $956 million. At December 31, 2015, the Company had $823 million of cash posted as collateral against this net liability position.

  NOTE 21   NETTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR CERTAIN  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND SECURITIES FINANCING ACTIVITIES

The majority of the Company’s derivative portfolio consists of bilateral over-the-counter trades. However, current regulations require that certain interest rate swaps and forwards and credit contracts need to be centrally cleared through clearinghouses. In addition, a portion of the Company’s derivative positions are exchange-traded. These are predominately U.S. Treasury futures or options on U.S. Treasury futures. Of the Company’s $202.4 billion total notional amount of derivative positions at December 31, 2015, $69.8 billion related to those centrally cleared through clearinghouses and $8.3 billion related to those that were exchange-traded. Irrespective of how derivatives are traded, the Company’s derivative contracts include offsetting rights (referred to as netting arrangements), and depending on expected volume, credit risk, and counterparty preference, collateral maintenance may be required. For all derivatives under collateral support arrangements, fair value is determined daily and, depending on the collateral maintenance requirements, the Company and a counterparty may receive or deliver collateral, based upon the net fair value of all derivative positions between the Company and the counterparty. Collateral is typically cash, but securities may be allowed under collateral arrangements with certain counterparties. Receivables and payables related to cash collateral are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, along with the related derivative asset and liability fair values. Any securities pledged to counterparties as collateral remain on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities received from counterparties as collateral are not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, unless the counterparty defaults. In general, securities

used as collateral can be sold, repledged or otherwise used by the party in possession. No restrictions exist on the use of cash collateral by either party. Refer to Note 20 for further discussion of the Company’s derivatives, including collateral arrangements.

As part of the Company’s treasury and broker-dealer operations, the Company executes transactions that are treated as securities sold under agreements to repurchase or securities purchased under agreements to resell, both of which are accounted for as collateralized financings. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase include repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions. Securities purchased under agreements to resell include reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions. For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Company records a liability for the cash received, which is included in short-term borrowings on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. For securities purchased under agreements to resell, the Company records a receivable for the cash paid, which is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Securities transferred to counterparties under repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions continue to be recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, are measured at fair value, and are included in investment securities or other assets. Securities received from counterparties under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions are not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless the counterparty defaults. The securities transferred under repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions typically are U.S. Treasury and

— 132 —

agency securities or residential agency mortgage-backed securities. The securities loaned or borrowed typically are corporate debt securities traded by the Company’s broker-dealer. In general, the securities transferred can be sold, repledged or otherwise used by the party in possession. No restrictions exist on the use of cash collateral by either party. Repurchase/reverse repurchase and securities loaned/borrowed transactions expose the Company to counterparty risk. The Company manages this risk by performing

assessments, independent of business line managers, and establishing concentration limits on each counterparty. Additionally, these transactions include collateral arrangements that require the fair values of the underlying securities to be determined daily, resulting in cash being obtained or refunded to counterparties to maintain specified collateral levels. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no outstanding securities loaned transactions.

The following table summarizes the maturities by category of collateral pledged for repurchase agreements at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)	Overnight and Continuous		Less Than 30 Days		Total
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	122	$	–	$	122
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities		802		168		970
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	$	924	$	168	$	1,092

The Company executes its derivative, repurchase/reverse repurchase and securities loaned/borrowed transactions under the respective industry standard agreements. These agreements include master netting arrangements that allow for multiple contracts executed with the same counterparty to be viewed as a single arrangement. This allows for net settlement of a single amount on a daily basis. In the event of default, the master netting arrangement provides for close-out netting, which allows all of these positions with the defaulting counterparty to be terminated and net settled with a single payment amount.

The Company has elected to offset the assets and liabilities under netting arrangements for the balance sheet presentation of the majority of its derivative counterparties, excluding centrally cleared derivative contracts due to current uncertainty about the legal enforceability of netting arrangements with the clearinghouses. The netting occurs at the counterparty level, and includes all assets and liabilities related to the derivative contracts, including those associated with cash collateral received or delivered. The Company has not elected to offset the assets and liabilities under netting arrangements for the balance sheet presentation of repurchase/reverse repurchase and securities loaned/borrowed transactions.

The following tables provide information on the Company’s netting adjustments, and items not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet but available for offset in the event of default:

(Dollars in Millions)	Gross Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet(a)			Net Amounts Presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet						Net Amount
								Financial Instruments(b)			Collateral Received(c)
December 31, 2015
Derivative assets(d)	$	1,879	$	(807	)	$	1,072	$	(82	)	$	–		$	990
Reverse repurchase agreements		106		–			106		(102	)		(4	)		–
Securities borrowed		772		–			772		–			(753	)		19
Total	$	2,757	$	(807	)	$	1,950	$	(184	)	$	(757	)	$	1,009
December 31, 2014
Derivative assets(d)	$	1,847	$	(870	)	$	977	$	(58	)	$	–		$	919
Reverse repurchase agreements		40		–			40		(40	)		–			–
Securities borrowed		638		–			638		–			(620	)		18
Total	$	2,525	$	(870	)	$	1,655	$	(98	)	$	(620	)	$	937

(a) Includes $165 million and $258 million of cash collateral related payables that were netted against derivative assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(b) For derivative assets this includes any derivative liability fair values that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for reverse repurchase agreements this includes any repurchase agreement payables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for securities borrowed this includes any securities loaned payables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default.

(c) Includes the fair value of securities received by the Company from the counterparty. These securities are not included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless the counterparty defaults.

(d) Excludes $368 million and $221 million of derivative assets centrally cleared or otherwise not subject to netting arrangements at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

— 133 —

(Dollars in Millions)	Gross Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet(a)			Net Amounts Presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet						Net Amount
								Financial Instruments(b)			Collateral Pledged(c)
December 31, 2015
Derivative liabilities(d)	$	1,809	$	(1,283	)	$	526	$	(82	)	$	–		$	444
Repurchase agreements		1,092		–			1,092		(102	)		(990	)		–
Total	$	2,901	$	(1,283	)	$	1,618	$	(184	)	$	(990	)	$	444
December 31, 2014
Derivative liabilities(d)	$	1,847	$	(1,317	)	$	530	$	(58	)	$	–		$	472
Repurchase agreements		948		–			948		(40	)		(908	)		–
Securities loaned		47		–			47		–			(46	)		1
Total	$	2,842	$	(1,317	)	$	1,525	$	(98	)	$	(954	)	$	473

(a) Includes $641 million and $705 million of cash collateral related receivables that were netted against derivative liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(b) For derivative liabilities this includes any derivative asset fair values that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for repurchase agreements this includes any reverse repurchase agreement receivables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for securities loaned this includes any securities borrowed receivables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default.

(c) Includes the fair value of securities pledged by the Company to the counterparty. These securities are included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless the Company defaults.

(d) Excludes $576 million and $342 million of derivative liabilities centrally cleared or otherwise not subject to netting arrangements at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

  NOTE 22   FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The Company uses fair value measurements for the initial recording of certain assets and liabilities, periodic remeasurement of certain assets and liabilities, and disclosures. Derivatives, trading and available-for-sale investment securities, MSRs and substantially all MLHFS are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or impairment write-downs of individual assets.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value measurement reflects all of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance.

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a three-level hierarchy for valuation techniques used to measure financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. This hierarchy is based on whether the valuation inputs are observable or unobservable. These levels are:

– Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 includes U.S. Treasury securities, as well as exchange-traded instruments, including certain perpetual preferred and corporate debt securities.

– Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted

prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 includes debt securities that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and which are typically valued using third party pricing services; derivative contracts and other assets and liabilities, including securities, whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data; and MLHFS whose values are determined using quoted prices for similar assets or pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data.

– Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category includes MSRs, certain debt securities and certain derivative contracts.

When the Company changes its valuation inputs for measuring financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value, either due to changes in current market conditions or other factors, it may need to transfer those assets or liabilities to another level in the hierarchy based on the new inputs used. The Company recognizes these transfers at the end of the reporting period in which the transfers occur. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were no transfers of financial assets or financial liabilities between the hierarchy levels.

— 134 —

The Company has processes and controls in place to increase the reliability of estimates it makes in determining fair value measurements. Items quoted on an exchange are verified to the quoted price. Items provided by a third party pricing service are subject to price verification procedures as described in more detail in the specific valuation discussions below. For fair value measurements modeled internally, the Company’s valuation models are subject to the Company’s Model Risk Governance Policy and Program, as maintained by the Company’s risk management department. The purpose of model validation is to assess the accuracy of the models’ input, processing, and reporting components. All models are required to be independently reviewed and approved prior to being placed in use, and are subject to formal change control procedures. Under the Company’s Model Risk Governance Policy, models are required to be reviewed at least annually to ensure they are operating as intended. Inputs into the models are market observable inputs whenever available. When market observable inputs are not available, the inputs are developed based upon analysis of historical experience and evaluation of other relevant market data. Significant unobservable model inputs are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. Significant unobservable model inputs are also compared to actual results, typically on a quarterly basis. Significant Level 3 fair value measurements are also subject to corporate-level review and are benchmarked to market transactions or other market data, when available. Additional discussion of processes and controls are provided in the valuation methodologies section that follows.

The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Company to measure financial assets and liabilities at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value as required under disclosure guidance related to the fair value of financial instruments. In addition, the following section includes an indication of the level of the fair value hierarchy in which the assets or liabilities are classified. Where appropriate, the description includes information about the valuation models and key inputs to those models. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were no significant changes to the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure fair value.

Cash and Due From Banks The carrying value of cash and due from banks approximate fair value and are classified within Level 1. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements The carrying value of federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements approximate fair value because of the relatively short time

between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization and are classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Investment Securities When quoted market prices for identical securities are available in an active market, these prices are used to determine fair value and these securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 investment securities include U.S. Treasury and exchange-traded securities.

For other securities, quoted market prices may not be readily available for the specific securities. When possible, the Company determines fair value based on market observable information, including quoted market prices for similar securities, inactive transaction prices, and broker quotes. These securities are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 2 valuations are generally provided by a third party pricing service. The Company reviews the valuation methodologies utilized by the pricing service and, on a quarterly basis, reviews the security level prices provided by the pricing service against management’s expectation of fair value, based on changes in various benchmarks and market knowledge from recent trading activity. Additionally, each quarter, the Company validates the fair value provided by the pricing service by comparing them to recent observable market trades (where available), broker provided quotes, or other independent secondary pricing sources. Prices obtained from the pricing service are adjusted if they are found to be inconsistent with relevant market data. Level 2 investment securities are predominantly agency mortgage-backed securities, certain other asset-backed securities, municipal securities, corporate debt securities, agency debt securities and certain perpetual preferred securities.

The fair value of securities for which there are no market trades, or where trading is inactive as compared to normal market activity, are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company determines the fair value of these securities by using a discounted cash flow methodology and incorporating observable market information, where available. These valuations are modeled by a unit within the Company’s treasury department. The valuations use assumptions regarding housing prices, interest rates and borrower performance. Inputs are refined and updated at least quarterly to reflect market developments and actual performance. The primary valuation drivers of these securities are the prepayment rates, default rates and default severities associated with the underlying collateral, as well as the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows. Level 3 fair values, including the assumptions used, are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. The fair value measurements are also

— 135 —

compared to fair values provided by third party pricing services and broker provided quotes, where available. Securities classified within Level 3 include non-agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, certain asset-backed securities, certain collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations and certain corporate debt securities.

Mortgage Loans Held For Sale MLHFS measured at fair value, for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist, are initially valued at the transaction price and are subsequently valued by comparison to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles. MLHFS are classified within Level 2. Included in mortgage banking revenue was a $27 million net gain, a $185 million net gain and a $335 million net loss for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, from the changes to fair value of these MLHFS under fair value option accounting guidance. Changes in fair value due to instrument specific credit risk were immaterial. Interest income for MLHFS is measured based on contractual interest rates and reported as interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income. Electing to measure MLHFS at fair value reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in fair value of these assets with changes in the value of the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting.

Loans The loan portfolio includes adjustable and fixed-rate loans, the fair value of which is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses and other valuation techniques. The expected cash flows of loans consider historical prepayment experiences and estimated credit losses and are discounted using current rates offered to borrowers with similar credit characteristics. Generally, loan fair values reflect Level 3 information. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only, with the exception of impaired collateral-based loans that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis utilizing the underlying collateral fair value.

Mortgage Servicing Rights MSRs are valued using a discounted cash flow methodology, and are classified within Level 3. The Company determines fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows using prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions. The MSR valuations, as well as the assumptions used, are developed by the mortgage banking division and are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. The MSR valuations and assumptions are validated through comparison to trade information when available, publicly available data and industry surveys and are also compared to independent third

party valuations each quarter. Risks inherent in MSR valuation include higher than expected prepayment rates and/or delayed receipt of cash flows. There is minimal observable market activity for MSRs on comparable portfolios, and, therefore the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment. Refer to Note 10 for further information on MSR valuation assumptions.

Derivatives The majority of derivatives held by the Company are executed over-the-counter and are valued using standard cash flow, Black-Derman-Toy and Monte Carlo valuation techniques. The models incorporate inputs, depending on the type of derivative, including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates and volatility. In addition, all derivative values incorporate an assessment of the risk of counterparty nonperformance, measured based on the Company’s evaluation of credit risk as well as external assessments of credit risk, where available. The Company monitors and manages its nonperformance risk by considering its ability to net derivative positions under master netting arrangements, as well as collateral received or provided under collateral arrangements. Accordingly, the Company has elected to measure the fair value of derivatives, at a counterparty level, on a net basis. The majority of the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, as the significant inputs to the models, including nonperformance risk, are observable. However, certain derivative transactions are with counterparties where risk of nonperformance cannot be observed in the market, and therefore the credit valuation adjustments result in these derivatives being classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The credit valuation adjustments for nonperformance risk are determined by the Company’s treasury department using credit assumptions provided by the risk management department. The credit assumptions are compared to actual results quarterly and are recalibrated as appropriate.

The Company also has other derivative contracts that are created through its operations, including commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans and swap agreements executed in conjunction with the sale of a portion of its Class B common shares of Visa Inc. (“the Visa swaps”). The mortgage loan commitments are valued by pricing models that include market observable and unobservable inputs, which result in the commitments being classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The unobservable inputs include assumptions about the percentage of commitments that actually become a closed loan and the MSR value that is inherent in the underlying loan value, both of which are developed by the Company’s mortgage banking division. The closed loan percentages for the mortgage loan commitments are monitored on an on-going basis, as these percentages are also used for the Company’s economic hedging activities.

— 136 —

The inherent MSR value for the commitments are generated by the same models used for the Company’s MSRs and thus are subject to the same processes and controls as described for the MSRs above. The Visa swaps require payments by either the Company or the purchaser of the Visa Inc. Class B common shares when there are changes in the conversion rate of the Visa Inc. Class B common shares to Visa Inc. Class A common shares, as well as quarterly payments to the purchaser based on specified terms of the agreements. Management reviews and updates the Visa swaps fair value in conjunction with its review of Visa related litigation contingencies, and the associated escrow funding. The fair value of the Visa swaps are calculated by the Company’s corporate development department using a discounted cash flow methodology which includes unobservable inputs about the timing and settlement amounts related to the resolution of certain Visa related litigation. The expected litigation resolution impacts the Visa Inc. Class B common share to Visa Inc. Class A common share conversion rate, as well as the ultimate termination date for the Visa swaps. Accordingly, the Visa swaps are classified within Level 3. Refer to Note 23 for further information on the Visa restructuring and related card association litigation.

Other Financial Instruments Other financial instruments include cost method equity investments and certain community development and tax-advantaged related assets and liabilities. The majority of the Company’s cost method equity investments are in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, for which the carrying amounts approximate fair value and are classified within Level 2. Investments in other equity and limited partnership funds are estimated using fund provided net asset values. These equity investments are classified within Level 3. The community development and tax-advantaged related asset balances primarily represent the underlying assets of consolidated community development and tax-advantaged entities. The community development and tax-advantaged related liabilities represent the underlying liabilities of the consolidated entities (included in long-term debt) and liabilities related to other third party interests (included in other liabilities). The carrying value of the community development and tax-advantaged related asset and other liability balances are a reasonable estimate of fair value and are classified within Level 3. Refer to Note 8 for further information on community development and tax-advantaged related assets and liabilities. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Deposit Liabilities The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of fixed-rate

certificates of deposit was estimated by discounting the contractual cash flow using current market rates. Deposit liabilities are classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Short-term Borrowings Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper and other short-term funds borrowed have floating rates or short-term maturities. The fair value of short-term borrowings was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates. Short-term borrowings are classified within Level 2. Included in short-term borrowings is the Company’s obligation on securities sold short, which is required to be accounted for at fair value per applicable accounting guidance. Fair value for other short-term borrowings is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Long-term Debt The fair value for most long-term debt was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates. Junior subordinated debt instruments were valued using market quotes. Long-term debt is classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Loan Commitments, Letters of Credit and Guarantees The fair value of commitments, letters of credit and guarantees represents the estimated costs to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with a third party. Other loan commitments, letters of credit and guarantees are not actively traded, and the Company estimates their fair value based on the related amount of unamortized deferred commitment fees adjusted for the probable losses for these arrangements. These arrangements are classified within Level 3. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS OF LEVEL 3 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The following section provides information on the significant inputs used by the Company to determine the fair value measurements of Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, the following section includes a discussion of the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant inputs and a description of any interrelationships between these inputs for Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The discussion below excludes nonrecurring fair value measurements of collateral value used for impairment measures for loans and OREO. These valuations utilize third party appraisal or broker price opinions, and are classified as Level 3 due to the significant judgment involved.

— 137 —

Available-For-Sale Investment Securities The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s modeled Level 3 available-for-sale investment securities are prepayment rates, probability of default and loss severities associated with the underlying collateral, as well as the discount margin used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows. Increases in prepayment rates for Level 3 securities will typically result in higher fair values, as increased prepayment rates accelerate the receipt of expected cash flows and reduce exposure to credit losses. Increases in the probability of default and loss severities will result in lower fair values, as these increases reduce expected cash flows. Discount margin is the Company’s estimate of the current market spread above the respective benchmark rate.

Higher discount margin will result in lower fair values, as it reduces the present value of the expected cash flows.

Prepayment rates generally move in the opposite direction of market interest rates. In the current environment, an increase in the probability of default will generally be accompanied with an increase in loss severity, as both are impacted by underlying collateral values. Discount margins are influenced by market expectations about the security’s collateral performance, and therefore may directionally move with probability and severity of default; however, discount margins are also impacted by broader market forces, such as competing investment yields, sector liquidity, economic news, and other macroeconomic factors.

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for Level 3 available-for-sale investment securities at December 31, 2015:

	Minimum			Maximum			Average
Residential Prime Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities(a)
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates		5	%		20	%		14	%
Lifetime probability of default rates		–			7			4
Lifetime loss severity rates		15			60			33
Discount margin		2			5			3
Residential Non-Prime Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities(b)
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates		3	%		13	%		8	%
Lifetime probability of default rates		4			12			7
Lifetime loss severity rates		20			70			52
Discount margin		1			6			3
Other Asset-Backed Securities
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates		6	%		6	%		6	%
Lifetime probability of default rates		5			5			5
Lifetime loss severity rates		40			40			40
Discount margin		6			6			6

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

Mortgage Servicing Rights The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s MSRs are expected prepayments and the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows. Significant increases in either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement.

Significant decreases in either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher fair value measurement. There is no direct interrelationship between prepayments and discount rate. Prepayment rates generally move in the opposite direction of market interest rates. Discount rates are generally impacted by changes in market return requirements.

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for MSRs at December 31, 2015:

	Minimum			Maximum			Average
Expected prepayment		10	%		19	%		11	%
Discount rate		9			13			10

Derivatives The Company has two distinct Level 3 derivative portfolios: (i) the Company’s commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans that meet the requirements of a derivative and (ii) the Company’s asset/liability and customer-

related derivatives that are Level 3 due to unobservable inputs related to measurement of risk of nonperformance by the counterparty. In addition, the Company’s Visa swaps are classified within Level 3.

— 138 —

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s derivative commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans are the percentage of commitments that actually become a closed loan and the MSR value that is inherent in the underlying loan value. A significant increase in the rate of loans that close would result

in a larger derivative asset or liability. A significant increase in the inherent MSR value would result in an increase in the derivative asset or a reduction in the derivative liability. Expected loan close rates and the inherent MSR values are directly impacted by changes in market rates and will generally move in the same direction as interest rates.

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for the Company’s derivative commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans at December 31, 2015:

	Minimum			Maximum			Average
Expected loan close rate		9	%		100	%		79	%
Inherent MSR value (basis points per loan)		30			196			120

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of certain of the Company’s asset/liability and customer-related derivatives is the credit valuation adjustment related to the risk of counterparty nonperformance. A significant increase in the credit valuation adjustment would result in a lower fair value measurement. A significant decrease in the credit valuation adjustment would result in a higher fair value measurement. The credit valuation adjustment is impacted by changes in the Company’s assessment of the counterparty’s credit position. At December 31, 2015, the minimum, maximum and average credit valuation adjustment as a percentage of the derivative

contract fair value prior to adjustment was 0 percent, 98 percent and 5 percent, respectively.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Visa swaps are management’s estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios, and the timing of the resolution of the related litigation loss estimates in excess, or shortfall, of the Company’s proportional share of escrow funds. An increase in the loss estimate or a delay in the resolution of the related litigation would result in an increase in the derivative liability. A decrease in the loss estimate or an acceleration of the resolution of the related litigation would result in a decrease in the derivative liability.

— 139 —

The following table summarizes the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

(Dollars in Millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting			Total
December 31, 2015
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	3,708	$	888	$	–	$	–		$	4,596
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		–		50,076		–		–			50,076
Non-agency
Prime(a)		–		–		318		–			318
Non-prime(b)		–		–		240		–			240
Commercial
Agency		–		52		–		–			52
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		–		19		–		–			19
Other		–		539		2		–			541
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		–		5,316		–		–			5,316
Corporate debt securities		102		499		9		–			610
Perpetual preferred securities		48		113		–		–			161
Other investments		40		28		–		–			68
Total available-for-sale		3,898		57,530		569		–			61,997
Mortgage loans held for sale		–		3,110		–		–			3,110
Mortgage servicing rights		–		–		2,512		–			2,512
Derivative assets		–		1,632		615		(807	)		1,440
Other assets		202		589		–		–			791
Total	$	4,100	$	62,861	$	3,696	$	(807	)	$	69,850
Derivative liabilities	$	2	$	2,266	$	117	$	(1,283	)	$	1,102
Short-term borrowings(c)		122		645		–		–			767
Total	$	124	$	2,911	$	117	$	(1,283	)	$	1,869
December 31, 2014
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	1,351	$	1,281	$	–	$	–		$	2,632
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		–		45,017		–		–			45,017
Non-agency
Prime(a)		–		–		405		–			405
Non-prime(b)		–		–		280		–			280
Commercial
Agency		–		115		–		–			115
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		–		22		–		–			22
Other		–		557		62		–			619
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		–		5,868		–		–			5,868
Obligations of foreign governments		–		6		–		–			6
Corporate debt securities		101		504		9		–			614
Perpetual preferred securities		55		162		–		–			217
Other investments		251		23		–		–			274
Total available-for-sale		1,758		53,555		756		–			56,069
Mortgage loans held for sale		–		4,774		–		–			4,774
Mortgage servicing rights		–		–		2,338		–			2,338
Derivative assets		–		1,408		660		(870	)		1,198
Other assets		231		641		–		–			872
Total	$	1,989	$	60,378	$	3,754	$	(870	)	$	65,251
Derivative liabilities	$	–	$	2,103	$	86	$	(1,317	)	$	872
Short-term borrowings(c)		101		608		–		–			709
Total	$	101	$	2,711	$	86	$	(1,317	)	$	1,581

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(c) Represents the Company’s obligation on securities sold short required to be accounted for at fair value per applicable accounting guidance.

— 140 —

The following table presents the changes in fair value for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	Beginning of Period Balance		Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income			Net Gains (Losses) Included in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Purchases		Sales			Principal Payments			Issuances			Settlements			End of Period Balance		Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at End of Period
2015
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential non-agency
Prime(a)	$	405	$	–		$	(4	)	$	–	$	–		$	(83	)	$	–		$	–		$	318	$	(4	)
Non-prime(b)		280		(1	)		(1	)		–		–			(38	)		–			–			240		(1	)
Asset-backed securities
Other		62		4			(2	)		–		(51	)		(11	)		–			–			2		–
Corporate debt securities		9		–			–			–		–			–			–			–			9		–
Total available-for-sale		756		3	(c)		(7	)(f)		–		(51	)		(132	)		–			–			569		(5	)
Mortgage servicing rights		2,338		(487	)(d)		–			29		–			–			632	(g)		–			2,512		(487	)(d)
Net derivative assets and liabilities		574		707	(e)		–			1		(13	)		–			–			(771	)		498		135	(h)
2014
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential non-agency
Prime(a)	$	478	$	–		$	15		$	–	$	–		$	(88	)	$	–		$	–		$	405	$	14
Non-prime(b)		297		(6	)		19			–		–			(30	)		–			–			280		19
Asset-backed securities
Other		63		4			–			5		–			(10	)		–			–			62		–
Corporate debt securities		9		–			–			–		–			–			–			–			9		–
Total available-for-sale		847		(2	)(i)		34	(f)		5		–			(128	)		–			–			756		33
Mortgage servicing rights		2,680		(588	)(d)		–			5		(141	)		–			382	(g)		–			2,338		(588	)(d)
Net derivative assets and liabilities		445		904	(j)		–			1		(4	)		–			–			(772	)		574		188	(k)
2013
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential non-agency
Prime(a)	$	624	$	(6	)	$	8		$	–	$	–		$	(148	)	$	–		$	–		$	478	$	9
Non-prime(b)		355		(13	)		17			–		(20	)		(42	)		–			–			297		17
Asset-backed securities
Other		15		3			1			51		–			(7	)		–			–			63		–
Corporate debt securities		9		–			–			–		–			–			–			–			9		–
Total available-for-sale		1,003		(16	)(l)		26	(f)		51		(20	)		(197	)		–			–			847		26
Mortgage servicing rights		1,700		203	(d)		–			8		–			–			769	(g)		–			2,680		203	(d)
Net derivative assets and liabilities		1,179		(18	)(m)		–			1		(5	)		–			–			(712	)		445		(321	)(n)

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(c) Included in interest income.

(d) Included in mortgage banking revenue.

(e) Approximately $289 million included in other noninterest income and $418 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(f) Included in changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale.

(g) Represents MSRs capitalized during the period.

(h) Approximately $92 million included in other noninterest income and $43 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(i) Approximately $(3) million included in securities gains (losses) and $1 million included in interest income.

(j) Approximately $404 million included in other noninterest income and $500 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(k) Approximately $128 million included in other noninterest income and $60 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(l) Approximately $(14) million included in securities gains (losses) and $(2) million included in interest income.

(m) Approximately $(149) million included in other noninterest income and $131 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(n) Approximately $(340) million included in other noninterest income and $19 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

— 141 —

The Company is also required periodically to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

These measurements of fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following table summarizes the balances as of the measurement date of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, and still held as of the reporting date as of December 31:

	2015								2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Loans(a)	$	–	$	–	$	87	$	87	$	–	$	–	$	77	$	77
Other assets(b)		–		–		66		66		–		–		90		90

(a) Represents the carrying value of loans for which adjustments were based on the fair value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.

(b) Primarily represents the fair value of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value based on an appraisal or broker price opinion of the collateral subsequent to their initial acquisition.

The following table summarizes losses recognized related to nonrecurring fair value measurements of individual assets or portfolios for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Loans(a)	$	175	$	108	$	83
Other assets(b)		42		70		96

(a) Represents write-downs of student loans held for sale based on non-binding quoted prices received for the portfolio, that were subsequently transferred to loans, and write-downs of loans which were based on the fair value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.

(b) Primarily represents related losses of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial acquisition.

FAIR VALUE OPTION

The following table summarizes the differences between the aggregate fair value carrying amount of MLHFS for which the fair value option has been elected and the aggregate unpaid principal amount that the Company is contractually obligated to receive at maturity as of December 31:

	2015							2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Fair Value Carrying Amount		Aggregate Unpaid Principal		Carrying Amount Over (Under) Unpaid Principal			Fair Value Carrying Amount		Aggregate Unpaid Principal		Carrying Amount Over (Under) Unpaid Principal
Total loans	$	3,110	$	3,032	$	78		$	4,774	$	4,582	$	192
Nonaccrual loans		5		7		(2	)		6		9		(3	)
Loans 90 days or more past due		–		–		–			1		1		–

DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value for financial instruments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and includes financial instruments that are not accounted for at fair value. In accordance with disclosure guidance related to fair values of financial instruments, the Company did not include

assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as the value of goodwill, long-term relationships with deposit, credit card, merchant processing and trust customers, other purchased intangibles, premises and equipment, deferred taxes and other liabilities. Additionally, in accordance with the disclosure guidance, insurance contracts and investments accounted for under the equity method are excluded.

— 142 —

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, are shown in the table below:

	2015										2014
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value								Carrying Amount		Fair Value
(Dollars in Millions)			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total				Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	11,147	$	11,147	$	–	$	–	$	11,147	$	10,654	$	10,654	$	–	$	–	$	10,654
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements		169		–		169		–		169		118		–		118		–		118
Investment securities held-to-maturity		43,590		2,275		41,138		80		43,493		44,974		1,928		43,124		88		45,140
Loans held for sale(a)		74		–		–		74		74		18		–		–		18		18
Loans(b)		256,899		–		–		259,736		259,736		243,735		–		–		245,424		245,424
Other financial instruments		2,311		–		921		1,398		2,319		2,187		–		924		1,269		2,193
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		300,400		–		300,225		–		300,225		282,733		–		282,708		–		282,708
Short-term borrowings(c)		27,110		–		26,782		–		26,782		29,184		–		28,973		–		28,973
Long-term debt		32,078		–		32,412		–		32,412		32,260		–		32,659		–		32,659
Other liabilities		1,353		–		–		1,353		1,353		1,231		–		–		1,231		1,231

(a) Excludes mortgages held for sale for which the fair value option under applicable accounting guidance was elected.

(b) Excludes loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

(c) Excludes the Company’s obligation on securities sold short required to be accounted for at fair value per applicable accounting guidance.

The fair value of unfunded commitments, deferred non-yield related loan fees, standby letters of credit and other guarantees is approximately equal to their carrying value. The carrying value of unfunded commitments, deferred non-yield related loan fees

and standby letters of credit was $515 million and $413 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The carrying value of other guarantees was $184 million and $211 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

  NOTE 23   GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Visa Restructuring and Card Association Litigation The Company’s payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through the Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (collectively “Visa”). In 2007, Visa completed a restructuring and issued shares of Visa Inc. common stock to its financial institution members in contemplation of its initial public offering (“IPO”) completed in the first quarter of 2008 (the “Visa Reorganization”). As a part of the Visa Reorganization, the Company received its proportionate number of shares of Visa Inc. common stock, which were subsequently converted to Class B shares of Visa Inc. (“Class B shares”). Visa U.S.A. Inc. (“Visa U.S.A.”) and MasterCard International (collectively, the “Card Associations”) are defendants in antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of the Card Associations (the “Visa Litigation”). Visa U.S.A. member banks have a contingent obligation to indemnify Visa Inc. under the Visa U.S.A. bylaws (which were modified at the time of the restructuring in October 2007) for potential losses arising from the Visa Litigation. The indemnification by the Visa U.S.A. member banks has no specific maximum amount.

Using proceeds from its IPO and through reductions to the conversion ratio applicable to the Class B shares held by Visa U.S.A. member banks, Visa Inc. has funded an escrow account for the benefit of member financial institutions to fund

their indemnification obligations associated with the Visa Litigation. The receivable related to the escrow account is classified in other liabilities as a direct offset to the related Visa Litigation contingent liability. On October 19, 2012, Visa signed a settlement agreement to resolve class action claims associated with the multi-district interchange litigation, the largest of the remaining Visa Litigation matters. The settlement has been approved by the court, but has been challenged by some class members and is being appealed. In addition, a number of class members opted out of the settlement and have filed actions against the Card Associations. At December 31, 2015, the carrying amount of the Company’s liability related to the Visa Litigation matters, net of its share of the escrow fundings, was $19 million. During 2015, the Company sold 2.5 million of its Class B shares. These sales, and any previous sales of its Class B shares, do not impact the Company’s liability for the Visa Litigation matters or the receivable related to the escrow account. The remaining 6.4 million Class B shares held by the Company will be eligible for conversion to Class A shares of Visa Inc., and thereby become marketable, upon final settlement of the Visa Litigation. These shares are excluded from the Company’s financial instruments disclosures included in Note 22.

— 143 —

Commitments to Extend Credit Commitments to extend credit are legally binding and generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. The contractual amount represents the Company’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of default by the borrower. The Company manages this credit risk by using the same credit policies it applies to loans. Collateral is obtained to secure commitments based on management’s credit assessment of the borrower. The collateral may include marketable securities, receivables, inventory, equipment and real estate. Since the Company expects many of the commitments to expire without being drawn, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent the Company’s future liquidity requirements. In addition, the commitments include consumer credit lines that are cancelable upon notification to the consumer.

The contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2015, excluding those commitments considered derivatives, were as follows:

	Term
(Dollars in Millions)	Less Than One Year		Greater Than One Year		Total
Commercial and commercial real estate loans	$	25,917	$	93,924	$	119,841
Corporate and purchasing card loans(a)		23,608		–		23,608
Residential mortgages		315		13		328
Retail credit card loans(a)		95,832		–		95,832
Other retail loans		12,951		21,141		34,092
Covered loans		–		568		568
Other		5,203		94		5,297

(a) Primarily cancelable at the Company’s discretion.

Lease Commitments Rental expense for operating leases totaled $328 million in 2015, $326 million in 2014 and $311 million in 2013. Future minimum payments, net of sublease rentals, under capitalized leases and noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, consisted of the following at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)	Capitalized Leases		Operating Leases
2016	$	14	$	265
2017		13		242
2018		13		203
2019		11		166
2020		10		126
Thereafter		42		471
Total minimum lease payments		103	$	1,473
Less amount representing interest		35
Present value of net minimum lease payments	$	68

OTHER GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The following table is a summary of other guarantees and contingent liabilities of the Company at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)	Collateral Held		Carrying Amount		Maximum Potential Future Payments
Standby letters of credit	$	–	$	57	$	13,020
Third party borrowing arrangements		–		–		8
Securities lending indemnifications		4,387		–		4,246
Asset sales		–		119		5,089
Merchant processing		409		61		94,995
Contingent consideration arrangements		–		2		2
Tender option bond program guarantee		2,254		–		2,183
Minimum revenue guarantees		–		2		12
Other		–		–		792

Letters of Credit Standby letters of credit are commitments the Company issues to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The guarantees frequently support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper issuances, bond financings and other similar transactions. The Company also issues and confirms commercial letters of credit on behalf of customers to ensure payment or collection in connection with trade transactions. In the event of a customer’s or counterparty’s nonperformance, the Company’s credit loss exposure is similar to that in any extension of credit, up to the letter’s contractual amount. Management assesses the borrower’s credit to determine the necessary collateral, which may include marketable securities, receivables, inventory, equipment and real estate. Since the conditions requiring the Company to fund letters of credit may not occur, the Company expects its liquidity requirements to be less than the total outstanding commitments. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under standby letter of credit arrangements at December 31, 2015, were approximately $13.0 billion with a weighted-average term of approximately 21 months. The estimated fair value of standby letters of credit was approximately $57 million at December 31, 2015.

The contract or notional amount of letters of credit at December 31, 2015, were as follows:

	Term
(Dollars in Millions)	Less Than One Year		Greater Than One Year		Total
Standby	$	5,701	$	7,319	$	13,020
Commercial		218		48		266

— 144 —

Guarantees Guarantees are contingent commitments issued by the Company to customers or other third parties. The Company’s guarantees primarily include parent guarantees related to subsidiaries’ third party borrowing arrangements; third party performance guarantees inherent in the Company’s business operations, such as indemnified securities lending programs and merchant charge-back guarantees; indemnification or buy-back provisions related to certain asset sales; and contingent consideration arrangements related to acquisitions. For certain guarantees, the Company has recorded a liability related to the potential obligation, or has access to collateral to support the guarantee or through the exercise of other recourse provisions can offset some or all of the maximum potential future payments made under these guarantees.

Third Party Borrowing Arrangements The Company provides guarantees to third parties as a part of certain subsidiaries’ borrowing arrangements. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $8 million at December 31, 2015.

Commitments from Securities Lending The Company participates in securities lending activities by acting as the customer’s agent involving the loan of securities. The Company indemnifies customers for the difference between the fair value of the securities lent and the fair value of the collateral received. Cash collateralizes these transactions. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $4.2 billion at December 31, 2015, and represent the fair value of the securities lent to third parties. At December 31, 2015, the Company held $4.4 billion of cash as collateral for these arrangements.

Asset Sales The Company has provided guarantees to certain third parties in connection with the sale or syndication of certain assets, primarily loan portfolios and tax-advantaged investments. These guarantees are generally in the form of asset buy-back or make-whole provisions that are triggered upon a credit event or a change in the tax-qualifying status of the related projects, as applicable, and remain in effect until the loans are collected or final tax credits are realized, respectively. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $5.1 billion at December 31, 2015, and represented the proceeds received from the buyer or the guaranteed portion in these transactions where the buy-back or make-whole provisions have not yet expired. At December 31, 2015, the Company had reserved $89 million for potential losses related to the sale or syndication of tax- advantaged investments.

The maximum potential future payments do not include loan sales where the Company provides standard representation and warranties to the buyer against losses related to loan underwriting documentation defects that may have existed at the time of sale that generally are identified after the occurrence of a triggering event such as delinquency. For these types of loan sales, the maximum potential future payments is generally the unpaid principal balance of loans sold measured at the end of the current reporting period. Actual losses will be significantly less than the maximum exposure, as only a fraction of loans sold will have a representation and warranty breach, and any losses on repurchase would generally be mitigated by any collateral held against the loans.

The Company regularly sells loans to GSEs as part of its mortgage banking activities. The Company provides customary representations and warranties to the GSEs in conjunction with these sales. These representations and warranties generally require the Company to repurchase assets if it is subsequently determined that a loan did not meet specified criteria, such as a documentation deficiency or rescission of mortgage insurance. If the Company is unable to cure or refute a repurchase request, the Company is generally obligated to repurchase the loan or otherwise reimburse the counterparty for losses. At December 31, 2015, the Company had reserved $30 million for potential losses from representation and warranty obligations, compared with $46 million at December 31, 2014. The Company’s reserve reflects management’s best estimate of losses for representation and warranty obligations. The Company’s repurchase reserve is modeled at the loan level, taking into consideration the individual credit quality and borrower activity that has transpired since origination. The model applies credit quality and economic risk factors to derive a probability of default and potential repurchase that are based on the Company’s historical loss experience, and estimates loss severity based on expected collateral value. The Company also considers qualitative factors that may result in anticipated losses differing from historical loss trends.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had $12 million and $19 million, respectively, of unresolved representation and warranty claims from the GSEs. The Company does not have a significant amount of unresolved claims from investors other than the GSEs.

Merchant Processing The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides merchant processing services. Under the rules of credit card associations, a merchant processor retains a contingent liability for credit card transactions processed. This contingent liability arises in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholder’s favor. In this situation,

— 145 —

the transaction is “charged-back” to the merchant and the disputed amount is credited or otherwise refunded to the cardholder. If the Company is unable to collect this amount from the merchant, it bears the loss for the amount of the refund paid to the cardholder.

A cardholder, through its issuing bank, generally has until the later of up to four months after the date the transaction is processed or the receipt of the product or service to present a charge-back to the Company as the merchant processor. The absolute maximum potential liability is estimated to be the total volume of credit card transactions that meet the associations’ requirements to be valid charge-back transactions at any given time. Management estimates that the maximum potential exposure for charge-backs would approximate the total amount of merchant transactions processed through the credit card associations for the last four months. For the last four months this amount totaled approximately $95.0 billion. In most cases, this contingent liability is unlikely to arise, as most products and services are delivered when purchased and amounts are refunded when items are returned to merchants. However, where the product or service has been purchased but is not provided until a future date (“future delivery”), the potential for this contingent liability increases. To mitigate this risk, the Company may require the merchant to make an escrow deposit, place maximum volume limitations on future delivery transactions processed by the merchant at any point in time, or require various credit enhancements (including letters of credit and bank guarantees). Also, merchant processing contracts may include event triggers to provide the Company more financial and operational control in the event of financial deterioration of the merchant.

The Company currently processes card transactions in the United States, Canada, Europe, Mexico and Brazil through wholly-owned subsidiaries and joint ventures with other financial institutions. In the event a merchant was unable to fulfill product or services subject to future delivery, such as airline tickets, the Company could become financially liable for refunding tickets purchased through the credit card associations under the charge-back provisions. Charge-back risk related to these merchants is evaluated in a manner similar to credit risk assessments and, as such, merchant processing contracts contain various provisions to protect the Company in the event of default. At December 31, 2015, the value of airline tickets purchased to be delivered at a future date was $6.7 billion. The Company held collateral of $307 million in escrow deposits, letters of credit and indemnities from financial institutions, and liens on various assets. With respect to future delivery risk for other merchants, the Company held $26 million of merchant escrow deposits as collateral. In addition to specific collateral or other credit

enhancements, the Company maintains a liability for its implied guarantees associated with future delivery. At December 31, 2015, the liability was $49 million primarily related to these airline processing arrangements.

In the normal course of business, the Company has unresolved charge-backs. The Company assesses the likelihood of its potential liability based on the extent and nature of unresolved charge-backs and its historical loss experience. At December 31, 2015, the Company held $76 million of merchant escrow deposits as collateral and had a recorded liability for potential losses of $12 million.

Contingent Consideration Arrangements The Company has contingent payment obligations related to certain business combination transactions. Payments are guaranteed as long as certain post-acquisition performance-based criteria are met or customer relationships are maintained. At December 31, 2015, the maximum potential future payments required to be made by the Company under these arrangements was approximately $2 million. If required, the majority of these contingent payments are payable within the next 12 months.

Tender Option Bond Program Guarantee As discussed in Note 8, the Company sponsors a municipal bond securities tender option bond program and consolidates the program’s entities on its Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company provides financial performance guarantees related to the program’s entities. At December 31, 2015, the Company guaranteed $2.2 billion of borrowings of the program’s entities, included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in short-term borrowings. The Company also included on its Consolidated Balance Sheet the related $2.3 billion of available-for-sale investment securities serving as collateral for this arrangement.

Minimum Revenue Guarantees In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into revenue share agreements with third party business partners who generate customer referrals or provide marketing or other services related to the generation of revenue. In certain of these agreements, the Company may guarantee that a minimum amount of revenue share payments will be made to the third party over a specified period of time. At December 31, 2015, the maximum potential future payments required to be made by the Company under these agreements were $12 million.

Other Guarantees and Commitments The Company has also made other financial performance guarantees and commitments primarily related to the operations of its subsidiaries. At December 31, 2015, the maximum potential future payments guaranteed or committed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $792 million.

— 146 —

Litigation and Regulatory Matters The Company is subject to various litigation and regulatory matters that arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Company establishes reserves for such matters when potential losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company believes the ultimate resolution of existing legal and regulatory matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. However, changes in circumstances or additional information could result in additional accruals or resolution in excess of established accruals, which could adversely affect the Company’s results from operations, potentially materially.

Litigation Matters In the last several years, the Company and other large financial institutions have been sued in their capacity as trustee for residential mortgage–backed securities trusts. Among these lawsuits are actions originally brought in June 2014 by a group of institutional investors, including BlackRock and PIMCO funds, against six bank trustees, including the Company. These actions are in early stages and currently are pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In these lawsuits, the investors allege that U.S. Bank National Association as trustee caused them to incur substantial losses by failing to enforce loan repurchase obligations and failing to abide by appropriate standards of care after events of default allegedly occurred. The plaintiffs seek monetary damages in an unspecified amount and also seek equitable relief.

Regulatory Matters The Company is currently subject to examinations, inquiries and investigations by government agencies and bank regulators concerning mortgage-related practices, including those related to compliance with selling guidelines relating to residential home loans sold to GSEs, foreclosure-related expenses submitted to the Federal Housing Administration or GSEs for reimbursement, lender-placed insurance, and notices and filings in bankruptcy cases. The Company is also subject to ongoing examinations, inquiries and investigations by government agencies, bank regulators and law enforcement with respect to Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering compliance program adequacy and effectiveness and sanctions compliance requirements as administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. In October 2015, the Company entered into a Consent Order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) concerning deficiencies in its Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering compliance program, and requiring an ongoing review of that program. If the Company does not satisfactorily correct the identified deficiencies, it could be required to enter into further orders, pay fines or penalties or further modify its business practices. Some of the compliance program

enhancements and other actions required by the Consent Order have already been, or are currently in the process of being, implemented, and are not expected to be material to the Company.

The Company is also continually subject to examinations, inquiries and investigations in areas of increasing regulatory scrutiny, such as compliance, risk management, third party risk management and consumer protection.

The Company is cooperating fully with all pending examinations, inquiries and investigations, any of which could lead to administrative or legal proceedings or settlements. Remedies in these proceedings or settlements may include fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in the Company’s business practices (which may increase the Company’s operating expenses and decrease its revenue).

Certain federal and state governmental authorities reached settlement agreements in 2012 and 2013 with other major financial institutions regarding their mortgage origination, servicing, and foreclosure activities. Those governmental authorities have had settlement discussions with other financial institutions, including the Company. The Company has not agreed to any settlement; however, if a settlement were reached it would likely include an agreement to comply with specified servicing standards, and settlement payments to governmental authorities as well as a monetary commitment that could be satisfied under various loan modification programs (in addition to the programs the Company already has in place).

In April 2011, the Company and certain other large financial institutions entered into Consent Orders with the OCC and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System relating to residential mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices. In June 2015, the Company entered into an agreement to amend the 2011 Consent Order it had with the OCC. The OCC terminated the amended Consent Order in February 2016. Depending on the Company’s progress toward addressing the requirements of the 2011 Consent Order it has with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Company may be required to enter into further orders and settlements, pay additional fines or penalties, make restitution or further modify the Company’s business practices (which may increase the Company’s operating expenses and decrease its revenue).

Outlook Due to their complex nature, it can be years before litigation and regulatory matters are resolved. The Company may be unable to develop an estimate or range of loss where matters are in early stages, there are significant factual or legal issues to be resolved, damages are unspecified or uncertain, or there is uncertainty as to a litigation class being certified or the outcome of pending motions, appeals or proceedings. For those litigation and regulatory matters where

— 147 —

the Company has information to develop an estimate or range of loss, the Company believes the upper end of reasonably possible losses in aggregate, in excess of any reserves established for matters where a loss is considered probable, will not be material to its financial condition, results of

operations or cash flows. The Company’s estimates are subject to significant judgment and uncertainties, and the matters underlying the estimates will change from time to time. Actual results may vary significantly from the current estimates.

  NOTE 24   U.S. BANCORP (PARENT COMPANY)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Assets
Due from banks, principally interest-bearing	$	9,426	$	10,775
Available-for-sale securities		352		464
Investments in bank subsidiaries		41,708		39,599
Investments in nonbank subsidiaries		2,060		1,906
Advances to bank subsidiaries		3,150		2,650
Advances to nonbank subsidiaries		823		550
Other assets		983		1,762
Total assets	$	58,502	$	57,706
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Short-term funds borrowed	$	25	$	177
Long-term debt		11,453		13,189
Other liabilities		893		861
Shareholders’ equity		46,131		43,479
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	58,502	$	57,706

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Income
Dividends from bank subsidiaries	$	3,900		$	3,850		$	6,100
Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries		3			38			9
Interest from subsidiaries		120			123			118
Other income		55			64			66
Total income		4,078			4,075			6,293
Expense
Interest expense		292			335			325
Other expense		105			90			81
Total expense		397			425			406
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		3,681			3,650			5,887
Applicable income taxes		(207	)		(94	)		(88	)
Income of parent company		3,888			3,744			5,975
Equity in undistributed income (losses) of subsidiaries		1,991			2,107			(139	)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836

— 148 —

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Operating Activities
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Equity in undistributed (income) losses of subsidiaries		(1,991	)		(2,107	)		139
Other, net		507			48			(40	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		4,395			3,792			5,935
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment securities		153			46			75
Purchases of investment securities		(47	)		(39	)		(118	)
Net (increase) decrease in short-term advances to subsidiaries		(273	)		984			4,543
Long-term advances to subsidiaries		(500	)		(1,800	)		(750	)
Principal collected on long-term advances to subsidiaries		–			1,400			–
Other, net		(6	)		(52	)		3
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(673	)		539			3,753
Financing Activities
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings		(152	)		39			4
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		–			3,250			1,500
Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt		(1,750	)		(1,500	)		(2,850	)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		745			–			487
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		295			453			524
Redemption of preferred stock		–			–			(500	)
Repurchase of common stock		(2,190	)		(2,200	)		(2,282	)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock		(242	)		(243	)		(254	)
Cash dividends paid on common stock		(1,777	)		(1,726	)		(1,576	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(5,071	)		(1,927	)		(4,947	)
Change in cash and due from banks		(1,349	)		2,404			4,741
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year		10,775			8,371			3,630
Cash and due from banks at end of year	$	9,426		$	10,775		$	8,371

Transfer of funds (dividends, loans or advances) from bank subsidiaries to the Company is restricted. Federal law requires loans to the Company or its affiliates to be secured and generally limits loans to the Company or an individual affiliate to 10 percent of each bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. In the aggregate, loans to the Company and all affiliates cannot exceed 20 percent of each bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus.

Dividend payments to the Company by its subsidiary bank are subject to regulatory review and statutory limitations and, in some instances, regulatory approval. In general, dividends by the Company’s bank subsidiary to the parent company are limited by rules which compare dividends to net income for regulatorily-defined periods. Furthermore, dividends are restricted by minimum capital constraints for all national banks.

  NOTE 25   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the impact of events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2015 through the date the consolidated financial statements were filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Based

on this evaluation, the Company has determined none of these events were required to be recognized or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

— 149 —

U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Balance Sheet — Five Year Summary (Unaudited)

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011			% Change 2015 v 2014
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	11,147		$	10,654		$	8,477		$	8,252		$	13,962			4.6	%
Held-to-maturity securities		43,590			44,974			38,920			34,389			18,877			(3.1	)
Available-for-sale securities		61,997			56,069			40,935			40,139			51,937			10.6
Loans held for sale		3,184			4,792			3,268			7,976			7,156			(33.6	)
Loans		260,849			247,851			235,235			223,329			209,835			5.2
Less allowance for loan losses		(3,863	)		(4,039	)		(4,250	)		(4,424	)		(4,753	)		4.4
Net loans		256,986			243,812			230,985			218,905			205,082			5.4
Other assets		44,949			42,228			41,436			44,194			43,108			6.4
Total assets	$	421,853		$	402,529		$	364,021		$	353,855		$	340,122			4.8
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing	$	83,766		$	77,323		$	76,941		$	74,172		$	68,579			8.3	%
Interest-bearing		216,634			205,410			185,182			175,011			162,306			5.5
Total deposits		300,400			282,733			262,123			249,183			230,885			6.2
Short-term borrowings		27,877			29,893			27,608			26,302			30,468			(6.7	)
Long-term debt		32,078			32,260			20,049			25,516			31,953			(.6	)
Other liabilities		14,681			13,475			12,434			12,587			11,845			8.9
Total liabilities		375,036			358,361			322,214			313,588			305,151			4.7
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity		46,131			43,479			41,113			38,998			33,978			6.1
Noncontrolling interests		686			689			694			1,269			993			(.4	)
Total equity		46,817			44,168			41,807			40,267			34,971			6.0
Total liabilities and equity	$	421,853		$	402,529		$	364,021		$	353,855		$	340,122			4.8

— 150 —

U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Statement of Income — Five-Year Summary (Unaudited)

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013		2012			2011			% Change 2015 v 2014
Interest Income
Loans	$	10,059		$	10,113		$	10,277	$	10,558		$	10,370			(.5	)%
Loans held for sale		206			128			203		282			200			60.9
Investment securities		2,001			1,866			1,631		1,792			1,820			7.2
Other interest income		136			121			174		251			249			12.4
Total interest income		12,402			12,228			12,285		12,883			12,639			1.4
Interest Expense
Deposits		457			465			561		691			840			(1.7	)
Short-term borrowings		245			263			353		442			531			(6.8	)
Long-term debt		699			725			767		1,005			1,145			(3.6	)
Total interest expense		1,401			1,453			1,681		2,138			2,516			(3.6	)
Net interest income		11,001			10,775			10,604		10,745			10,123			2.1
Provision for credit losses		1,132			1,229			1,340		1,882			2,343			(7.9	)
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		9,869			9,546			9,264		8,863			7,780			3.4
Noninterest Income
Credit and debit card revenue		1,070			1,021			965		892			1,073			4.8
Corporate payment products revenue		708			724			706		744			734			(2.2	)
Merchant processing services		1,547			1,511			1,458		1,395			1,355			2.4
ATM processing services		318			321			327		346			452			(.9	)
Trust and investment management fees		1,321			1,252			1,139		1,055			1,000			5.5
Deposit service charges		702			693			670		653			659			1.3
Treasury management fees		561			545			538		541			551			2.9
Commercial products revenue		867			854			859		878			841			1.5
Mortgage banking revenue		906			1,009			1,356		1,937			986			(10.2	)
Investment products fees		185			191			178		150			129			(3.1	)
Securities gains (losses), net		–			3			9		(15	)		(31	)		*
Other		907			1,040			569		743			1,011			(12.8	)
Total noninterest income		9,092			9,164			8,774		9,319			8,760			(.8	)
Noninterest Expense
Compensation		4,812			4,523			4,371		4,320			4,041			6.4
Employee benefits		1,167			1,041			1,140		945			845			12.1
Net occupancy and equipment		991			987			949		917			999			.4
Professional services		423			414			381		530			383			2.2
Marketing and business development		361			382			357		388			369			(5.5	)
Technology and communications		887			863			848		821			758			2.8
Postage, printing and supplies		297			328			310		304			303			(9.5	)
Other intangibles		174			199			223		274			299			(12.6	)
Other		1,819			1,978			1,695		1,957			1,914			(8.0	)
Total noninterest expense		10,931			10,715			10,274		10,456			9,911			2.0
Income before income taxes		8,030			7,995			7,764		7,726			6,629			.4
Applicable income taxes		2,097			2,087			2,032		2,236			1,841			.5
Net income		5,933			5,908			5,732		5,490			4,788			.4
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests		(54	)		(57	)		104		157			84			5.3
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836	$	5,647		$	4,872			.5
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$	5,608		$	5,583		$	5,552	$	5,383		$	4,721			.4

* Not meaningful

— 151 —

U.S. Bancorp

Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited)

	2015												2014
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data)	First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter			First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter
Interest Income
Loans	$	2,493		$	2,463		$	2,520		$	2,583		$	2,522		$	2,532		$	2,518		$	2,541
Loans held for sale		41			65			60			40			27			24			36			41
Investment securities		495			505			502			499			441			461			476			488
Other interest income		32			35			35			34			32			30			27			32
Total interest income		3,061			3,068			3,117			3,156			3,022			3,047			3,057			3,102
Interest Expense
Deposits		118			113			113			113			119			114			115			117
Short-term borrowings		61			62			66			56			69			63			72			59
Long-term debt		184			177			170			168			184			181			178			182
Total interest expense		363			352			349			337			372			358			365			358
Net interest income		2,698			2,716			2,768			2,819			2,650			2,689			2,692			2,744
Provision for credit losses		264			281			282			305			306			324			311			288
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		2,434			2,435			2,486			2,514			2,344			2,365			2,381			2,456
Noninterest Income
Credit and debit card revenue		241			266			269			294			239			259			251			272
Corporate payment products revenue		170			178			190			170			173			182			195			174
Merchant processing services		359			395			400			393			356			384			387			384
ATM processing services		78			80			81			79			78			82			81			80
Trust and investment management fees		322			334			329			336			304			311			315			322
Deposit service charges		161			174			185			182			157			171			185			180
Treasury management fees		137			142			143			139			133			140			136			136
Commercial products revenue		200			214			231			222			205			221			209			219
Mortgage banking revenue		240			231			224			211			236			278			260			235
Investment products fees		47			48			46			44			46			47			49			49
Securities gains (losses), net		–			–			(1	)		1			5			–			(3	)		1
Other		199			210			229			269			176			369			177			318
Total noninterest income		2,154			2,272			2,326			2,340			2,108			2,444			2,242			2,370
Noninterest Expense
Compensation		1,179			1,196			1,225			1,212			1,115			1,125			1,132			1,151
Employee benefits		317			293			285			272			289			257			250			245
Net occupancy and equipment		247			247			251			246			249			241			249			248
Professional services		77			106			115			125			83			97			102			132
Marketing and business development		70			96			99			96			79			96			78			129
Technology and communications		214			221			222			230			211			214			219			219
Postage, printing and supplies		82			64			77			74			81			80			81			86
Other intangibles		43			43			42			46			49			48			51			51
Other		436			416			459			508			388			595			452			543
Total noninterest expense		2,665			2,682			2,775			2,809			2,544			2,753			2,614			2,804
Income before income taxes		1,923			2,025			2,037			2,045			1,908			2,056			2,009			2,022
Applicable income taxes		479			528			534			556			496			547			523			521
Net income		1,444			1,497			1,503			1,489			1,412			1,509			1,486			1,501
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests		(13	)		(14	)		(14	)		(13	)		(15	)		(14	)		(15	)		(13	)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	1,431		$	1,483		$	1,489		$	1,476		$	1,397		$	1,495		$	1,471		$	1,488
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$	1,365		$	1,417		$	1,422		$	1,404		$	1,331		$	1,427		$	1,405		$	1,420
Earnings per common share	$	.77		$	.80		$	.81		$	.80		$	.73		$	.79		$	.78		$	.79
Diluted earnings per common share	$	.76		$	.80		$	.81		$	.80		$	.73		$	.78		$	.78		$	.79

— 152 —

U.S. Bancorp

Supplemental Financial Data (Unaudited)

Earnings Per Common Share Summary	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Earnings per common share	$	3.18		$	3.10		$	3.02		$	2.85		$	2.47
Diluted earnings per common share		3.16			3.08			3.00			2.84			2.46
Dividends declared per common share		1.010			.965			.885			.780			.500
Ratios
Return on average assets		1.44	%		1.54	%		1.65	%		1.65	%		1.53	%
Return on average common equity		14.0			14.7			15.8			16.2			15.8
Average total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity to average assets		11.0			11.3			11.3			11.0			10.1
Dividends per common share to net income per common share		31.8			31.1			29.3			27.4			20.2
Other Statistics (Dollars and Shares in Millions)
Common shares outstanding(a)		1,745			1,786			1,825			1,869			1,910
Average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents
Earnings per common share		1,764			1,803			1,839			1,887			1,914
Diluted earnings per common share		1,772			1,813			1,849			1,896			1,923
Number of shareholders(b)		40,666			44,114			46,632			49,430			52,677
Common dividends declared	$	1,785		$	1,745		$	1,631		$	1,474		$	961

(a) Defined as total common shares less common stock held in treasury at December 31.

(b) Based on number of common stock shareholders of record at December 31.

STOCK PRICE RANGE AND DIVIDENDS

	2015								2014
	Sales Price								Sales Price
	High		Low		Closing Price		Dividends Declared		High		Low		Closing Price		Dividends Declared
First quarter	$	45.49	$	40.70	$	43.67	$	.245	$	43.66	$	38.72	$	42.86	$	.230
Second quarter		45.29		42.12		43.40		.255		43.92		39.86		43.32		.245
Third quarter		46.26		38.81		41.01		.255		43.75		40.58		41.83		.245
Fourth quarter		44.58		39.28		42.67		.255		46.10		38.10		44.95		.245

The common stock of U.S. Bancorp is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, under the ticker symbol “USB.” At January 31, 2016, there were 40,607 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

STOCK PERFORMANCE CHART

The following chart compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock during the five years ended December 31, 2015, with the cumulative total return on the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the KBW Bank Index. The comparison assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2010, in the Company’s common stock and in each of the foregoing indices and assumes the reinvestment of all dividends. The comparisons in the graph are based upon historical data and are not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of the Company’s common stock.

— 153 —

U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates (a) (Unaudited)

	2015								2014
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Average Balances			Interest		Yields and Rates			Average Balances			Interest		Yields and Rates
Assets
Investment securities	$	103,161		$	2,120		2.05	%	$	90,327		$	1,991		2.20	%
Loans held for sale		5,784			206		3.56			3,148			128		4.08
Loans(b)
Commercial		84,083			2,281		2.71			75,734			2,228		2.94
Commercial real estate		42,415			1,650		3.89			40,592			1,575		3.88
Residential mortgages		51,840			1,966		3.79			51,818			2,001		3.86
Credit card		18,057			1,969		10.90			17,635			1,817		10.30
Other retail		49,079			2,020		4.12			48,353			2,141		4.43
Total loans, excluding covered loans		245,474			9,886		4.03			234,132			9,762		4.17
Covered loans		4,985			271		5.42			7,560			452		5.97
Total loans		250,459			10,157		4.06			241,692			10,214		4.23
Other earning assets		8,041			136		1.69			5,827			121		2.08
Total earning assets		367,445			12,619		3.43			340,994			12,454		3.65
Allowance for loan losses		(4,035	)							(4,187	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities		710								466
Other assets		44,745								42,731
Total assets	$	408,865							$	380,004
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Noninterest-bearing deposits	$	79,203							$	73,455
Interest-bearing deposits
Interest checking		55,974			30		.05			53,248			35		.07
Money market savings		79,266			192		.24			63,977			117		.18
Savings accounts		37,150			40		.11			34,196			46		.14
Time deposits		35,558			195		.55			41,764			267		.64
Total interest-bearing deposits		207,948			457		.22			193,185			465		.24
Short-term borrowings		27,960			249		.89			30,252			267		.88
Long-term debt		33,566			699		2.08			26,535			725		2.73
Total interest-bearing liabilities		269,474			1,405		.52			249,972			1,457		.58
Other liabilities		14,686								13,053
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred equity		4,836								4,756
Common equity		39,977								38,081
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity		44,813								42,837
Noncontrolling interests		689								687
Total equity		45,502								43,524
Total liabilities and equity	$	408,865							$	380,004
Net interest income				$	11,214							$	10,997
Gross interest margin							2.91	%							3.07	%
Gross interest margin without taxable-equivalent increments							2.85	%							3.00	%
Percent of Earning Assets
Interest income							3.43	%							3.65	%
Interest expense							.38								.42
Net interest margin							3.05	%							3.23	%
Net interest margin without taxable-equivalent increments							2.99	%							3.16	%

(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.

(b) Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.

— 154 —

2013								2012								2011								2015 v 2014
Average Balances			Interest		Yields and Rates			Average Balances			Interest		Yields and Rates			Average Balances			Interest		Yields and Rates			% Change Average Balances
$	75,046		$	1,767		2.35	%	$	72,501		$	1,939		2.67	%	$	63,645		$	1,980		3.11	%		14.2	%
	5,723			203		3.56			7,847			282		3.60			4,873			200		4.10			83.7
	67,274			2,168		3.22			60,830			2,168		3.56			51,616			2,071		4.01			11.0
	38,237			1,589		4.16			36,505			1,638		4.49			35,514			1,622		4.57			4.5
	47,982			1,959		4.08			40,290			1,827		4.53			33,711			1,632		4.84			–
	16,813			1,691		10.06			16,653			1,693		10.16			16,084			1,538		9.56			2.4
	47,125			2,318		4.92			47,938			2,488		5.19			48,199			2,649		5.50			1.5
	217,431			9,725		4.47			202,216			9,814		4.85			185,124			9,512		5.14			4.8
	10,043			643		6.41			13,158			826		6.28			16,303			928		5.69			(34.1	)
	227,474			10,368		4.56			215,374			10,640		4.94			201,427			10,440		5.18			3.6
	6,896			175		2.53			10,548			251		2.38			13,345			250		1.87			38.0
	315,139			12,513		3.97			306,270			13,112		4.28			283,290			12,870		4.54			7.8
	(4,373	)							(4,642	)							(5,192	)							3.6
	633								1,077								227								52.4
	41,281								40,144								39,939								4.7
$	352,680							$	342,849							$	318,264								7.6
$	69,020							$	67,241							$	53,856								7.8	%
	48,792			36		.07			45,433			46		.10			42,827			65		.15			5.1
	55,512			76		.14			46,874			62		.13			45,119			76		.17			23.9
	31,916			49		.15			29,596			66		.22			26,654			112		.42			8.6
	45,217			400		.88			46,566			517		1.11			44,703			587		1.31			(14.9	)
	181,437			561		.31			168,469			691		.41			159,303			840		.53			7.6
	27,683			357		1.29			28,549			447		1.57			30,703			537		1.75			(7.6	)
	21,280			767		3.60			28,448			1,005		3.53			31,684			1,145		3.61			26.5
	230,400			1,685		.73			225,466			2,143		.95			221,690			2,522		1.14			7.8
	11,973								11,406								9,602								12.5
	4,804								4,381								2,414								1.7
	35,113								33,230								29,786								5.0
	39,917								37,611								32,200								4.6
	1,370								1,125								916								.3
	41,287								38,736								33,116								4.5
$	352,680							$	342,849							$	318,264								7.6
			$	10,828							$	10,969							$	10,348
						3.24	%							3.33	%							3.40	%
						3.17	%							3.26	%							3.32	%
						3.97	%							4.28	%							4.54	%
						.53								.70								.89
						3.44	%							3.58	%							3.65	%
						3.37	%							3.51	%							3.57	%

— 155 —

Company Information

General Business Description U.S. Bancorp is a multi-state financial services holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. U.S. Bancorp was incorporated in Delaware in 1929 and operates as a financial holding company and a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Company provides a full range of financial services, including lending and depository services, cash management, capital markets, and trust and investment management services. It also engages in credit card services, merchant and ATM processing, mortgage banking, insurance, brokerage and leasing.

U.S. Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is engaged in the general banking business, principally in domestic markets. The subsidiary, with $310 billion in deposits at December 31, 2015, provides a wide range of products and services to individuals, businesses, institutional organizations, governmental entities and other financial institutions. Commercial and consumer lending services are principally offered to customers within the Company’s domestic markets, to domestic customers with foreign operations and to large national customers operating in specific industries targeted by the Company. Lending services include traditional credit products as well as credit card services, lease financing and import/export trade, asset-backed lending, agricultural finance and other products. Depository services include checking accounts, savings accounts and time certificate contracts. Ancillary services such as capital markets, treasury management and receivable lock-box collection are provided to corporate customers. U.S. Bancorp’s bank and trust subsidiaries provide a full range of asset management and fiduciary services for individuals, estates, foundations, business corporations and charitable organizations.

Other U.S. Bancorp non-banking subsidiaries offer investment and insurance products to the Company’s customers principally within its markets, and fund administration services to a broad range of mutual and other funds.

Banking and investment services are provided through a network of 3,133 banking offices principally operating in the Midwest and West regions of the United States, through on-line services and over mobile devices. The Company operates a network of 4,936 ATMs and provides 24-hour, seven day a week telephone customer service. Mortgage banking services are provided through banking offices and loan production offices throughout the Company’s markets. Lending products may be originated through banking offices, indirect correspondents, brokers or other lending sources. The Company is also one of the largest providers of corporate and purchasing card services and corporate trust services in the

United States. A wholly-owned subsidiary, Elavon, Inc. (“Elavon”), provides merchant processing services directly to merchants and through a network of banking affiliations. Wholly-owned subsidiaries, and affiliates of Elavon, provide similar merchant services in Canada, Mexico, Brazil and segments of Europe directly or through joint ventures with other financial institutions. The Company also provides corporate trust and fund administration services in Europe. These foreign operations are not significant to the Company.

On a full-time equivalent basis, as of December 31, 2015, U.S. Bancorp employed 65,433 people.

Risk Factors An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. Below are risk factors that could adversely affect the Company’s financial results and condition and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company.

REGULATORY AND LEGAL RISK

The Company is subject to extensive and expanding government regulation and supervision, which can lead to costly enforcement actions while increasing the cost of doing business and limiting the Company’s ability to generate revenue Federal and state regulation and supervision has increased in recent years due to the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and other financial reform initiatives. The Company will continue to face such increased regulation into 2016 and in future years, as a result of current and future initiatives intended to provide economic stimulus, financial market stability, and enhancement of the liquidity and solvency of financial institutions. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, the federal Deposit Insurance Fund, and the banking system as a whole, and not the Company’s debt holders or shareholders. These regulations, and the Company’s inability to act in certain instances without receiving prior regulatory approval, affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, ability to repurchase common stock, and ability to pursue strategic acquisitions, among other things.

Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, or their interpretation or implementation, and/or the continued heightening of regulatory practices, requirements or expectations, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. For example, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency’s (the “OCC’s”) Guidelines for

— 156 —

Heightened Standards and the Federal Reserve’s Enhanced Prudential Supervision Rules have required and will continue to require significant Board of Directors oversight and management focus on governance and risk-management activities. The OCC has also recently proposed guidelines that, if implemented, will require banks to develop and maintain a recovery plan subject to regulatory review, which could present new challenges and demands on resources. In addition, many parts of the Dodd-Frank Act are still in the implementation stage, which leaves some uncertainty as to its fully implemented aggregate impact upon the Company.

The financial services industry is facing more intense scrutiny from bank supervisors in the examination process and more aggressive enforcement of regulations on both the federal and state levels, particularly with respect to mortgage-related practices and other consumer compliance matters, and compliance with Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering requirements and sanctions compliance requirements as administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. In accordance with this trend, the Company entered into a Consent Order with the OCC in October 2015 that concerns deficiencies in its Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering compliance program, and requires an ongoing review of that program. Federal banking law grants substantial enforcement powers to federal banking regulators. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess significant civil or criminal monetary penalties, fines, or restitution; to issue cease and desist or removal orders; and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties. These enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. If the Company does not make satisfactory progress toward addressing the requirements of the October 2015 Consent Order, for example, it may be required to enter into further orders and settlements, pay fines or other penalties or further modify its business practices (which may increase the Company’s operating expenses and decrease its revenue). Foreign supervisors also have increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement in areas related to consumer compliance, money laundering, and information technology systems and controls, among others. Any future enforcement action could have a material adverse impact on the Company.

In general, the amounts paid by financial institutions in settlement of proceedings or investigations and the severity of other terms of regulatory settlements have been increasing dramatically and are likely to continue to increase. In some cases, governmental authorities have required criminal pleas or other extraordinary terms as part of such settlements, which could have significant consequences for a financial institution, including loss of customers, restrictions on the

ability to access the capital markets, and the inability to operate certain businesses or offer certain products for a period of time. Violations of laws and regulations or deemed deficiencies in risk management practices also may be incorporated into the Company’s bank supervisory ratings. A downgrade in these ratings, or other regulatory actions and settlements, such as the October 2015 Consent Order, can limit the Company’s ability to pursue acquisitions or conduct other expansionary activities for a period of time and require new or additional regulatory approvals before engaging in certain other business activities.

Compliance with new regulations and supervisory initiatives may continue to increase the Company’s costs. In addition, regulatory changes may reduce the Company’s revenues, limit the types of financial services and products it may offer, alter the investments it makes, affect the manner in which it operates its businesses, increase its litigation and regulatory costs should it fail to appropriately comply with new laws and regulatory requirements, and increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products. See “Supervision and Regulation” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the extensive regulatory framework applicable to the Company.

More stringent requirements related to capital and liquidity have been adopted by U.S. banking regulators that may limit the Company’s ability to return earnings to shareholders or operate or invest in its business U.S. banking regulators have adopted more stringent capital- and liquidity-related standards applicable to larger banking organizations, including the Company. The rules require banks to hold more and higher quality capital as well as sufficient unencumbered liquid assets to meet certain stress scenarios defined by regulation. The implementation of these rules including the common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer, or additional capital- and liquidity-related rules could require the Company to take further steps to increase its capital, increase its investment security holdings, divest assets or operations or otherwise change aspects of its capital and/or liquidity measures, including in ways that may be dilutive to shareholders or could limit the Company’s ability to pay common stock dividends, repurchase its common stock, invest in its businesses or provide loans to its customers. See “Supervision and Regulation” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the capital and liquidity requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III.

Additional requirements are expected in the future. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has recently proposed a policy statement that details the

— 157 —

framework it would follow in setting the countercyclical capital buffer, a macroprudential tool that would raise capital requirements when there is an elevated risk of above normal losses in the U.S. financial system. Furthermore, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) has published several consultative papers regarding (i) the standardized approach to credit risk, (ii) a fundamental review of the trading book, (iii) interest rate risk in the banking book, and (iv) operational risk. Finally, the Basel Committee has published its final net stable funding ratio framework. The U.S. banking regulators are expected to incorporate all of these measures into domestic regulation. The ultimate impact on the Company’s capital and liquidity will depend on the final U.S. rulemakings and implementation process thereafter.

The Company is subject to significant financial and reputational risks from potential legal liability and governmental actions The Company faces significant legal risks in its business, and the volume of claims and amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation and governmental proceedings against it and other financial institutions are increasing. Customers, clients and other counterparties have grown more litigious and are making claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages, while banking regulators and certain other governmental authorities, such as the U.S. Department of Justice, have demonstrated an increasing focus on enforcement, including in connection with alleged violations of law and customer harm. In addition, governmental authorities have begun to seek criminal penalties against companies in the financial services sector for regulatory violations and have begun to require an admission of wrongdoing from financial institutions in connection with settling such matters. Criminal convictions or admissions of wrongdoing in a settlement with the government can lead to greater exposure in civil litigation and reputational harm.

As an example of increased risks arising from litigation, the Company and other large financial institutions have been sued over the past several years in their capacity as trustee for residential mortgage–backed securities (“RMBS”) trusts. The plaintiffs in these actions allege that the significant losses they incurred as investors in the RMBS trusts were caused by the trustees’ failure to enforce loan repurchase obligations and to abide by appropriate standards of care after events of default allegedly occurred, while also arguing to broaden the trustees’ duties. Although the Company has denied liability and believes it has meritorious defenses in these cases, any finding of liability or new or enhanced duties in one or more of these cases against the Company, or another financial institution, could result in a significant financial loss or require a modification to the Company’s business practices, which could negatively impact the Company’s financial results.

Increased litigation costs, substantial legal liability or significant governmental action against the Company could

materially impact its financial condition and results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to the Company, which in turn could adversely impact its business prospects.

The Company faces increased regulatory and legal risk arising out of its mortgage lending and servicing businesses The Company is subject to investigations, examinations and inquiries by government agencies and bank regulators concerning mortgage-related practices, including those related to compliance with selling guidelines relating to residential home loans sold to GSEs, foreclosure-related expenses submitted to the Federal Housing Administration or GSEs for reimbursement, lender-placed insurance, and notices and filings in bankruptcy cases. The Company is cooperating fully with these investigations, examinations and inquiries, any of which could lead to administrative or legal proceedings or settlements. Remedies in such proceedings or settlements may include fines, penalties, restitution or alterations to the Company’s business practices, which could increase the Company’s operating expenses and decrease its revenue. Additionally, reputational damage arising from these or other inquiries and industry-wide publicity could also have an adverse effect upon the Company’s existing mortgage business and could reduce future business opportunities.

In addition to governmental or regulatory investigations, the Company, like other companies with residential mortgage origination and servicing operations, faces the risk of class actions and other litigation arising out of these operations.

The Company may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers as a result of breaches in contractual representations and warranties When the Company sells mortgage loans that it has originated to various parties, including GSEs, it is required to make customary representations and warranties to the purchaser about the mortgage loans and the manner in which they were originated. The Company may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or be subject to indemnification claims in the event of a breach of contractual representations or warranties that is not remedied within a certain period. Contracts for residential mortgage loan sales to the GSEs include various types of specific remedies and penalties that could be applied to inadequate responses to repurchase requests. If economic conditions and the housing market deteriorate or the GSEs increase their claims of breached representations and warranties, the Company could have increased repurchase obligations and increased loss severity on repurchases, requiring material increases to its repurchase reserve.

The Company is exposed to risk of environmental liability when it takes title to properties In the course of the Company’s business, the Company may foreclose on and

— 158 —

take title to real estate. As a result, the Company could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. The Company may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if the Company is the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, it may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If the Company becomes subject to significant environmental liabilities, its financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

ECONOMIC AND MARKET CONDITIONS RISK

Deterioration in business and economic conditions could adversely affect the financial services industry, and a reversal or slowing of the current economic recovery could adversely affect the Company’s lending business and the value of loans and debt securities it holds The Company’s business activities and earnings are affected by general business conditions in the United States and abroad, including factors such as the level and volatility of short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, home prices, unemployment and under-employment levels, bankruptcies, household income, consumer spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, liquidity of the global financial markets, the availability and cost of capital and credit, investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets, and the strength of the domestic and global economies in which the Company operates. The deterioration of any of these conditions can adversely affect the Company’s consumer and commercial businesses and securities portfolios, its level of charge-offs and provision for credit losses, its capital levels and liquidity, and its results of operations.

Given the high percentage of the Company’s assets represented directly or indirectly by loans, and the importance of lending to its overall business, weak economic conditions are likely to have a negative impact on the Company’s business and results of operations. A reversal or slowing of the current economic recovery or another severe contraction could adversely impact loan utilization rates as well as delinquencies, defaults and customer ability to meet obligations under the loans. The value to the Company of other assets such as investment securities, most of which are debt securities or other financial instruments supported by loans, similarly would be negatively impacted by widespread decreases in credit quality resulting from a weakening of the

economy. Downward valuation of debt securities could also negatively impact the Company’s capital position.

Stress in the commercial real estate markets, or a downturn in the residential real estate markets, could cause credit losses and deterioration in asset values for the Company and other financial institutions. A downturn in used auto prices from its current levels could result in increased credit losses and impairment of residual lease values for the Company. Additionally, the current environment of heightened scrutiny of financial institutions, as well as a continued focus on the pace and sustainability of the economic recovery, has resulted in increased public awareness of and sensitivity to banking fees and practices.

Any further deterioration in global economic conditions, including those related to recent disruptions in Europe and China, could slow the recovery of the domestic economy or negatively impact the Company’s borrowers or other counterparties that have direct or indirect exposure to these regions. Such global disruptions can undermine investor confidence, cause a contraction of available credit, or create market volatility, any of which could have significant adverse effects on the Company’s businesses, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, even if the Company’s direct exposure to the affected region is limited. The continued depression of commodity prices, inclusive of energy prices, for an extended period of time, as well as other negative domestic market developments, may erode consumer confidence levels and cause adverse changes in payment patterns, leading to increases in delinquencies and default rates in certain industries, or regions. Such developments could increase the Company’s loan charge-offs and provision for credit losses. Any future economic deterioration that affects household or corporate incomes and the continuing concern regarding the possibility of a return to recessionary conditions could also result in reduced demand for credit or fee-based products and services.

Improvements in economic indicators disproportionately affecting the financial services industry may lag improvements in the general economy Should the moderate recovery of the United States economy continue, the improvement of certain economic indicators, such as real estate asset values, may nevertheless continue to lag behind the overall economy, which can affect certain industries, such as real estate and financial services, more significantly. Should real estate asset values fail to recover for an extended period of time, the Company could be adversely affected.

Changes in interest rates could reduce the Company’s net interest income The Company’s earnings are dependent to a large degree on net interest income, which is

— 159 —

the difference between interest income from loans and investments and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is significantly affected by market rates of interest, which in turn are affected by prevailing economic conditions, by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and by the policies of various regulatory agencies. Like all financial institutions, the Company’s financial position is affected by fluctuations in interest rates. Volatility in interest rates can also result in the flow of funds away from financial institutions into direct investments. Direct investments, such as United States government and corporate securities and other investment vehicles (including mutual funds) generally pay higher rates of return than financial institutions, because of the absence of federal insurance premiums and reserve requirements.

Further downgrades in the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating could result in risks to the Company and general economic conditions that the Company is not able to predict In the past, certain ratings agencies downgraded their sovereign credit rating, or negatively revised their outlook, of the U.S. government, and have indicated that they will continue to assess fiscal projections, as well as the medium-term economic outlook for the United States. As a result, there continues to be the perceived risk of a sovereign credit ratings downgrade of the U.S. government, including the ratings of U.S. Treasury securities. If such a downgrade were to occur, the ratings and perceived creditworthiness of instruments issued, insured or guaranteed by institutions, agencies or instrumentalities directly linked to the U.S. government could also be correspondingly affected. A downgrade might adversely affect the market value of such instruments. Instruments of this nature are often held by financial institutions, including the Company, for investment, liquidity planning and collateral purposes. A downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government and perceived creditworthiness of U.S. government–related obligations could create uncertainty in the U.S. and global financial markets and negatively impact the Company’s liquidity.

CREDIT AND MORTGAGE BUSINESS RISK

Heightened credit risk could require the Company to increase its provision for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition When the Company lends money, or commits to lend money, it incurs credit risk, or the risk of losses if its borrowers do not repay their loans. As one of the largest lenders in the United States, the credit performance of the Company’s loan portfolios significantly affects its financial results and condition. The Company incurred high levels of losses on loans during the most recent financial

crisis and recovery period, and if the current economic environment were to deteriorate, more of its customers may have difficulty in repaying their loans or other obligations, which could result in a higher level of credit losses and higher provisions for credit losses. The Company reserves for credit losses by establishing an allowance through a charge to earnings to provide for loan defaults and nonperformance. The amount of the Company’s allowance for loan losses is based on its historical loss experience as well as an evaluation of the risks associated with its loan portfolio, including the size and composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and geographic concentrations within the portfolio. The stress on the United States economy and the local economies in which the Company does business may be greater or last longer than expected, resulting in, among other things, greater than expected deterioration in credit quality of the loan portfolio, or in the value of collateral securing those loans.

In addition, the process the Company uses to estimate losses inherent in its credit exposure requires difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic predictions might impair the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans. These economic predictions and their impact may no longer be capable of accurate estimation, which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process. As with any such assessments, the Company may fail to identify the proper factors or to accurately estimate the impacts of the factors that the Company does identify. The Company also makes loans to borrowers where it does not have or service the loan with the first lien on the property securing its loan. For loans in a junior lien position, the Company may not have access to information on the position or performance of the first lien when it is held and serviced by a third party and this may adversely affect the accuracy of the loss estimates for loans of these types. Increases in the Company’s allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses could materially and adversely affect its financial results. In addition, the Company’s ability to assess the creditworthiness of its customers may be impaired if the models and approaches it uses to select, manage, and underwrite its customers become less predictive of future behaviors.

A concentration of credit and market risk in the Company’s loan portfolio could increase the potential for significant losses The Company may have higher credit risk, or experience higher credit losses, to the extent its loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral. For example, the Company’s credit risk and credit losses can increase if borrowers who engage in similar activities are uniquely or disproportionately affected by economic or market conditions, or by regulation, such as regulation related to climate change. Deterioration in economic conditions or real estate values in

— 160 —

states or regions where the Company has relatively larger concentrations of residential or commercial real estate could result in higher credit costs. In particular, deterioration in real estate values and underlying economic conditions in California could result in significantly higher credit losses to the Company.

Changes in interest rates can impact the value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights and mortgages held for sale, and can make its mortgage banking revenue volatile from quarter to quarter, which can reduce its earnings The Company has a portfolio of MSRs, which is the right to service a mortgage loan–collect principal, interest and escrow amounts–for a fee. The Company initially carries its MSRs using a fair value measurement of the present value of the estimated future net servicing income, which includes assumptions about the likelihood of prepayment by borrowers. Changes in interest rates can affect prepayment assumptions and thus fair value. As interest rates fall, prepayments tend to increase as borrowers refinance, and the fair value of MSRs can decrease, which in turn reduces the Company’s earnings. Futher, it is possible that, because of economic conditions and/or a weak or deteriorating housing market, even if interest rates were to fall or remain low, mortgage originations may also fall or any increase in mortgage originations may not be enough to offset the decrease in the MSRs’ value caused by the lower rates.

A decline in the soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations The Company’s ability to engage in routine funding or settlement transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other domestic or foreign financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different counterparties, and the Company routinely executes and settles transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, the soundness of one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or by other institutions and impact the Company’s predominately United States–based businesses or the less significant merchant processing, corporate trust and fund administration services businesses it operates in foreign countries. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be further increased when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover

the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due the Company. There is no assurance that any such losses would not adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

Change in residual value of leased assets may have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial results The Company engages in leasing activities and is subject to the risk that the residual value of the property under lease will be less than the Company’s recorded asset value. Adverse changes in the residual value of leased assets can have a negative impact on the Company’s financial results. The risk of changes in the realized value of the leased assets compared to recorded residual values depends on many factors outside of the Company’s control, including supply and demand for the assets, condition of the assets at the end of the lease term, and other economic factors.

OPERATIONS AND BUSINESS RISK

A breach in the security of the Company’s systems could disrupt its businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage its reputation and create significant financial and legal exposure Although the Company devotes significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade its systems and processes that are designed to protect the security of the Company’s computer systems, software, networks and other technology assets, as well as its intellectual property, and the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information belonging to the Company and its customers, the Company’s security measures do not provide absolute security. Many financial services institutions, retailers and other companies engaged in data processing have reported breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks and other means. The Company and certain other large financial institutions in the United States have experienced several well-publicized series of apparently related attacks from technically sophisticated and well resourced third parties that were intended to disrupt normal business activities by making internet banking systems inaccessible to customers for extended periods. These “denial-of-service” attacks have not breached the Company’s data security systems, but require substantial resources to defend, and may affect customer satisfaction and behavior. Furthermore, even if not directed at the Company, attacks on financial or other institutions important to the overall functioning of the financial system could adversely affect, directly or indirectly, aspects of the Company’s businesses.

Third parties with which the Company does business or that facilitate its business activities, including exchanges, clearinghouses, payment and ATM networks, financial

— 161 —

intermediaries or vendors that provide services or technology solutions for the Company’s operations, could also be sources of operational and security risks to the Company, including with respect to breakdowns or failures of their systems, misconduct by their employees or cyber attacks that could affect their ability to deliver a product or service to the Company or result in lost or compromised information of the Company or its customers. In addition, several large and small retailers and hospitality companies have recently disclosed substantial cyber security breaches affecting debit and credit card accounts of their customers, some of whom were the Company’s cardholders. Although these incidents have not yet had a material impact on the Company, these attacks involving Company cards are likely to continue and could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

It is possible that the Company may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently, generally increase in sophistication, often are not recognized until launched, and because security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties, including parties sponsored by hostile foreign governments. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of the Company’s systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to the Company’s data or that of its customers or clients, such as through “phishing” schemes. These risks may increase in the future as the Company continues to increase its mobile payments and other internet-based product offerings and expands its internal usage of web-based products and applications. In addition, the Company’s customers often use their own devices, such as computers, smart phones and tablets, to make payments and manage their accounts. The Company has limited ability to assure the safety and security of its customers’ transactions with the Company to the extent they are using their own devices, which could be subject to similar threats.

If the Company’s security systems were penetrated or circumvented, or if an authorized user intentionally or unintentionally removed, lost or destroyed operations data, it could cause serious negative consequences for the Company, including significant disruption of the Company’s operations, misappropriation of confidential information of the Company or that of its customers, or damage to computers or systems of the Company or those of its customers and counterparties. These consequences could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws; financial loss to the Company or to its customers; loss of confidence in the Company’s security measures; customer dissatisfaction; significant litigation exposure; regulatory fines, penalties or

intervention; reimbursement or other compensatory costs; additional compliance costs; and harm to the Company’s reputation, all of which could adversely affect the Company.

The Company relies on its employees, systems and third parties to conduct its business, and certain failures could adversely affect its operations The Company operates in many different businesses in diverse markets and relies on the ability of its employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. The Company incurs risks for potential losses resulting from its operations, including, but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside of the Company, unauthorized access to its computer systems, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements and business continuation and disaster recovery. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions, fines or civil money penalties that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity.

Third parties provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure, such as internet connections, network access and mutual fund distribution. While the Company has selected these third parties carefully, it does not control their actions. Any problems caused by third party service providers, including as a result of their not providing the Company their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to the Company’s customers and otherwise to conduct its business. Replacing third party service providers could also entail significant delay and expense. In addition, failure of third party service providers to handle current or higher volumes of use could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to clients and otherwise to conduct business. Technological or financial difficulties of a third party service provider could adversely affect the Company’s businesses to the extent those difficulties result in the interruption or discontinuation of services provided by that party.

Operational risks for large institutions such as the Company have generally increased in recent years, in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of internet services and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties. If personal, confidential or proprietary information of customers or clients in the Company’s possession were to be mishandled or misused, the Company could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational

— 162 —

damage and financial loss. This mishandling or misuse could include, for example, situations in which the information is erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of the Company’s systems, employees, or third party service providers, or where the information is intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third parties. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee or third party actions, the Company could suffer financial loss, face legal or regulatory action and suffer damage to its reputation.

The Company could lose market share and experience increased costs if it does not effectively develop and implement new technology The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services, including innovative ways that customers can make payments or manage their accounts, such as through the use of digital wallets or digital currencies. The Company’s continued success depends, in part, upon its ability to address customer needs by using technology to provide products and services that customers want to adopt, and create additional efficiencies in the Company’s operations. Developing and deploying new technology-driven products and services can also involve costs that the Company may not recover and divert resources away from other product development efforts. The Company may not be able to effectively develop and implement profitable new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could harm the Company’s competitive position and negatively affect its revenue and profit.

Negative publicity could damage the Company’s reputation and adversely impact its business and financial results Reputational risk, or the risk to the Company’s business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in the Company’s business and increased substantially because of the financial crisis beginning in 2008. The reputation of the financial services industry in general has been damaged as a result of the financial crisis and other matters affecting the financial services industry, including mortgage foreclosure issues. Negative public opinion about the financial services industry generally or the Company specifically could adversely affect the Company’s ability to keep and attract customers, and expose the Company to litigation and regulatory action. Negative public opinion can result from the Company’s actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices, corporate governance, executive compensation, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and related

disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer information, and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to that conduct. Because most of the Company’s businesses operate under the “U.S. Bank” brand, actual or alleged conduct by one business can result in negative public opinion about other businesses the Company operates. Although the Company takes steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with customers and other constituencies, the Company, as a large diversified financial services company with a high industry profile, is inherently exposed to this risk.

The Company’s business and financial performance could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by disasters, by terrorist activities or by international hostilities Neither the occurrence nor the potential impact of disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities can be predicted. However, these occurrences could impact the Company directly (for example, by interrupting the Company’s systems, which could prevent the Company from obtaining deposits, originating loans and processing and controlling its flow of business; causing significant damage to the Company’s facilities; or otherwise preventing the Company from conducting business in the ordinary course), or indirectly as a result of their impact on the Company’s borrowers, depositors, other customers, suppliers or other counterparties (for example, by damaging properties pledged as collateral for the Company’s loans or impairing the ability of certain borrowers to repay their loans). The Company could also suffer adverse consequences to the extent that disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities affect the financial markets or the economy in general or in any particular region. These types of impacts could lead, for example, to an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults that could result in the Company experiencing higher levels of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provisions for credit losses.

The Company’s ability to mitigate the adverse consequences of these occurrences is in part dependent on the quality of the Company’s resiliency planning, and the Company’s ability, if any, to anticipate the nature of any such event that occurs. The adverse impact of disasters, terrorist activities or international hostilities also could be increased to the extent that there is a lack of preparedness on the part of national or regional emergency responders or on the part of other organizations and businesses that the Company transacts with, particularly those that it depends upon, but has no control over. Additionally, the nature and level of natural disasters may be exacerbated by global climate change.

— 163 —

LIQUIDITY RISK

If the Company does not effectively manage its liquidity, its business could suffer The Company’s liquidity is essential for the operation of its business. Market conditions, unforeseen outflows of funds or other events could negatively affect the Company’s level or cost of funding, affecting its ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund asset growth and new business transactions at a reasonable cost and in a timely manner. If the Company’s access to stable and low-cost sources of funding, such as customer deposits, are reduced, the Company might need to use alternative funding, which could be more expensive or of limited availability. Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged changes in the level or cost of liquidity could adversely affect the Company’s business.

Loss of customer deposits could increase the Company’s funding costs The Company relies on bank deposits to be a low-cost and stable source of funding. The Company competes with banks and other financial services companies for deposits. If the Company’s competitors raise the rates they pay on deposits, the Company’s funding costs may increase, either because the Company raises its rates to avoid losing deposits or because the Company loses deposits and must rely on more expensive sources of funding. Higher funding costs reduce the Company’s net interest margin and net interest income. Checking and savings account balances and other forms of customer deposits may decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. When customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, the Company may lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing the Company’s funding costs and reducing the Company’s net interest income.

A downgrade in the Company’s credit ratings could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity, funding costs and access to capital markets The Company’s credit ratings are important to its liquidity. A reduction in one or more of the Company’s credit ratings could adversely affect its liquidity, increase its funding costs or limit its access to the capital markets. Further, a downgrade could decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing or able, contractually or otherwise, to do business or lend to the Company, thereby adversely affecting the Company’s competitive position. The Company’s credit ratings and credit rating agencies’ outlooks are subject to ongoing review by the rating agencies, which consider a number of factors, including the Company’s own financial strength, performance,

prospects and operations, as well as factors not within the control of the Company, including conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. There can be no assurance that the Company will maintain its current ratings and outlooks.

The Company relies on dividends from its subsidiaries for its liquidity needs and the payment of those dividends could be limited by laws and regulations The Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from its bank and non-bank subsidiaries. The Company receives a significant portion of its cash from dividends paid by its subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on the Company’s stock and interest and principal on its debt. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that its bank and certain of its non-bank subsidiaries may pay to the Company without regulatory approval. Also, the Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors, except to the extent that any of the Company’s claims as a creditor of that subsidiary may be recognized.

COMPETITIVE AND STRATEGIC RISK

The financial services industry is highly competitive, and competitive pressures could intensify and adversely affect the Company’s financial results The Company operates in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes, as well as continued industry consolidation, which may increase in connection with current economic and market conditions. This consolidation may produce larger, better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies that are capable of offering a wider array of financial products and services at more competitive prices. The Company competes with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, finance companies, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, investment companies, credit card companies, and a variety of other financial services and advisory companies. In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services that traditionally were banking products, and for financial institutions to compete with technology companies in providing electronic and internet-based financial solutions. Many of the Company’s competitors have fewer regulatory constraints, and some have lower cost structures. Also, the potential need to adapt to industry changes in information technology systems, on

— 164 —

which the Company and financial services industry are highly dependent, could present operational issues and require capital spending. The Company’s ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among others, its ability to develop and execute strategic plans and initiatives; developing, maintaining and building long-term customer relationships based on quality service, competitive prices, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets; and industry and general economic trends. A failure to compete effectively could contribute to downward price pressure on the Company’s products or services or a loss of market share.

The Company may need to lower prices on existing products and services and develop and introduce new products and services to maintain market share The Company’s success depends, in part, on its ability to adapt its products and services to evolving industry standards. There is increasing pressure to provide products and services at lower prices. Lower prices can reduce the Company’s net interest margin and revenues from its fee-based products and services. In addition, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including internet services and mobile devices, such as mobile phones and tablet computers, could require the Company to make substantial expenditures to modify or adapt its existing products and services. Also, these and other capital investments in the Company’s businesses may not produce expected growth in earnings anticipated at the time of the expenditure. The Company might not be successful in developing or introducing new products and services, adapting to changing customer preferences and spending and saving habits, achieving market acceptance of its products and services, or sufficiently developing and maintaining loyal customer relationships.

The Company’s business could suffer if it fails to attract and retain skilled employees The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key employees. Competition for the best people in most activities the Company engages in can be intense. The Company may not be able to hire the best people or to keep them. Recent strong scrutiny of compensation practices has resulted in, and may continue to result in, additional regulation and legislation in this area, as well as additional legislative and regulatory initiatives. There is no assurance that this will not cause increased turnover or impede the Company’s ability to retain and attract the highest caliber employees.

The Company may not be able to complete future acquisitions, and completed acquisitions may not produce revenue enhancements or cost savings at levels or within timeframes originally anticipated, may

result in unforeseen integration difficulties, and may dilute existing shareholders’ interests The Company regularly explores opportunities to acquire financial services businesses or assets and may also consider opportunities to acquire other banks or financial institutions. The Company cannot predict the number, size or timing of acquisitions it might pursue.

The Company must generally receive federal regulatory approval before it can acquire a bank or bank holding company. The Company’s ability to pursue or complete an attractive acquisition could be negatively impacted by regulatory delay or other regulatory issues. The Company cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. For example, the Company may be required to sell branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval. If the Company commits certain regulatory violations, including those that result in a downgrade in certain of the Company’s bank regulatory ratings, governmental authorities could, as a consequence, preclude it from pursuing future acquisitions for a period of time.

There can be no assurance that acquisitions the Company completes will have the anticipated positive results, including results related to expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits. Integration efforts could divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect the Company’s operations or results. The integration could result in higher than expected customer loss, deposit attrition, loss of key employees, disruption of the Company’s businesses or the businesses of the acquired company, or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Also, the negative effect of any divestitures required by regulatory authorities in acquisitions or business combinations may be greater than expected. In addition, future acquisitions may also expose the Company to increased legal or regulatory risks. Finally, future acquisitions could be material to the Company, and it may issue additional shares of stock to pay for those acquisitions, which would dilute current shareholders’ ownership interests.

ACCOUNTING AND TAX RISK

The Company’s reported financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates, which, if incorrect, could cause unexpected losses in the future The Company’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how the Company records and reports its financial

— 165 —

condition and results of operations. The Company’s management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment regarding the most appropriate manner to report the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which might be reasonable under the circumstances, yet might result in the Company’s reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include the allowance for credit losses, estimations of fair value, the valuation of purchased loans and related indemnification assets, the valuation of MSRs, the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets, and income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, the Company may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for credit losses and/or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided, recognize significant impairment on its goodwill and other intangible asset balances, or significantly increase its accrued taxes liability. For more information, refer to “Critical Accounting Policies” in this Annual Report.

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact the Company’s financial statements From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. The Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively or apply an existing standard differently, also retroactively, in each case potentially resulting in the Company restating prior period financial statements. As an example, the Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued proposed guidance related to a change in the accounting for credit losses on financial instruments. This proposed guidance represents a significant departure from current accounting guidance and requires earlier recognition of credit losses in a company’s financial statements as it utilizes an expected credit loss concept

rather than the incurred loss concept. This new guidance is expected to be adopted by way of a cumulative effect adjustment recorded to beginning retained earnings upon the effective date.

The Company’s investments in certain tax-advantaged projects may not generate returns as anticipated and may have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial results The Company invests in certain tax-advantaged projects promoting affordable housing, community development and renewable energy resources. The Company’s investments in these projects are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal and state income tax credits, and other tax benefits, over specified time periods. The Company is subject to the risk that previously recorded tax credits, which remain subject to recapture by taxing authorities based on compliance features required to be met at the project level, will fail to meet certain government compliance requirements and will not be able to be realized. The possible inability to realize these tax credit and other tax benefits can have a negative impact on the Company’s financial results. The risk of not being able to realize the tax credits and other tax benefits depends on many factors outside of the Company’s control, including changes in the applicable tax code and the ability of the projects to be completed.

RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company’s framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to the Company The Company’s risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss. The Company has established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report, and analyze the types of risk to which it is subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, compliance risk, strategic risk, reputational risk, and operational risk related to its employees, systems and vendors, among others. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to the Company’s risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that it has not appropriately anticipated or identified. The recent financial and credit crises and resulting regulatory reform highlighted both the importance and some of the limitations of managing unanticipated risks, and the Company’s regulators remain focused on ensuring that financial institutions build and maintain robust risk management policies. If the Company’s risk management framework proves ineffective, the Company could incur litigation and negative regulatory consequences, and suffer unexpected losses that could affect its financial condition or results of operations.

— 166 —

Executive Officers

RICHARD K. DAVIS

Mr. Davis is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Davis, 58, has served as Chairman of U.S. Bancorp since December 2007 and as Chief Executive Officer since December 2006. He also served as President from October 2004 until January 2016, and as Chief Operating Officer from October 2004 until December 2006. Mr. Davis has held management positions with the Company since joining Star Banc Corporation, one of its predecessors, as Executive Vice President in 1993.

JENNIE P. CARLSON

Ms. Carlson is Executive Vice President, Human Resources, of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Carlson, 55, has served in this position since January 2002. Until that time, she served as Executive Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of U.S. Bancorp since the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001. From 1995 until the merger, she was General Counsel and Secretary of Firstar Corporation and Star Banc Corporation.

ANDREW CECERE

Mr. Cecere is President and Chief Operating Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Cecere, 55, has served in this position since January 2016. From January 2015 to January 2016, he served as U.S. Bancorp’s Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer, and from February 2007 to January 2015, he served as U.S. Bancorp’s Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer. Until that time, he served as Vice Chairman, Wealth Management and Securities Services, of U.S. Bancorp since the merger of Firstar Corporation and U.S. Bancorp in February 2001. Previously, he had served as an executive officer of the former U.S. Bancorp, including as Chief Financial Officer from May 2000 through February 2001.

JAMES L. CHOSY

Mr. Chosy is Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Chosy, 52, has served in this position since March 2013. From 2001 to 2013, he served as the General Counsel and Secretary of Piper Jaffray Companies. From 1995 to 2001, Mr. Chosy was Vice President and Associate General Counsel of U.S. Bancorp, having also served as Assistant Secretary of U.S. Bancorp from 1995 through 2000 and as Secretary from 2000 until 2001.

TERRANCE R. DOLAN

Mr. Dolan is Vice Chairman, Wealth Management and Securities Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Dolan, 54, has served in this position since July 2010. From September 1998 to July 2010, Mr. Dolan served as U.S. Bancorp’s Controller. He additionally held the title of Executive Vice President from January 2002 until June 2010 and Senior Vice President from September 1998 until January 2002.

JOHN R. ELMORE

Mr. Elmore is Vice Chairman, Community Banking and Branch Delivery, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Elmore, 59, has served in this position since March 2013. From 1999 to 2013, he served as Executive Vice President, Community Banking, of U.S. Bancorp and its predecessor company, Firstar Corporation.

LESLIE V. GODRIDGE

Ms. Godridge is Vice Chairman, Wholesale Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Godridge, 60, has served in this position since January 2016. From February 2013 until December 2015, she served as Executive Vice President, National Corporate Specialized Industries and Global Treasury Management, of U.S. Bancorp. From February 2007, when she joined U.S. Bancorp, until January 2013, Ms. Godridge served as Executive Vice President, National Corporate and Institutional Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Prior to that time, she served as Senior Executive Vice President and a member of the Executive Committee at The Bank of New York, where she was head of BNY Asset Management, Private Banking, Consumer Banking and Regional Commercial Banking from 2004 to 2006.

JAMES B. KELLIGREW

Mr. Kelligrew is Vice Chairman, Wholesale Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Kelligrew, 50, has served in this position since January 2016. From March 2014 until December 2015, he served as Executive Vice President, Fixed Income and Capital Markets, of U.S. Bancorp, having served as Executive Vice President, Credit Fixed Income, of U.S. Bancorp from May 2009 to March 2014. Prior to that time, he held various leadership positions with Wells Fargo Securities from 2003 to 2009, and with Bank of America Securities from 1993 to 2003.

— 167 —

SHAILESH M. KOTWAL

Mr. Kotwal is Vice Chairman, Payment Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Kotwal, 51, has served in this position since joining U.S. Bancorp in March 2015. From July 2008 until May 2014, he served as Executive Vice President of TD Bank Group with responsibility for retail banking products and services and as Chair of its enterprise payments council. From 2006 until 2008, he served as President, International, of eFunds Corporation. Previously, Mr. Kotwal served in various leadership roles at American Express Company from 1989 until 2006, including responsibility for operations in North and South America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific regions.

P.W. PARKER

Mr. Parker is Vice Chairman and Chief Risk Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Parker, 59, has served in this position since December 2013. From October 2007 until December 2013 he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of U.S. Bancorp. From March 2005 until October 2007, he served as Executive Vice President of Credit Portfolio Management of U.S. Bancorp, having served as Senior Vice President of Credit Portfolio Management of U.S. Bancorp since January 2002.

RICHARD B. PAYNE, JR.

Mr. Payne is Vice Chairman, Wholesale Banking, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Payne, 68, has served in this position since November 2010, when he assumed the additional responsibility for Commercial Banking at U.S. Bancorp. From July 2006, when he joined U.S. Bancorp, until November 2010, Mr. Payne served as Vice Chairman, Corporate Banking at U.S. Bancorp. Prior to joining U.S. Bancorp, he served as Executive Vice President for National City Corporation in Cleveland, with responsibility for Capital Markets, from 2001 to 2006.

KATHERINE B. QUINN

Ms. Quinn is Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Reputation Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Quinn, 51, has served in this position since joining U.S. Bancorp in September 2013 and has served on U.S. Bancorp’s Managing Committee since January 2015. From September 2010 until January 2013, she served as Chief Marketing

Officer of WellPoint, Inc. (now known as Anthem, Inc.), having served as Head of Corporate Marketing of WellPoint from July 2005 until September 2010. Prior to that time, she served as Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer at The Hartford from 2003 until 2005.

KATHLEEN A. ROGERS

Ms. Rogers is Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Ms. Rogers, 50, has served in this position since January 2015. From June 2005 until January 2015, she served as U.S. Bancorp’s Executive Vice President, Business Line Reporting and Planning, having served in various financial roles at U.S. Bancorp since joining the Company in 1987.

MARK G. RUNKEL

Mr. Runkel is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Runkel, 39, has served in this position since December 2013. From February 2011 until December 2013, he served as Senior Vice President and Credit Risk Group Manager of U.S. Bancorp Retail and Payment Services Credit Risk Management, having served as Senior Vice President and Risk Manager of U.S. Bancorp Retail and Small Business Credit Risk Management from June 2009 until February 2011. From March 2005 until May 2009, he served as Vice President and Risk Manager of U.S. Bancorp.

KENT V. STONE

Mr. Stone is Vice Chairman, Consumer Banking Sales and Support, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Stone, 58, has served in this position since March 2013. He served as an Executive Vice President of U.S. Bancorp from 2000 to 2013, most recently with responsibility for Consumer Banking Support Services since 2006, and held other senior leadership positions with U.S. Bancorp since 1991.

JEFFRY H. VON GILLERN

Mr. von Gillern is Vice Chairman, Technology and Operations Services, of U.S. Bancorp. Mr. von Gillern, 50, has served in this position since July 2010. From April 2001, when he joined U.S. Bancorp, until July 2010, Mr. von Gillern served as Executive Vice President of U.S. Bancorp, additionally serving as Chief Information Officer from July 2007 until July 2010.

— 168 —

Directors

RICHARD K. DAVIS^1,6

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

U.S. Bancorp

DOUGLAS M. BAKER, JR.^1,5,6

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Ecolab Inc.

(Cleaning and sanitizing products)

WARNER L. BAXTER^3,4

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Ameren Corporation

(Energy)

ARTHUR D. COLLINS, JR.^1,2,5

Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Medtronic, Inc.

(Medical device and technology)

KIMBERLY J. HARRIS^1,4,5

President and Chief Executive Officer

Puget Energy, Inc. and Puget Sound Energy, Inc.

(Energy)

ROLAND A. HERNANDEZ^1,3,4

Founding Principal and Chief Executive Officer

Hernandez Media Ventures

(Media)

DOREEN WOO HO^3,6

Commissioner

San Francisco Port Commission

(Government)

JOEL W. JOHNSON^3,6

Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Hormel Foods Corporation

(Consumer food products)

OLIVIA F. KIRTLEY^2,6

Business Consultant

(Consulting)

KAREN S. LYNCH^4,6

President

Aetna Inc.

(Healthcare benefits)

DAVID B. O’MALEY^1,2,5

Retired Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Ohio National Financial Services, Inc.

(Insurance)

O’DELL M. OWENS, M.D., M.P.H.^2,4

Medical Director

Cincinnati Health Department

(Government)

CRAIG D. SCHNUCK^5,6

Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Schnuck Markets, Inc.

(Food retail)

PATRICK T. STOKES^1,5,6

Former Chairman and Former Chief Executive Officer

Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.

(Consumer products)

SCOTT W. WINE^2,3,4

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Polaris Industries, Inc.

(Motorized products)

1. Executive Committee

2. Compensation and Human Resources Committee

3. Audit Committee

4. Community Reinvestment and Public Policy Committee

5. Governance Committee

6. Risk Management Committee

— 169 —

EX-21

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF U.S. BANCORP

(JURISDICTIONS OF ORGANIZATION SHOWN IN PARENTHESES)

111 Tower Investors, Inc. (Minnesota)

Daimler Title Co. (Delaware)

DSL Service Company (California)

Eclipse Funding, LLC (Delaware)

Elavon Canada Company (Canada)

Elavon European Holdings B.V. (Netherlands)

Elavon European Holdings C.V. (Netherlands)

Elavon Financial Services Limited (Ireland)

Elavon Latin American Holdings, LLC (Delaware)

Elavon Merchant Services Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

Elavon Mexico Holding Company, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

Elavon Operations Company, S. de R.I. de C.V. (Mexico)

Elavon Puerto Rico, Inc. (Puerto Rico)

Elavon Services Company, S. de R.I. de C.V. (Mexico)

Elavon, Inc. (Georgia)

EuroConex Technologies Limited (Ireland)

Fairfield Financial Group, Inc. (Illinois)

First Bank LaCrosse Building Corp. (Wisconsin)

First LaCrosse Properties (Wisconsin)

Firstar Capital Corporation (Ohio)

Firstar Development, LLC (Delaware)

Firstar Realty, L.L.C. (Illinois)

Fixed Income Client Solutions LLC (Delaware)

FSV Payment Systems, Inc. (Delaware)

Galaxy Funding, Inc. (Delaware)

GTLT, Inc. (Delaware)

HTD Leasing LLC (Delaware)

HVT, Inc. (Delaware)

InternetSecure Corp. (Delaware)

Key Merchant Services, LLC (Delaware)

MBS-UI Sub-CDE XVI, LLC (Delaware)

Mercantile Mortgage Financial Company (Illinois)

Midwest Indemnity Inc. (Vermont)

Mississippi Valley Company (Arizona)

MMCA Lease Services, Inc. (Delaware)

NFC Sahara Corporation (Nevada)

NILT, Inc. (Delaware)

NuMaMe, LLC (Delaware)

One Eleven Investors LLC (Delaware)

P.I.B., Inc. (Minnesota)

Park Bank Initiatives, Inc. (Illinois)

Plaza Towers Holdings, LLC (Minnesota)

Pomona Financial Services, Inc. (California)

Pullman Park Development, LLC (Illinois)

Pullman Park Investment Fund I, LLC (Missouri)

Pullman Transformation, Inc. (Delaware)

Quasar Distributors, LLC (Delaware)

Quintillion Holding Company Limited (Ireland)

Quintillion Limited (Ireland)

Quintillion Services Limited (Ireland)

RBC Community Development Sub 3, LLC (Delaware)

Red Sky Risk Services, LLC (Delaware)

RTRT, Inc. (Delaware)

SCBD, LLC (Delaware)

SCDA, LLC (Delaware)

SCFD LLC (Delaware)

Syncada Asia Pacific Private Limited (Singapore)

Syncada Canada ULC (Canada)

Syncada Europe BVBA (Belgium)

Syncada India Operations Private Limited (India)

Syncada LLC (Delaware)

Tarquad Corporation (Missouri)

The Miami Valley Insurance Company (Arizona)

TMTT, Inc. (Delaware)

U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Inc. (Delaware)

U.S. Bancorp Community Development Corporation (Minnesota)

U.S. Bancorp Community Investment Corporation (Delaware)

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services (Guernsey), Limited (Guernsey)

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, Limited (United Kingdom)

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (Wisconsin)

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)

U.S. Bancorp Government Leasing and Finance, Inc. (Minnesota)

U.S. Bancorp Insurance and Investments, Inc. (Wyoming)

U.S. Bancorp Insurance Company, Inc. (Vermont)

U.S. Bancorp Insurance Services of Montana, Inc. (Montana)

U.S. Bancorp Insurance Services, LLC (Wisconsin)

U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. (Delaware)

U.S. Bancorp Missouri Low-Income Housing Tax Credit Fund, LLC (Missouri)

U.S. Bancorp Municipal Lending and Finance, Inc. (Minnesota)

U.S. Bancorp Service Providers LLC (Delaware)

U.S. Bank National Association (a nationally chartered banking association)

U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (a nationally chartered banking association)

U.S. Bank Trust National Association (a nationally chartered banking association)

U.S. Bank Trust National Association SD (a nationally chartered banking association)

U.S. Bank Trustees Limited (United Kingdom)

USB Americas Holdings Company (Delaware)

USB Capital Resources, Inc. (Delaware)

USB Capital IX (Delaware)

USB European Holdings Company (Delaware)

USB Global Investments, LLC (Delaware)

USB Leasing LLC (Delaware)

USB Leasing LT (Delaware)

USB Nominees (UK) Limited (United Kingdom)

USB Realty Corp. (Delaware)

USB Trade Services Limited (Hong Kong)

USBCDE, LLC (Delaware)

VT Inc. (Alabama)

EX-23

EXHIBIT 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of U.S. Bancorp of our reports dated February 25, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of U.S. Bancorp and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of U.S. Bancorp, included in the 2015 Annual Report to Shareholders of U.S. Bancorp.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

Form	Registration Statement No.	Purpose
S-3	333-195373	Shelf Registration Statement
S-8	333-74036	U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8	333-100671	U.S. Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan
S-8	333-142194	Various benefit plans of U.S. Bancorp
S-8	333-166193	Various benefit plans of U.S. Bancorp
S-8	333-189506	Various benefit plans of U.S. Bancorp
S-8	333-195375	Various benefit plans of U.S. Bancorp
S-8	333-203620	U.S. Bancorp 2015 Stock Incentive Plan

of our reports dated February 25, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of U.S. Bancorp and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of U.S. Bancorp, included in the 2015 Annual Report to Shareholders of U.S. Bancorp, which is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of U.S. Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2015.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

February 25, 2016

EX-24

EXHIBIT 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned directors of U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation, hereby constitutes and appoints Richard K. Davis, Andrew Cecere and James L. Chosy, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign one or more Annual Reports for the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 on Form 10-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or such other form as any such attorney-in-fact may deem necessary or desirable, any amendments thereto, and all additional amendments thereto, each in such form as they or any one of them may approve, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done so that such Annual Report shall comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the applicable Rules and Regulations adopted or issued pursuant thereto, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their substitute or resubstitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has set his or her hand this 19th day of January, 2016.

	/s/ Olivia F. Kirtley
Douglas M. Baker, Jr.	Olivia F. Kirtley
/s/ Warner L. Baxter	/s/ Karen S. Lynch
Warner L. Baxter	Karen S. Lynch
/s/ Arthur D. Collins, Jr.	/s/ David B. O’Maley
Arthur D. Collins, Jr.	David B. O’Maley
/s/ Kimberly J. Harris	/s/ O’dell M. Owens, M.D., M.P.H.
Kimberly J. Harris	O’dell M. Owens, M.D., M.P.H.
/s/ Roland A. Hernandez	/s/ Craig D. Schnuck
Roland A. Hernandez	Craig D. Schnuck
/s/ Doreen Woo Ho	/s/ Patrick T. Stokes
Doreen Woo Ho	Patrick T. Stokes
/s/ Joel W. Johnson	/s/ Scott W. Wine
Joel W. Johnson	Scott W. Wine

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned directors of U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation, hereby constitutes and appoints Richard K. Davis, Andrew Cecere and James L. Chosy, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign one or more Annual Reports for the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 on Form 10-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or such other form as any such attorney-in-fact may deem necessary or desirable, any amendments thereto, and all additional amendments thereto, each in such form as they or any one of them may approve, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done so that such Annual Report shall comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the applicable Rules and Regulations adopted or issued pursuant thereto, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their substitute or resubstitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has set his hand this 2nd day of February, 2016.

/s/ Douglas M. Baker, Jr.

Douglas M. Baker, Jr.

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Richard K. Davis, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of U.S. Bancorp;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/S/ RICHARD K. DAVIS
	Richard K. Davis
Dated: February 25, 2016	Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Kathleen A. Rogers, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of U.S. Bancorp;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/S/ KATHLEEN A. ROGERS
	Kathleen A. Rogers
Dated: February 25, 2016	Chief Financial Officer

EX-32

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify that:

(1) The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/S/ RICHARD K. DAVIS	/S/ KATHLEEN A. ROGERS
Richard K. Davis	Kathleen A. Rogers
Chief Executive Officer	Chief Financial Officer
Dated: February 25, 2016

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($) $ in Billions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2016	Jun. 30, 2015
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2015
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2015
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	USB
Entity Registrant Name	US BANCORP \DE\
Entity Central Index Key	0000036104
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		1,737,315,684
Entity Public Float			$ 76.7

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheet - USD ($) $ in Millions		Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Assets
Cash and due from banks		$ 11,147	$ 10,654
Investment securities
Held-to-maturity (fair value $43,493 and $45,140, respectively; including $526 at fair value pledged as collateral at December 31, 2014)	[1]	43,590	44,974
Available-for-sale ($1,018 and $330 pledged as collateral, respectively)	[1]	61,997	56,069
Loans held for sale (including $3,110 and $4,774 of mortgage loans carried at fair value, respectively)		3,184	4,792
Loans
Commercial		88,402	80,377
Commercial real estate		42,137	42,795
Residential Mortgages		53,496	51,619
Credit card		21,012	18,515
Other retail		51,206	49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		256,253	242,570
Covered loans		4,596	5,281
Total loans		260,849	247,851
Less allowance for loan losses		(3,863)	(4,039)
Net loans		256,986	243,812
Premises and equipment		2,513	2,618
Goodwill		9,361	9,389
Other intangible assets		3,350	3,162
Other assets (including $121 and $157 of trading securities at fair value pledged as collateral, respectively)	[1]	29,725	27,059
Total assets		421,853	402,529
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing		83,766	77,323
Interest-bearing	[2]	216,634	205,410
Total deposits		300,400	282,733
Short-term borrowings		27,877	29,893
Long-term debt		32,078	32,260
Other liabilities		14,681	13,475
Total liabilities		375,036	358,361
Shareholders' equity
Preferred stock		5,501	4,756
Common stock, par value $0.01 a share - authorized: 4,000,000,000 shares; issued: 2015 and 2014 -2,125,725,742 shares		21	21
Capital surplus		8,376	8,313
Retained earnings		46,377	42,530
Less cost of common stock in treasury: 2015 - 380,534,801 shares; 2014 - 339,859,034 shares		(13,125)	(11,245)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(1,019)	(896)
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity		46,131	43,479
Noncontrolling interests		686	689
Total equity		46,817	44,168
Total liabilities and equity		$ 421,853	$ 402,529

[1] Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

[2] lncludes time deposits greater than $250,000 balances of $2.6 billion and $5.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value	$ 43,493	$ 45,140
Securities, pledged as collateral	1,000	856
Mortgage loans, carried at fair value	$ 3,110	$ 4,774
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, share-authorized (actual number of shares)	4,000,000,000	4,000,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (actual number of shares)	2,125,725,742	2,125,725,742
Treasury stock, shares (actual number of shares)	380,534,801	339,859,034
Time deposits greater than 250,000	$ 2,600	$ 5,000
Held-to-maturity Securities [Member]
Securities, pledged as collateral		526
Available-for-Sale Securities [Member]
Securities, pledged as collateral	1,018	330
Trading Securities [Member]
Securities, pledged as collateral	$ 121	$ 157

XML

Consolidated Statement of Income - USD ($) shares in Millions, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Interest Income
Loans	$ 10,059	$ 10,113	$ 10,277
Loans held for sale	206	128	203
Investment securities	2,001	1,866	1,631
Other interest income	136	121	174
Total interest income	12,402	12,228	12,285
Interest Expense
Deposits	457	465	561
Short-term borrowings	245	263	353
Long-term debt	699	725	767
Total interest expense	1,401	1,453	1,681
Net interest income	11,001	10,775	10,604
Provision for credit losses	1,132	1,229	1,340
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	9,869	9,546	9,264
Noninterest Income
Credit and debit card revenue	1,070	1,021	965
Corporate payment products revenue	708	724	706
Merchant processing services	1,547	1,511	1,458
ATM processing services	318	321	327
Trust and investment management fees	1,321	1,252	1,139
Deposit service charges	702	693	670
Treasury management fees	561	545	538
Commercial products revenue	867	854	859
Mortgage banking revenue	906	1,009	1,356
Investment products fees	185	191	178
Securities gains (losses), net
Realized gains (losses), net	1	11	23
Total other-than-temporary impairment	(1)	(7)	(6)
Portion of other-than-temporary impairment recognized in other comprehensive income		(1)	(8)
Total securities gains (losses), net		3	9
Other	907	1,040	569
Total noninterest income	9,092	9,164	8,774
Noninterest Expense
Compensation	4,812	4,523	4,371
Employee benefits	1,167	1,041	1,140
Net occupancy and equipment	991	987	949
Professional services	423	414	381
Marketing and business development	361	382	357
Technology and communications	887	863	848
Postage, printing and supplies	297	328	310
Other intangibles	174	199	223
Other	1,819	1,978	1,695
Total noninterest expense	10,931	10,715	10,274
Income before income taxes	8,030	7,995	7,764
Applicable income taxes	2,097	2,087	2,032
Net income	5,933	5,908	5,732
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	(54)	(57)	104
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	5,879	5,851	5,836
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$ 5,608	$ 5,583	$ 5,552
Earnings per common share	$ 3.18	$ 3.10	$ 3.02
Diluted earnings per common share	3.16	3.08	3.00
Dividends declared per common share	$ 1.010	$ 0.965	$ 0.885
Average common shares outstanding	1,764	1,803	1,839
Average diluted common shares outstanding	1,772	1,813	1,849

XML

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income	$ 5,933	$ 5,908	$ 5,732
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale	(457)	764	(1,223)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		1	8
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative hedges	(25)	(41)	37
Foreign currency translation	20	(4)	(34)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses on retirement plans	(142)	(733)	590
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses	393	297	373
Income taxes related to other comprehensive income (loss)	88	(109)	101
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	(123)	175	(148)
Comprehensive income	5,810	6,083	5,584
Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	(54)	(57)	104
Comprehensive income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$ 5,756	$ 6,026	$ 5,688

XML

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity - USD ($) shares in Millions, $ in Millions	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Preferred Stock [Member]	Capital Surplus [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Total U.S. Bancorp Shareholders' Equity [Member]	Noncontrolling Interests [Member]
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	$ 40,267	$ 21	$ 4,769	$ 8,201	$ 34,720	$ (7,790)	$ (923)	$ 38,998	$ 1,269
Shares, Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2012		1,869
Net income (loss)	5,732				5,836			5,836	(104)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(148)						(148)	(148)
Redemption of preferred stock	(500)		(500)	8	(8)			(500)
Preferred stock dividends	(250)				(250)			(250)
Common stock dividends	(1,631)				(1,631)			(1,631)
Issuance of preferred stock	487		487					487
Issuance of common and treasury stock	550			(100)		650		550
Issuance of common and treasury stock, shares		21
Purchase of treasury stock	$ (2,336)					(2,336)		(2,336)
Purchase of treasury stock, shares	(65)	(65)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests	$ (62)								(62)
Net other changes in noncontrolling interests	(409)								(409)
Stock option and restricted stock grants	107			107				107
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	41,807	$ 21	4,756	8,216	38,667	(9,476)	(1,071)	41,113	694
Shares, Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2013		1,825
Net income (loss)	5,908				5,851			5,851	57
Other comprehensive income (loss)	175						175	175
Preferred stock dividends	(243)				(243)			(243)
Common stock dividends	(1,745)				(1,745)			(1,745)
Issuance of common and treasury stock	480			(13)		493		480
Issuance of common and treasury stock, shares		15
Purchase of treasury stock	$ (2,262)					(2,262)		(2,262)
Purchase of treasury stock, shares	(54)	(54)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests	$ (59)								(59)
Net other changes in noncontrolling interests	(3)								(3)
Stock option and restricted stock grants	110			110				110
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2014	$ 44,168	$ 21	4,756	8,313	42,530	(11,245)	(896)	43,479	689
Shares, Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2014	1,800	1,786
Net income (loss)	$ 5,933				5,879			5,879	54
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(123)						(123)	(123)
Preferred stock dividends	(247)				(247)			(247)
Common stock dividends	(1,785)				(1,785)			(1,785)
Issuance of preferred stock	745		745					745
Issuance of common and treasury stock	311			(55)		366		311
Issuance of common and treasury stock, shares		11
Purchase of treasury stock	$ (2,246)					(2,246)		(2,246)
Purchase of treasury stock, shares	(52)	(52)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests	$ (55)								(55)
Net other changes in noncontrolling interests	(2)								(2)
Stock option and restricted stock grants	118			118				118
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2015	$ 46,817	$ 21	$ 5,501	$ 8,376	$ 46,377	$ (13,125)	$ (1,019)	$ 46,131	$ 686
Shares, Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2015	1,700	1,745

XML

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Operating Activities
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$ 5,879	$ 5,851	$ 5,836
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Provision for credit losses	1,132	1,229	1,340
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment	307	302	297
Amortization of intangibles	174	199	223
(Gain) loss on sale of loans held for sale	(993)	(801)	(1,044)
(Gain) loss on sale of securities and other assets	(403)	(595)	(74)
Loans originated for sale in the secondary market, net of repayments	(43,312)	(30,858)	(56,698)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale	45,211	29,962	61,681
Other, net	787	43	(115)
Net cash provided by operating activities	8,782	5,332	11,446
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities	690	475	947
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity investment securities	10,567	9,479	8,587
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale investment securities	13,395	7,212	10,147
Purchases of held-to-maturity investment securities	(9,234)	(15,597)	(13,218)
Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities	(20,502)	(21,752)	(13,146)
Net increase in loans outstanding	(11,788)	(12,873)	(12,331)
Proceeds from sales of loans	1,723	1,657	819
Purchases of loans	(4,475)	(2,355)	(2,468)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		3,436	(58)
Other, net	(1,526)	506	(303)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(21,150)	(29,812)	(21,024)
Financing Activities
Net increase in deposits	18,290	15,822	12,940
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings	(2,016)	2,285	1,306
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	5,067	16,394	2,041
Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt	(5,311)	(4,128)	(2,883)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock	745		487
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	295	453	524
Redemption of preferred stock			(500)
Repurchase of common stock	(2,190)	(2,200)	(2,282)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock	(242)	(243)	(254)
Cash dividends paid on common stock	(1,777)	(1,726)	(1,576)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	12,861	26,657	9,803
Change in cash and due from banks	493	2,177	225
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year	10,654	8,477	8,252
Cash and due from banks at end of year	11,147	10,654	8,477
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures
Cash paid for income taxes	742	748	812
Cash paid for interest	1,434	1,476	1,759
Net noncash transfers to foreclosed property	$ 204	199	323
Acquisitions
Assets (sold) acquired		1,376	126
Liabilities sold (assumed)		(4,797)	(24)
Net		$ (3,421)	$ 102

XML

Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Basis of Presentation [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies

  NOTE 1   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

U.S. Bancorp is a multi-state financial services holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) provide a full range of financial services, including lending and depository services through banking offices principally in the Midwest and West regions of the United States. The Company also engages in credit card, merchant, and ATM processing, mortgage banking, insurance, trust and investment management, brokerage, and leasing activities, principally in domestic markets.

Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries and all variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Consolidation eliminates all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain items in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Uses of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual experience could differ from those estimates.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

Within the Company, financial performance is measured by major lines of business based on the products and services provided to customers through its distribution channels. The Company has five reportable operating segments:

Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate offers lending, equipment finance and small-ticket leasing, depository services, treasury management, capital markets, international trade services and other financial services to middle market, large corporate, commercial real estate, financial institution, non-profit and public sector clients.

Consumer and Small Business Banking Consumer and Small Business Banking delivers products and services through banking offices, telephone servicing and sales, on-line services, direct mail, ATM processing and mobile devices, such as mobile phones and tablet computers. It encompasses community banking, metropolitan banking and indirect lending, as well as mortgage banking.

Wealth Management and Securities Services Wealth Management and Securities Services provides private banking, financial advisory services, investment management, retail brokerage services, insurance, trust, custody and fund servicing through five businesses: Wealth Management, Corporate Trust Services, U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Institutional Trust & Custody and Fund Services.

Payment Services Payment Services includes consumer and business credit cards, stored-value cards, debit cards, corporate, government and purchasing card services, consumer lines of credit and merchant processing.

Treasury and Corporate Support Treasury and Corporate Support includes the Company’s investment portfolios, most covered commercial and commercial real estate loans and related other real estate owned (“OREO”), funding, capital management, interest rate risk management, income taxes not allocated to business lines, including most investments in tax-advantaged projects, and the residual aggregate of those expenses associated with corporate activities that are managed on a consolidated basis.

Segment Results Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as those used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. For details of these methodologies and segment results, see “Basis for Financial Presentation” and Table 25 “Line of Business Financial Performance” included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

SECURITIES

Realized gains or losses on securities are determined on a trade date basis based on the specific amortized cost of the investments sold.

Trading Securities Debt and equity securities held for resale are classified as trading securities and are included in other assets and reported at fair value. Changes in fair value and realized gains or losses are reported in noninterest income.

Available-for-sale Securities These securities are not trading securities but may be sold before maturity in response to changes in the Company’s interest rate risk profile, funding needs, demand for collateralized deposits by public entities or other reasons. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. Declines in fair value for credit-related other-than-temporary impairment, if any, are reported in noninterest income.

Held-to-maturity Securities Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Declines in fair value for credit-related other-than-temporary impairment, if any, are reported in noninterest income.

Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions with a receivable or payable recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold, plus accrued interest. Collateral requirements are continually monitored and additional collateral is received or provided as required. The Company records a receivable or payable for cash collateral paid or received.

EQUITY INVESTMENTS IN OPERATING ENTITIES

Equity investments in public entities in which the Company’s ownership is less than 20 percent are generally accounted for as available-for-sale securities and are carried at fair value. Similar investments in private entities are accounted for using the cost method. Investments in entities where the Company has a significant influence (generally between 20 percent and 50 percent ownership), but does not control the entity, are accounted for using the equity method. Investments in limited partnerships and limited liability companies where the Company’s ownership interest is greater than 5 percent are accounted for using the equity method. All equity investments are evaluated for impairment at least annually and more frequently if certain criteria are met.

LOANS

The Company offers a broad array of lending products and categorizes its loan portfolio into three segments, which is the level at which it develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. The Company’s three loan portfolio segments are commercial lending, consumer lending and covered loans. The Company further disaggregates its loan portfolio segments into various classes based on their underlying risk characteristics. The two classes within the commercial lending segment are commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. The three classes within the consumer lending segment are residential mortgages, credit card loans and other retail loans. The covered loan segment consists of only one class.

The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are originated or purchased, and for purchased loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount related to evidence of credit deterioration since date of origination.

Originated Loans Held for Investment Loans the Company originates as held for investment are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees or costs, and any direct principal charge-offs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balances as earned. Loan and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan and/or commitment period as yield adjustments.

Purchased Loans All purchased loans (non-impaired and impaired) acquired after January 1, 2009 are initially measured at fair value as of the acquisition date in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Credit discounts are included in the determination of fair value. An allowance for credit losses is not recorded at the acquisition date for loans purchased after January 1, 2009. In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance, purchased non-impaired loans acquired in a business combination prior to January 1, 2009 were generally recorded at the predecessor’s carrying value including an allowance for credit losses.

In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased impaired loans, and in subsequent accounting, the Company generally aggregates purchased consumer loans and certain smaller balance commercial loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics, while accounting for larger balance commercial loans individually. Expected cash flows at the purchase date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the purchase date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the purchase date are recognized as interest income prospectively. The present value of any decreases in expected cash flows, other than from decreases in variable interest rates, after the purchase date is recognized by recording an allowance for credit losses. Revolving loans, including lines of credit and credit cards loans, and leases are excluded from purchased impaired loans accounting.

For purchased loans acquired after January 1, 2009 that are not deemed impaired at acquisition, credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records a provision for credit losses only when the required allowance exceeds any remaining credit discounts. The remaining differences between the purchase price and the unpaid principal balance at the date of acquisition are recorded in interest income over the life of the loans.

Covered Assets Loans covered under loss sharing or similar credit protection agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) are reported in loans along with the related indemnification asset. Foreclosed real estate covered under similar agreements is recorded in other assets. In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009, all purchased loans and related indemnification assets are recorded at fair value at the date of purchase.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company amortizes any reduction in expected cash flows from the FDIC resulting from increases in expected cash flows from the covered assets (when there are no previous valuation allowances to reverse) over the shorter of the remaining contractual term of the indemnification agreements or the remaining life of the covered assets. Prior to January 1, 2013, the Company considered such increases in expected cash flows of purchased loans and decreases in expected cash flows of the FDIC indemnification assets together and recognized them over the remaining life of the loans.

Commitments to Extend Credit Unfunded commitments for residential mortgage loans intended to be held for sale are considered derivatives and recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income. All other unfunded loan commitments are not considered derivatives and are not reported on the balance sheet. For loans purchased after January 1, 2009, the fair value of the unfunded credit commitments is generally considered in the determination of the fair value of the loans recorded at the date of acquisition. Reserves for credit exposure on all other unfunded credit commitments are recorded in other liabilities.

Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, and includes certain amounts that do not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The allowance for credit losses is increased through provisions charged to operating earnings and reduced by net charge-offs. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to ensure it appropriately reserves for incurred losses.

The allowance recorded for loans in the commercial lending segment is based on reviews of individual credit relationships and considers the migration analysis of commercial lending segment loans and actual loss experience. In the migration analysis applied to risk rated loan portfolios, the Company currently examines up to a 15-year period of loss experience. For each loan type, this historical loss experience is adjusted as necessary to consider any relevant changes in portfolio composition, lending policies, underwriting standards, risk management practices or economic conditions. The results of the analysis are evaluated quarterly to confirm an appropriate historical time frame is selected for each commercial loan type. The allowance recorded for impaired loans greater than $5 million in the commercial lending segment is based on an individual loan analysis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate, the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, for collateral-dependent loans, rather than the migration analysis. The allowance recorded for all other commercial lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, portfolio growth and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. The Company also considers the impacts of any loan modifications made to commercial lending segment loans and any subsequent payment defaults to its expectations of cash flows, principal balance, and current expectations about the borrower’s ability to pay in determining the allowance for credit losses.

The allowance recorded for Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”) loans and purchased impaired loans in the consumer lending segment is determined on a homogenous pool basis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate of the pool, or the prior quarter effective rate, respectively. The allowance for collateral-dependent loans in the consumer lending segment is determined based on the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. The allowance recorded for all other consumer lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, delinquency status, refreshed loan-to-value ratios when possible, portfolio growth and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. The Company also considers any modifications made to consumer lending segment loans including the impacts of any subsequent payment defaults since modification in determining the allowance for credit losses, such as the borrower’s ability to pay under the restructured terms, and the timing and amount of payments.

The allowance for the covered loan segment is evaluated each quarter in a manner similar to that described for non-covered loans and reflects decreases in expected cash flows of those loans after the acquisition date. The provision for credit losses for covered loans considers the indemnification provided by the FDIC.

In addition, subsequent payment defaults on loan modifications considered TDRs are considered in the underlying factors used in the determination of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses. For each loan segment, the Company estimates future loan charge-offs through a variety of analysis, trends and underlying assumptions. With respect to the commercial lending segment, TDRs may be collectively evaluated for impairment where observed performance history, including defaults, is a primary driver of the loss allocation. For commercial TDRs individually evaluated for impairment, attributes of the borrower are the primary factors in determining the allowance for credit losses. However, historical loss experience is also incorporated into the allowance methodology applied to this category of loans. With respect to the consumer lending segment, performance of the portfolio, including defaults on TDRs, is considered when estimating future cash flows.

The Company’s methodology for determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses for each loan segment also considers the imprecision inherent in the methodologies used. As a result, in addition to the amounts determined under the methodologies described above, management also considers the potential impact of other qualitative factors which include, but are not limited to, economic factors; geographic and other concentration risks; delinquency and nonaccrual trends; current business conditions; changes in lending policy, underwriting standards, internal review and other relevant business practices; and the regulatory environment. The consideration of these items results in adjustments to allowance amounts included in the Company’s allowance for credit losses for each of the above loan segments.

The Company also assesses the credit risk associated with off-balance sheet loan commitments, letters of credit, and derivatives. Credit risk associated with derivatives is reflected in the fair values recorded for those positions. The liability for off-balance sheet credit exposure related to loan commitments and other credit guarantees is included in other liabilities. Because business processes and credit risks associated with unfunded credit commitments are essentially the same as for loans, the Company utilizes similar processes to estimate its liability for unfunded credit commitments.

Credit Quality The quality of the Company’s loan portfolios is assessed as a function of net credit losses, levels of nonperforming assets and delinquencies, and credit quality ratings as defined by the Company.

For all loan classes, loans are considered past due based on the number of days delinquent except for monthly amortizing loans which are classified delinquent based upon the number of contractually required payments not made (for example, two missed payments is considered 30 days delinquent). When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed.

Commercial lending segment loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal and interest has become 90 days past due or is otherwise considered doubtful. Commercial lending segment loans are generally fully or partially charged down to the fair value of the collateral securing the loan, less costs to sell, when the loan is considered uncollectible.

Consumer lending segment loans are generally charged-off at a specific number of days or payments past due. Residential mortgages and other retail loans secured by 1-4 family properties are generally charged down to the fair value of the collateral securing the loan, less costs to sell, at 180 days past due, and placed on nonaccrual status in instances where a partial charge-off occurs unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Loans and lines in a junior lien position secured by 1-4 family properties are placed on nonaccrual status at 120 days past due or when behind a first lien that has become 180 days or greater past due or placed on nonaccrual status. Any secured consumer lending segment loan whose borrower has had debt discharged through bankruptcy, for which the loan amount exceeds the fair value of the collateral, is charged down to the fair value of the related collateral and the remaining balance is placed on nonaccrual status. Credit card loans continue to accrue interest until the account is charged off. Credit cards are charged off at 180 days past due. Other retail loans not secured by 1-4 family properties are charged-off at 120 days past due; and revolving consumer lines are charged off at 180 days past due. Similar to credit cards, other retail loans are generally not placed on nonaccrual status because of the relative short period of time to charge-off. Certain retail customers having financial difficulties may have the terms of their credit card and other loan agreements modified to require only principal payments and, as such, are reported as nonaccrual.

For all loan classes, interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally recorded as a reduction to a loan’s carrying amount while a loan is on nonaccrual and are recognized as interest income upon payoff of the loan. However, interest income may be recognized for interest payments if the remaining carrying amount of the loan is believed to be collectible. In certain circumstances, loans in any class may be restored to accrual status, such as when a loan has demonstrated sustained repayment performance or no amounts are past due and prospects for future payment are no longer in doubt; or when the loan becomes well secured and is in the process of collection. Loans where there has been a partial charge-off may be returned to accrual status if all principal and interest (including amounts previously charged-off) is expected to be collected and the loan is current.

Covered loans not considered to be purchased impaired are evaluated for delinquency, nonaccrual status and charge-off consistent with the class of loan they would be included in had the loss share coverage not been in place. Generally, purchased impaired loans are considered accruing loans. However, the timing and amount of future cash flows for some loans is not reasonably estimable, and those loans are classified as nonaccrual loans with interest income not recognized until the timing and amount of the future cash flows can be reasonably estimated.

The Company classifies its loan portfolios using internal credit quality ratings on a quarterly basis. These ratings include: pass, special mention and classified, and are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management process and evaluation of the allowance for credit losses. Loans with a pass rating represent those not classified on the Company’s rating scale for problem credits, as minimal credit risk has been identified. Special mention loans are those that have a potential weakness deserving management’s close attention. Classified loans are those where a well-defined weakness has been identified that may put full collection of contractual cash flows at risk. It is possible that others, given the same information, may reach different reasonable conclusions regarding the credit quality rating classification of specific loans.

Troubled Debt Restructurings In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. Concessionary modifications are classified as TDRs unless the modification results in only an insignificant delay in payments to be received. The Company recognizes interest on TDRs if the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions as agreed upon with the Company and has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles, which is generally six months or greater. To the extent a previous restructuring was insignificant, the Company considers the cumulative effect of past restructurings related to the receivable when determining whether a current restructuring is a TDR. Loans classified as TDRs are considered impaired loans for reporting and measurement purposes.

The Company has implemented certain restructuring programs that may result in TDRs. However, many of the Company’s TDRs are also determined on a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes.

For the commercial lending segment, modifications generally result in the Company working with borrowers on a case-by-case basis. Commercial and commercial real estate modifications generally include extensions of the maturity date and may be accompanied by an increase or decrease to the interest rate, which may not be deemed a market rate of interest. In addition, the Company may work with the borrower in identifying other changes that mitigate loss to the Company, which may include additional collateral or guarantees to support the loan. To a lesser extent, the Company may waive contractual principal. The Company classifies all of the above concessions as TDRs to the extent the Company determines that the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty.

Modifications for the consumer lending segment are generally part of programs the Company has initiated. The Company participates in the U.S. Department of Treasury Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). HAMP gives qualifying homeowners an opportunity to permanently modify residential mortgage loans and achieve more affordable monthly payments, with the U.S. Department of Treasury compensating the Company for a portion of the reduction in monthly amounts due from borrowers participating in this program. The Company also modifies residential mortgage loans under Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, or its own internal programs. Under these programs, the Company provides concessions to qualifying borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. The concessions may include adjustments to interest rates, conversion of adjustable rates to fixed rates, extension of maturity dates or deferrals of payments, capitalization of accrued interest and/or outstanding advances, or in limited situations, partial forgiveness of loan principal. In most instances, participation in residential mortgage loan restructuring programs requires the customer to complete a short-term trial period. A permanent loan modification is contingent on the customer successfully completing the trial period arrangement and the loan documents are not modified until that time. The Company reports loans in a trial period arrangement as TDRs and continues to report them as TDRs after the trial period.

Credit card and other retail loan TDRs are generally part of distinct restructuring programs providing customers experiencing financial difficulty with modifications whereby balances may be amortized up to 60 months, and generally include waiver of fees and reduced interest rates.

In addition, the Company considers secured loans to consumer borrowers that have debt discharged through bankruptcy where the borrower has not reaffirmed the debt to be TDRs.

Modifications to loans in the covered segment are similar in nature to that described above for non-covered loans, and the evaluation and determination of TDR status is similar, except that acquired loans restructured after acquisition are not considered TDRs for accounting and disclosure purposes if the loans evidenced credit deterioration as of the acquisition date and are accounted for in pools. Losses associated with the modification on covered loans, including the economic impact of interest rate reductions, are generally eligible for reimbursement under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

Impaired Loans For all loan classes, a loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current events or information, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due per the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include all nonaccrual and TDR loans. For all loan classes, interest income on TDR loans is recognized under the modified terms and conditions if the borrower has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles. Interest income is generally not recognized on other impaired loans until the loan is paid off. However, interest income may be recognized for interest payments if the remaining carrying amount of the loan is believed to be collectible.

Factors used by the Company in determining whether all principal and interest payments due on commercial and commercial real estate loans will be collected and therefore whether those loans are impaired include, but are not limited to, the financial condition of the borrower, collateral and/or guarantees on the loan, and the borrower’s estimated future ability to pay based on industry, geographic location and certain financial ratios. The evaluation of impairment on residential mortgages, credit card loans and other retail loans is primarily driven by delinquency status of individual loans or whether a loan has been modified, and considers any government guarantee where applicable. Individual covered loans, whose future losses are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that substantially reduce the risk of credit losses to the Company, are evaluated for impairment and accounted for in a manner consistent with the class of loan they would have been included in had the loss sharing coverage not been in place.

Leases The Company’s lease portfolio includes both direct financing and leveraged leases. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Unearned income is recorded in interest income over the terms of the leases to produce a level yield.

The investment in leveraged leases is the sum of all lease payments, less nonrecourse debt payments, plus estimated residual values, less unearned income. Income from leveraged leases is recognized over the term of the leases based on the unrecovered equity investment.

Residual values on leased assets are reviewed regularly for other-than-temporary impairment. Residual valuations for retail automobile leases are based on independent assessments of expected used car sale prices at the end-of-term. Impairment tests are conducted based on these valuations considering the probability of the lessee returning the asset to the Company, re-marketing efforts, insurance coverage and ancillary fees and costs. Valuations for commercial leases are based upon external or internal management appraisals. When there is impairment of the Company’s interest in the residual value of a leased asset, the carrying value is reduced to the estimated fair value with the writedown recognized in the current period.

Other Real Estate OREO is included in other assets, and is property acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings on defaulted loans. OREO is initially recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs. The fair value of OREO is evaluated regularly and any decreases in value along with holding costs, such as taxes and insurance, are reported in noninterest expense.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Loans held for sale (“LHFS”) represent mortgage loans intended to be sold in the secondary market and other loans that management has an active plan to sell. LHFS are carried at the lower-of-cost-or-fair value as determined on an aggregate basis by type of loan with the exception of loans for which the Company has elected fair value accounting, which are carried at fair value. The credit component of any writedowns upon the transfer of loans to LHFS is reflected in loan charge-offs.

Where an election is made to carry the LHFS at fair value, any change in fair value is recognized in noninterest income. Where an election is made to carry LHFS at lower-of-cost-or-fair value, any further decreases are recognized in noninterest income and increases in fair value above the loan cost basis are not recognized until the loans are sold. Fair value elections are made at the time of origination or purchase based on the Company’s fair value election policy. The Company has elected fair value accounting for substantially all its mortgage loans held for sale (“MLHFS”).

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions to manage various risks and to accommodate the business requirements of its customers. Derivative instruments are reported in other assets or other liabilities at fair value. Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.

All derivative instruments that qualify and are designated for hedge accounting are recorded at fair value and classified as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value hedge”); a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”); or a hedge of the volatility of an investment in foreign operations driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (“net investment hedge”). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated as a fair value hedge, and the offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item, are recorded in earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until cash flows of the hedged item are realized. Any change in fair value resulting from hedge ineffectiveness is immediately recorded in noninterest income. Changes in the fair value of net investment hedges that are highly effective are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). The Company performs an assessment, at inception and, at a minimum, quarterly thereafter, to determine the effectiveness of the derivative in offsetting changes in the value or cash flows of the hedged item(s).

If a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or ceases to be highly effective, the gain or loss in other comprehensive income (loss) is amortized to earnings over the period the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings. If a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is ceased and any gain or loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) is reported in earnings immediately, unless the forecasted transaction is at least reasonably possible of occurring, whereby the amounts remain within other comprehensive income (loss).

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenue as it is earned based on contractual terms, as transactions occur, or as services are provided and collectability is reasonably assured. In certain circumstances, noninterest income is reported net of associated expenses that are directly related to variable volume-based sales or revenue sharing arrangements or when the Company acts on an agency basis for others. Certain specific policies include the following:

Credit and Debit Card Revenue Credit and debit card revenue includes interchange from consumer credit and debit cards processed through card association networks, annual fees, and other transaction and account management fees. Interchange rates are generally set by the credit card associations and based on purchase volumes and other factors. The Company records interchange as transactions occur. Transaction and account management fees are recognized as transactions occur or services are provided, except for annual fees which are recognized over the applicable period. Volume-related payments to partners and credit card associations and costs for rewards programs are also recorded within credit and debit card revenue when earned by the partner or customer.

Corporate Payment Products Revenue Corporate payment products revenue primarily includes interchange from corporate and purchasing cards processed through card association networks and revenue from proprietary network transactions. The Company records corporate payment products revenue as transactions occur. Volume-related payments to customers and credit card associations are also recorded within corporate payment products revenue when earned by the customer or card association.

Merchant Processing Services Merchant processing services revenue consists principally of merchant discount and other transaction and account management fees charged to merchants for the electronic processing of card association network transactions, net of interchange paid to the card-issuing bank, card association assessments, and revenue sharing amounts. All of these are recognized at the time the merchant’s transactions are processed or other services are performed. The Company may enter into revenue sharing agreements with referral partners or in connection with purchases of merchant contracts from sellers. The revenue sharing amounts are determined primarily on sales volume processed or revenue generated for a particular group of merchants. Merchant processing revenue also includes revenues related to point-of-sale equipment recorded as sales when the equipment is shipped or as earned for equipment rentals.

Trust and Investment Management Fees Trust and investment management fees are recognized over the period in which services are performed and are based on a percentage of the fair value of the assets under management or administration, fixed based on account type, or transaction-based fees.

Deposit Service Charges Service charges on deposit accounts are primarily monthly fees based on minimum balances or transaction-based fees. These fees are recognized as earned or as transactions occur and services are provided.

Commercial Products Revenue Commercial products revenue primarily includes revenue related to ancillary services provided to Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate customers including standby letter of credit fees, non-yield related loan fees, capital markets related revenue and non-yield related leasing revenue. These fees are recognized as earned or as transactions occur and services are provided.

Mortgage Banking Revenue Mortgage banking revenue includes revenue derived from mortgages originated and subsequently sold, generally with servicing retained. The primary components include: gains and losses on mortgage sales; servicing revenue; changes in fair value for mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell and measured at fair value under the fair value option; changes in fair value for derivative commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans; changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”); and the impact of risk management activities associated with the mortgage origination pipeline, funded loans and MSRs. Net interest income from mortgage loans is recorded in interest income. Refer to Other Significant Policies in Note 1, as well as Note 10 and Note 22 for a further discussion of MSRs.

OTHER SIGNIFICANT POLICIES

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill is recorded on acquired businesses if the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets are recorded at their fair value upon completion of a business acquisition or certain other transactions, and generally represent the value of customer contracts or relationships. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject, at a minimum, to annual tests for impairment at a reporting unit level. In certain situations, an interim impairment test may be required if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, using straight-line and accelerated methods and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. Determining the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, includes assessing the current implied fair value of the reporting unit as if it were being acquired in a business combination and comparing it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Determining the amount of other intangible asset impairment, if any, includes assessing the present value of the estimated future cash flows associated with the intangible asset and comparing it to the carrying amount of the asset.

Income Taxes Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting carrying amounts. The Company uses the deferral method of accounting on investments that generate investment tax credits. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction to the related asset. Beginning January 1, 2014, the Company presents the expense on certain qualified affordable housing investments in tax expense rather than noninterest expense.

Mortgage Servicing Rights MSRs are capitalized as separate assets when loans are sold and servicing is retained or if they are purchased from others. MSRs are recorded at fair value. The Company determines the fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows utilizing market-based prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions validated through comparison to trade information, industry surveys and independent third party valuations. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are recorded in earnings as mortgage banking revenue during the period in which they occur.

Pensions For purposes of its pension plans, the Company utilizes its fiscal year-end as the measurement date. At the measurement date, plan assets are determined based on fair value, generally representing observable market prices or the net asset value provided by the plans’ administrator. The actuarial cost method used to compute the pension liabilities and related expense is the projected unit credit method. The projected benefit obligation is principally determined based on the present value of projected benefit distributions at an assumed discount rate. The discount rate utilized is based on the investment yield of high quality corporate bonds available in the marketplace with maturities equal to projected cash flows of future benefit payments as of the measurement date. Periodic pension expense (or income) includes service costs, interest costs based on the assumed discount rate, the expected return on plan assets based on an actuarially derived market-related value and amortization of actuarial gains and losses. Pension accounting reflects the long-term nature of benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets, and can have the effect of reducing earnings volatility related to short-term changes in interest rates and market valuations. Actuarial gains and losses include the impact of plan amendments and various unrecognized gains and losses which are deferred and amortized over the future service periods of active employees. The market-related value utilized to determine the expected return on plan assets is based on fair value adjusted for the difference between expected returns and actual performance of plan assets. The unrealized difference between actual experience and expected returns is included in expense over a period of approximately twelve years. The overfunded or underfunded status of the plans is recorded as an asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with changes in that status recognized through other comprehensive income (loss).

Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and depreciated primarily on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the assets. Estimated useful lives range up to 40 years for newly constructed buildings and from 3 to 20 years for furniture and equipment.

Capitalized leases, less accumulated amortization, are included in premises and equipment. Capitalized lease obligations are included in long-term debt. Capitalized leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and the amortization is included in depreciation expense.

Stock-Based Compensation The Company grants stock-based awards, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and options to purchase common stock of the Company. Stock option grants are for a fixed number of shares to employees and directors with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. Restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants are awarded at no cost to the recipient. Stock-based compensation for awards is recognized in the Company’s results of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company immediately recognizes compensation cost of awards to employees that meet retirement status, despite their continued active employment. The amortization of stock-based compensation reflects estimated forfeitures adjusted for actual forfeiture experience. As compensation expense is recognized, a deferred tax asset is recorded that represents an estimate of the future tax deduction from exercise or release of restrictions. At the time stock-based awards are exercised, cancelled, expire, or restrictions are released, the Company may be required to recognize an adjustment to tax expense, depending on the market price of the Company’s common stock at that time.

Per Share Calculations Earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting income and outstanding shares, assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities.

XML

Accounting Changes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Accounting Changes [Abstract]

Accounting Changes

  NOTE 2   ACCOUNTING CHANGES

Revenue Recognition In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued accounting guidance, originally effective for the Company on January 1, 2017, related to revenue recognition from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB delayed the effective date of this guidance by one year, resulting in it becoming effective for the Company on January 1, 2018.

This guidance amends certain currently existing revenue recognition accounting guidance and allows for either retrospective application to all periods presented or a modified retrospective approach where the guidance would only be applied to existing contracts in effect at the adoption date and new contracts going forward. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance under the modified retrospective approach and expects the adoption will not be material to its financial statements.

Consolidation In February 2015, the FASB issued accounting guidance, effective for the Company on January 1, 2016, related to the analysis required by organizations to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The Company expects the adoption of this guidance will not be material to its financial statements.

XML

Business Combinations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Business Combinations

  NOTE 3   BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

In June 2014, the Company acquired the Chicago-area branch banking operations of the Charter One Bank franchise (“Charter One”) owned by RBS Citizens Financial Group. The acquisition included Charter One’s retail branch network, small business operations and select middle market relationships. The Company acquired approximately $969 million of loans and $4.8 billion of deposits with this transaction.

XML

Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Text Block [Abstract]

Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks

  NOTE 4   RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

Banking regulators require bank subsidiaries to maintain minimum average reserve balances, either in the form of cash or reserve balances held with central banks or other financial institutions. The amount of required reserve balances were approximately $2.2 billion and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and primarily represent those required to be held at the Federal Reserve Bank. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company held $3.3 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, of balances at the Federal Reserve Bank and other financial institutions to meet these requirements. These balances are included in cash and due from banks on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

XML

Investment Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]

Investment Securities

  _NOTE 5   INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost, other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), gross unrealized holding gains and losses, and fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities at December 31 were as follows:

	2015												2014
					Unrealized Losses												Unrealized Losses
(Dollars in Millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Other-than- Temporary(e)			Other(f)			Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Other-than- Temporary(e)			Other(f)			Fair Value
Held-to-maturity(a)
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	2,925	$	14	$	–		$	(20	)	$	2,919	$	2,717	$	15	$	–		$	(18	)	$	2,714
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		40,619		175		–			(273	)		40,521		42,204		335		–			(176	)		42,363
Non-agency non-prime(d)		1		–		–			–			1		1		–		–			–			1
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		–		6		–			–			6		–		7		–			–			7
Other		10		3		–			–			13		13		4		–			–			17
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		8		1		–			(1	)		8		9		1		–			(1	)		9
Obligations of foreign governments		9		–		–			–			9		9		–		–			–			9
Other debt securities		18		–		–			(2	)		16		21		–		–			(1	)		20
Total held-to-maturity	$	43,590	$	199	$	–		$	(296	)	$	43,493	$	44,974	$	362	$	–		$	(196	)	$	45,140
Available-for-sale(b)
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	4,611	$	12	$	–		$	(27	)	$	4,596	$	2,622	$	14	$	–		$	(4	)	$	2,632
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		50,056		384		–			(364	)		50,076		44,668		593		–			(244	)		45,017
Non-agency
Prime(c)		316		6		(3	)		(1	)		318		399		9		(2	)		(1	)		405
Non-prime(d)		221		20		(1	)		–			240		261		20		(1	)		–			280
Commercial agency		52		–		–			–			52		112		3		–			–			115
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		16		3		–			–			19		18		4		–			–			22
Other		532		9		–			–			541		607		13		–			(1	)		619
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		5,149		169		–			(2	)		5,316		5,604		265		–			(1	)		5,868
Obligations of foreign governments		–		–		–			–			–		6		–		–			–			6
Corporate debt securities		677		3		–			(70	)		610		690		3		–			(79	)		614
Perpetual preferred securities		153		20		–			(12	)		161		200		27		–			(10	)		217
Other investments		34		34		–			–			68		245		29		–			–			274
Total available-for-sale	$	61,817	$	660	$	(4	)	$	(476	)	$	61,997	$	55,432	$	980	$	(3	)	$	(340	)	$	56,069

(a) Held-to-maturity investment securities are carried at historical cost or at fair value at the time of transfer from the available-for-sale to held-to-maturity category, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts and credit-related other-than-temporary impairment.

(b) Available-for-sale investment securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.

(c) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads). When the Company determines the designation, prime securities typically have a weighted average credit score of 725 or higher and a loan-to-value of 80 percent or lower; however, other pool characteristics may result in designations that deviate from these credit score and loan-to-value thresholds.

(d) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(e) Represents impairment not related to credit for those investment securities that have been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

(f) Represents unrealized losses on investment securities that have not been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

The weighted-average maturity of the available-for-sale investment securities was 4.7 years at December 31, 2015, compared with 4.3 years at December 31, 2014. The corresponding weighted-average yields were 2.21 percent and 2.32 percent, respectively. The weighted-average maturity of the held-to-maturity investment securities was 4.2 years at December 31, 2015, and 4.0 years at December 31, 2014. The corresponding weighted-average yields were both 1.92 percent, respectively.

For amortized cost, fair value and yield by maturity date of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities outstanding at December 31, 2015, refer to Table 13 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Investment securities with a fair value of $13.1 billion at December 31, 2015, and $12.6 billion at December 31, 2014, were pledged to secure public, private and trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes required by contractual obligation or law. Included in these amounts were securities where the Company and certain counterparties have agreements granting the counterparties the right to sell or pledge the securities. Investment securities securing these types of arrangements had a fair value of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2015, and $856 million at December 31, 2014.

The following table provides information about the amount of interest income from taxable and non-taxable investment securities:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Taxable	$	1,778	$	1,634	$	1,375
Non-taxable		223		232		256
Total interest income from investment securities	$	2,001	$	1,866	$	1,631

The following table provides information about the amount of gross gains and losses realized through the sales of available-for-sale investment securities:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014		2013
Realized gains	$	7		$	11	$	23
Realized losses		(6	)		–		–
Net realized gains (losses)	$	1		$	11	$	23
Income tax (benefit) on net realized gains (losses)	$	–		$	4	$	9

The Company conducts a regular assessment of its investment securities with unrealized losses to determine whether investment securities are other-than-temporarily impaired considering, among other factors, the nature of the investment securities, credit ratings or financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, expected cash flows of underlying collateral, the existence of any government or agency guarantees, market conditions and whether the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investment securities. The Company determines other-than-temporary impairment recorded in earnings for debt securities not intended to be sold by estimating the future cash flows of each individual investment security, using market information where available, and discounting the cash flows at the original effective rate of the investment security. Other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) is measured as the difference between that discounted amount and the fair value of each investment security. The total amount of other-than-temporary impairment recorded was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Changes in the credit losses on debt securities are summarized as follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	101		$	116		$	134
Additions to Credit Losses Due to Other-than-temporary Impairments
Decreases in expected cash flows on securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized		1			3			14
Total other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities		1			3			14
Other Changes in Credit Losses
Increases in expected cash flows		(3	)		(5	)		(2	)
Realized losses(a)		(15	)		(13	)		(23	)
Credit losses on security sales and securities expected to be sold		–			–			(7	)
Balance at end of period	$	84		$	101		$	116

(a) Primarily represents principal losses allocated to mortgage and asset-backed securities in the Company’s portfolio under the terms of the securitization transaction documents.

At December 31, 2015, certain investment securities had a fair value below amortized cost. The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investment securities with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual investment securities have been in continuous unrealized loss positions, at December 31, 2015:

	Less Than 12 Months					12 Months or Greater					Total
(Dollars in Millions)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Held-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	1,306	$	(19	)	$	60	$	(1	)	$	1,366	$	(20	)
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities		17,819		(150	)		4,156		(123	)		21,975		(273	)
Other asset-backed securities		–		–			6		–			6		–
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		–		–			2		(1	)		2		(1	)
Other debt securities		–		–			17		(2	)		17		(2	)
Total held-to-maturity	$	19,125	$	(169	)	$	4,241	$	(127	)	$	23,366	$	(296	)
Available-for-sale
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	2,919	$	(27	)	$	8	$	–		$	2,927	$	(27	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Agency		18,603		(171	)		6,267		(193	)		24,870		(364	)
Non-agency(a)
Prime(b)		59		(1	)		107		(3	)		166		(4	)
Non-prime(c)		–		–			17		(1	)		17		(1	)
Other asset-backed securities		–		–			2		–			2		–
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		35		–			62		(2	)		97		(2	)
Corporate debt securities		–		–			425		(70	)		425		(70	)
Perpetual preferred securities		–		–			73		(12	)		73		(12	)
Other investments		1		–			–		–			1		–
Total available-for-sale	$	21,617	$	(199	)	$	6,961	$	(281	)	$	28,578	$	(480	)

(a) The Company had $5 million of unrealized losses on residential non-agency mortgage-backed securities. Credit-related other-than-temporary impairment on these securities may occur if there is further deterioration in the underlying collateral pool performance. Borrower defaults may increase if economic conditions worsen. Additionally, deterioration in home prices may increase the severity of projected losses.

(b) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(c) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

The Company does not consider these unrealized losses to be credit-related. These unrealized losses primarily relate to changes in interest rates and market spreads subsequent to purchase. A substantial portion of investment securities that have unrealized losses are either corporate debt issued with high investment grade credit ratings or agency mortgage-backed securities. In general, the issuers of the investment securities are contractually prohibited from prepayment at less than par, and the Company did not pay significant purchase premiums for these investment securities. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no plans to sell investment securities with unrealized losses, and believes it is more likely than not it would not be required to sell such investment securities before recovery of their amortized cost.

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Receivables [Abstract]

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

  NOTE 6   LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, disaggregated by class and underlying specific portfolio type, was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Commercial
Commercial	$	83,116	$	74,996
Lease financing		5,286		5,381
Total commercial		88,402		80,377
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial mortgages		31,773		33,360
Construction and development		10,364		9,435
Total commercial real estate		42,137		42,795
Residential Mortgages
Residential mortgages		40,425		38,598
Home equity loans, first liens		13,071		13,021
Total residential mortgages		53,496		51,619
Credit Card		21,012		18,515
Other Retail
Retail leasing		5,232		5,871
Home equity and second mortgages		16,384		15,916
Revolving credit		3,354		3,309
Installment		7,030		6,242
Automobile		16,587		14,822
Student		2,619		3,104
Total other retail		51,206		49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		256,253		242,570
Covered Loans		4,596		5,281
Total loans	$	260,849	$	247,851

The Company had loans of $78.1 billion at December 31, 2015, and $79.8 billion at December 31, 2014, pledged at the Federal Home Loan Bank, and loans of $63.4 billion at December 31, 2015, and $61.8 billion at December 31, 2014, pledged at the Federal Reserve Bank.

The majority of the Company’s loans are to borrowers in the states in which it has Consumer and Small Business Banking offices. Collateral for commercial loans may include marketable securities, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. For details of the Company’s commercial portfolio by industry group and geography as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, see Table 7 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

For detail of the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio by property type and geography as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, see Table 8 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Such loans are collateralized by the related property.

Originated loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned interest and deferred fees and costs. Net unearned interest and deferred fees and costs amounted to $550 million at December 31, 2015, and $574 million at December 31, 2014. All purchased loans and related indemnification assets are recorded at fair value at the date of purchase. The Company evaluates purchased loans for impairment at the date of purchase in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Purchased loans with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered “purchased impaired loans.” All other purchased loans are considered “purchased nonimpaired loans.”

Changes in the accretable balance for purchased impaired loans for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	1,309		$	1,655		$	1,709
Accretion		(382	)		(441	)		(499	)
Disposals		(132	)		(131	)		(172	)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference(a)		163			229			258
Other(b)		(1	)		(3	)		359
Balance at end of period	$	957		$	1,309		$	1,655

(a) Primarily relates to changes in expected credit performance.

(b) The amount for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily represents the reclassification of unamortized decreases in the FDIC asset, partially offset by the impact of changes in expectations about retaining covered single-family loans beyond the term of the indemnification agreements.

Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, and includes certain amounts that do not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

Activity in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial			Commercial Real Estate			Residential Mortgages			Credit Card			Other Retail			Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans			Covered Loans			Total Loans
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	1,146		$	726		$	787		$	880		$	771		$	4,310		$	65		$	4,375
Add
Provision for credit losses		361			(30	)		(47	)		654			193			1,131			1			1,132
Deduct
Loans charged off		314			22			135			726			319			1,516			–			1,516
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(95	)		(50	)		(26	)		(75	)		(98	)		(344	)		–			(344	)
Net loans charged off		219			(28	)		109			651			221			1,172			–			1,172
Other changes(a)		(1	)		–			–			–			–			(1	)		(28	)		(29	)
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,287		$	724		$	631		$	883		$	743		$	4,268		$	38		$	4,306
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,075		$	776		$	875		$	884		$	781		$	4,391		$	146		$	4,537
Add
Provision for credit losses		266			(63	)		107			657			278			1,245			(16	)		1,229
Deduct
Loans charged off		305			36			216			725			384			1,666			13			1,679
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(110	)		(49	)		(21	)		(67	)		(96	)		(343	)		(2	)		(345	)
Net loans charged off		195			(13	)		195			658			288			1,323			11			1,334
Other changes(a)		–			–			–			(3	)		–			(3	)		(54	)		(57	)
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	1,146		$	726		$	787		$	880		$	771		$	4,310		$	65		$	4,375
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,051		$	857		$	935		$	863		$	848		$	4,554		$	179		$	4,733
Add
Provision for credit losses		144			(114	)		212			677			351			1,270			70			1,340
Deduct
Loans charged off		246			92			297			739			523			1,897			37			1,934
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(126	)		(125	)		(25	)		(83	)		(105	)		(464	)		(5	)		(469	)
Net loans charged off		120			(33	)		272			656			418			1,433			32			1,465
Other changes(a)		–			–			–			–			–			–			(71	)		(71	)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,075		$	776		$	875		$	884		$	781		$	4,391		$	146		$	4,537

(a) Includes net changes in credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC and reductions in the allowance for covered loans where the reversal of a previously recorded allowance was offset by an associated decrease in the indemnification asset, and the impact of any loan sales.

Additional detail of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial		Commercial Real Estate		Residential Mortgages		Credit Card		Other Retail		Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans		Covered Loans		Total Loans
Allowance Balance at December 31, 2015 Related to
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	11	$	2	$	–	$	–	$	–	$	13	$	–	$	13
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		10		7		236		57		33		343		2		345
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		1,266		703		395		826		710		3,900		–		3,900
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		–		12		–		–		–		12		36		48
Total allowance for credit losses	$	1,287	$	724	$	631	$	883	$	743	$	4,268	$	38	$	4,306
Allowance Balance at December 31, 2014 Related to
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	5	$	4	$	–	$	–	$	–	$	9	$	–	$	9
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		12		12		319		61		41		445		4		449
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		1,129		678		468		819		730		3,824		1		3,825
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		–		32		–		–		–		32		60		92
Total allowance for credit losses	$	1,146	$	726	$	787	$	880	$	771	$	4,310	$	65	$	4,375

(a) Represents the allowance for credit losses related to loans greater than $5 million classified as nonperforming or TDRs.

Additional detail of loan balances by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial		Commercial Real Estate		Residential Mortgages		Credit Card		Other Retail		Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans		Covered Loans(b)		Total Loans
December 31, 2015
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	336	$	41	$	13	$	–	$	–	$	390	$	–	$	390
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		138		235		4,241		210		211		5,035		35		5,070
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		87,927		41,566		49,241		20,802		50,995		250,531		2,059		252,590
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		1		295		1		–		–		297		2,502		2,799
Total loans	$	88,402	$	42,137	$	53,496	$	21,012	$	51,206	$	256,253	$	4,596	$	260,849
December 31, 2014
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	159	$	128	$	12	$	–	$	–	$	299	$	–	$	299
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		124		393		4,653		240		237		5,647		34		5,681
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		80,093		41,744		46,953		18,275		49,027		236,092		2,463		238,555
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		1		530		1		–		–		532		2,784		3,316
Total loans	$	80,377	$	42,795	$	51,619	$	18,515	$	49,264	$	242,570	$	5,281	$	247,851

(a) Represents loans greater than $5 million classified as nonperforming or TDRs.

(b) Includes expected reimbursements from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.

Credit Quality The quality of the Company’s loan portfolios is assessed as a function of net credit losses, levels of nonperforming assets and delinquencies, and credit quality ratings as defined by the Company. These credit quality ratings are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management and evaluation of its allowance for credit losses.

The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio class, including the delinquency status of those that continue to accrue interest, and those that are nonperforming:

	Accruing
(Dollars in Millions)	Current		30-89 Days Past Due		90 Days or More Past Due		Nonperforming		Total
December 31, 2015
Commercial	$	87,863	$	317	$	48	$	174	$	88,402
Commercial real estate		41,907		89		14		127		42,137
Residential mortgages(a)		52,438		170		176		712		53,496
Credit card		20,532		243		228		9		21,012
Other retail		50,745		224		75		162		51,206
Total loans, excluding covered loans		253,485		1,043		541		1,184		256,253
Covered loans		4,236		62		290		8		4,596
Total loans	$	257,721	$	1,105	$	831	$	1,192	$	260,849
December 31, 2014
Commercial	$	79,977	$	247	$	41	$	112	$	80,377
Commercial real estate		42,406		110		20		259		42,795
Residential mortgages(a)		50,330		221		204		864		51,619
Credit card		18,046		229		210		30		18,515
Other retail		48,764		238		75		187		49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		239,523		1,045		550		1,452		242,570
Covered loans		4,804		68		395		14		5,281
Total loans	$	244,327	$	1,113	$	945	$	1,466	$	247,851

(a) At December 31, 2015, $320 million of loans 30–89 days past due and $2.9 billion of loans 90 days or more past due purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, were classified as current, compared with $431 million and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2014, respectively.

Total nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans not performing in accordance with modified terms, other real estate and other nonperforming assets owned by the Company. For details of the Company’s nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, see Table 16 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

At December 31, 2015, the amount of foreclosed residential real estate held by the Company, and included in OREO, was $282 million ($250 million excluding covered assets), compared with $270 million ($233 million excluding covered assets) at December 31, 2014. This excludes $535 million and $641 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, of foreclosed residential real estate related to mortgage loans whose payments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. In addition, the amount of residential mortgage loans secured by residential real estate in the process of foreclosure at December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $2.6 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively, of which $1.9 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, related to loans purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio class and the Company’s internal credit quality rating:

			Criticized
(Dollars in Millions)	Pass		Special Mention		Classified(a)			Total Criticized		Total
December 31, 2015
Commercial(b)	$	85,206	$	1,629	$	1,567		$	3,196	$	88,402
Commercial real estate		41,079		365		693			1,058		42,137
Residential mortgages(c)		52,548		2		946			948		53,496
Credit card		20,775		–		237			237		21,012
Other retail		50,899		6		301			307		51,206
Total loans, excluding covered loans		250,507		2,002		3,744			5,746		256,253
Covered loans		4,507		–		89			89		4,596
Total loans	$	255,014	$	2,002	$	3,833		$	5,835	$	260,849
Total outstanding commitments	$	539,614	$	3,945	$	4,84	5	$	8,790	$	548,404
December 31, 2014
Commercial(b)	$	78,409	$	1,204	$	764		$	1,968	$	80,377
Commercial real estate		41,322		451		1,022			1,473		42,795
Residential mortgages(c)		50,479		5		1,135			1,140		51,619
Credit card		18,275		–		240			240		18,515
Other retail		48,932		20		312			332		49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		237,417		1,680		3,473			5,153		242,570
Covered loans		5,164		–		117			117		5,281
Total loans	$	242,581	$	1,680	$	3,590		$	5,270	$	247,851
Total outstanding commitments	$	501,535	$	2,964	$	4,179		$	7,143	$	508,678

(a) Classified rating on consumer loans primarily based on delinquency status.

(b) At December 31, 2015, $1.1 billion of loans to customers in energy-related businesses had a special mention or classified rating, compared with $122 million at December 31, 2014.

(c) At December 31, 2015, $2.9 billion of GNMA loans 90 days or more past due and $1.9 billion of restructured GNMA loans whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs were classified with a pass rating, compared with $3.1 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2014, respectively.

For all loan classes, a loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current events or information, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due per the contractual terms of the loan agreement. A summary of impaired loans, which include all nonaccrual and TDR loans, by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Period-end Recorded Investment(a)		Unpaid Principal Balance		Valuation Allowance		Commitments to Lend Additional Funds
December 31, 2015
Commercial	$	520	$	1,110	$	25	$	154
Commercial real estate		336		847		11		1
Residential mortgages		2,575		3,248		199		–
Credit card		210		210		57		–
Other retail		309		503		35		4
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		3,950		5,918		327		159
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		1,913		1,913		40		–
Covered loans		39		48		2		1
Total	$	5,902	$	7,879	$	369	$	160
December 31, 2014
Commercial	$	329	$	769	$	21	$	51
Commercial real estate		624		1,250		23		18
Residential mortgages		2,730		3,495		273		–
Credit card		240		240		61		–
Other retail		361		570		44		4
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,284		6,324		422		73
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		2,244		2,244		50		–
Covered loans		43		55		4		1
Total	$	6,571	$	8,623	$	476	$	74

(a) Substantially all loans classified as impaired at December 31, 2015 and 2014, had an associated allowance for credit losses. The total amount of interest income recognized during 2015 on loans classified as impaired at December 31, 2015, excluding those acquired with deteriorated credit quality, was $274 million, compared to what would have been recognized at the original contractual terms of the loans of $370 million.

Additional information on impaired loans for the years ended December 31 follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
2015
Commercial	$	383	$	13
Commercial real estate		433		16
Residential mortgages		2,666		131
Credit card		221		4
Other retail		336		14
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,039		178
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		2,079		95
Covered loans		42		1
Total	$	6,160	$	274
2014
Commercial	$	414	$	9
Commercial real estate		592		26
Residential mortgages		2,742		140
Credit card		273		9
Other retail		377		17
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,398		201
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		2,609		124
Covered loans		334		15
Total	$	7,341	$	340
2013
Commercial	$	382	$	29
Commercial real estate		889		39
Residential mortgages		2,749		134
Credit card		366		16
Other retail		424		24
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,810		242
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		1,967		100
Covered loans		561		27
Total	$	7,338	$	369

Troubled Debt Restructurings In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. The following table provides a summary of loans modified as TDRs for the years ended December 31, by portfolio class:

(Dollars in Millions)	Number of Loans		Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance		Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance
2015
Commercial		1,607	$	385	$	396
Commercial real estate		108		78		76
Residential mortgages		2,080		260		258
Credit card		26,772		133		134
Other retail		2,530		54		54
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		33,097		910		918
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		8,199		864		862
Covered loans		16		5		5
Total loans		41,312	$	1,779	$	1,785
2014
Commercial		2,027	$	238	$	203
Commercial real estate		78		80		71
Residential mortgages		2,089		271		274
Credit card		26,511		144		145
Other retail		2,833		61		61
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		33,538		794		754
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		8,961		1,000		1,013
Covered loans		43		15		14
Total loans		42,542	$	1,809	$	1,781
2013
Commercial		2,429	$	166	$	155
Commercial real estate		165		205		198
Residential mortgages		2,179		309		304
Credit card		26,669		160		161
Other retail		4,290		103		102
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		35,732		943		920
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		8,878		1,121		1,066
Covered loans		123		94		72
Total loans		44,733	$	2,158	$	2,058

Residential mortgages, home equity and second mortgages, and loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools in the table above include trial period arrangements offered to customers during the periods presented. The post-modification balances for these loans reflect the current outstanding balance until a permanent modification is made. In addition, the post-modification balances typically include capitalization of unpaid accrued interest and/or fees under the various modification programs. For those loans modified as TDRs during the fourth quarter of 2015, at December 31, 2015, 151 residential mortgages, 66 home equity and second mortgage loans and 1,954 loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools with outstanding balances of $18 million, $5 million and $257 million, respectively, were in a trial period and have estimated post-modification balances of $24 million, $5 million and $259 million, respectively, assuming permanent modification occurs at the end of the trial period.

The following table provides a summary of TDR loans that defaulted (fully or partially charged-off or became 90 days or more past due) for the years ended December 31, that were modified as TDRs within 12 months previous to default:

(Dollars in Millions)	Number of Loans		Amount Defaulted
2015
Commercial		494	$	21
Commercial real estate		18		8
Residential mortgages		273		36
Credit card		6,286		29
Other retail		636		12
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		7,707		106
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		598		75
Covered loans		5		1
Total loans		8,310	$	182
2014
Commercial		629	$	44
Commercial real estate		22		12
Residential mortgages		611		86
Credit card		6,335		33
Other retail		845		24
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		8,442		199
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		876		102
Covered loans		14		5
Total loans		9,332	$	306
2013
Commercial		642	$	46
Commercial real estate		87		102
Residential mortgages		1,099		163
Credit card		6,640		37
Other retail		1,841		80
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		10,309		428
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		4,972		640
Covered loans		63		49
Total loans		15,344	$	1,117

In addition to the defaults in the table above, for the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company had a total of 1,885 residential mortgage loans, home equity and second mortgage loans and loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools with aggregate outstanding balances of $252 million where borrowers did not successfully complete the trial period arrangement and therefore are no longer eligible for a permanent modification under the applicable modification program.

Covered Assets Covered assets represent loans and other assets acquired from the FDIC, subject to loss sharing agreements, and include expected reimbursements from the FDIC. The carrying amount of the covered assets at December 31, consisted of purchased impaired loans, purchased nonimpaired loans and other assets as shown in the following table:

	2015								2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Purchased Impaired Loans		Purchased Nonimpaired Loans		Other		Total		Purchased Impaired Loans		Purchased Nonimpaired Loans		Other		Total
Residential mortgage loans	$	2,502	$	615	$	–	$	3,117	$	2,784	$	738	$	–	$	3,522
Other retail loans		–		447		–		447		–		584		–		584
Losses reimbursable by the FDIC(a)		–		–		517		517		–		–		717		717
Unamortized changes in FDIC asset(b)		–		–		515		515		–		–		458		458
Covered loans		2,502		1,062		1,032		4,596		2,784		1,322		1,175		5,281
Foreclosed real estate		–		–		32		32		–		–		37		37
Total covered assets	$	2,502	$	1,062	$	1,064	$	4,628	$	2,784	$	1,322	$	1,212	$	5,318

(a) Relates to loss sharing agreements with remaining terms up to four years.

(b) Represents decreases in expected reimbursements by the FDIC as a result of decreases in expected losses on the covered loans. These amounts are amortized as a reduction in interest income on covered loans over the shorter of the expected life of the respective covered loans or the remaining contractual term of the indemnification agreements.

Interest income is recognized on purchased impaired loans through accretion of the difference between the carrying amount of those loans and their expected cash flows. The initial determination of the fair value of the purchased loans includes the impact of expected credit losses and, therefore, no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date. To the extent credit deterioration occurs after the date of acquisition, the Company records an allowance for credit losses.

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Leases [Abstract]

Leases

  NOTE 7   LEASES

The components of the net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases at December 31 were as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Aggregate future minimum lease payments to be received	$	10,257		$	11,173
Unguaranteed residual values accruing to the lessor’s benefit		766			695
Unearned income		(887	)		(1,004	)
Initial direct costs		204			202
Total net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases(a)	$	10,340		$	11,066

(a) The accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments was $66 million and $65 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The minimum future lease payments to be received from sales-type and direct financing leases were as follows at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)
2016	$	3,772
2017		3,207
2018		1,880
2019		756
2020		307
Thereafter		335

XML

Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities

  NOTE 8   ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND VARIABLE  INTEREST ENTITIES

The Company transfers financial assets in the normal course of business. The majority of the Company’s financial asset transfers are residential mortgage loan sales primarily to government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), transfers of tax-advantaged investments, commercial loan sales through participation agreements, and other individual or portfolio loan and securities sales. In accordance with the accounting guidance for asset transfers, the Company considers any ongoing involvement with transferred assets in determining whether the assets can be derecognized from the balance sheet. Guarantees provided to certain third parties in connection with the transfer of assets are further discussed in Note 23.

For loans sold under participation agreements, the Company also considers whether the terms of the loan participation agreement meet the accounting definition of a participating interest. With the exception of servicing and certain performance-based guarantees, the Company’s continuing involvement with financial assets sold is minimal and generally limited to market customary representation and warranty clauses. Any gain or loss on sale depends on the previous carrying amount of the transferred financial assets, the consideration received, and any liabilities incurred in exchange for the transferred assets. Upon transfer, any servicing assets and other interests that continue to be held by the Company are initially recognized at fair value. For further information on MSRs, refer to Note 10. On a limited basis, the Company may acquire and package high-grade corporate bonds for select corporate customers, in which the Company generally has no continuing involvement with these transactions. Additionally, the Company is an authorized GNMA issuer and issues GNMA securities on a regular basis. The Company has no other asset securitizations or similar asset-backed financing arrangements that are off-balance sheet.

The Company is involved in various entities that are considered to be VIEs. The Company’s investments in VIEs are primarily related to investments promoting affordable housing, community development and renewable energy sources. Some of these tax-advantaged investments support the Company’s regulatory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. The Company’s investments in these entities generate a return primarily through the realization of federal and state income tax credits, and other tax benefits, such as tax deductions from operating losses of the investments, over specified time periods. These tax credits are recognized as a reduction of tax expense or, for investments qualifying as investment tax credits, as a reduction to the related investment asset. The Company recognized federal and state income tax credits related to its affordable housing and other tax-advantaged investments in tax expense of $733 million, $773 million and $758 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company also recognized $1.2 billion, $937 million and $780 million of investment tax credits for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company recognized $698 million, $771 million and $934 million of expenses related to all of these investments for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, of which $261 million, $258 million and $297 million, respectively, was included in tax expense and the remainder was included in noninterest expense.

The Company is not required to consolidate VIEs in which it has concluded it does not have a controlling financial interest, and thus is not the primary beneficiary. In such cases, the Company does not have both the power to direct the entities’ most significant activities and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIEs.

The Company’s investments in these unconsolidated VIEs are carried in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company’s unfunded capital and other commitments related to these unconsolidated VIEs are generally carried in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss from these unconsolidated VIEs include the investment recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, net of unfunded capital commitments, and previously recorded tax credits which remain subject to recapture by taxing authorities based on compliance features required to be met at the project level. While the Company believes potential losses from these investments are remote, the maximum exposure was determined by assuming a scenario where the community-based business and housing projects completely fail and do not meet certain government compliance requirements resulting in recapture of the related tax credits.

The following table provides a summary of investments in community development and tax-advantaged VIEs that the Company has not consolidated:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Investment carrying amount	$	5,257	$	4,259
Unfunded capital and other commitments		2,499		1,743
Maximum exposure to loss		9,436		8,393

The Company also has noncontrolling financial investments in private investment funds and partnerships considered to be VIEs, which are not consolidated. The Company’s recorded investment in these entities, carried in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, was approximately $32 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $94 million at December 31, 2014. The maximum exposure to loss related to these VIEs was $47 million at December 31, 2015 and $105 million at December 31, 2014, representing the Company’s investment balance and its unfunded commitments to invest additional amounts.

The Company’s individual net investments in unconsolidated VIEs, which exclude any unfunded capital commitments, ranged from less than $1 million to $46 million at December 31, 2015, compared with less than $1 million to $53 million at December 31, 2014.

The Company is required to consolidate VIEs in which it has concluded it has a controlling financial interest. The Company sponsors entities to which it transfers its interests in tax-advantaged investments to third parties. At December 31, 2015, approximately $3.0 billion of the Company’s assets and $2.2 billion of its liabilities included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet were related to community development and tax-advantaged investment VIEs which the Company has consolidated, primarily related to these transfers. These amounts compared to $2.7 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2014. The majority of the assets of these consolidated VIEs are reported in other assets, and the liabilities are reported in long-term debt and other liabilities. The assets of a particular VIE are the primary source of funds to settle its obligations. The creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company’s exposure to the consolidated VIEs is generally limited to the carrying value of its variable interests plus any related tax credits previously recognized or transferred to others with a guarantee.

The Company also sponsors a conduit to which it previously transferred high-grade investment securities. The Company consolidates the conduit because of its ability to manage the activities of the conduit. At December 31, 2015, $28 million of the held- to-maturity investment securities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet were related to the conduit, compared with $35 million at December 31, 2014.

In addition, the Company sponsors a municipal bond securities tender option bond program. The Company controls the activities of the program’s entities, is entitled to the residual returns and provides credit, liquidity and remarketing arrangements to the program. As a result, the Company has consolidated the program’s entities. At December 31, 2015, $2.3 billion of available-for-sale investment securities and $2.2 billion of short-term borrowings on the Consolidated Balance Sheet were related to the tender option bond program, compared with $2.9 billion of available-for-sale investment securities and $2.7 billion of short-term borrowings at December 31, 2014.

XML

Premises and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Premises and Equipment

  NOTE 9   PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Land	$	522		$	534
Buildings and improvements		3,348			3,323
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		2,721			2,719
Capitalized building and equipment leases		113			126
Construction in progress		19			26
		6,723			6,728
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(4,210	)		(4,110	)
Total	$	2,513		$	2,618

XML

Mortgage Servicing Rights

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Text Block [Abstract]

Mortgage Servicing Rights

  NOTE 10   MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

The Company serviced $231.8 billion of residential mortgage loans for others at December 31, 2015, and $225.0 billion at December 31, 2014, which include subserviced mortgages with no corresponding MSRs asset. The net impact included in mortgage banking revenue of fair value changes of MSRs due to changes in valuation assumptions and derivatives used to economically hedge MSRs were net gains of $23 million, $241 million (of which $44 million related to excess servicing rights sold during 2014) and $192 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Loan servicing fees, not including valuation changes, included in mortgage banking revenue, were $728 million, $732 million and $754 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Changes in fair value of capitalized MSRs for the years ended December 31, are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	2,338		$	2,680		$	1,700
Rights purchased		29			5			8
Rights capitalized		632			382			769
Rights sold		–			(141	)		–
Changes in fair value of MSRs
Due to fluctuations in market interest rates(a)		(58	)		(276	)		617
Due to revised assumptions or models(b)		10			86			33
Other changes in fair value(c)		(439	)		(398	)		(447	)
Balance at end of period	$	2,512		$	2,338		$	2,680

(a) Includes changes in MSR value associated with changes in market interest rates, including estimated prepayment rates and anticipated earnings on escrow deposits.

(b) Includes changes in MSR value not caused by changes in market interest rates, such as changes in cost to service, ancillary income, and discount rate, as well as the impact of any model changes. 2014 includes a $44 million revaluation gain related to excess servicing rights sold.

(c) Primarily represents changes due to realization of expected cash flows over time (decay).

The estimated sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the fair value of the MSRs portfolio and the related derivative instruments as of December 31 follows:

	2015																		2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Down 100 bps			Down 50 bps			Down 25 bps			Up 25 bps			Up 50 bps			Up 100 bps			Down 100 bps			Down 50 bps			Down 25 bps			Up 25 bps			Up 50 bps			Up 100 bps
MSR portfolio	$	(598	)	$	(250	)	$	(114	)	$	96		$	176		$	344		$	(540	)	$	(242	)	$	(114	)	$	100		$	185		$	346
Derivative instrument hedges		475			226			107			(98	)		(192	)		(377	)		441			223			109			(102	)		(197	)		(375	)
Net sensitivity	$	(123	)	$	(24	)	$	(7	)	$	(2	)	$	(16	)	$	(33	)	$	(99	)	$	(19	)	$	(5	)	$	(2	)	$	(12	)	$	(29	)

The fair value of MSRs and their sensitivity to changes in interest rates is influenced by the mix of the servicing portfolio and characteristics of each segment of the portfolio. The Company’s servicing portfolio consists of the distinct portfolios of government-insured mortgages, conventional mortgages and Housing Finance Agency (“HFA”) mortgages. The servicing portfolios are predominantly comprised of fixed-rate agency loans with limited adjustable-rate or jumbo mortgage loans. The HFA division specializes in servicing loans made under state and local housing authority programs. These programs provide mortgages to low-income and moderate-income borrowers and are generally government-insured programs with a favorable rate subsidy, down payment and/or closing cost assistance.

A summary of the Company’s MSRs and related characteristics by portfolio as of December 31 follows:

	2015												2014
(Dollars in Millions)	HFA			Government			Conventional(c)			Total			HFA			Government			Conventional(c)			Total
Servicing portfolio(a)	$	26,492		$	40,350		$	162,533		$	229,375		$	19,706		$	40,471		$	162,620		$	222,797
Fair value	$	297		$	443		$	1,772		$	2,512		$	213		$	426		$	1,699		$	2,338
Value (bps)(b)		112			110			109			110			108			105			104			105
Weighted-average servicing fees (bps)		36			34			27			29			37			33			27			29
Multiple (value/servicing fees)		3.11			3.24			4.04			3.79			2.92			3.18			3.85			3.62
Weighted-average note rate		4.46	%		4.08	%		4.09	%		4.13	%		4.58	%		4.18	%		4.14	%		4.19	%
Weighted-average age (in years)		3.1			3.6			3.4			3.4			3.6			3.2			3.1			3.2
Weighted-average expected prepayment (constant prepayment rate)		12.8	%		13.9	%		10.4	%		11.3	%		12.8	%		14.8	%		11.4	%		12.1	%
Weighted-average expected life (in years)		6.1			5.7			6.6			6.4			6.2			5.5			6.5			6.3
Weighted-average discount rate		11.8	%		11.2	%		9.4	%		10.0	%		11.9	%		11.2	%		9.6	%		10.1	%

(a) Represents principal balance of mortgages having corresponding MSR asset.

(b) Value is calculated as fair value divided by the servicing portfolio.

(c) Represents loans sold primarily to GSEs.

XML

Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Intangible Assets

  NOTE 11   INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Estimated Life(a)	Amortization Method(b)			Balance
					2015		2014
Goodwill			(c	)	$	9,361	$	9,389
Merchant processing contracts	8 years/8 years		SL/AC			135		174
Core deposit benefits	22 years/5 years		SL/AC			194		234
Mortgage servicing rights			(c	)		2,512		2,338
Trust relationships	10 years/6 years		SL/AC			75		97
Other identified intangibles	8 years/4 years		SL/AC			434		319
Total					$	12,711	$	12,551

(a) Estimated life represents the amortization period for assets subject to the straight line method and the weighted average or life of the underlying cash flows amortization period for intangibles subject to accelerated methods. If more than one amortization method is used for a category, the estimated life for each method is calculated and reported separately.

(b) Amortization methods:	SL = straight line method
	AC = accelerated methods generally based on cash flows

(c) Goodwill is evaluated for impairment, but not amortized. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded at fair value, and are not amortized.

Aggregate amortization expense consisted of the following:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Merchant processing contracts	$	35	$	50	$	64
Core deposit benefits		40		38		41
Trust relationships		21		27		34
Other identified intangibles		78		84		84
Total	$	174	$	199	$	223

The estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)
2016	$	173
2017		162
2018		130
2019		101
2020		78

The following table reflects the changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

(Dollars in Millions)	Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate			Consumer and Small Business Banking		Wealth Management and Securities Services			Payment Services			Treasury and Corporate Support		Consolidated Company
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,605		$	3,514	$	1,528		$	2,496		$	–	$	9,143
Goodwill acquired		–			–		37			20			–		57
Other(a)		–			–		–			5			–		5
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,605		$	3,514	$	1,565		$	2,521		$	–	$	9,205
Goodwill acquired		43			166		8			–			–		217
Other(a)		–			–		(3	)		(30	)		–		(33	)
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	1,648		$	3,680	$	1,570		$	2,491		$	–	$	9,389
Other(a)		(1	)		1		(3	)		(25	)		–		(28	)
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,647		$	3,681	$	1,567		$	2,466		$	–	$	9,361

(a) Other changes in goodwill include the effect of foreign exchange translation.

XML

Short-Term Borrowings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Short-term Debt [Abstract]

Short-Term Borrowings

  NOTE 12   SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS ^(a)

The following table is a summary of short-term borrowings for the last three years:

	2015					2014					2013
(Dollars in Millions)	Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate
At year-end
Federal funds purchased	$	647		.23	%	$	886		.12	%	$	594		.11	%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		1,092		.02			948		.05			2,057		5.34
Commercial paper		22,022		.21			22,197		.12			19,400		.11
Other short-term borrowings		4,116		.69			5,862		.51			5,557		.19
Total	$	27,877		.27	%	$	29,893		.19	%	$	27,608		.52	%
Average for the year
Federal funds purchased(b)	$	1,169		15.05	%	$	2,366		7.94	%	$	1,879		9.72	%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		973		.10			798		1.07			2,403		4.65
Commercial paper		21,892		.12			21,227		.12			17,467		.12
Other short-term borrowings		3,926		1.13			5,861		.78			5,934		.72
Total(b)	$	27,960		.89	%	$	30,252		.88	%	$	27,683		1.29	%
Maximum month-end balance
Federal funds purchased	$	1,868				$	3,258				$	3,569
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		1,124					948					3,121
Commercial paper		23,101					22,322					19,400
Other short-term borrowings		7,656					7,417					6,301

(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.

(b) Average federal funds purchased and total short-term borrowings rates include amounts paid by the Company to certain corporate card customers for paying outstanding noninterest-bearing corporate card balances within certain timeframes per specific agreements. These activities reduce the Company’s short-term funding needs, and if they did not occur, the Company would use other funding alternatives, including the use of federal funds purchased. The amount of this compensation expense paid by the Company and included in federal funds purchased and total short-term borrowings rates for 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $175 million, $186 million and $181 million, respectively.

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt

  NOTE 13   LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt (debt with original maturities of more than one year) at December 31 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in Millions)	Rate Type		Rate(a)			Maturity Date		2015		2014
U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company)
Subordinated notes		Fixed		2.950	%		2022	$	1,300	$	1,300
		Fixed		3.600	%		2024		1,000		1,000
		Fixed		7.500	%		2026		199		199
Medium-term notes		Fixed		1.650% - 4.125	%		2016 - 2024		7,500		9,250
		Floating		.720% - .852	%		2018 - 2019		750		750
Junior subordinated debentures		Fixed		3.442	%		2016		500		500
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other(b)									204		190
Subtotal									11,453		13,189
Subsidiaries
Subordinated notes		Fixed		4.800	%		2015		–		500
		Fixed		3.778	%		2020		–		500
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		Fixed		1.250% - 8.250	%		2017 - 2026		11		11
		Floating		.335% - .847	%		2016 - 2025		9,081		7,334
Bank notes		Fixed		1.100% - 2.800	%		2017 - 2025		5,850		4,050
		Floating		.016% - .803	%		2016 - 2055		4,928		6,069
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other(b)									755		607
Subtotal									20,625		19,071
Total								$	32,078	$	32,260

(a) Weighted-average interest rates of medium-term notes, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and bank notes were 2.43 percent, .57 percent and 1.20 percent, respectively.

(b) Other includes consolidated community development and tax-advantaged investment VIEs, debt issuance fees, and unrealized gains and losses and deferred amounts relating to derivative instruments.

The Company has arrangements with the Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank whereby the Company could have borrowed an additional $74.9 billion and $76.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, based on collateral available.

Maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2015, were:

(Dollars in Millions)	Parent Company		Consolidated
2016	$	1,926	$	6,359
2017		1,249		7,144
2018		1,498		5,786
2019		1,511		3,505
2020		–		47
Thereafter		5,269		9,237
Total	$	11,453	$	32,078

XML

Junior Subordinated Debentures

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Junior Subordinated Debenture Owed to Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trust [Abstract]

Junior Subordinated Debentures

  NOTE 14   JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

As of December 31, 2015, the Company sponsored, and wholly owned 100 percent of the common equity of, USB Capital IX, a wholly-owned unconsolidated trust, formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable Income Trust Securities (“ITS”) to third party investors, originally investing the proceeds in junior subordinated debt securities (“Debentures”) issued by the Company and entering into stock purchase contracts to purchase preferred stock in the future. During 2010, the Company exchanged depositary shares representing an ownership interest in its Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) to acquire a portion of the ITS issued by USB Capital IX and retire a portion of the Debentures and cancel a pro-rata portion of stock purchase contracts. During 2011, USB Capital IX sold the remaining Debentures, originally issued by the Company to the trust, to investors to generate cash proceeds to purchase the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the stock purchase contracts. As part of this sale, a consolidated subsidiary of the Company purchased $176 million of the Debentures, which effectively retired the debt. The Company classifies the remaining $500 million of Debentures at December 31, 2015 and 2014, as long-term debt. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, $676 million of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock was the sole asset of USB Capital IX. The Company’s obligations under the transaction documents, taken together, have the effect of providing a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company, on a junior subordinated basis, of the payment obligations of the trust.

XML

Shareholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Equity [Abstract]

Shareholders' Equity

  NOTE 15   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had authority to issue 4 billion shares of common stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock. The Company had 1.7 billion and 1.8 billion shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company had 80 million shares reserved for future issuances, primarily under its stock incentive plans at December 31, 2015.

The number of shares issued and outstanding and the carrying amount of each outstanding series of the Company’s preferred stock was as follows:

	2015								2014
At December 31, (Dollars in Millions)	Shares Issued and Outstanding		Liquidation Preference		Discount		Carrying Amount		Shares Issued and Outstanding		Liquidation Preference		Discount		Carrying Amount
Series A		12,510	$	1,251	$	145	$	1,106		12,510	$	1,251	$	145	$	1,106
Series B		40,000		1,000		–		1,000		40,000		1,000		–		1,000
Series F		44,000		1,100		12		1,088		44,000		1,100		12		1,088
Series G		43,400		1,085		10		1,075		43,400		1,085		10		1,075
Series H		20,000		500		13		487		20,000		500		13		487
Series I		30,000		750		5		745		–		–		–		–
Total preferred stock(a)		189,910	$	5,686	$	185	$	5,501		159,910	$	4,936	$	180	$	4,756

(a) The par value of all shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $1.00 per share.

During 2015, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 30,000 shares of Series I Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series I Preferred Stock”). The Series I Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable semiannually, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to 5.125 percent from the date of issuance to, but excluding, January 15, 2021, and thereafter will accrue and be payable quarterly at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.486 percent. The Series I Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after January 15, 2021. The Series I Preferred stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole, but not in part, prior to January 15, 2021 within 90 days following an official administrative or judicial decision, amendment to, or change in the laws or regulations that would not allow the Company to treat the full liquidation value of the Series I Preferred Stock as Tier 1 capital for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve.

During 2013, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 20,000 shares of Series H Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series H Preferred Stock”). The Series H Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to 5.15 percent. The Series H Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after July 15, 2018. The Series H Preferred stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole, but not in part, prior to July 15, 2018 within 90 days following an official administrative or judicial decision, amendment to, or change in the laws or regulations that would not allow the Company to treat the full liquidation value of the Series H Preferred Stock as Tier 1 capital for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve.

During 2012, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 44,000 shares of Series F Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), and depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 43,400 shares of Series G Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series G Preferred Stock”). The Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock have no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to 6.50 percent from the date of issuance to, but excluding, January 15, 2022, and thereafter at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.468 percent for the Series F Preferred Stock, and 6.00 percent from the date of issuance to, but excluding, April 15, 2017, and thereafter at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.86125 percent for the Series G Preferred Stock. Both series are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after January 15, 2022, for the Series F Preferred Stock and April 15, 2017, for the Series G Preferred Stock. Both series are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole, but not in part, prior to January 15, 2022, for the Series F Preferred Stock and prior to April 15, 2017, for the Series G Preferred Stock, within 90 days following an official administrative or judicial decision, amendment to, or change in the laws or regulations that would not allow the Company to treat the full liquidation value of the Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, respectively, as Tier 1 capital for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board.

During 2010, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 5,746 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to investors, in exchange for their portion of USB Capital IX Income Trust Securities. During 2011, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 6,764 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to USB Capital IX, thereby settling the stock purchase contract established between the Company and USB Capital IX as part of the 2006 issuance of USB Capital IX Income Trust Securities. The preferred shares were issued to USB Capital IX for the purchase price specified in the stock forward purchase contract. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of three-month LIBOR plus 1.02 percent or 3.50 percent. The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve Board.

During 2006, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 40,000 shares of Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). The Series B Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of three-month LIBOR plus .60 percent, or 3.50 percent. The Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

During 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company repurchased shares of its common stock under various authorizations approved by its Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2015, the approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased by the Company under the current Board of Directors approved authorization was $1.3 billion.

The following table summarizes the Company’s common stock repurchased in each of the last three years:

(Dollars and Shares in Millions)	Shares		Value
2015		52	$	2,246
2014		54		2,262
2013		65		2,336

Shareholders’ equity is affected by transactions and valuations of asset and liability positions that require adjustments to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The reconciliation of the transactions affecting accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available-For- Sale			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Transferred From Available-For-Sale to Held-To-Maturity			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivative Hedges			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Retirement Plans			Foreign Currency Translation			Total
2015
Balance at beginning of period	$	392		$	52		$	(172	)	$	(1,106	)	$	(62	)	$	(896	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses		(457	)		–			(25	)		(142	)		–			(624	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment(a)		–			–			–			–			20			20
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		–			(25	)		195			223			–			393
Applicable income taxes		176			9			(65	)		(31	)		(1	)		88
Balance at end of period	$	111		$	36		$	(67	)	$	(1,056	)	$	(43	)	$	(1,019	)
2014
Balance at beginning of period	$	(77	)	$	70		$	(261	)	$	(743	)	$	(60	)	$	(1,071	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses		764			–			(41	)		(733	)		–			(10	)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		1			–			–			–			–			1
Foreign currency translation adjustment(a)		–			–			–			–			(4	)		(4	)
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		(3	)		(30	)		186			144			–			297
Applicable income taxes		(293	)		12			(56	)		226			2			(109	)
Balance at end of period	$	392		$	52		$	(172	)	$	(1,106	)	$	(62	)	$	(896	)
2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	679		$	107		$	(404	)	$	(1,265	)	$	(40	)	$	(923	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses		(1,223	)		–			37			590			–			(596	)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		8			–			–			–			–			8
Foreign currency translation adjustment(a)		–			–			–			–			(34	)		(34	)
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		(9	)		(59	)		192			249			–			373
Applicable income taxes		468			22			(86	)		(317	)		14			101
Balance at end of period	$	(77	)	$	70		$	(261	)	$	(743	)	$	(60	)	$	(1,071	)

(a) Represents the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on the Company’s investment in foreign operations and related hedges.

Additional detail about the impact to net income for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and into earnings for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

	Impact to Net Income									Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Income
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale
Realized gains (losses) on sale of securities	$	1		$	11		$	23		Total securities gains (losses), net
Other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings		(1	)		(8	)		(14	)
		–			3			9		Total before tax
		–			(1	)		(4	)	Applicable income taxes
		–			2			5		Net-of-tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity
Amortization of unrealized gains		25			30			59		Interest income
		(9	)		(12	)		(22	)	Applicable income taxes
		16			18			37		Net-of-tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative hedges
Realized gains (losses) on derivative hedges		(195	)		(186	)		(192	)	Net interest income
		75			71			74		Applicable income taxes
		(120	)		(115	)		(118	)	Net-of-tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on retirement plans
Actuarial gains (losses), prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization		(223	)		(144	)		(249	)	Employee benefits expense
		85			56			96		Applicable income taxes
		(138	)		(88	)		(153	)	Net-of-tax
Total impact to net income	$	(242	)	$	(183	)	$	(229	)

Regulatory Capital The Company uses certain measures defined by bank regulatory agencies to access its capital. Beginning January 1, 2014, the regulatory capital requirements effective for the Company follow Basel III, subject to certain transition provisions from Basel I over the following four years to full implementation by January 1, 2018. Basel III includes two comprehensive methodologies for calculating risk-weighted assets: a general standardized approach and more risk-sensitive advanced approaches, with the Company’s capital adequacy being evaluated against the methodology that is most restrictive.

Tier 1 capital is considered core capital and includes common shareholders’ equity adjusted for the aggregate impact of certain items included in other comprehensive income (loss) (“common equity tier 1 capital”), plus qualifying preferred stock, trust preferred securities and noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries subject to certain limitations. Total risk-based capital includes Tier 1 capital and other items such as subordinated debt and the allowance for credit losses. Capital measures are stated as a percentage of risk-adjusted assets, which are measured based on their perceived credit risk and include certain off-balance sheet exposures, such as unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit, and derivative contracts. Under the standardized approach, the Company is also subject to a leverage ratio requirement, a non risk-based asset ratio, which is defined as Tier 1 capital as a percentage of average assets adjusted for goodwill and other non-qualifying intangibles and other assets.

For a summary of the regulatory capital requirements and the actual ratios as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, for the Company and its bank subsidiary, see Table 23 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis, which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table provides the components of the Company’s regulatory capital at December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Basel III transitional standardized approach:
Common shareholders’ equity	$	40,630		$	38,723
Less intangible assets
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)		(8,295	)		(8,403	)
Other disallowed intangible assets		(335	)		(165	)
Other(a)		612			701
Total common equity tier 1 capital		32,612			30,856
Qualifying preferred stock		5,501			4,756
Noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 1 capital		318			408
Total tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020
Eligible portion of allowance for credit losses		4,255			3,957
Subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 2 capital		2,616			3,215
Other		11			16
Total tier 2 capital		6,882			7,188
Total risk-based capital	$	45,313		$	43,208
Risk-weighted assets	$	341,360		$	317,398
Basel III transitional advanced approaches:
Common shareholders’ equity	$	40,630		$	38,723
Less intangible assets
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)		(8,295	)		(8,403	)
Other disallowed intangible assets		(335	)		(165	)
Other(a)		612			701
Total common equity tier 1 capital		32,612			30,856
Qualifying preferred stock		5,501			4,756
Noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 1 capital		318			408
Total tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020
Eligible portion of allowance for credit losses		1,204			1,224
Subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 2 capital		2,616			3,215
Other		11			16
Total tier 2 capital		3,831			4,455
Total risk-based capital	$	42,262		$	40,475
Risk-weighted assets	$	261,668		$	248,596

(a) Includes the impact of items included in other comprehensive income (loss), such as unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains on cash flow hedges, pension liability adjustments, etc.

Noncontrolling interests principally represent third party investors’ interests in consolidated entities, including preferred stock of consolidated subsidiaries. During 2006, the Company’s banking subsidiary formed USB Realty Corp., a real estate investment trust, for the purpose of issuing 5,000 shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Exchangeable Non-cumulative Perpetual Series A Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share (“Series A Preferred Securities”) to third party investors. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Securities, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.147 percent. If USB Realty Corp. has not declared a dividend on the Series A Preferred Securities before the dividend payment date for any dividend period, such dividend shall not be cumulative and shall cease to accrue and be payable, and USB Realty Corp. will have no obligation to pay dividends accrued for such dividend period, whether or not dividends on the Series A Preferred Securities are declared for any future dividend period.

The Series A Preferred Securities will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of USB Realty Corp. on each fifth anniversary after the dividend payment date occurring in January 2012. Any redemption will be subject to the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

  NOTE 16   EARNINGS PER SHARE

The components of earnings per share were:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)	2015			2014			2013
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836
Preferred dividends		(247	)		(243	)		(250	)
Impact of preferred stock redemption(a)		–			–			(8	)
Earnings allocated to participating stock awards		(24	)		(25	)		(26	)
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$	5,608		$	5,583		$	5,552
Average common shares outstanding		1,764			1,803			1,839
Net effect of the exercise and assumed purchase of stock awards		8			10			10
Average diluted common shares outstanding		1,772			1,813			1,849
Earnings per common share	$	3.18		$	3.10		$	3.02
Diluted earnings per common share	$	3.16		$	3.08		$	3.00

(a) Represents stock issuance costs originally recorded in capital surplus upon the issuance of the Company’s Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock that were reclassified to retained earnings on the redemption date.

Options outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2013 to purchase 1 million and 5 million common shares, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2013, respectively, because they were antidilutive.

XML

Employee Benefits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Employee Benefits

  NOTE 17   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Employee Retirement Savings Plan The Company has a defined contribution retirement savings plan that covers substantially all its employees. Qualified employees are allowed to contribute up to 75 percent of their annual compensation, subject to Internal Revenue Service limits, through salary deductions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions are invested at their direction among a variety of investment alternatives. Employee contributions are 100 percent matched by the Company, up to four percent of each employee’s eligible annual compensation. The Company’s matching contribution vests immediately and is invested in the same manner as each employee’s future contribution elections. Total expense for the Company’s matching contributions was $131 million, $122 million and $118 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Pension Plans The Company has a tax qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits to substantially all its employees. Participants receive annual cash balance pay credits based on eligible pay multiplied by a percentage determined by their age and years of service. Participants also receive an annual interest credit. Employees become vested upon completing three years of vesting service. For participants in the plan before 2010 that elected to stay under their existing formula, pension benefits are provided to eligible employees based on years of service, multiplied by a percentage of their final average pay. Additionally, as a result of plan mergers, a portion of pension benefits may also be provided using a cash balance benefit formula where only interest credits continue to be credited to participants’ accounts.

In general, the Company’s qualified pension plan’s funding objectives include maintaining a funded status sufficient to meet participant benefit obligations over time while reducing long-term funding requirements and pension costs. The Company has an established process for evaluating the plan, its performance and significant plan assumptions, including the assumed discount rate and the long-term rate of return (“LTROR”). Annually, the Company’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”), assisted by outside consultants, evaluates plan objectives, funding policies and plan investment policies considering its long-term investment time horizon and asset allocation strategies. The process also evaluates significant plan assumptions. Although plan assumptions are established annually, the Company may update its analysis on an interim basis in order to be responsive to significant events that occur during the year, such as plan mergers and amendments.

The Company’s funding policy is to contribute amounts to its plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act, plus such additional amounts as the Company determines to be appropriate. The Company made contributions of $414 million and $475 million to its pension plan in 2015 and 2014, respectively, and expects to contribute $348 million to its pension plan in 2016. Any contributions made to the qualified plan are invested in accordance with established investment policies and asset allocation strategies.

In addition to the funded qualified pension plan, the Company maintains a non-qualified plan that is unfunded and provides benefits to certain employees. The assumptions used in computing the accumulated benefit obligation, the projected benefit obligation and net pension expense are substantially consistent with those assumptions used for the funded qualified plan. In 2016, the Company expects to contribute $22 million to its non-qualified pension plan which equals the 2016 expected benefit payments.

Postretirement Welfare Plan In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides health care and death benefits to certain former employees who retired prior to January 1, 2014. Employees retiring after December 31, 2013, are not eligible for retiree health care benefits. The Company expects to contribute $7 million to its postretirement welfare plan in 2016.

The following table summarizes the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for the years ended December 31, and the funded status and amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31 for the retirement plans:

	Pension Plan						Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Change In Projected Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of measurement period	$	4,612		$	3,895		$	104		$	100
Service cost		188			152			–			–
Interest cost		195			197			3			3
Participants’ contributions		–			–			10			11
Actuarial loss (gain)		(176	)		781			(5	)		13
Lump sum settlements(a)		(37	)		(286	)		–			–
Benefit payments		(132	)		(127	)		(21	)		(25	)
Federal subsidy on benefits paid		–			–			2			2
Benefit obligation at end of measurement period(b)	$	4,650		$	4,612		$	93		$	104
Change In Fair Value Of Plan Assets
Fair value at beginning of measurement period	$	3,187		$	2,831		$	85		$	92
Actual return on plan assets		(99	)		269			–			–
Employer contributions		436			500			8			7
Participants’ contributions		–			–			10			11
Lump sum settlements(a)		(37	)		(286	)		–			–
Benefit payments		(132	)		(127	)		(21	)		(25	)
Fair value at end of measurement period	$	3,355		$	3,187		$	82		$	85
Funded (Unfunded) Status	$	(1,295	)	$	(1,425	)	$	(11	)	$	(19	)
Components Of The Consolidated Balance Sheet
Current benefit liability	$	(21	)	$	(21	)	$	–		$	–
Noncurrent benefit liability		(1,274	)		(1,404	)		(11	)		(19	)
Recognized amount	$	(1,295	)	$	(1,425	)	$	(11	)	$	(19	)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Pretax
Net actuarial gain (loss)	$	(1,806	)	$	(1,894	)	$	55		$	55
Net prior service credit (cost)		7			11			28			31
Recognized amount	$	(1,799	)	$	(1,883	)	$	83		$	86

(a) 2014 includes $242 million of payments as a result of a bulk lump sum offering to certain deferred vested participants.

(b) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans was $4.3 billion.

The following table provides information for pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation	$	4,650	$	4,612
Fair value of plan assets		3,355		3,187
Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation	$	4,650	$	4,612
Accumulated benefit obligation		4,310		4,250
Fair value of plan assets		3,355		3,187

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31 for the retirement plans:

	Pension Plans									Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015			2014			2013
Components Of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Service cost	$	188		$	152		$	168		$	–		$	–		$	3
Interest cost		195			197			170			3			3			4
Expected return on plan assets		(223	)		(208	)		(176	)		(1	)		(1	)		(2	)
Prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization		(4	)		(5	)		(5	)		(3	)		(3	)		(1	)
Actuarial loss (gain) amortization		234			158			264			(4	)		(6	)		(9	)
Net periodic benefit cost	$	390		$	294		$	421		$	(5	)	$	(7	)	$	(5	)
Other Changes In Plan Assets And Benefit Obligations
Recognized In Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during the year	$	(146	)	$	(719	)	$	555		$	4		$	(14	)	$	–
Net actuarial loss (gain) amortized during the year		234			158			264			(4	)		(6	)		(9	)
Net prior service credit (cost) arising during the year		–			–			–			–			–			35
Net prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortized during the year		(4	)		(5	)		(5	)		(3	)		(3	)		(1	)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)	$	84		$	(566	)	$	814		$	(3	)	$	(23	)	$	25
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)(a)(b)	$	(306	)	$	(860	)	$	393		$	2		$	(16	)	$	30

(a) The pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost (credit) for the pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2016 are $175 million and $(5) million, respectively.

(b) The pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost (credit) for the postretirement welfare plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2016 are $(4) million and $(3) million, respectively.

The following table sets forth weighted average assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligations at December 31:

	Pension Plans						Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Discount rate(a)		4.45	%		4.13	%		3.59	%		3.46	%
Rate of compensation increase(b)		4.06			4.07			*			*
Health care cost trend rate for the next year(c)								6.50	%		7.00	%
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
One percent increase							$	5		$	6
One percent decrease								(5	)		(5	)

(a) The discount rates were developed using a cash flow matching bond model with a modified duration for the qualified pension plan, non-qualified pension plan and postretirement welfare plan of 15.0, 11.9, and 6.3 years, respectively, for 2015, and 15.9, 12.4 and 6.8 years, respectively, for 2014.

(b) Determined on an active liability-weighted basis.

(c) The rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 5.00 percent by 2019 and remain at this level thereafter.

* Not applicable

The following table sets forth weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

	Pension Plans									Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015			2014			2013
Discount rate(a)		4.13	%		4.97	%		4.07	%		3.46	%		3.93	%		3.10	%
Expected return on plan assets(b)		7.50			7.50			7.50			1.50			1.50			1.50
Rate of compensation increase(c)		4.07			4.02			4.08			*			*			*
Health care cost trend rate(d)
Prior to age 65											7.00	%		7.50	%		8.00	%
After age 65											7.00			7.50			8.00
Effect on total of service cost and interest cost
One percent increase										$	–		$	–		$	–
One percent decrease											–			–			–

(a) The discount rates were developed using a cash flow matching bond model with a modified duration for the qualified pension plan, non-qualified pension plan and postretirement welfare plan of 15.9, 12.4 and 6.8 years, respectively, for 2015, and 14.6, 11.5 and 6.4 years, respectively, for 2014.

(b) With the help of an independent pension consultant, the Company considers several sources when developing its expected long-term rates of return on plan assets assumptions, including, but not limited to, past returns and estimates of future returns given the plans’ asset allocation, economic conditions, and peer group LTROR information. The Company determines its expected long-term rates of return reflecting current economic conditions and plan assets.

(c) Determined on an active liability weighted basis.

(d) The pre-65 and post-65 rates are both assumed to decrease gradually to 5.00 percent by 2019 and remain at that level thereafter.

* Not applicable

Investment Policies and Asset Allocation In establishing its investment policies and asset allocation strategies, the Company considers expected returns and the volatility associated with different strategies. An independent consultant performs modeling that projects numerous outcomes using a broad range of possible scenarios, including a mix of possible rates of inflation and economic growth. Starting with current economic information, the model bases its projections on past relationships between inflation, fixed income rates and equity returns when these types of economic conditions have existed over the previous 30 years, both in the U.S. and in foreign countries. Estimated future returns and other actuarially determined adjustments are also considered in calculating the estimated return on assets.

Generally, based on historical performance of the various investment asset classes, investments in equities have outperformed other investment classes but are subject to higher volatility. In an effort to minimize volatility, while recognizing the long-term up-side potential of investing in equities, the Committee has determined that a target asset allocation of 43 percent global equities, 30 percent debt securities, 7 percent domestic mid-small cap equities, 5 percent emerging markets equities, 5 percent real estate equities, 5 percent hedge funds and 5 percent private equity funds is appropriate.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, plan assets of the qualified pension plan included asset management arrangements with related parties totaling $63 million and $70 million, respectively.

In accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, the Company groups plan assets into a three-level hierarchy for valuation techniques used to measure their fair value based on whether the valuation inputs are observable or unobservable. Refer to Note 22 for further discussion on these levels.

The assets of the qualified pension plan include investments in equity and U.S. Treasury securities whose fair values are determined based on quoted prices in active markets and are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The qualified pension plan also invests in U.S. agency, corporate and municipal debt securities, which are all valued based on observable market prices or data by third-party pricing services, and mutual funds which are valued based on quoted net asset values provided by the trustee of the fund; these assets are classified as Level 2. Additionally, the qualified pension plan invests in certain assets that are valued based on net asset values as a practical expedient, including investments in collective investment funds, hedge funds, and private equity funds; the net asset values are provided by the fund trustee or administrator and are not classified in the fair value hierarchy based on new accounting guidance issued by the FASB during 2015.

The following table summarizes the plan investment assets measured at fair value at December 31:

	Pension Plans																Postretirement Welfare Plan
	2015								2014								2015		2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 1
Cash and cash equivalents	$	64	$	–	$	–	$	64	$	78	$	–	$	–	$	78	$	82	$	85
Debt securities		361		465		–		826		347		496		–		843		–		–
Corporate stock
Domestic equity securities		178		–		–		178		196		–		–		196		–		–
Mid-small cap equity securities(a)		146		–		–		146		146		–		–		146		–		–
International equity securities		123		–		–		123		197		–		–		197		–		–
Real estate equity securities(b)		163		–		–		163		163		–		–		163		–		–
Mutual funds
Debt securities		–		197		–		197		–		219		–		219		–		–
Emerging markets equity securities		–		81		–		81		–		81		–		81		–		–
Other		–		–		1		1		–		–		2		2		–		–
	$	1,035	$	743	$	1		1,779	$	1,127	$	796	$	2		1,925		82		85
Plan investment assets not classified in fair value hierarchy(e):
Collective investment funds
Domestic equity securities								679								539
Mid-small cap equity securities(c)								68								54
Emerging markets equity securities								75								75
International equity securities								533								421
Hedge funds(d)								171								148
Private equity funds								50								25
Total plan investment assets at fair value							$	3,355							$	3,187	$	82	$	85

(a) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities included $139 million and $141 million in domestic equities, respectively, and $7 million and $5 million in international equities, respectively.

(b) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities included $90 million and $89 million in domestic equities, respectively, and $73 million and $74 million in international equities, respectively.

(c) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities included $30 million and $25 million in domestic equities, respectively, $20 million and $27 million in international equities, respectively, and $18 million and $2 million in cash and cash equivalents, respectively.

(d) This category consists of several investment strategies diversified across several hedge fund managers.

(e) These investments are valued based on net asset value per share as a practical expedient; fair values are provided to reconcile to total investment assets of the plans at fair value.

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value for all plan investment assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31:

	2015			2014			2013
(Dollars in Millions)	Other			Other			Debt Securities			Other
Balance at beginning of period	$	2		$	4		$	7		$	3
Unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at end of year		(1	)		(2	)		–			–
Purchases, sales, and settlements, net		–			–			(7	)		1
Balance at end of period	$	1		$	2		$	–		$	4

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid from the retirement plans for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	Pension Plans		Postretirement Welfare Plan(a)		Medicare Part D Subsidy Receipts
2016	$	198	$	13	$	2
2017		209		12		2
2018		218		12		2
2019		229		11		2
2020		234		10		2
2021 – 2025		1,368		41		7

(a) Net of expected retiree contributions and before Medicare Part D subsidy.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

NOTE 18 STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

As part of its employee and director compensation programs, the Company currently may grant certain stock awards under the provisions of its stock incentive plan. The plan provides for grants of options to purchase shares of common stock at a fixed price equal to the fair value of the underlying stock at the date of grant. Option grants are generally exercisable up to ten years from the date of grant. In addition, the plan provides for grants of shares of common stock or stock units that are subject to restriction on transfer prior to vesting. Most stock and unit awards vest over three to five years and are subject to forfeiture if certain vesting requirements are not met. Stock incentive plans of acquired companies are generally terminated at the merger closing dates. Participants under such plans receive the Company’s common stock, or options to buy the Company’s common stock, based on the conversion terms of the various merger agreements. At December 31, 2015, there were 47 million shares (subject to adjustment for forfeitures) available for grant under various plans.

STOCK OPTION AWARDS

The following is a summary of stock options outstanding and exercised under prior and existing stock incentive plans of the Company:

Year Ended December 31	Stock Options/Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions)
2015
Number outstanding at beginning of period		33,649,198		$	29.31
Granted		1,122,697			44.28
Exercised		(8,721,834	)		29.59
Cancelled(a)		(324,353	)		32.93
Number outstanding at end of period(b)		25,725,708		$	29.82		3.6	$	331
Exercisable at end of period		22,446,095		$	28.68		3.0	$	314
2014
Number outstanding at beginning of period		46,724,765		$	29.12
Granted		1,246,451			40.32
Exercised		(13,851,590	)		29.59
Cancelled(a)		(470,428	)		31.12
Number outstanding at end of period(b)		33,649,198		$	29.31		4.0	$	526
Exercisable at end of period		28,923,260		$	28.79		3.4	$	467
2013
Number outstanding at beginning of period		63,171,918		$	28.83
Granted		1,168,011			33.99
Exercised		(17,260,740	)		28.41
Cancelled(a)		(354,424	)		29.22
Number outstanding at end of period(b)		46,724,765		$	29.12		4.4	$	527
Exercisable at end of period		39,556,000		$	29.19		3.8	$	444

(a) Options cancelled include both non-vested (i.e., forfeitures) and vested options.

(b) Outstanding options include stock-based awards that may be forfeited in future periods. The impact of the estimated forfeitures is reflected in compensation expense.

Stock-based compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the award at the date of grant or modification. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, requiring the use of subjective assumptions. Because employee stock options have characteristics that differ from those of traded options, including vesting provisions and trading limitations that impact their liquidity, the determined value used to measure compensation expense may vary from the actual fair value of the employee stock options. The following table includes the weighted average estimated fair value of stock options granted and the assumptions utilized by the Company for newly issued grants:

Year Ended December 31	2015			2014			2013
Estimated fair value	$	12.23		$	11.38		$	12.13
Risk-free interest rates		1.7	%		1.7	%		1.0	%
Dividend yield		2.6	%		2.6	%		2.6	%
Stock volatility factor		.37			.38			.49
Expected life of options (in years)		5.5			5.5			5.5

Expected stock volatility is based on several factors including the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock, implied volatility determined from traded options and other factors. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations to estimate the expected life of options. The risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on the date of grant. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s expected dividend yield over the life of the options.

The following summarizes certain stock option activity of the Company:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Fair value of options vested	$	25	$	33	$	41
Intrinsic value of options exercised		130		171		144
Cash received from options exercised		257		408		489
Tax benefit realized from options exercised		50		66		56

To satisfy option exercises, the Company predominantly uses treasury stock.

Additional information regarding stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, is as follows:

	Outstanding Options						Exercisable Options
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$11.02 – $15.00		2,664,092		3.1	$	11.20		2,664,092	$	11.20
$15.01 – $20.00		161,218		2.0		19.58		161,218		19.58
$20.01 – $25.00		2,051,039		4.2		23.85		2,051,039		23.85
$25.01 – $30.00		5,911,183		5.0		28.49		5,051,861		28.47
$30.01 – $35.00		9,215,909		2.6		32.21		8,719,854		32.11
$35.01 – $40.00		3,523,469		1.1		36.04		3,523,469		36.04
$40.01 – $44.32		2,198,798		8.6		42.32		274,562		40.32
Total		25,725,708		3.6	$	29.82		22,446,095	$	28.68

RESTRICTED STOCK AND UNIT AWARDS

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted shares of stock and unit awards is presented below:

	2015					2014					2013
Year Ended December 31	Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value
Outstanding at beginning of period		7,921,571		$	34.09		8,653,859		$	29.96		8,935,743		$	25.04
Granted		2,897,396			44.24		3,133,168			40.37		3,717,635			33.88
Vested		(3,428,736	)		33.27		(3,409,650	)		29.38		(3,744,411	)		22.17
Cancelled		(495,400	)		38.66		(455,806	)		34.05		(255,108	)		29.18
Outstanding at end of period		6,894,831		$	38.44		7,921,571		$	34.09		8,653,859		$	29.96

The total fair value of shares vested was $152 million, $139 million and $127 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense was $125 million, $125 million and $129 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. On an after-tax basis, stock-based compensation was $78 million, $78 million and $80 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, there was $158 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based arrangements granted under the plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years as compensation expense.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

  NOTE 19   INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense were:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Federal
Current	$	1,956		$	1,888		$	1,885
Deferred		(223	)		(126	)		(83	)
Federal income tax		1,733			1,762			1,802
State
Current		346			331			216
Deferred		18			(6	)		14
State income tax		364			325			230
Total income tax provision	$	2,097		$	2,087		$	2,032

A reconciliation of expected income tax expense at the federal statutory rate of 35 percent to the Company’s applicable income tax expense follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Tax at statutory rate	$	2,810		$	2,798		$	2,717
State income tax, at statutory rates, net of federal tax benefit		237			211			150
Tax effect of
Tax credits and benefits, net of related expenses		(700	)		(701	)		(648	)
Tax-exempt income		(201	)		(205	)		(212	)
Noncontrolling interests		(19	)		(20	)		37
Other items		(30	)(a)		4			(12	)
Applicable income taxes	$	2,097		$	2,087		$	2,032

(a) Includes the resolution of certain tax matters with taxing authorities.

The tax effects of fair value adjustments on securities available-for-sale, derivative instruments in cash flow hedges, foreign currency translation adjustments, pension and post-retirement plans and certain tax benefits related to stock options are recorded directly to shareholders’ equity as part of other comprehensive income (loss).

In preparing its tax returns, the Company is required to interpret complex tax laws and regulations and utilize income and cost allocation methods to determine its taxable income. On an ongoing basis, the Company is subject to examinations by federal, state, local and foreign taxing authorities that may give rise to differing interpretations of these complex laws, regulations and methods. Due to the nature of the examination process, it generally takes years before these examinations are completed and matters are resolved. Federal tax examinations for all years ending through December 31, 2010, are completed and resolved. The Company’s tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 are under examination by the Internal Revenue Service. The years open to examination by state and local government authorities vary by jurisdiction.

A reconciliation of the changes in the federal, state and foreign unrecognized tax position balances are summarized as follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	267		$	264		$	302
Additions (reductions) for tax positions taken in prior years		(17	)		31			44
Additions for tax positions taken in the current year		13			4			–
Exam resolutions		(17	)		(22	)		(56	)
Statute expirations		(3	)		(10	)		(26	)
Balance at end of period	$	243		$	267		$	264

The total amount of unrecognized tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, were $165 million, $192 million and $181 million, respectively. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s unrecognized tax position balance included $30 million in accrued interest. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 the Company recorded approximately $(1) million, $4 million and $(12) million, respectively, in interest on unrecognized tax positions.

While certain examinations may be concluded, statutes may lapse or other developments may occur, the Company does not believe there will be a significant increase or decrease in uncertain tax positions over the next twelve months.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax effect of estimated temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for the same items for income tax reporting purposes.

The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset (liability) follows:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Deferred Tax Assets
Allowance for credit losses	$	1,615		$	1,652
Accrued expenses		764			630
Federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards		464			212
Partnerships and other investment assets		380			403
Pension and postretirement benefits		247			437
Stock compensation		131			143
Other deferred tax assets, net		219			208
Gross deferred tax assets		3,820			3,685
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Leasing activities		(3,026	)		(3,042	)
Mortgage servicing rights		(859	)		(871	)
Goodwill and other intangible assets		(859	)		(772	)
Loans		(204	)		(212	)
Fixed assets		(111	)		(90	)
Securities available-for-sale and financial instruments		(47	)		(165	)
Other deferred tax liabilities, net		(55	)		(159	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(5,161	)		(5,311	)
Valuation allowance		(137	)		(101	)
Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)	$	(1,478	)	$	(1,727	)

The Company has approximately $1.1 billion of federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards which expire at various times through 2035. A substantial portion of these carryforwards relate to state-only net operating losses. These carryforwards are subject to a full valuation allowance. Management has determined it is more likely than not the other net deferred tax assets could be realized through carry back to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and future taxable income.

At December 31, 2015, retained earnings included approximately $102 million of base year reserves of acquired thrift institutions, for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been recognized. These base year reserves would be recaptured if the Company’s banking subsidiaries cease to qualify as a bank for federal income tax purposes. The base year reserves also remain subject to income tax penalty provisions that, in general, require recapture upon certain stock redemptions of, and excess distributions to, stockholders.

XML

Derivative Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Derivative Instruments

  NOTE 20   DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions to manage various risks and to accommodate the business requirements of its customers. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value in other assets or in other liabilities. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the derivative is designated as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge, net investment hedge, or a designation is not made as it is a customer-related transaction, an economic hedge for asset/liability risk management purposes or another stand-alone derivative created through the Company’s operations (“free-standing derivative”). When a derivative is designated as a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge, the Company performs an assessment, at inception and, at a minimum, quarterly thereafter, to determine the effectiveness of the derivative in offsetting changes in the value or cash flows of the hedged item(s).

Fair Value Hedges These derivatives are interest rate swaps the Company uses to hedge the change in fair value related to interest rate changes of its underlying fixed-rate debt. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges, and changes in the fair value of the hedged items, are recorded in earnings. All fair value hedges were highly effective for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the change in fair value attributed to hedge ineffectiveness was not material.

Cash Flow Hedges These derivatives are interest rate swaps the Company uses to hedge the forecasted cash flows from its underlying variable-rate loans and debt. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the cash flows of the hedged items are realized. If a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or ceases to be highly effective, the gain or loss in other comprehensive income (loss) is amortized to earnings over the period the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings. If a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is ceased and any gain or loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) is reported in earnings immediately, unless the forecasted transaction is at least reasonably possible of occurring, whereby the amounts remain within other comprehensive income (loss). At December 31, 2015, the Company had $67 million (net-of-tax) of realized and unrealized losses on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), compared with $172 million (net-of-tax) of realized and unrealized losses at December 31, 2014. The estimated amount to be reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next 12 months is a loss of $68 million (net-of-tax). This amount includes gains and losses related to hedges that were terminated early for which the forecasted transactions are still probable. All cash flow hedges were highly effective for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the change in fair value attributed to hedge ineffectiveness was not material.

Net Investment Hedges The Company uses forward commitments to sell specified amounts of certain foreign currencies, and occasionally non-derivative debt instruments, to hedge the volatility of its investment in foreign businesses driven by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The ineffectiveness on all net investment hedges was not material for the year ended December 31, 2015. There were no non-derivative debt instruments designated as net investment hedges at December 31, 2015 or 2014.

Other Derivative Positions The Company enters into free-standing derivatives to mitigate interest rate risk and for other risk management purposes. These derivatives include forward commitments to sell to-be-announced securities (“TBAs”) and other commitments to sell residential mortgage loans, which are used to economically hedge the interest rate risk related to residential MLHFS and unfunded mortgage loan commitments. The Company also enters into interest rate swaps, forward commitments to buy TBAs, U.S. Treasury and Eurodollar futures and options on U.S. Treasury futures to economically hedge the change in the fair value of the Company’s MSRs. The Company also enters into foreign currency forwards to economically hedge remeasurement gains and losses the Company recognizes on foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company acts as a seller and buyer of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts for its customers. The Company mitigates the market and liquidity risk associated with these customer derivatives by entering into similar offsetting positions with broker-dealers, or on a portfolio basis by entering into other derivative or non-derivative financial instruments that partially or fully offset the exposure from these customer-related positions. The Company’s customer derivatives and related hedges are monitored and reviewed by the Company’s Market Risk Committee, which establishes policies for market risk management, including exposure limits for each portfolio. The Company also has derivative contracts that are created through its operations, including commitments to originate MLHFS and swap agreements related to the sale of a portion of its Class B common shares of Visa Inc. Refer to Note 22 for further information on these swap agreements.

For additional information on the Company’s purpose for entering into derivative transactions and its overall risk management strategies, refer to “Management Discussion and Analysis — Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks” which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table summarizes the asset and liability management derivative positions of the Company:

	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in Millions)	Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years		Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years
December 31, 2015
Fair value hedges
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	3,050	$	73		4.43	$	–	$	–		–
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate contracts
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		1,772		7		9.22		5,009		146		1.13
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts		1,140		4		.04		–		–		–
Other economic hedges
Interest rate contracts
Futures and forwards
Buy		3,812		17		.07		452		1		.06
Sell		3,201		12		.09		2,559		7		.12
Options
Purchased		2,935		–		.06		–		–		–
Written		3,199		29		.10		5		1		.08
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		3,733		42		9.98		4,748		18		10.18
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		287		2		9.82		4,158		35		9.97
Foreign exchange forward contracts		3,023		13		.01		2,380		10		.03
Equity contracts		62		–		.47		24		1		.82
Credit contracts		1,192		2		2.58		2,821		3		2.99
Other(a)		36		–		.04		662		64		2.60
Total	$	27,442	$	201			$	22,818	$	286
December 31, 2014
Fair value hedges
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	2,750	$	65		5.69	$	–	$	–		–
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate contracts
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		272		6		7.76		5,748		315		1.94
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		250		–		.16		–		–		–
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts		1,047		31		.04		–		–		–
Other economic hedges
Interest rate contracts
Futures and forwards
Buy		4,839		45		.07		60		–		.08
Sell		448		10		.13		6,713		62		.09
Options
Purchased		2,500		–		.06		–		–		–
Written		2,643		31		.08		4		–		.11
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		3,552		14		10.22		250		1		10.22
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		15		–		10.22		–		–		–
Foreign exchange forward contracts		510		3		.03		6,176		41		.02
Equity contracts		86		3		.60		–		–		–
Credit contracts		1,247		3		3.29		2,282		5		2.85
Other(a)		58		4		.03		390		48		3.20
Total	$	20,217	$	215			$	21,623	$	472

(a) Includes short-term underwriting purchase and sale commitments with total asset and liability notional values of $36 million and $58 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and derivative liability swap agreements related to the sale of a portion of the Company’s Class B common shares of Visa Inc. The Visa swap agreements had a total notional value, fair value and weighted average remaining maturity of $626 million, $64 million and 2.75 years at December 31, 2015, respectively, compared to $332 million, $44 million and 3.75 years at December 31, 2014, respectively.

The following table summarizes the customer-related derivative positions of the Company:

	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in Millions)	Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years		Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years
December 31, 2015
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	32,647	$	1,097		5.69	$	14,068	$	54		4.71
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		10,685		43		4.55		35,045		1,160		5.74
Options
Purchased		8,705		10		2.61		146		1		2.23
Written		146		2		2.23		8,482		9		2.57
Futures
Buy		–		–		–		2,859		2		.84
Sell		45		–		.97		–		–		–
Foreign exchange rate contracts
Forwards, spots and swaps		18,399		851		.59		17,959		830		.58
Options
Purchased		1,485		43		1.19		–		–		–
Written		–		–		–		1,485		43		1.19
Total	$	72,112	$	2,046			$	80,044	$	2,099
December 31, 2014
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	21,724	$	888		6.09	$	5,880	$	24		3.79
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		4,622		26		3.27		21,821		892		6.08
Options
Purchased		4,409		10		3.79		24		–		2.42
Written		24		–		2.42		4,375		10		3.79
Futures
Buy		1,811		–		.22		226		–		.45
Sell		152		–		1.08		46		–		1.73
Foreign exchange rate contracts
Forwards, spots and swaps		17,062		890		.52		14,645		752		.59
Options
Purchased		976		39		.44		–		–		–
Written		–		–		–		976		39		.44
Total	$	50,780	$	1,853			$	47,993	$	1,717

The table below shows the effective portion of the gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and the gains (losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings (net-of-tax) for the years ended December 31:

	Gains (Losses) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)									Gains (Losses) Reclassified from Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into Earnings
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015			2014			2013
Asset and Liability Management Positions
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate contracts(a)	$	(15	)	$	(26	)	$	25		$	(120	)	$	(115	)	$	(118	)
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts		101			130			(45	)		–			–			–

Note: Ineffectiveness on cash flow and net investment hedges was not material for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

(a) Gains (Losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into interest income on loans and interest expense on long-term debt.

The table below shows the gains (losses) recognized in earnings for fair value hedges, other economic hedges and the customer-related positions for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	Location of Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings		2015			2014			2013
Asset and Liability Management Positions
Fair value hedges(a)
Interest rate contracts		Other noninterest income	$	7		$	29		$	(9	)
Other economic hedges
Interest rate contracts
Futures and forwards		Mortgage banking revenue		186			(122	)		615
Purchased and written options		Mortgage banking revenue		191			287			243
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		Mortgage banking revenue		139			384			(322	)
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		Mortgage banking revenue		(33	)		–			–
Foreign exchange forward contracts		Commercial products revenue		108			(29	)		49
Equity contracts		Compensation expense		(1	)		2			2
Credit contracts		Other noninterest income		2			–			6
Other		Other noninterest income		–			(43	)		–
Customer-Related Positions
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		Other noninterest income		360			686			(361	)
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		Other noninterest income		(320	)		(652	)		378
Purchased and written options		Other noninterest income		3			–			–
Futures		Other noninterest income		1			–			–
Foreign exchange rate contracts
Forwards, spots and swaps		Commercial products revenue		74			66			51
Purchased and written options		Commercial products revenue		2			1			–

(a) Gains (Losses) on items hedged by interest rate contracts included in noninterest income (expense), were $(7) million, $(27) million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The ineffective portion was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Derivatives are subject to credit risk associated with counterparties to the derivative contracts. The Company measures that credit risk using a credit valuation adjustment and includes it within the fair value of the derivative. The Company manages counterparty credit risk through diversification of its derivative positions among various counterparties, by entering into master netting arrangements and, where possible, by requiring collateral arrangements. A master netting arrangement allows two counterparties, who have multiple derivative contracts with each other, the ability to net settle amounts under all contracts, including any related collateral, through a single payment and in a single currency. Collateral arrangements require the counterparty to deliver collateral (typically cash or U.S. Treasury and agency securities) equal to the Company’s net derivative receivable, subject to minimum transfer and credit rating requirements.

The Company’s collateral arrangements are predominately bilateral and, therefore, contain provisions that require collateralization of the Company’s net liability derivative positions. Required collateral coverage is based on certain net liability thresholds and contingent upon the Company’s credit rating from two of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. If the Company’s credit rating were to fall below credit ratings thresholds established in the collateral arrangements, the counterparties to the derivatives could request immediate additional collateral coverage up to and including full collateral coverage for derivatives in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivatives under collateral arrangements that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2015, was $956 million. At December 31, 2015, the Company had $823 million of cash posted as collateral against this net liability position.

XML

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Text Block [Abstract]

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities

   NOTE 21   NETTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND SECURITIES FINANCING ACTIVITIES

The majority of the Company’s derivative portfolio consists of bilateral over-the-counter trades. However, current regulations require that certain interest rate swaps and forwards and credit contracts need to be centrally cleared through clearinghouses. In addition, a portion of the Company’s derivative positions are exchange-traded. These are predominately U.S. Treasury futures or options on U.S. Treasury futures. Of the Company’s $202.4 billion total notional amount of derivative positions at December 31, 2015, $69.8 billion related to those centrally cleared through clearinghouses and $8.3 billion related to those that were exchange-traded. Irrespective of how derivatives are traded, the Company’s derivative contracts include offsetting rights (referred to as netting arrangements), and depending on expected volume, credit risk, and counterparty preference, collateral maintenance may be required. For all derivatives under collateral support arrangements, fair value is determined daily and, depending on the collateral maintenance requirements, the Company and a counterparty may receive or deliver collateral, based upon the net fair value of all derivative positions between the Company and the counterparty. Collateral is typically cash, but securities may be allowed under collateral arrangements with certain counterparties. Receivables and payables related to cash collateral are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, along with the related derivative asset and liability fair values. Any securities pledged to counterparties as collateral remain on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities received from counterparties as collateral are not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, unless the counterparty defaults. In general, securities used as collateral can be sold, repledged or otherwise used by the party in possession. No restrictions exist on the use of cash collateral by either party. Refer to Note 20 for further discussion of the Company’s derivatives, including collateral arrangements.

As part of the Company’s treasury and broker-dealer operations, the Company executes transactions that are treated as securities sold under agreements to repurchase or securities purchased under agreements to resell, both of which are accounted for as collateralized financings. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase include repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions. Securities purchased under agreements to resell include reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions. For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Company records a liability for the cash received, which is included in short-term borrowings on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. For securities purchased under agreements to resell, the Company records a receivable for the cash paid, which is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Securities transferred to counterparties under repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions continue to be recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, are measured at fair value, and are included in investment securities or other assets. Securities received from counterparties under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions are not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless the counterparty defaults. The securities transferred under repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions typically are U.S. Treasury and agency securities or residential agency mortgage-backed securities. The securities loaned or borrowed typically are corporate debt securities traded by the Company’s broker-dealer. In general, the securities transferred can be sold, repledged or otherwise used by the party in possession. No restrictions exist on the use of cash collateral by either party. Repurchase/reverse repurchase and securities loaned/borrowed transactions expose the Company to counterparty risk. The Company manages this risk by performing assessments, independent of business line managers, and establishing concentration limits on each counterparty. Additionally, these transactions include collateral arrangements that require the fair values of the underlying securities to be determined daily, resulting in cash being obtained or refunded to counterparties to maintain specified collateral levels. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no outstanding securities loaned transactions.

The following table summarizes the maturities by category of collateral pledged for repurchase agreements at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)	Overnight and Continuous		Less Than 30 Days		Total
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	122	$	–	$	122
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities		802		168		970
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	$	924	$	168	$	1,092

The Company executes its derivative, repurchase/reverse repurchase and securities loaned/borrowed transactions under the respective industry standard agreements. These agreements include master netting arrangements that allow for multiple contracts executed with the same counterparty to be viewed as a single arrangement. This allows for net settlement of a single amount on a daily basis. In the event of default, the master netting arrangement provides for close-out netting, which allows all of these positions with the defaulting counterparty to be terminated and net settled with a single payment amount.

The Company has elected to offset the assets and liabilities under netting arrangements for the balance sheet presentation of the majority of its derivative counterparties, excluding centrally cleared derivative contracts due to current uncertainty about the legal enforceability of netting arrangements with the clearinghouses. The netting occurs at the counterparty level, and includes all assets and liabilities related to the derivative contracts, including those associated with cash collateral received or delivered. The Company has not elected to offset the assets and liabilities under netting arrangements for the balance sheet presentation of repurchase/reverse repurchase and securities loaned/borrowed transactions.

The following tables provide information on the Company’s netting adjustments, and items not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet but available for offset in the event of default:

(Dollars in Millions)	Gross Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet(a)			Net Amounts Presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet						Net Amount
								Financial Instruments(b)			Collateral Received(c)
December 31, 2015
Derivative assets(d)	$	1,879	$	(807	)	$	1,072	$	(82	)	$	–		$	990
Reverse repurchase agreements		106		–			106		(102	)		(4	)		–
Securities borrowed		772		–			772		–			(753	)		19
Total	$	2,757	$	(807	)	$	1,950	$	(184	)	$	(757	)	$	1,009
December 31, 2014
Derivative assets(d)	$	1,847	$	(870	)	$	977	$	(58	)	$	–		$	919
Reverse repurchase agreements		40		–			40		(40	)		–			–
Securities borrowed		638		–			638		–			(620	)		18
Total	$	2,525	$	(870	)	$	1,655	$	(98	)	$	(620	)	$	937

(a) Includes $165 million and $258 million of cash collateral related payables that were netted against derivative assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(b) For derivative assets this includes any derivative liability fair values that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for reverse repurchase agreements this includes any repurchase agreement payables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for securities borrowed this includes any securities loaned payables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default.

(c) Includes the fair value of securities received by the Company from the counterparty. These securities are not included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless the counterparty defaults.

(d) Excludes $368 million and $221 million of derivative assets centrally cleared or otherwise not subject to netting arrangements at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(Dollars in Millions)	Gross Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet(a)			Net Amounts Presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet						Net Amount
								Financial Instruments(b)			Collateral Pledged(c)
December 31, 2015
Derivative liabilities(d)	$	1,809	$	(1,283	)	$	526	$	(82	)	$	–		$	444
Repurchase agreements		1,092		–			1,092		(102	)		(990	)		–
Total	$	2,901	$	(1,283	)	$	1,618	$	(184	)	$	(990	)	$	444
December 31, 2014
Derivative liabilities(d)	$	1,847	$	(1,317	)	$	530	$	(58	)	$	–		$	472
Repurchase agreements		948		–			948		(40	)		(908	)		–
Securities loaned		47		–			47		–			(46	)		1
Total	$	2,842	$	(1,317	)	$	1,525	$	(98	)	$	(954	)	$	473

(a) Includes $641 million and $705 million of cash collateral related receivables that were netted against derivative liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(b) For derivative liabilities this includes any derivative asset fair values that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for repurchase agreements this includes any reverse repurchase agreement receivables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for securities loaned this includes any securities borrowed receivables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default.

(c) Includes the fair value of securities pledged by the Company to the counterparty. These securities are included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless the Company defaults.

(d) Excludes $576 million and $342 million of derivative liabilities centrally cleared or otherwise not subject to netting arrangements at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

  NOTE 22   FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The Company uses fair value measurements for the initial recording of certain assets and liabilities, periodic remeasurement of certain assets and liabilities, and disclosures. Derivatives, trading and available-for-sale investment securities, MSRs and substantially all MLHFS are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or impairment write-downs of individual assets.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value measurement reflects all of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance.

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a three-level hierarchy for valuation techniques used to measure financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. This hierarchy is based on whether the valuation inputs are observable or unobservable. These levels are:

– Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 includes U.S. Treasury securities, as well as exchange-traded instruments, including certain perpetual preferred and corporate debt securities.

– Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 includes debt securities that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and which are typically valued using third party pricing services; derivative contracts and other assets and liabilities, including securities, whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data; and MLHFS whose values are determined using quoted prices for similar assets or pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data.

– Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category includes MSRs, certain debt securities and certain derivative contracts.

When the Company changes its valuation inputs for measuring financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value, either due to changes in current market conditions or other factors, it may need to transfer those assets or liabilities to another level in the hierarchy based on the new inputs used. The Company recognizes these transfers at the end of the reporting period in which the transfers occur. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were no transfers of financial assets or financial liabilities between the hierarchy levels.

The Company has processes and controls in place to increase the reliability of estimates it makes in determining fair value measurements. Items quoted on an exchange are verified to the quoted price. Items provided by a third party pricing service are subject to price verification procedures as described in more detail in the specific valuation discussions below. For fair value measurements modeled internally, the Company’s valuation models are subject to the Company’s Model Risk Governance Policy and Program, as maintained by the Company’s risk management department. The purpose of model validation is to assess the accuracy of the models’ input, processing, and reporting components. All models are required to be independently reviewed and approved prior to being placed in use, and are subject to formal change control procedures. Under the Company’s Model Risk Governance Policy, models are required to be reviewed at least annually to ensure they are operating as intended. Inputs into the models are market observable inputs whenever available. When market observable inputs are not available, the inputs are developed based upon analysis of historical experience and evaluation of other relevant market data. Significant unobservable model inputs are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. Significant unobservable model inputs are also compared to actual results, typically on a quarterly basis. Significant Level 3 fair value measurements are also subject to corporate-level review and are benchmarked to market transactions or other market data, when available. Additional discussion of processes and controls are provided in the valuation methodologies section that follows.

The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Company to measure financial assets and liabilities at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value as required under disclosure guidance related to the fair value of financial instruments. In addition, the following section includes an indication of the level of the fair value hierarchy in which the assets or liabilities are classified. Where appropriate, the description includes information about the valuation models and key inputs to those models. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were no significant changes to the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure fair value.

Cash and Due From Banks The carrying value of cash and due from banks approximate fair value and are classified within Level 1. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements The carrying value of federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements approximate fair value because of the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization and are classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Investment Securities When quoted market prices for identical securities are available in an active market, these prices are used to determine fair value and these securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 investment securities include U.S. Treasury and exchange-traded securities.

For other securities, quoted market prices may not be readily available for the specific securities. When possible, the Company determines fair value based on market observable information, including quoted market prices for similar securities, inactive transaction prices, and broker quotes. These securities are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 2 valuations are generally provided by a third party pricing service. The Company reviews the valuation methodologies utilized by the pricing service and, on a quarterly basis, reviews the security level prices provided by the pricing service against management’s expectation of fair value, based on changes in various benchmarks and market knowledge from recent trading activity. Additionally, each quarter, the Company validates the fair value provided by the pricing service by comparing them to recent observable market trades (where available), broker provided quotes, or other independent secondary pricing sources. Prices obtained from the pricing service are adjusted if they are found to be inconsistent with relevant market data. Level 2 investment securities are predominantly agency mortgage-backed securities, certain other asset-backed securities, municipal securities, corporate debt securities, agency debt securities and certain perpetual preferred securities.

The fair value of securities for which there are no market trades, or where trading is inactive as compared to normal market activity, are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company determines the fair value of these securities by using a discounted cash flow methodology and incorporating observable market information, where available. These valuations are modeled by a unit within the Company’s treasury department. The valuations use assumptions regarding housing prices, interest rates and borrower performance. Inputs are refined and updated at least quarterly to reflect market developments and actual performance. The primary valuation drivers of these securities are the prepayment rates, default rates and default severities associated with the underlying collateral, as well as the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows. Level 3 fair values, including the assumptions used, are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. The fair value measurements are also compared to fair values provided by third party pricing services and broker provided quotes, where available. Securities classified within Level 3 include non-agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, certain asset-backed securities, certain collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations and certain corporate debt securities.

Mortgage Loans Held For Sale MLHFS measured at fair value, for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist, are initially valued at the transaction price and are subsequently valued by comparison to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles. MLHFS are classified within Level 2. Included in mortgage banking revenue was a $27 million net gain, a $185 million net gain and a $335 million net loss for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, from the changes to fair value of these MLHFS under fair value option accounting guidance. Changes in fair value due to instrument specific credit risk were immaterial. Interest income for MLHFS is measured based on contractual interest rates and reported as interest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income. Electing to measure MLHFS at fair value reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in fair value of these assets with changes in the value of the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting.

Loans The loan portfolio includes adjustable and fixed-rate loans, the fair value of which is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses and other valuation techniques. The expected cash flows of loans consider historical prepayment experiences and estimated credit losses and are discounted using current rates offered to borrowers with similar credit characteristics. Generally, loan fair values reflect Level 3 information. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only, with the exception of impaired collateral-based loans that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis utilizing the underlying collateral fair value.

Mortgage Servicing Rights MSRs are valued using a discounted cash flow methodology, and are classified within Level 3. The Company determines fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows using prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions. The MSR valuations, as well as the assumptions used, are developed by the mortgage banking division and are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. The MSR valuations and assumptions are validated through comparison to trade information when available, publicly available data and industry surveys and are also compared to independent third party valuations each quarter. Risks inherent in MSR valuation include higher than expected prepayment rates and/or delayed receipt of cash flows. There is minimal observable market activity for MSRs on comparable portfolios, and, therefore the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment. Refer to Note 10 for further information on MSR valuation assumptions.

Derivatives The majority of derivatives held by the Company are executed over-the-counter and are valued using standard cash flow, Black-Derman-Toy and Monte Carlo valuation techniques. The models incorporate inputs, depending on the type of derivative, including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates and volatility. In addition, all derivative values incorporate an assessment of the risk of counterparty nonperformance, measured based on the Company’s evaluation of credit risk as well as external assessments of credit risk, where available. The Company monitors and manages its nonperformance risk by considering its ability to net derivative positions under master netting arrangements, as well as collateral received or provided under collateral arrangements. Accordingly, the Company has elected to measure the fair value of derivatives, at a counterparty level, on a net basis. The majority of the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, as the significant inputs to the models, including nonperformance risk, are observable. However, certain derivative transactions are with counterparties where risk of nonperformance cannot be observed in the market, and therefore the credit valuation adjustments result in these derivatives being classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The credit valuation adjustments for nonperformance risk are determined by the Company’s treasury department using credit assumptions provided by the risk management department. The credit assumptions are compared to actual results quarterly and are recalibrated as appropriate.

The Company also has other derivative contracts that are created through its operations, including commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans and swap agreements executed in conjunction with the sale of a portion of its Class B common shares of Visa Inc. (“the Visa swaps”). The mortgage loan commitments are valued by pricing models that include market observable and unobservable inputs, which result in the commitments being classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The unobservable inputs include assumptions about the percentage of commitments that actually become a closed loan and the MSR value that is inherent in the underlying loan value, both of which are developed by the Company’s mortgage banking division. The closed loan percentages for the mortgage loan commitments are monitored on an on-going basis, as these percentages are also used for the Company’s economic hedging activities. The inherent MSR value for the commitments are generated by the same models used for the Company’s MSRs and thus are subject to the same processes and controls as described for the MSRs above. The Visa swaps require payments by either the Company or the purchaser of the Visa Inc. Class B common shares when there are changes in the conversion rate of the Visa Inc. Class B common shares to Visa Inc. Class A common shares, as well as quarterly payments to the purchaser based on specified terms of the agreements. Management reviews and updates the Visa swaps fair value in conjunction with its review of Visa related litigation contingencies, and the associated escrow funding. The fair value of the Visa swaps are calculated by the Company’s corporate development department using a discounted cash flow methodology which includes unobservable inputs about the timing and settlement amounts related to the resolution of certain Visa related litigation. The expected litigation resolution impacts the Visa Inc. Class B common share to Visa Inc. Class A common share conversion rate, as well as the ultimate termination date for the Visa swaps. Accordingly, the Visa swaps are classified within Level 3. Refer to Note 23 for further information on the Visa restructuring and related card association litigation.

Other Financial Instruments Other financial instruments include cost method equity investments and certain community development and tax-advantaged related assets and liabilities. The majority of the Company’s cost method equity investments are in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, for which the carrying amounts approximate fair value and are classified within Level 2. Investments in other equity and limited partnership funds are estimated using fund provided net asset values. These equity investments are classified within Level 3. The community development and tax-advantaged related asset balances primarily represent the underlying assets of consolidated community development and tax-advantaged entities. The community development and tax-advantaged related liabilities represent the underlying liabilities of the consolidated entities (included in long-term debt) and liabilities related to other third party interests (included in other liabilities). The carrying value of the community development and tax-advantaged related asset and other liability balances are a reasonable estimate of fair value and are classified within Level 3. Refer to Note 8 for further information on community development and tax-advantaged related assets and liabilities. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Deposit Liabilities The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of fixed-rate certificates of deposit was estimated by discounting the contractual cash flow using current market rates. Deposit liabilities are classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Short-term Borrowings Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper and other short-term funds borrowed have floating rates or short-term maturities. The fair value of short-term borrowings was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates. Short-term borrowings are classified within Level 2. Included in short-term borrowings is the Company’s obligation on securities sold short, which is required to be accounted for at fair value per applicable accounting guidance. Fair value for other short-term borrowings is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Long-term Debt The fair value for most long-term debt was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates. Junior subordinated debt instruments were valued using market quotes. Long-term debt is classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Loan Commitments, Letters of Credit and Guarantees The fair value of commitments, letters of credit and guarantees represents the estimated costs to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with a third party. Other loan commitments, letters of credit and guarantees are not actively traded, and the Company estimates their fair value based on the related amount of unamortized deferred commitment fees adjusted for the probable losses for these arrangements. These arrangements are classified within Level 3. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS OF LEVEL 3 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The following section provides information on the significant inputs used by the Company to determine the fair value measurements of Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, the following section includes a discussion of the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant inputs and a description of any interrelationships between these inputs for Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The discussion below excludes nonrecurring fair value measurements of collateral value used for impairment measures for loans and OREO. These valuations utilize third party appraisal or broker price opinions, and are classified as Level 3 due to the significant judgment involved.

Available-For-Sale Investment Securities The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s modeled Level 3 available-for-sale investment securities are prepayment rates, probability of default and loss severities associated with the underlying collateral, as well as the discount margin used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows. Increases in prepayment rates for Level 3 securities will typically result in higher fair values, as increased prepayment rates accelerate the receipt of expected cash flows and reduce exposure to credit losses. Increases in the probability of default and loss severities will result in lower fair values, as these increases reduce expected cash flows. Discount margin is the Company’s estimate of the current market spread above the respective benchmark rate. Higher discount margin will result in lower fair values, as it reduces the present value of the expected cash flows.

Prepayment rates generally move in the opposite direction of market interest rates. In the current environment, an increase in the probability of default will generally be accompanied with an increase in loss severity, as both are impacted by underlying collateral values. Discount margins are influenced by market expectations about the security’s collateral performance, and therefore may directionally move with probability and severity of default; however, discount margins are also impacted by broader market forces, such as competing investment yields, sector liquidity, economic news, and other macroeconomic factors.

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for Level 3 available-for-sale investment securities at December 31, 2015:

	Minimum			Maximum			Average
Residential Prime Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities(a)
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates		5	%		20	%		14	%
Lifetime probability of default rates		–			7			4
Lifetime loss severity rates		15			60			33
Discount margin		2			5			3
Residential Non-Prime Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities(b)
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates		3	%		13	%		8	%
Lifetime probability of default rates		4			12			7
Lifetime loss severity rates		20			70			52
Discount margin		1			6			3
Other Asset-Backed Securities
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates		6	%		6	%		6	%
Lifetime probability of default rates		5			5			5
Lifetime loss severity rates		40			40			40
Discount margin		6			6			6

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

Mortgage Servicing Rights The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s MSRs are expected prepayments and the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows. Significant increases in either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement. Significant decreases in either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher fair value measurement. There is no direct interrelationship between prepayments and discount rate. Prepayment rates generally move in the opposite direction of market interest rates. Discount rates are generally impacted by changes in market return requirements.

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for MSRs at December 31, 2015:

	Minimum			Maximum			Average
Expected prepayment		10	%		19	%		11	%
Discount rate		9			13			10

Derivatives The Company has two distinct Level 3 derivative portfolios: (i) the Company’s commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans that meet the requirements of a derivative and (ii) the Company’s asset/liability and customer-related derivatives that are Level 3 due to unobservable inputs related to measurement of risk of nonperformance by the counterparty. In addition, the Company’s Visa swaps are classified within Level 3.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s derivative commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans are the percentage of commitments that actually become a closed loan and the MSR value that is inherent in the underlying loan value. A significant increase in the rate of loans that close would result in a larger derivative asset or liability. A significant increase in the inherent MSR value would result in an increase in the derivative asset or a reduction in the derivative liability. Expected loan close rates and the inherent MSR values are directly impacted by changes in market rates and will generally move in the same direction as interest rates.

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for the Company’s derivative commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans at December 31, 2015:

	Minimum			Maximum			Average
Expected loan close rate		9	%		100	%		79	%
Inherent MSR value (basis points per loan)		30			196			120

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of certain of the Company’s asset/liability and customer-related derivatives is the credit valuation adjustment related to the risk of counterparty nonperformance. A significant increase in the credit valuation adjustment would result in a lower fair value measurement. A significant decrease in the credit valuation adjustment would result in a higher fair value measurement. The credit valuation adjustment is impacted by changes in the Company’s assessment of the counterparty’s credit position. At December 31, 2015, the minimum, maximum and average credit valuation adjustment as a percentage of the derivative contract fair value prior to adjustment was 0 percent, 98 percent and 5 percent, respectively.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Visa swaps are management’s estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios, and the timing of the resolution of the related litigation loss estimates in excess, or shortfall, of the Company’s proportional share of escrow funds. An increase in the loss estimate or a delay in the resolution of the related litigation would result in an increase in the derivative liability. A decrease in the loss estimate or an acceleration of the resolution of the related litigation would result in a decrease in the derivative liability.

The following table summarizes the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

(Dollars in Millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting			Total
December 31, 2015
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	3,708	$	888	$	–	$	–		$	4,596
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		–		50,076		–		–			50,076
Non-agency
Prime(a)		–		–		318		–			318
Non-prime(b)		–		–		240		–			240
Commercial
Agency		–		52		–		–			52
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		–		19		–		–			19
Other		–		539		2		–			541
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		–		5,316		–		–			5,316
Corporate debt securities		102		499		9		–			610
Perpetual preferred securities		48		113		–		–			161
Other investments		40		28		–		–			68
Total available-for-sale		3,898		57,530		569		–			61,997
Mortgage loans held for sale		–		3,110		–		–			3,110
Mortgage servicing rights		–		–		2,512		–			2,512
Derivative assets		–		1,632		615		(807	)		1,440
Other assets		202		589		–		–			791
Total	$	4,100	$	62,861	$	3,696	$	(807	)	$	69,850
Derivative liabilities	$	2	$	2,266	$	117	$	(1,283	)	$	1,102
Short-term borrowings(c)		122		645		–		–			767
Total	$	124	$	2,911	$	117	$	(1,283	)	$	1,869
December 31, 2014
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	1,351	$	1,281	$	–	$	–		$	2,632
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		–		45,017		–		–			45,017
Non-agency
Prime(a)		–		–		405		–			405
Non-prime(b)		–		–		280		–			280
Commercial
Agency		–		115		–		–			115
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		–		22		–		–			22
Other		–		557		62		–			619
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		–		5,868		–		–			5,868
Obligations of foreign governments		–		6		–		–			6
Corporate debt securities		101		504		9		–			614
Perpetual preferred securities		55		162		–		–			217
Other investments		251		23		–		–			274
Total available-for-sale		1,758		53,555		756		–			56,069
Mortgage loans held for sale		–		4,774		–		–			4,774
Mortgage servicing rights		–		–		2,338		–			2,338
Derivative assets		–		1,408		660		(870	)		1,198
Other assets		231		641		–		–			872
Total	$	1,989	$	60,378	$	3,754	$	(870	)	$	65,251
Derivative liabilities	$	–	$	2,103	$	86	$	(1,317	)	$	872
Short-term borrowings(c)		101		608		–		–			709
Total	$	101	$	2,711	$	86	$	(1,317	)	$	1,581

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(c) Represents the Company’s obligation on securities sold short required to be accounted for at fair value per applicable accounting guidance.

The following table presents the changes in fair value for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	Beginning of Period Balance		Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income			Net Gains (Losses) Included in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Purchases		Sales			Principal Payments			Issuances			Settlements			End of Period Balance		Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at End of Period
2015
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential non-agency
Prime(a)	$	405	$	–		$	(4	)	$	–	$	–		$	(83	)	$	–		$	–		$	318	$	(4	)
Non-prime(b)		280		(1	)		(1	)		–		–			(38	)		–			–			240		(1	)
Asset-backed securities
Other		62		4			(2	)		–		(51	)		(11	)		–			–			2		–
Corporate debt securities		9		–			–			–		–			–			–			–			9		–
Total available-for-sale		756		3	(c)		(7	)(f)		–		(51	)		(132	)		–			–			569		(5	)
Mortgage servicing rights		2,338		(487	)(d)		–			29		–			–			632	(g)		–			2,512		(487	)(d)
Net derivative assets and liabilities		574		707	(e)		–			1		(13	)		–			–			(771	)		498		135	(h)
2014
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential non-agency
Prime(a)	$	478	$	–		$	15		$	–	$	–		$	(88	)	$	–		$	–		$	405	$	14
Non-prime(b)		297		(6	)		19			–		–			(30	)		–			–			280		19
Asset-backed securities
Other		63		4			–			5		–			(10	)		–			–			62		–
Corporate debt securities		9		–			–			–		–			–			–			–			9		–
Total available-for-sale		847		(2	)(i)		34	(f)		5		–			(128	)		–			–			756		33
Mortgage servicing rights		2,680		(588	)(d)		–			5		(141	)		–			382	(g)		–			2,338		(588	)(d)
Net derivative assets and liabilities		445		904	(j)		–			1		(4	)		–			–			(772	)		574		188	(k)
2013
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential non-agency
Prime(a)	$	624	$	(6	)	$	8		$	–	$	–		$	(148	)	$	–		$	–		$	478	$	9
Non-prime(b)		355		(13	)		17			–		(20	)		(42	)		–			–			297		17
Asset-backed securities
Other		15		3			1			51		–			(7	)		–			–			63		–
Corporate debt securities		9		–			–			–		–			–			–			–			9		–
Total available-for-sale		1,003		(16	)(l)		26	(f)		51		(20	)		(197	)		–			–			847		26
Mortgage servicing rights		1,700		203	(d)		–			8		–			–			769	(g)		–			2,680		203	(d)
Net derivative assets and liabilities		1,179		(18	)(m)		–			1		(5	)		–			–			(712	)		445		(321	)(n)

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(c) Included in interest income.

(d) Included in mortgage banking revenue.

(e) Approximately $289 million included in other noninterest income and $418 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(f) Included in changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale.

(g) Represents MSRs capitalized during the period.

(h) Approximately $92 million included in other noninterest income and $43 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(i) Approximately $(3) million included in securities gains (losses) and $1 million included in interest income.

(j) Approximately $404 million included in other noninterest income and $500 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(k) Approximately $128 million included in other noninterest income and $60 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(l) Approximately $(14) million included in securities gains (losses) and $(2) million included in interest income.

(m) Approximately $(149) million included in other noninterest income and $131 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(n) Approximately $(340) million included in other noninterest income and $19 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

The Company is also required periodically to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

These measurements of fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following table summarizes the balances as of the measurement date of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, and still held as of the reporting date as of December 31:

	2015								2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Loans(a)	$	–	$	–	$	87	$	87	$	–	$	–	$	77	$	77
Other assets(b)		–		–		66		66		–		–		90		90

(a) Represents the carrying value of loans for which adjustments were based on the fair value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.

(b) Primarily represents the fair value of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value based on an appraisal or broker price opinion of the collateral subsequent to their initial acquisition.

The following table summarizes losses recognized related to nonrecurring fair value measurements of individual assets or portfolios for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Loans(a)	$	175	$	108	$	83
Other assets(b)		42		70		96

(a) Represents write-downs of student loans held for sale based on non-binding quoted prices received for the portfolio, that were subsequently transferred to loans, and write-downs of loans which were based on the fair value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.

(b) Primarily represents related losses of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial acquisition.

FAIR VALUE OPTION

The following table summarizes the differences between the aggregate fair value carrying amount of MLHFS for which the fair value option has been elected and the aggregate unpaid principal amount that the Company is contractually obligated to receive at maturity as of December 31:

	2015							2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Fair Value Carrying Amount		Aggregate Unpaid Principal		Carrying Amount Over (Under) Unpaid Principal			Fair Value Carrying Amount		Aggregate Unpaid Principal		Carrying Amount Over (Under) Unpaid Principal
Total loans	$	3,110	$	3,032	$	78		$	4,774	$	4,582	$	192
Nonaccrual loans		5		7		(2	)		6		9		(3	)
Loans 90 days or more past due		–		–		–			1		1		–

DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value for financial instruments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and includes financial instruments that are not accounted for at fair value. In accordance with disclosure guidance related to fair values of financial instruments, the Company did not include assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as the value of goodwill, long-term relationships with deposit, credit card, merchant processing and trust customers, other purchased intangibles, premises and equipment, deferred taxes and other liabilities. Additionally, in accordance with the disclosure guidance, insurance contracts and investments accounted for under the equity method are excluded.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, are shown in the table below:

	2015										2014
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value								Carrying Amount		Fair Value
(Dollars in Millions)			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total				Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	11,147	$	11,147	$	–	$	–	$	11,147	$	10,654	$	10,654	$	–	$	–	$	10,654
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements		169		–		169		–		169		118		–		118		–		118
Investment securities held-to-maturity		43,590		2,275		41,138		80		43,493		44,974		1,928		43,124		88		45,140
Loans held for sale(a)		74		–		–		74		74		18		–		–		18		18
Loans(b)		256,899		–		–		259,736		259,736		243,735		–		–		245,424		245,424
Other financial instruments		2,311		–		921		1,398		2,319		2,187		–		924		1,269		2,193
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		300,400		–		300,225		–		300,225		282,733		–		282,708		–		282,708
Short-term borrowings(c)		27,110		–		26,782		–		26,782		29,184		–		28,973		–		28,973
Long-term debt		32,078		–		32,412		–		32,412		32,260		–		32,659		–		32,659
Other liabilities		1,353		–		–		1,353		1,353		1,231		–		–		1,231		1,231

(a) Excludes mortgages held for sale for which the fair value option under applicable accounting guidance was elected.

(b) Excludes loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

(c) Excludes the Company’s obligation on securities sold short required to be accounted for at fair value per applicable accounting guidance.

The fair value of unfunded commitments, deferred non-yield related loan fees, standby letters of credit and other guarantees is approximately equal to their carrying value. The carrying value of unfunded commitments, deferred non-yield related loan fees and standby letters of credit was $515 million and $413 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The carrying value of other guarantees was $184 million and $211 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

XML

Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities

  NOTE 23   GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Visa Restructuring and Card Association Litigation The Company’s payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through the Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (collectively “Visa”). In 2007, Visa completed a restructuring and issued shares of Visa Inc. common stock to its financial institution members in contemplation of its initial public offering (“IPO”) completed in the first quarter of 2008 (the “Visa Reorganization”). As a part of the Visa Reorganization, the Company received its proportionate number of shares of Visa Inc. common stock, which were subsequently converted to Class B shares of Visa Inc. (“Class B shares”). Visa U.S.A. Inc. (“Visa U.S.A.”) and MasterCard International (collectively, the “Card Associations”) are defendants in antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of the Card Associations (the “Visa Litigation”). Visa U.S.A. member banks have a contingent obligation to indemnify Visa Inc. under the Visa U.S.A. bylaws (which were modified at the time of the restructuring in October 2007) for potential losses arising from the Visa Litigation. The indemnification by the Visa U.S.A. member banks has no specific maximum amount.

Using proceeds from its IPO and through reductions to the conversion ratio applicable to the Class B shares held by Visa U.S.A. member banks, Visa Inc. has funded an escrow account for the benefit of member financial institutions to fund their indemnification obligations associated with the Visa Litigation. The receivable related to the escrow account is classified in other liabilities as a direct offset to the related Visa Litigation contingent liability. On October 19, 2012, Visa signed a settlement agreement to resolve class action claims associated with the multi-district interchange litigation, the largest of the remaining Visa Litigation matters. The settlement has been approved by the court, but has been challenged by some class members and is being appealed. In addition, a number of class members opted out of the settlement and have filed actions against the Card Associations. At December 31, 2015, the carrying amount of the Company’s liability related to the Visa Litigation matters, net of its share of the escrow fundings, was $19 million. During 2015, the Company sold 2.5 million of its Class B shares. These sales, and any previous sales of its Class B shares, do not impact the Company’s liability for the Visa Litigation matters or the receivable related to the escrow account. The remaining 6.4 million Class B shares held by the Company will be eligible for conversion to Class A shares of Visa Inc., and thereby become marketable, upon final settlement of the Visa Litigation. These shares are excluded from the Company’s financial instruments disclosures included in Note 22.

Commitments to Extend Credit Commitments to extend credit are legally binding and generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. The contractual amount represents the Company’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of default by the borrower. The Company manages this credit risk by using the same credit policies it applies to loans. Collateral is obtained to secure commitments based on management’s credit assessment of the borrower. The collateral may include marketable securities, receivables, inventory, equipment and real estate. Since the Company expects many of the commitments to expire without being drawn, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent the Company’s future liquidity requirements. In addition, the commitments include consumer credit lines that are cancelable upon notification to the consumer.

The contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2015, excluding those commitments considered derivatives, were as follows:

	Term
(Dollars in Millions)	Less Than One Year		Greater Than One Year		Total
Commercial and commercial real estate loans	$	25,917	$	93,924	$	119,841
Corporate and purchasing card loans(a)		23,608		–		23,608
Residential mortgages		315		13		328
Retail credit card loans(a)		95,832		–		95,832
Other retail loans		12,951		21,141		34,092
Covered loans		–		568		568
Other		5,203		94		5,297

(a) Primarily cancelable at the Company’s discretion.

Lease Commitments Rental expense for operating leases totaled $328 million in 2015, $326 million in 2014 and $311 million in 2013. Future minimum payments, net of sublease rentals, under capitalized leases and noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, consisted of the following at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)	Capitalized Leases		Operating Leases
2016	$	14	$	265
2017		13		242
2018		13		203
2019		11		166
2020		10		126
Thereafter		42		471
Total minimum lease payments		103	$	1,473
Less amount representing interest		35
Present value of net minimum lease payments	$	68

OTHER GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The following table is a summary of other guarantees and contingent liabilities of the Company at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)	Collateral Held		Carrying Amount		Maximum Potential Future Payments
Standby letters of credit	$	–	$	57	$	13,020
Third party borrowing arrangements		–		–		8
Securities lending indemnifications		4,387		–		4,246
Asset sales		–		119		5,089
Merchant processing		409		61		94,995
Contingent consideration arrangements		–		2		2
Tender option bond program guarantee		2,254		–		2,183
Minimum revenue guarantees		–		2		12
Other		–		–		792

Letters of Credit Standby letters of credit are commitments the Company issues to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The guarantees frequently support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper issuances, bond financings and other similar transactions. The Company also issues and confirms commercial letters of credit on behalf of customers to ensure payment or collection in connection with trade transactions. In the event of a customer’s or counterparty’s nonperformance, the Company’s credit loss exposure is similar to that in any extension of credit, up to the letter’s contractual amount. Management assesses the borrower’s credit to determine the necessary collateral, which may include marketable securities, receivables, inventory, equipment and real estate. Since the conditions requiring the Company to fund letters of credit may not occur, the Company expects its liquidity requirements to be less than the total outstanding commitments. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under standby letter of credit arrangements at December 31, 2015, were approximately $13.0 billion with a weighted-average term of approximately 21 months. The estimated fair value of standby letters of credit was approximately $57 million at December 31, 2015.

The contract or notional amount of letters of credit at December 31, 2015, were as follows:

	Term
(Dollars in Millions)	Less Than One Year		Greater Than One Year		Total
Standby	$	5,701	$	7,319	$	13,020
Commercial		218		48		266

Guarantees Guarantees are contingent commitments issued by the Company to customers or other third parties. The Company’s guarantees primarily include parent guarantees related to subsidiaries’ third party borrowing arrangements; third party performance guarantees inherent in the Company’s business operations, such as indemnified securities lending programs and merchant charge-back guarantees; indemnification or buy-back provisions related to certain asset sales; and contingent consideration arrangements related to acquisitions. For certain guarantees, the Company has recorded a liability related to the potential obligation, or has access to collateral to support the guarantee or through the exercise of other recourse provisions can offset some or all of the maximum potential future payments made under these guarantees.

Third Party Borrowing Arrangements The Company provides guarantees to third parties as a part of certain subsidiaries’ borrowing arrangements. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $8 million at December 31, 2015.

Commitments from Securities Lending The Company participates in securities lending activities by acting as the customer’s agent involving the loan of securities. The Company indemnifies customers for the difference between the fair value of the securities lent and the fair value of the collateral received. Cash collateralizes these transactions. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $4.2 billion at December 31, 2015, and represent the fair value of the securities lent to third parties. At December 31, 2015, the Company held $4.4 billion of cash as collateral for these arrangements.

Asset Sales The Company has provided guarantees to certain third parties in connection with the sale or syndication of certain assets, primarily loan portfolios and tax-advantaged investments. These guarantees are generally in the form of asset buy-back or make-whole provisions that are triggered upon a credit event or a change in the tax-qualifying status of the related projects, as applicable, and remain in effect until the loans are collected or final tax credits are realized, respectively. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $5.1 billion at December 31, 2015, and represented the proceeds received from the buyer or the guaranteed portion in these transactions where the buy-back or make-whole provisions have not yet expired. At December 31, 2015, the Company had reserved $89 million for potential losses related to the sale or syndication of tax- advantaged investments.

The maximum potential future payments do not include loan sales where the Company provides standard representation and warranties to the buyer against losses related to loan underwriting documentation defects that may have existed at the time of sale that generally are identified after the occurrence of a triggering event such as delinquency. For these types of loan sales, the maximum potential future payments is generally the unpaid principal balance of loans sold measured at the end of the current reporting period. Actual losses will be significantly less than the maximum exposure, as only a fraction of loans sold will have a representation and warranty breach, and any losses on repurchase would generally be mitigated by any collateral held against the loans.

The Company regularly sells loans to GSEs as part of its mortgage banking activities. The Company provides customary representations and warranties to the GSEs in conjunction with these sales. These representations and warranties generally require the Company to repurchase assets if it is subsequently determined that a loan did not meet specified criteria, such as a documentation deficiency or rescission of mortgage insurance. If the Company is unable to cure or refute a repurchase request, the Company is generally obligated to repurchase the loan or otherwise reimburse the counterparty for losses. At December 31, 2015, the Company had reserved $30 million for potential losses from representation and warranty obligations, compared with $46 million at December 31, 2014. The Company’s reserve reflects management’s best estimate of losses for representation and warranty obligations. The Company’s repurchase reserve is modeled at the loan level, taking into consideration the individual credit quality and borrower activity that has transpired since origination. The model applies credit quality and economic risk factors to derive a probability of default and potential repurchase that are based on the Company’s historical loss experience, and estimates loss severity based on expected collateral value. The Company also considers qualitative factors that may result in anticipated losses differing from historical loss trends.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had $12 million and $19 million, respectively, of unresolved representation and warranty claims from the GSEs. The Company does not have a significant amount of unresolved claims from investors other than the GSEs.

Merchant Processing The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides merchant processing services. Under the rules of credit card associations, a merchant processor retains a contingent liability for credit card transactions processed. This contingent liability arises in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholder’s favor. In this situation, the transaction is “charged-back” to the merchant and the disputed amount is credited or otherwise refunded to the cardholder. If the Company is unable to collect this amount from the merchant, it bears the loss for the amount of the refund paid to the cardholder.

A cardholder, through its issuing bank, generally has until the later of up to four months after the date the transaction is processed or the receipt of the product or service to present a charge-back to the Company as the merchant processor. The absolute maximum potential liability is estimated to be the total volume of credit card transactions that meet the associations’ requirements to be valid charge-back transactions at any given time. Management estimates that the maximum potential exposure for charge-backs would approximate the total amount of merchant transactions processed through the credit card associations for the last four months. For the last four months this amount totaled approximately $95.0 billion. In most cases, this contingent liability is unlikely to arise, as most products and services are delivered when purchased and amounts are refunded when items are returned to merchants. However, where the product or service has been purchased but is not provided until a future date (“future delivery”), the potential for this contingent liability increases. To mitigate this risk, the Company may require the merchant to make an escrow deposit, place maximum volume limitations on future delivery transactions processed by the merchant at any point in time, or require various credit enhancements (including letters of credit and bank guarantees). Also, merchant processing contracts may include event triggers to provide the Company more financial and operational control in the event of financial deterioration of the merchant.

The Company currently processes card transactions in the United States, Canada, Europe, Mexico and Brazil through wholly-owned subsidiaries and joint ventures with other financial institutions. In the event a merchant was unable to fulfill product or services subject to future delivery, such as airline tickets, the Company could become financially liable for refunding tickets purchased through the credit card associations under the charge-back provisions. Charge-back risk related to these merchants is evaluated in a manner similar to credit risk assessments and, as such, merchant processing contracts contain various provisions to protect the Company in the event of default. At December 31, 2015, the value of airline tickets purchased to be delivered at a future date was $6.7 billion. The Company held collateral of $307 million in escrow deposits, letters of credit and indemnities from financial institutions, and liens on various assets. With respect to future delivery risk for other merchants, the Company held $26 million of merchant escrow deposits as collateral. In addition to specific collateral or other credit enhancements, the Company maintains a liability for its implied guarantees associated with future delivery. At December 31, 2015, the liability was $49 million primarily related to these airline processing arrangements.

In the normal course of business, the Company has unresolved charge-backs. The Company assesses the likelihood of its potential liability based on the extent and nature of unresolved charge-backs and its historical loss experience. At December 31, 2015, the Company held $76 million of merchant escrow deposits as collateral and had a recorded liability for potential losses of $12 million.

Contingent Consideration Arrangements The Company has contingent payment obligations related to certain business combination transactions. Payments are guaranteed as long as certain post-acquisition performance-based criteria are met or customer relationships are maintained. At December 31, 2015, the maximum potential future payments required to be made by the Company under these arrangements was approximately $2 million. If required, the majority of these contingent payments are payable within the next 12 months.

Tender Option Bond Program Guarantee As discussed in Note 8, the Company sponsors a municipal bond securities tender option bond program and consolidates the program’s entities on its Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company provides financial performance guarantees related to the program’s entities. At December 31, 2015, the Company guaranteed $2.2 billion of borrowings of the program’s entities, included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in short-term borrowings. The Company also included on its Consolidated Balance Sheet the related $2.3 billion of available-for-sale investment securities serving as collateral for this arrangement.

Minimum Revenue Guarantees In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into revenue share agreements with third party business partners who generate customer referrals or provide marketing or other services related to the generation of revenue. In certain of these agreements, the Company may guarantee that a minimum amount of revenue share payments will be made to the third party over a specified period of time. At December 31, 2015, the maximum potential future payments required to be made by the Company under these agreements were $12 million.

Other Guarantees and Commitments The Company has also made other financial performance guarantees and commitments primarily related to the operations of its subsidiaries. At December 31, 2015, the maximum potential future payments guaranteed or committed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $792 million.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters The Company is subject to various litigation and regulatory matters that arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Company establishes reserves for such matters when potential losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company believes the ultimate resolution of existing legal and regulatory matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. However, changes in circumstances or additional information could result in additional accruals or resolution in excess of established accruals, which could adversely affect the Company’s results from operations, potentially materially.

Litigation Matters In the last several years, the Company and other large financial institutions have been sued in their capacity as trustee for residential mortgage–backed securities trusts. Among these lawsuits are actions originally brought in June 2014 by a group of institutional investors, including BlackRock and PIMCO funds, against six bank trustees, including the Company. These actions are in early stages and currently are pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In these lawsuits, the investors allege that U.S. Bank National Association as trustee caused them to incur substantial losses by failing to enforce loan repurchase obligations and failing to abide by appropriate standards of care after events of default allegedly occurred. The plaintiffs seek monetary damages in an unspecified amount and also seek equitable relief.

Regulatory Matters The Company is currently subject to examinations, inquiries and investigations by government agencies and bank regulators concerning mortgage-related practices, including those related to compliance with selling guidelines relating to residential home loans sold to GSEs, foreclosure-related expenses submitted to the Federal Housing Administration or GSEs for reimbursement, lender-placed insurance, and notices and filings in bankruptcy cases. The Company is also subject to ongoing examinations, inquiries and investigations by government agencies, bank regulators and law enforcement with respect to Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering compliance program adequacy and effectiveness and sanctions compliance requirements as administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. In October 2015, the Company entered into a Consent Order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) concerning deficiencies in its Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering compliance program, and requiring an ongoing review of that program. If the Company does not satisfactorily correct the identified deficiencies, it could be required to enter into further orders, pay fines or penalties or further modify its business practices. Some of the compliance program enhancements and other actions required by the Consent Order have already been, or are currently in the process of being, implemented, and are not expected to be material to the Company.

The Company is also continually subject to examinations, inquiries and investigations in areas of increasing regulatory scrutiny, such as compliance, risk management, third party risk management and consumer protection.

The Company is cooperating fully with all pending examinations, inquiries and investigations, any of which could lead to administrative or legal proceedings or settlements. Remedies in these proceedings or settlements may include fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in the Company’s business practices (which may increase the Company’s operating expenses and decrease its revenue).

Certain federal and state governmental authorities reached settlement agreements in 2012 and 2013 with other major financial institutions regarding their mortgage origination, servicing, and foreclosure activities. Those governmental authorities have had settlement discussions with other financial institutions, including the Company. The Company has not agreed to any settlement; however, if a settlement were reached it would likely include an agreement to comply with specified servicing standards, and settlement payments to governmental authorities as well as a monetary commitment that could be satisfied under various loan modification programs (in addition to the programs the Company already has in place).

In April 2011, the Company and certain other large financial institutions entered into Consent Orders with the OCC and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System relating to residential mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices. In June 2015, the Company entered into an agreement to amend the 2011 Consent Order it had with the OCC. The OCC terminated the amended Consent Order in February 2016. Depending on the Company’s progress toward addressing the requirements of the 2011 Consent Order it has with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Company may be required to enter into further orders and settlements, pay additional fines or penalties, make restitution or further modify the Company’s business practices (which may increase the Company’s operating expenses and decrease its revenue).

Outlook Due to their complex nature, it can be years before litigation and regulatory matters are resolved. The Company may be unable to develop an estimate or range of loss where matters are in early stages, there are significant factual or legal issues to be resolved, damages are unspecified or uncertain, or there is uncertainty as to a litigation class being certified or the outcome of pending motions, appeals or proceedings. For those litigation and regulatory matters where the Company has information to develop an estimate or range of loss, the Company believes the upper end of reasonably possible losses in aggregate, in excess of any reserves established for matters where a loss is considered probable, will not be material to its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The Company’s estimates are subject to significant judgment and uncertainties, and the matters underlying the estimates will change from time to time. Actual results may vary significantly from the current estimates.

XML

U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Only Disclosure [Abstract]

U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company)

  NOTE 24   U.S. BANCORP (PARENT COMPANY)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Assets
Due from banks, principally interest-bearing	$	9,426	$	10,775
Available-for-sale securities		352		464
Investments in bank subsidiaries		41,708		39,599
Investments in nonbank subsidiaries		2,060		1,906
Advances to bank subsidiaries		3,150		2,650
Advances to nonbank subsidiaries		823		550
Other assets		983		1,762
Total assets	$	58,502	$	57,706
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Short-term funds borrowed	$	25	$	177
Long-term debt		11,453		13,189
Other liabilities		893		861
Shareholders’ equity		46,131		43,479
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	58,502	$	57,706

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Income
Dividends from bank subsidiaries	$	3,900		$	3,850		$	6,100
Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries		3			38			9
Interest from subsidiaries		120			123			118
Other income		55			64			66
Total income		4,078			4,075			6,293
Expense
Interest expense		292			335			325
Other expense		105			90			81
Total expense		397			425			406
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		3,681			3,650			5,887
Applicable income taxes		(207	)		(94	)		(88	)
Income of parent company		3,888			3,744			5,975
Equity in undistributed income (losses) of subsidiaries		1,991			2,107			(139	)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Operating Activities
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Equity in undistributed (income) losses of subsidiaries		(1,991	)		(2,107	)		139
Other, net		507			48			(40	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		4,395			3,792			5,935
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment securities		153			46			75
Purchases of investment securities		(47	)		(39	)		(118	)
Net (increase) decrease in short-term advances to subsidiaries		(273	)		984			4,543
Long-term advances to subsidiaries		(500	)		(1,800	)		(750	)
Principal collected on long-term advances to subsidiaries		–			1,400			–
Other, net		(6	)		(52	)		3
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(673	)		539			3,753
Financing Activities
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings		(152	)		39			4
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		–			3,250			1,500
Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt		(1,750	)		(1,500	)		(2,850	)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		745			–			487
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		295			453			524
Redemption of preferred stock		–			–			(500	)
Repurchase of common stock		(2,190	)		(2,200	)		(2,282	)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock		(242	)		(243	)		(254	)
Cash dividends paid on common stock		(1,777	)		(1,726	)		(1,576	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(5,071	)		(1,927	)		(4,947	)
Change in cash and due from banks		(1,349	)		2,404			4,741
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year		10,775			8,371			3,630
Cash and due from banks at end of year	$	9,426		$	10,775		$	8,371

Transfer of funds (dividends, loans or advances) from bank subsidiaries to the Company is restricted. Federal law requires loans to the Company or its affiliates to be secured and generally limits loans to the Company or an individual affiliate to 10 percent of each bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. In the aggregate, loans to the Company and all affiliates cannot exceed 20 percent of each bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus.

Dividend payments to the Company by its subsidiary bank are subject to regulatory review and statutory limitations and, in some instances, regulatory approval. In general, dividends by the Company’s bank subsidiary to the parent company are limited by rules which compare dividends to net income for regulatorily-defined periods. Furthermore, dividends are restricted by minimum capital constraints for all national banks.

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

  NOTE 25   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the impact of events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2015 through the date the consolidated financial statements were filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company has determined none of these events were required to be recognized or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries and all variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Consolidation eliminates all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain items in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Uses of Estimates

Uses of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual experience could differ from those estimates.

Business Segments

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

Within the Company, financial performance is measured by major lines of business based on the products and services provided to customers through its distribution channels. The Company has five reportable operating segments:

Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate offers lending, equipment finance and small-ticket leasing, depository services, treasury management, capital markets, international trade services and other financial services to middle market, large corporate, commercial real estate, financial institution, non-profit and public sector clients.

Consumer and Small Business Banking Consumer and Small Business Banking delivers products and services through banking offices, telephone servicing and sales, on-line services, direct mail, ATM processing and mobile devices, such as mobile phones and tablet computers. It encompasses community banking, metropolitan banking and indirect lending, as well as mortgage banking.

Wealth Management and Securities Services Wealth Management and Securities Services provides private banking, financial advisory services, investment management, retail brokerage services, insurance, trust, custody and fund servicing through five businesses: Wealth Management, Corporate Trust Services, U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Institutional Trust & Custody and Fund Services.

Payment Services Payment Services includes consumer and business credit cards, stored-value cards, debit cards, corporate, government and purchasing card services, consumer lines of credit and merchant processing.

Treasury and Corporate Support Treasury and Corporate Support includes the Company’s investment portfolios, most covered commercial and commercial real estate loans and related other real estate owned (“OREO”), funding, capital management, interest rate risk management, income taxes not allocated to business lines, including most investments in tax-advantaged projects, and the residual aggregate of those expenses associated with corporate activities that are managed on a consolidated basis.

Segment Results Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as those used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. For details of these methodologies and segment results, see “Basis for Financial Presentation” and Table 25 “Line of Business Financial Performance” included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Securities

SECURITIES

Realized gains or losses on securities are determined on a trade date basis based on the specific amortized cost of the investments sold.

Trading Securities Debt and equity securities held for resale are classified as trading securities and are included in other assets and reported at fair value. Changes in fair value and realized gains or losses are reported in noninterest income.

Available-for-sale Securities These securities are not trading securities but may be sold before maturity in response to changes in the Company’s interest rate risk profile, funding needs, demand for collateralized deposits by public entities or other reasons. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. Declines in fair value for credit-related other-than-temporary impairment, if any, are reported in noninterest income.

Held-to-maturity Securities Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Declines in fair value for credit-related other-than-temporary impairment, if any, are reported in noninterest income.

Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions with a receivable or payable recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold, plus accrued interest. Collateral requirements are continually monitored and additional collateral is received or provided as required. The Company records a receivable or payable for cash collateral paid or received.

Equity Investments in Operating Entities

EQUITY INVESTMENTS IN OPERATING ENTITIES

Equity investments in public entities in which the Company’s ownership is less than 20 percent are generally accounted for as available-for-sale securities and are carried at fair value. Similar investments in private entities are accounted for using the cost method. Investments in entities where the Company has a significant influence (generally between 20 percent and 50 percent ownership), but does not control the entity, are accounted for using the equity method. Investments in limited partnerships and limited liability companies where the Company’s ownership interest is greater than 5 percent are accounted for using the equity method. All equity investments are evaluated for impairment at least annually and more frequently if certain criteria are met.

Loans

LOANS

The Company offers a broad array of lending products and categorizes its loan portfolio into three segments, which is the level at which it develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. The Company’s three loan portfolio segments are commercial lending, consumer lending and covered loans. The Company further disaggregates its loan portfolio segments into various classes based on their underlying risk characteristics. The two classes within the commercial lending segment are commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. The three classes within the consumer lending segment are residential mortgages, credit card loans and other retail loans. The covered loan segment consists of only one class.

The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are originated or purchased, and for purchased loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount related to evidence of credit deterioration since date of origination.

Originated Loans Held for Investment Loans the Company originates as held for investment are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees or costs, and any direct principal charge-offs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balances as earned. Loan and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan and/or commitment period as yield adjustments.

Purchased Loans All purchased loans (non-impaired and impaired) acquired after January 1, 2009 are initially measured at fair value as of the acquisition date in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Credit discounts are included in the determination of fair value. An allowance for credit losses is not recorded at the acquisition date for loans purchased after January 1, 2009. In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance, purchased non-impaired loans acquired in a business combination prior to January 1, 2009 were generally recorded at the predecessor’s carrying value including an allowance for credit losses.

In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased impaired loans, and in subsequent accounting, the Company generally aggregates purchased consumer loans and certain smaller balance commercial loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics, while accounting for larger balance commercial loans individually. Expected cash flows at the purchase date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the purchase date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the purchase date are recognized as interest income prospectively. The present value of any decreases in expected cash flows, other than from decreases in variable interest rates, after the purchase date is recognized by recording an allowance for credit losses. Revolving loans, including lines of credit and credit cards loans, and leases are excluded from purchased impaired loans accounting.

For purchased loans acquired after January 1, 2009 that are not deemed impaired at acquisition, credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records a provision for credit losses only when the required allowance exceeds any remaining credit discounts. The remaining differences between the purchase price and the unpaid principal balance at the date of acquisition are recorded in interest income over the life of the loans.

Covered Assets Loans covered under loss sharing or similar credit protection agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) are reported in loans along with the related indemnification asset. Foreclosed real estate covered under similar agreements is recorded in other assets. In accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009, all purchased loans and related indemnification assets are recorded at fair value at the date of purchase.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company amortizes any reduction in expected cash flows from the FDIC resulting from increases in expected cash flows from the covered assets (when there are no previous valuation allowances to reverse) over the shorter of the remaining contractual term of the indemnification agreements or the remaining life of the covered assets. Prior to January 1, 2013, the Company considered such increases in expected cash flows of purchased loans and decreases in expected cash flows of the FDIC indemnification assets together and recognized them over the remaining life of the loans.

Commitments to Extend Credit Unfunded commitments for residential mortgage loans intended to be held for sale are considered derivatives and recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income. All other unfunded loan commitments are not considered derivatives and are not reported on the balance sheet. For loans purchased after January 1, 2009, the fair value of the unfunded credit commitments is generally considered in the determination of the fair value of the loans recorded at the date of acquisition. Reserves for credit exposure on all other unfunded credit commitments are recorded in other liabilities.

Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, and includes certain amounts that do not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The allowance for credit losses is increased through provisions charged to operating earnings and reduced by net charge-offs. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to ensure it appropriately reserves for incurred losses.

The allowance recorded for loans in the commercial lending segment is based on reviews of individual credit relationships and considers the migration analysis of commercial lending segment loans and actual loss experience. In the migration analysis applied to risk rated loan portfolios, the Company currently examines up to a 15-year period of loss experience. For each loan type, this historical loss experience is adjusted as necessary to consider any relevant changes in portfolio composition, lending policies, underwriting standards, risk management practices or economic conditions. The results of the analysis are evaluated quarterly to confirm an appropriate historical time frame is selected for each commercial loan type. The allowance recorded for impaired loans greater than $5 million in the commercial lending segment is based on an individual loan analysis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate, the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, for collateral-dependent loans, rather than the migration analysis. The allowance recorded for all other commercial lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, portfolio growth and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. The Company also considers the impacts of any loan modifications made to commercial lending segment loans and any subsequent payment defaults to its expectations of cash flows, principal balance, and current expectations about the borrower’s ability to pay in determining the allowance for credit losses.

The allowance recorded for Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”) loans and purchased impaired loans in the consumer lending segment is determined on a homogenous pool basis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate of the pool, or the prior quarter effective rate, respectively. The allowance for collateral-dependent loans in the consumer lending segment is determined based on the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. The allowance recorded for all other consumer lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, delinquency status, refreshed loan-to-value ratios when possible, portfolio growth and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. The Company also considers any modifications made to consumer lending segment loans including the impacts of any subsequent payment defaults since modification in determining the allowance for credit losses, such as the borrower’s ability to pay under the restructured terms, and the timing and amount of payments.

The allowance for the covered loan segment is evaluated each quarter in a manner similar to that described for non-covered loans and reflects decreases in expected cash flows of those loans after the acquisition date. The provision for credit losses for covered loans considers the indemnification provided by the FDIC.

In addition, subsequent payment defaults on loan modifications considered TDRs are considered in the underlying factors used in the determination of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses. For each loan segment, the Company estimates future loan charge-offs through a variety of analysis, trends and underlying assumptions. With respect to the commercial lending segment, TDRs may be collectively evaluated for impairment where observed performance history, including defaults, is a primary driver of the loss allocation. For commercial TDRs individually evaluated for impairment, attributes of the borrower are the primary factors in determining the allowance for credit losses. However, historical loss experience is also incorporated into the allowance methodology applied to this category of loans. With respect to the consumer lending segment, performance of the portfolio, including defaults on TDRs, is considered when estimating future cash flows.

The Company’s methodology for determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses for each loan segment also considers the imprecision inherent in the methodologies used. As a result, in addition to the amounts determined under the methodologies described above, management also considers the potential impact of other qualitative factors which include, but are not limited to, economic factors; geographic and other concentration risks; delinquency and nonaccrual trends; current business conditions; changes in lending policy, underwriting standards, internal review and other relevant business practices; and the regulatory environment. The consideration of these items results in adjustments to allowance amounts included in the Company’s allowance for credit losses for each of the above loan segments.

The Company also assesses the credit risk associated with off-balance sheet loan commitments, letters of credit, and derivatives. Credit risk associated with derivatives is reflected in the fair values recorded for those positions. The liability for off-balance sheet credit exposure related to loan commitments and other credit guarantees is included in other liabilities. Because business processes and credit risks associated with unfunded credit commitments are essentially the same as for loans, the Company utilizes similar processes to estimate its liability for unfunded credit commitments.

Credit Quality The quality of the Company’s loan portfolios is assessed as a function of net credit losses, levels of nonperforming assets and delinquencies, and credit quality ratings as defined by the Company.

For all loan classes, loans are considered past due based on the number of days delinquent except for monthly amortizing loans which are classified delinquent based upon the number of contractually required payments not made (for example, two missed payments is considered 30 days delinquent). When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed.

Commercial lending segment loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal and interest has become 90 days past due or is otherwise considered doubtful. Commercial lending segment loans are generally fully or partially charged down to the fair value of the collateral securing the loan, less costs to sell, when the loan is considered uncollectible.

Consumer lending segment loans are generally charged-off at a specific number of days or payments past due. Residential mortgages and other retail loans secured by 1-4 family properties are generally charged down to the fair value of the collateral securing the loan, less costs to sell, at 180 days past due, and placed on nonaccrual status in instances where a partial charge-off occurs unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Loans and lines in a junior lien position secured by 1-4 family properties are placed on nonaccrual status at 120 days past due or when behind a first lien that has become 180 days or greater past due or placed on nonaccrual status. Any secured consumer lending segment loan whose borrower has had debt discharged through bankruptcy, for which the loan amount exceeds the fair value of the collateral, is charged down to the fair value of the related collateral and the remaining balance is placed on nonaccrual status. Credit card loans continue to accrue interest until the account is charged off. Credit cards are charged off at 180 days past due. Other retail loans not secured by 1-4 family properties are charged-off at 120 days past due; and revolving consumer lines are charged off at 180 days past due. Similar to credit cards, other retail loans are generally not placed on nonaccrual status because of the relative short period of time to charge-off. Certain retail customers having financial difficulties may have the terms of their credit card and other loan agreements modified to require only principal payments and, as such, are reported as nonaccrual.

For all loan classes, interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally recorded as a reduction to a loan’s carrying amount while a loan is on nonaccrual and are recognized as interest income upon payoff of the loan. However, interest income may be recognized for interest payments if the remaining carrying amount of the loan is believed to be collectible. In certain circumstances, loans in any class may be restored to accrual status, such as when a loan has demonstrated sustained repayment performance or no amounts are past due and prospects for future payment are no longer in doubt; or when the loan becomes well secured and is in the process of collection. Loans where there has been a partial charge-off may be returned to accrual status if all principal and interest (including amounts previously charged-off) is expected to be collected and the loan is current.

Covered loans not considered to be purchased impaired are evaluated for delinquency, nonaccrual status and charge-off consistent with the class of loan they would be included in had the loss share coverage not been in place. Generally, purchased impaired loans are considered accruing loans. However, the timing and amount of future cash flows for some loans is not reasonably estimable, and those loans are classified as nonaccrual loans with interest income not recognized until the timing and amount of the future cash flows can be reasonably estimated.

The Company classifies its loan portfolios using internal credit quality ratings on a quarterly basis. These ratings include: pass, special mention and classified, and are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management process and evaluation of the allowance for credit losses. Loans with a pass rating represent those not classified on the Company’s rating scale for problem credits, as minimal credit risk has been identified. Special mention loans are those that have a potential weakness deserving management’s close attention. Classified loans are those where a well-defined weakness has been identified that may put full collection of contractual cash flows at risk. It is possible that others, given the same information, may reach different reasonable conclusions regarding the credit quality rating classification of specific loans.

Troubled Debt Restructurings In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. Concessionary modifications are classified as TDRs unless the modification results in only an insignificant delay in payments to be received. The Company recognizes interest on TDRs if the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions as agreed upon with the Company and has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles, which is generally six months or greater. To the extent a previous restructuring was insignificant, the Company considers the cumulative effect of past restructurings related to the receivable when determining whether a current restructuring is a TDR. Loans classified as TDRs are considered impaired loans for reporting and measurement purposes.

The Company has implemented certain restructuring programs that may result in TDRs. However, many of the Company’s TDRs are also determined on a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes.

For the commercial lending segment, modifications generally result in the Company working with borrowers on a case-by-case basis. Commercial and commercial real estate modifications generally include extensions of the maturity date and may be accompanied by an increase or decrease to the interest rate, which may not be deemed a market rate of interest. In addition, the Company may work with the borrower in identifying other changes that mitigate loss to the Company, which may include additional collateral or guarantees to support the loan. To a lesser extent, the Company may waive contractual principal. The Company classifies all of the above concessions as TDRs to the extent the Company determines that the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty.

Modifications for the consumer lending segment are generally part of programs the Company has initiated. The Company participates in the U.S. Department of Treasury Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). HAMP gives qualifying homeowners an opportunity to permanently modify residential mortgage loans and achieve more affordable monthly payments, with the U.S. Department of Treasury compensating the Company for a portion of the reduction in monthly amounts due from borrowers participating in this program. The Company also modifies residential mortgage loans under Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, or its own internal programs. Under these programs, the Company provides concessions to qualifying borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. The concessions may include adjustments to interest rates, conversion of adjustable rates to fixed rates, extension of maturity dates or deferrals of payments, capitalization of accrued interest and/or outstanding advances, or in limited situations, partial forgiveness of loan principal. In most instances, participation in residential mortgage loan restructuring programs requires the customer to complete a short-term trial period. A permanent loan modification is contingent on the customer successfully completing the trial period arrangement and the loan documents are not modified until that time. The Company reports loans in a trial period arrangement as TDRs and continues to report them as TDRs after the trial period.

Credit card and other retail loan TDRs are generally part of distinct restructuring programs providing customers experiencing financial difficulty with modifications whereby balances may be amortized up to 60 months, and generally include waiver of fees and reduced interest rates.

In addition, the Company considers secured loans to consumer borrowers that have debt discharged through bankruptcy where the borrower has not reaffirmed the debt to be TDRs.

Modifications to loans in the covered segment are similar in nature to that described above for non-covered loans, and the evaluation and determination of TDR status is similar, except that acquired loans restructured after acquisition are not considered TDRs for accounting and disclosure purposes if the loans evidenced credit deterioration as of the acquisition date and are accounted for in pools. Losses associated with the modification on covered loans, including the economic impact of interest rate reductions, are generally eligible for reimbursement under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

Impaired Loans For all loan classes, a loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current events or information, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due per the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include all nonaccrual and TDR loans. For all loan classes, interest income on TDR loans is recognized under the modified terms and conditions if the borrower has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles. Interest income is generally not recognized on other impaired loans until the loan is paid off. However, interest income may be recognized for interest payments if the remaining carrying amount of the loan is believed to be collectible.

Factors used by the Company in determining whether all principal and interest payments due on commercial and commercial real estate loans will be collected and therefore whether those loans are impaired include, but are not limited to, the financial condition of the borrower, collateral and/or guarantees on the loan, and the borrower’s estimated future ability to pay based on industry, geographic location and certain financial ratios. The evaluation of impairment on residential mortgages, credit card loans and other retail loans is primarily driven by delinquency status of individual loans or whether a loan has been modified, and considers any government guarantee where applicable. Individual covered loans, whose future losses are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that substantially reduce the risk of credit losses to the Company, are evaluated for impairment and accounted for in a manner consistent with the class of loan they would have been included in had the loss sharing coverage not been in place.

Leases The Company’s lease portfolio includes both direct financing and leveraged leases. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Unearned income is recorded in interest income over the terms of the leases to produce a level yield.

The investment in leveraged leases is the sum of all lease payments, less nonrecourse debt payments, plus estimated residual values, less unearned income. Income from leveraged leases is recognized over the term of the leases based on the unrecovered equity investment.

Residual values on leased assets are reviewed regularly for other-than-temporary impairment. Residual valuations for retail automobile leases are based on independent assessments of expected used car sale prices at the end-of-term. Impairment tests are conducted based on these valuations considering the probability of the lessee returning the asset to the Company, re-marketing efforts, insurance coverage and ancillary fees and costs. Valuations for commercial leases are based upon external or internal management appraisals. When there is impairment of the Company’s interest in the residual value of a leased asset, the carrying value is reduced to the estimated fair value with the writedown recognized in the current period.

Other Real Estate OREO is included in other assets, and is property acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings on defaulted loans. OREO is initially recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs. The fair value of OREO is evaluated regularly and any decreases in value along with holding costs, such as taxes and insurance, are reported in noninterest expense.

Indemnification Assets Related to FDIC Loss-Sharing Agreements

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company amortizes any reduction in expected cash flows from the FDIC resulting from increases in expected cash flows from the covered assets (when there are no previous valuation allowances to reverse) over the shorter of the remaining contractual term of the indemnification agreements or the remaining life of the covered assets. Prior to January 1, 2013, the Company considered such increases in expected cash flows of purchased loans and decreases in expected cash flows of the FDIC indemnification assets together and recognized them over the remaining life of the loans.

Loans Held for Sale

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Loans held for sale (“LHFS”) represent mortgage loans intended to be sold in the secondary market and other loans that management has an active plan to sell. LHFS are carried at the lower-of-cost-or-fair value as determined on an aggregate basis by type of loan with the exception of loans for which the Company has elected fair value accounting, which are carried at fair value. The credit component of any writedowns upon the transfer of loans to LHFS is reflected in loan charge-offs.

Where an election is made to carry the LHFS at fair value, any change in fair value is recognized in noninterest income. Where an election is made to carry LHFS at lower-of-cost-or-fair value, any further decreases are recognized in noninterest income and increases in fair value above the loan cost basis are not recognized until the loans are sold. Fair value elections are made at the time of origination or purchase based on the Company’s fair value election policy. The Company has elected fair value accounting for substantially all its mortgage loans held for sale (“MLHFS”).

Derivative Financial Instruments

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions to manage various risks and to accommodate the business requirements of its customers. Derivative instruments are reported in other assets or other liabilities at fair value. Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.

All derivative instruments that qualify and are designated for hedge accounting are recorded at fair value and classified as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value hedge”); a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”); or a hedge of the volatility of an investment in foreign operations driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (“net investment hedge”). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated as a fair value hedge, and the offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item, are recorded in earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and designated as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until cash flows of the hedged item are realized. Any change in fair value resulting from hedge ineffectiveness is immediately recorded in noninterest income. Changes in the fair value of net investment hedges that are highly effective are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). The Company performs an assessment, at inception and, at a minimum, quarterly thereafter, to determine the effectiveness of the derivative in offsetting changes in the value or cash flows of the hedged item(s).

If a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or ceases to be highly effective, the gain or loss in other comprehensive income (loss) is amortized to earnings over the period the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings. If a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is ceased and any gain or loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) is reported in earnings immediately, unless the forecasted transaction is at least reasonably possible of occurring, whereby the amounts remain within other comprehensive income (loss).

Revenue Recognition

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenue as it is earned based on contractual terms, as transactions occur, or as services are provided and collectability is reasonably assured. In certain circumstances, noninterest income is reported net of associated expenses that are directly related to variable volume-based sales or revenue sharing arrangements or when the Company acts on an agency basis for others. Certain specific policies include the following:

Credit and Debit Card Revenue Credit and debit card revenue includes interchange from consumer credit and debit cards processed through card association networks, annual fees, and other transaction and account management fees. Interchange rates are generally set by the credit card associations and based on purchase volumes and other factors. The Company records interchange as transactions occur. Transaction and account management fees are recognized as transactions occur or services are provided, except for annual fees which are recognized over the applicable period. Volume-related payments to partners and credit card associations and costs for rewards programs are also recorded within credit and debit card revenue when earned by the partner or customer.

Corporate Payment Products Revenue Corporate payment products revenue primarily includes interchange from corporate and purchasing cards processed through card association networks and revenue from proprietary network transactions. The Company records corporate payment products revenue as transactions occur. Volume-related payments to customers and credit card associations are also recorded within corporate payment products revenue when earned by the customer or card association.

Merchant Processing Services Merchant processing services revenue consists principally of merchant discount and other transaction and account management fees charged to merchants for the electronic processing of card association network transactions, net of interchange paid to the card-issuing bank, card association assessments, and revenue sharing amounts. All of these are recognized at the time the merchant’s transactions are processed or other services are performed. The Company may enter into revenue sharing agreements with referral partners or in connection with purchases of merchant contracts from sellers. The revenue sharing amounts are determined primarily on sales volume processed or revenue generated for a particular group of merchants. Merchant processing revenue also includes revenues related to point-of-sale equipment recorded as sales when the equipment is shipped or as earned for equipment rentals.

Trust and Investment Management Fees Trust and investment management fees are recognized over the period in which services are performed and are based on a percentage of the fair value of the assets under management or administration, fixed based on account type, or transaction-based fees.

Deposit Service Charges Service charges on deposit accounts are primarily monthly fees based on minimum balances or transaction-based fees. These fees are recognized as earned or as transactions occur and services are provided.

Commercial Products Revenue Commercial products revenue primarily includes revenue related to ancillary services provided to Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate customers including standby letter of credit fees, non-yield related loan fees, capital markets related revenue and non-yield related leasing revenue. These fees are recognized as earned or as transactions occur and services are provided.

Mortgage Banking Revenue Mortgage banking revenue includes revenue derived from mortgages originated and subsequently sold, generally with servicing retained. The primary components include: gains and losses on mortgage sales; servicing revenue; changes in fair value for mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell and measured at fair value under the fair value option; changes in fair value for derivative commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans; changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”); and the impact of risk management activities associated with the mortgage origination pipeline, funded loans and MSRs. Net interest income from mortgage loans is recorded in interest income. Refer to Other Significant Policies in Note 1, as well as Note 10 and Note 22 for a further discussion of MSRs.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill is recorded on acquired businesses if the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets are recorded at their fair value upon completion of a business acquisition or certain other transactions, and generally represent the value of customer contracts or relationships. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject, at a minimum, to annual tests for impairment at a reporting unit level. In certain situations, an interim impairment test may be required if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, using straight-line and accelerated methods and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. Determining the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, includes assessing the current implied fair value of the reporting unit as if it were being acquired in a business combination and comparing it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Determining the amount of other intangible asset impairment, if any, includes assessing the present value of the estimated future cash flows associated with the intangible asset and comparing it to the carrying amount of the asset.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting carrying amounts. The Company uses the deferral method of accounting on investments that generate investment tax credits. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction to the related asset. Beginning January 1, 2014, the Company presents the expense on certain qualified affordable housing investments in tax expense rather than noninterest expense.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Mortgage Servicing Rights MSRs are capitalized as separate assets when loans are sold and servicing is retained or if they are purchased from others. MSRs are recorded at fair value. The Company determines the fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows utilizing market-based prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions validated through comparison to trade information, industry surveys and independent third party valuations. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are recorded in earnings as mortgage banking revenue during the period in which they occur.

Pensions

Pensions For purposes of its pension plans, the Company utilizes its fiscal year-end as the measurement date. At the measurement date, plan assets are determined based on fair value, generally representing observable market prices or the net asset value provided by the plans’ administrator. The actuarial cost method used to compute the pension liabilities and related expense is the projected unit credit method. The projected benefit obligation is principally determined based on the present value of projected benefit distributions at an assumed discount rate. The discount rate utilized is based on the investment yield of high quality corporate bonds available in the marketplace with maturities equal to projected cash flows of future benefit payments as of the measurement date. Periodic pension expense (or income) includes service costs, interest costs based on the assumed discount rate, the expected return on plan assets based on an actuarially derived market-related value and amortization of actuarial gains and losses. Pension accounting reflects the long-term nature of benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets, and can have the effect of reducing earnings volatility related to short-term changes in interest rates and market valuations. Actuarial gains and losses include the impact of plan amendments and various unrecognized gains and losses which are deferred and amortized over the future service periods of active employees. The market-related value utilized to determine the expected return on plan assets is based on fair value adjusted for the difference between expected returns and actual performance of plan assets. The unrealized difference between actual experience and expected returns is included in expense over a period of approximately twelve years. The overfunded or underfunded status of the plans is recorded as an asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with changes in that status recognized through other comprehensive income (loss).

Premises and Equipment

Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and depreciated primarily on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the assets. Estimated useful lives range up to 40 years for newly constructed buildings and from 3 to 20 years for furniture and equipment.

Capitalized leases, less accumulated amortization, are included in premises and equipment. Capitalized lease obligations are included in long-term debt. Capitalized leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and the amortization is included in depreciation expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation The Company grants stock-based awards, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and options to purchase common stock of the Company. Stock option grants are for a fixed number of shares to employees and directors with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. Restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants are awarded at no cost to the recipient. Stock-based compensation for awards is recognized in the Company’s results of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company immediately recognizes compensation cost of awards to employees that meet retirement status, despite their continued active employment. The amortization of stock-based compensation reflects estimated forfeitures adjusted for actual forfeiture experience. As compensation expense is recognized, a deferred tax asset is recorded that represents an estimate of the future tax deduction from exercise or release of restrictions. At the time stock-based awards are exercised, cancelled, expire, or restrictions are released, the Company may be required to recognize an adjustment to tax expense, depending on the market price of the Company’s common stock at that time.

Per Share Calculations

Per Share Calculations Earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting income and outstanding shares, assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities.

Accounting Changes

Revenue Recognition In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued accounting guidance, originally effective for the Company on January 1, 2017, related to revenue recognition from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB delayed the effective date of this guidance by one year, resulting in it becoming effective for the Company on January 1, 2018.

This guidance amends certain currently existing revenue recognition accounting guidance and allows for either retrospective application to all periods presented or a modified retrospective approach where the guidance would only be applied to existing contracts in effect at the adoption date and new contracts going forward. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance under the modified retrospective approach and expects the adoption will not be material to its financial statements.

Consolidation In February 2015, the FASB issued accounting guidance, effective for the Company on January 1, 2016, related to the analysis required by organizations to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The Company expects the adoption of this guidance will not be material to its financial statements.

Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets

In accordance with the accounting guidance for asset transfers, the Company considers any ongoing involvement with transferred assets in determining whether the assets can be derecognized from the balance sheet. Guarantees provided to certain third parties in connection with the transfer of assets are further discussed in Note 23.

For loans sold under participation agreements, the Company also considers whether the terms of the loan participation agreement meet the accounting definition of a participating interest. With the exception of servicing and certain performance-based guarantees, the Company’s continuing involvement with financial assets sold is minimal and generally limited to market customary representation and warranty clauses. Any gain or loss on sale depends on the previous carrying amount of the transferred financial assets, the consideration received, and any liabilities incurred in exchange for the transferred assets. Upon transfer, any servicing assets and other interests that continue to be held by the Company are initially recognized at fair value. For further information on MSRs, refer to Note 10. On a limited basis, the Company may acquire and package high-grade corporate bonds for select corporate customers, in which the Company generally has no continuing involvement with these transactions. Additionally, the Company is an authorized GNMA issuer and issues GNMA securities on a regular basis. The Company has no other asset securitizations or similar asset-backed financing arrangements that are off-balance sheet.

Variable Interest Entities

The Company is not required to consolidate VIEs in which it has concluded it does not have a controlling financial interest, and thus is not the primary beneficiary. In such cases, the Company does not have both the power to direct the entities’ most significant activities and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIEs.

The Company’s investments in these unconsolidated VIEs are carried in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company’s unfunded capital and other commitments related to these unconsolidated VIEs are generally carried in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss from these unconsolidated VIEs include the investment recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, net of unfunded capital commitments, and previously recorded tax credits which remain subject to recapture by taxing authorities based on compliance features required to be met at the project level. While the Company believes potential losses from these investments are remote, the maximum exposure was determined by assuming a scenario where the community-based business and housing projects completely fail and do not meet certain government compliance requirements resulting in recapture of the related tax credits.

The Company is required to consolidate VIEs in which it has concluded it has a controlling financial interest. The Company sponsors entities to which it transfers its interests in tax-advantaged investments to third parties. 

The majority of the assets of these consolidated VIEs are reported in other assets, and the liabilities are reported in long-term debt and other liabilities. The assets of a particular VIE are the primary source of funds to settle its obligations. The creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company’s exposure to the consolidated VIEs is generally limited to the carrying value of its variable interests plus any related tax credits previously recognized or transferred to others with a guarantee.

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments

Irrespective of how derivatives are traded, the Company’s derivative contracts include offsetting rights (referred to as netting arrangements), and depending on expected volume, credit risk, and counterparty preference, collateral maintenance may be required. For all derivatives under collateral support arrangements, fair value is determined daily and, depending on the collateral maintenance requirements, the Company and a counterparty may receive or deliver collateral, based upon the net fair value of all derivative positions between the Company and the counterparty. Collateral is typically cash, but securities may be allowed under collateral arrangements with certain counterparties. Receivables and payables related to cash collateral are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, along with the related derivative asset and liability fair values. Any securities pledged to counterparties as collateral remain on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities received from counterparties as collateral are not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, unless the counterparty defaults. In general, securities used as collateral can be sold, repledged or otherwise used by the party in possession. No restrictions exist on the use of cash collateral by either party. Refer to Note 20 for further discussion of the Company’s derivatives, including collateral arrangements.

As part of the Company’s treasury and broker-dealer operations, the Company executes transactions that are treated as securities sold under agreements to repurchase or securities purchased under agreements to resell, both of which are accounted for as collateralized financings. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase include repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions. Securities purchased under agreements to resell include reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions. For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Company records a liability for the cash received, which is included in short-term borrowings on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. For securities purchased under agreements to resell, the Company records a receivable for the cash paid, which is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Securities transferred to counterparties under repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions continue to be recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, are measured at fair value, and are included in investment securities or other assets. Securities received from counterparties under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions are not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless the counterparty defaults. The securities transferred under repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions typically are U.S. Treasury and agency securities or residential agency mortgage-backed securities. The securities loaned or borrowed typically are corporate debt securities traded by the Company’s broker-dealer. In general, the securities transferred can be sold, repledged or otherwise used by the party in possession. No restrictions exist on the use of cash collateral by either party. Repurchase/reverse repurchase and securities loaned/borrowed transactions expose the Company to counterparty risk. The Company manages this risk by performing assessments, independent of business line managers, and establishing concentration limits on each counterparty. Additionally, these transactions include collateral arrangements that require the fair values of the underlying securities to be determined daily, resulting in cash being obtained or refunded to counterparties to maintain specified collateral levels. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no outstanding securities loaned transactions.

The Company executes its derivative, repurchase/reverse repurchase and securities loaned/borrowed transactions under the respective industry standard agreements. These agreements include master netting arrangements that allow for multiple contracts executed with the same counterparty to be viewed as a single arrangement. This allows for net settlement of a single amount on a daily basis. In the event of default, the master netting arrangement provides for close-out netting, which allows all of these positions with the defaulting counterparty to be terminated and net settled with a single payment amount.

The Company has elected to offset the assets and liabilities under netting arrangements for the balance sheet presentation of the majority of its derivative counterparties, excluding centrally cleared derivative contracts due to current uncertainty about the legal enforceability of netting arrangements with the clearinghouses. The netting occurs at the counterparty level, and includes all assets and liabilities related to the derivative contracts, including those associated with cash collateral received or delivered. The Company has not elected to offset the assets and liabilities under netting arrangements for the balance sheet presentation of repurchase/reverse repurchase and securities loaned/borrowed transactions.

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

The Company uses fair value measurements for the initial recording of certain assets and liabilities, periodic remeasurement of certain assets and liabilities, and disclosures. Derivatives, trading and available-for-sale investment securities, MSRs and substantially all MLHFS are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or impairment write-downs of individual assets.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value measurement reflects all of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance.

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a three-level hierarchy for valuation techniques used to measure financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. This hierarchy is based on whether the valuation inputs are observable or unobservable. These levels are:

– Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 includes U.S. Treasury securities, as well as exchange-traded instruments, including certain perpetual preferred and corporate debt securities.

– Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 includes debt securities that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and which are typically valued using third party pricing services; derivative contracts and other assets and liabilities, including securities, whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data; and MLHFS whose values are determined using quoted prices for similar assets or pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data.

– Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category includes MSRs, certain debt securities and certain derivative contracts.

When the Company changes its valuation inputs for measuring financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value, either due to changes in current market conditions or other factors, it may need to transfer those assets or liabilities to another level in the hierarchy based on the new inputs used. The Company recognizes these transfers at the end of the reporting period in which the transfers occur. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were no transfers of financial assets or financial liabilities between the hierarchy levels.

The Company has processes and controls in place to increase the reliability of estimates it makes in determining fair value measurements. Items quoted on an exchange are verified to the quoted price. Items provided by a third party pricing service are subject to price verification procedures as described in more detail in the specific valuation discussions below. For fair value measurements modeled internally, the Company’s valuation models are subject to the Company’s Model Risk Governance Policy and Program, as maintained by the Company’s risk management department. The purpose of model validation is to assess the accuracy of the models’ input, processing, and reporting components. All models are required to be independently reviewed and approved prior to being placed in use, and are subject to formal change control procedures. Under the Company’s Model Risk Governance Policy, models are required to be reviewed at least annually to ensure they are operating as intended. Inputs into the models are market observable inputs whenever available. When market observable inputs are not available, the inputs are developed based upon analysis of historical experience and evaluation of other relevant market data. Significant unobservable model inputs are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. Significant unobservable model inputs are also compared to actual results, typically on a quarterly basis. Significant Level 3 fair value measurements are also subject to corporate-level review and are benchmarked to market transactions or other market data, when available

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Line of Business Financial Performance

  TABLE 25   LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

	Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate							Consumer and Small Business Banking
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		Percent Change			2015		2014		Percent Change
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)	$	2,034	$	2,030		.2	%	$	4,617	$	4,717		(2.1	)%
Noninterest income		890		965		(7.8	)		2,497		2,601		(4.0	)
Securities gains (losses), net		–		–		–			–		–		–
Total net revenue		2,924		2,995		(2.4	)		7,114		7,318		(2.8	)
Noninterest expense		1,295		1,224		5.8			4,818		4,552		5.8
Other intangibles		4		4		–			40		40		–
Total noninterest expense		1,299		1,228		5.8			4,858		4,592		5.8
Income before provision and income taxes		1,625		1,767		(8.0	)		2,256		2,726		(17.2	)
Provision for credit losses		235		51		*			127		393		(67.7	)
Income before income taxes		1,390		1,716		(19.0	)		2,129		2,333		(8.7	)
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment		506		624		(18.9	)		775		850		(8.8	)
Net income		884		1,092		(19.0	)		1,354		1,483		(8.7	)
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests		–		–		–			–		–		–
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	884	$	1,092		(19.0	)	$	1,354	$	1,483		(8.7	)
Average Balance Sheet
Commercial	$	64,369	$	57,864		11.2	%	$	10,051	$	9,070		10.8	%
Commercial real estate		19,415		18,452		5.2			19,006		18,825		1.0
Residential mortgages		8		12		(33.3	)		50,007		50,405		(.8	)
Credit card		–		–		–			–		–		–
Other retail		2		4		(50.0	)		46,964		46,220		1.6
Total loans, excluding covered loans		83,794		76,332		9.8			126,028		124,520		1.2
Covered loans		–		190		*			4,934		5,780		(14.6	)
Total loans		83,794		76,522		9.5			130,962		130,300		.5
Goodwill		1,647		1,627		1.2			3,682		3,603		2.2
Other intangible assets		20		21		(4.8	)		2,594		2,674		(3.0	)
Assets		92,205		83,787		10.0			147,832		144,137		2.6
Noninterest-bearing deposits		36,018		32,302		11.5			26,137		23,743		10.1
Interest checking		7,436		10,557		(29.6	)		39,957		36,222		10.3
Savings products		28,047		18,321		53.1			53,813		49,974		7.7
Time deposits		15,025		18,140		(17.2	)		15,829		17,951		(11.8	)
Total deposits		86,526		79,320		9.1			135,736		127,890		6.1
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity		8,251		7,568		9.0			10,953		11,484		(4.6	)

* Not meaningful

Wealth Management and Securities Services							Payment Services									Treasury and Corporate Support									Consolidated Company
2015		2014		Percent Change			2015			2014			Percent Change			2015			2014			Percent Change			2015			2014			Percent Change
$	386	$	383		.8	%	$	1,930		$	1,749			10.3	%	$	2,247		$	2,118			6.1	%	$	11,214		$	10,997			2.0	%
	1,466		1,396		5.0			3,371			3,292			2.4			868			907			(4.3	)		9,092			9,161			(.8	)
	–		–		–			–			–			–			–			3			*			–			3			*
	1,852		1,779		4.1			5,301			5,041			5.2			3,115			3,028			2.9			20,306			20,161			.7
	1,420		1,343		5.7			2,540			2,310			10.0			684			1,087			(37.1	)		10,757			10,516			2.3
	28		33		(15.2	)		102			122			(16.4	)		–			–			–			174			199			(12.6	)
	1,448		1,376		5.2			2,642			2,432			8.6			684			1,087			(37.1	)		10,931			10,715			2.0
	404		403		.2			2,659			2,609			1.9			2,431			1,941			25.2			9,375			9,446			(.8	)
	–		9		*			787			766			2.7			(17	)		10			*			1,132			1,229			(7.9	)
	404		394		2.5			1,872			1,843			1.6			2,448			1,931			26.8			8,243			8,217			.3
	147		143		2.8			681			670			1.6			201			22			*			2,310			2,309			–
	257		251		2.4			1,191			1,173			1.5			2,247			1,909			17.7			5,933			5,908			.4
	–		–		–			(31	)		(35	)		11.4			(23	)		(22	)		(4.5	)		(54	)		(57	)		5.3
$	257	$	251		2.4		$	1,160		$	1,138			1.9		$	2,224		$	1,887			17.9		$	5,879		$	5,851			.5
$	2,321	$	1,964		18.2	%	$	7,059		$	6,542			7.9	%	$	283		$	294			(3.7	)%	$	84,083		$	75,734			11.0	%
	571		602		(5.1	)		–			–			–			3,423			2,713			26.2			42,415			40,592			4.5
	1,816		1,392		30.5			–			–			–			9			9			–			51,840			51,818			–
	–		–		–			18,057			17,635			2.4			–			–			–			18,057			17,635			2.4
	1,517		1,457		4.1			596			672			(11.3	)		–			–			–			49,079			48,353			1.5
	6,225		5,415		15.0			25,712			24,849			3.5			3,715			3,016			23.2			245,474			234,132			4.8
	1		5		(80.0	)		–			5			*			50			1,580			(96.8	)		4,985			7,560			(34.1	)
	6,226		5,420		14.9			25,712			24,854			3.5			3,765			4,596			(18.1	)		250,459			241,692			3.6
	1,567		1,568		(.1	)		2,474			2,514			(1.6	)		–			–			–			9,370			9,312			.6
	126		159		(20.8	)		411			484			(15.1	)		–			–			–			3,151			3,338			(5.6	)
	9,178		8,500		8.0			31,796			31,097			2.2			127,854			112,483			13.7			408,865			380,004			7.6
	14,469		15,157		(4.5	)		879			740			18.8			1,700			1,513			12.4			79,203			73,455			7.8
	7,944		5,877		35.2			605			555			9.0			32			37			(13.5	)		55,974			53,248			5.1
	33,984		29,361		15.7			91			78			16.7			481			439			9.6			116,416			98,173			18.6
	3,344		3,901		(14.3	)		–			–			–			1,360			1,772			(23.3	)		35,558			41,764			(14.9	)
	59,741		54,296		10.0			1,575			1,373			14.7			3,573			3,761			(5.0	)		287,151			266,640			7.7
	2,308		2,284		1.1			5,868			5,697			3.0			17,433			15,804			10.3			44,813			42,837			4.6

XML

Investment Securities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]

Investment Securities

  TABLE 13   INVESTMENT SECURITIES

	Available-for-Sale									Held-to-Maturity
At December 31, 2015 (Dollars in Millions)	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted- Average Maturity in Years		Weighted- Average Yield(e)			Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted- Average Maturity in Years		Weighted- Average Yield(e)
U.S. Treasury and Agencies
Maturing in one year or less	$	476	$	477		.4		2.38	%	$	–	$	–		–		–	%
Maturing after one year through five years		1,387		1,393		2.5		1.38			1,097		1,103		2.7		1.42
Maturing after five years through ten years		2,747		2,725		6.8		2.05			1,828		1,816		6.9		2.14
Maturing after ten years		1		1		11.7		4.15			–		–		–		–
Total	$	4,611	$	4,596		4.8		1.88	%	$	2,925	$	2,919		5.3		1.87	%
Mortgage-Backed Securities(a)
Maturing in one year or less	$	360	$	363		.6		2.25	%	$	210	$	210		.7		2.08	%
Maturing after one year through five years		32,988		33,030		4.1		1.92			31,258		31,130		3.7		2.07
Maturing after five years through ten years		16,468		16,466		5.7		1.44			8,933		8,962		5.5		1.44
Maturing after ten years		829		827		12.3		1.41			219		220		11.7		1.36
Total	$	50,645	$	50,686		4.7		1.76	%	$	40,620	$	40,522		4.2		1.92	%
Asset-Backed Securities(a)
Maturing in one year or less	$	–	$	–		–		–	%	$	–	$	1		.1		1.01	%
Maturing after one year through five years		194		199		3.4		3.27			6		8		3.4		1.05
Maturing after five years through ten years		354		361		5.9		2.75			3		3		6.3		1.17
Maturing after ten years		–		–		–		–			1		7		11.8		1.18
Total	$	548	$	560		5.0		2.94	%	$	10	$	19		5.2		1.10	%
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions(b)(c)
Maturing in one year or less	$	2,175	$	2,216		.5		7.04	%	$	–	$	–		.5		11.31	%
Maturing after one year through five years		1,976		2,072		1.8		6.87			1		1		2.6		8.03
Maturing after five years through ten years		881		902		7.4		5.52			3		3		8.9		3.94
Maturing after ten years		117		126		14.5		7.15			4		4		10.5		2.32
Total	$	5,149	$	5,316		2.5		6.72	%	$	8	$	8		9.1		3.49	%
Other Debt Securities
Maturing in one year or less	$	–	$	–		–		–	%	$	1	$	1		.6		1.64	%
Maturing after one year through five years		–		–		–		–			26		24		3.8		1.27
Maturing after five years through ten years		–		–		–		–			–		–		–		–
Maturing after ten years		677		610		17.6		2.61			–		–		–		–
Total	$	677	$	610		17.6		2.61	%	$	27	$	25		3.6		1.28	%
Other Investments	$	187	$	229		22.9		4.59	%	$	–	$	–		–		–	%
Total investment securities(d)	$	61,817	$	61,997		4.7		2.21	%	$	43,590	$	43,493		4.2		1.92	%

(a) Information related to asset and mortgage-backed securities included above is presented based upon weighted-average maturities anticipating future prepayments.

(b) Information related to obligations of state and political subdivisions is presented based upon yield to first optional call date if the security is purchased at a premium, yield to maturity if purchased at par or a discount.

(c) Maturity calculations for obligations of state and political subdivisions are based on the first optional call date for securities with a fair value above par and contractual maturity for securities with a fair value equal to or below par.

(d) The weighted-average maturity of the available-for-sale investment securities was 4.3 years at December 31, 2014, with a corresponding weighted-average yield of 2.32 percent. The weighted-average maturity of the held-to-maturity investment securities was 4.0 years at December 31, 2014, with a corresponding weighted-average yield of 1.92 percent.

(e) Average yields are presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis under a tax rate of 35 percent. Yields on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities are computed based on amortized cost balances, excluding any premiums or discounts recorded related to the transfer of investment securities at fair value from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity. Average yield and maturity calculations exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity.

	2015					2014
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Amortized Cost		Percent of Total			Amortized Cost		Percent of Total
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	7,536		7.2	%	$	5,339		5.3	%
Mortgage-backed securities		91,265		86.6			87,645		87.3
Asset-backed securities		558		.5			638		.6
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		5,157		4.9			5,613		5.6
Other debt securities and investments		891		.8			1,171		1.2
Total investment securities	$	105,407		100.0	%	$	100,406		100.0	%

Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity

The amortized cost, other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), gross unrealized holding gains and losses, and fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities at December 31 were as follows:

	2015											2014
					Unrealized Losses											Unrealized Losses
(Dollars in Millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Other-than- Temporary(e)		Other(f)			Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Other-than- Temporary(e)		Other(f)			Fair Value
Held-to-maturity(a)
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	2,925	$	14	$	–	$	(20	)	$	2,919	$	2,717	$	15	$	–	$	(18	)	$	2,714
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		40,619		175		–		(273	)		40,521		42,204		335		–		(176	)		42,363
Non-agency non-prime(d)		1		–		–		–			1		1		–		–		–			1
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		–		6		–		–			6		–		7		–		–			7
Other		10		3		–		–			13		13		4		–		–			17
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		8		1		–		(1	)		8		9		1		–		(1	)		9
Obligations of foreign governments		9		–		–		–			9		9		–		–		–			9
Other debt securities		18		–		–		(2	)		16		21		–		–		(1	)		20
Total held-to-	$	43,590	$	199	$	–	$	(296	)	$	43,493	$	44,974	$	362	$	–	$	(196	)	$	45,140

(a) Held-to-maturity investment securities are carried at historical cost or at fair value at the time of transfer from the available-for-sale to held-to-maturity category, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts and credit-related other-than-temporary impairment.

(b) Available-for-sale investment securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.

(c) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads). When the Company determines the designation, prime securities typically have a weighted average credit score of 725 or higher and a loan-to-value of 80 percent or lower; however, other pool characteristics may result in designations that deviate from these credit score and loan-to-value thresholds.

(d) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(e) Represents impairment not related to credit for those investment securities that have been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

(f) Represents unrealized losses on investment securities that have not been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale

The amortized cost, other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), gross unrealized holding gains and losses, and fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities at December 31 were as follows:

	2015												2014
					Unrealized Losses												Unrealized Losses
(Dollars in Millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Other-than- Temporary(e)			Other(f)			Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Other-than- Temporary(e)			Other(f)			Fair Value
Available-for-sale(b)
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	4,611	$	12	$	–		$	(27	)	$	4,596	$	2,622	$	14	$	–		$	(4	)	$	2,632
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		50,056		384		–			(364	)		50,076		44,668		593		–			(244	)		45,017
Non-agency
Prime(c)		316		6		(3	)		(1	)		318		399		9		(2	)		(1	)		405
Non-prime(d)		221		20		(1	)		–			240		261		20		(1	)		–			280
Commercial agency		52		–		–			–			52		112		3		–			–			115
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		16		3		–			–			19		18		4		–			–			22
Other		532		9		–			–			541		607		13		–			(1	)		619
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		5,149		169		–			(2	)		5,316		5,604		265		–			(1	)		5,868
Obligations of foreign governments		–		–		–			–			–		6		–		–			–			6
Corporate debt securities		677		3		–			(70	)		610		690		3		–			(79	)		614
Perpetual preferred securities		153		20		–			(12	)		161		200		27		–			(10	)		217
Other investments		34		34		–			–			68		245		29		–			–			274
Total available-for-sale	$	61,817	$	660	$	(4	)	$	(476	)	$	61,997	$	55,432	$	980	$	(3	)	$	(340	)	$	56,069

(a) Held-to-maturity investment securities are carried at historical cost or at fair value at the time of transfer from the available-for-sale to held-to-maturity category, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts and credit-related other-than-temporary impairment.

(b) Available-for-sale investment securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.

(c) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads). When the Company determines the designation, prime securities typically have a weighted average credit score of 725 or higher and a loan-to-value of 80 percent or lower; however, other pool characteristics may result in designations that deviate from these credit score and loan-to-value thresholds.

(d) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(e) Represents impairment not related to credit for those investment securities that have been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

(f) Represents unrealized losses on investment securities that have not been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

Amount of Interest Income from Taxable and Non-Taxable Investment Securities

The following table provides information about the amount of interest income from taxable and non-taxable investment securities:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Taxable	$	1,778	$	1,634	$	1,375
Non-taxable		223		232		256
Total interest income from investment securities	$	2,001	$	1,866	$	1,631

Amount of Gross Gains and Losses Realized through Sales of Available-for-sale Investment Securities

The following table provides information about the amount of gross gains and losses realized through the sales of available-for-sale investment securities:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014		2013
Realized gains	$	7		$	11	$	23
Realized losses		(6	)		–		–
Net realized gains (losses)	$	1		$	11	$	23
Income tax (benefit) on net realized gains (losses)	$	–		$	4	$	9

Changes in Credit Losses on Debt Securities

Changes in the credit losses on debt securities are summarized as follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	101		$	116		$	134
Additions to Credit Losses Due to Other-than-temporary Impairments
Decreases in expected cash flows on securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized		1			3			14
Total other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities		1			3			14
Other Changes in Credit Losses
Increases in expected cash flows		(3	)		(5	)		(2	)
Realized losses(a)		(15	)		(13	)		(23	)
Credit losses on security sales and securities expected to be sold		–			–			(7	)
Balance at end of period	$	84		$	101		$	116

(a) Primarily represents principal losses allocated to mortgage and asset-backed securities in the Company’s portfolio under the terms of the securitization transaction documents.

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value of Company's Investment Securities

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investment securities with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual investment securities have been in continuous unrealized loss positions, at December 31, 2015:

	Less Than 12 Months					12 Months or Greater					Total
(Dollars in Millions)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Held-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	1,306	$	(19	)	$	60	$	(1	)	$	1,366	$	(20	)
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities		17,819		(150	)		4,156		(123	)		21,975		(273	)
Other asset-backed securities		–		–			6		–			6		–
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		–		–			2		(1	)		2		(1	)
Other debt securities		–		–			17		(2	)		17		(2	)
Total held-to-maturity	$	19,125	$	(169	)	$	4,241	$	(127	)	$	23,366	$	(296	)
Available-for-sale
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	2,919	$	(27	)	$	8	$	–		$	2,927	$	(27	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Agency		18,603		(171	)		6,267		(193	)		24,870		(364	)
Non-agency(a)
Prime(b)		59		(1	)		107		(3	)		166		(4	)
Non-prime(c)		–		–			17		(1	)		17		(1	)
Other asset-backed securities		–		–			2		–			2		–
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		35		–			62		(2	)		97		(2	)
Corporate debt securities		–		–			425		(70	)		425		(70	)
Perpetual preferred securities		–		–			73		(12	)		73		(12	)
Other investments		1		–			–		–			1		–
Total available-for-sale	$	21,617	$	(199	)	$	6,961	$	(281	)	$	28,578	$	(480	)

(a) The Company had $5 million of unrealized losses on residential non-agency mortgage-backed securities. Credit-related other-than-temporary impairment on these securities may occur if there is further deterioration in the underlying collateral pool performance. Borrower defaults may increase if economic conditions worsen. Additionally, deterioration in home prices may increase the severity of projected losses.

(b) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(c) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Receivables [Abstract]

Composition of Loan Portfolio

The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, disaggregated by class and underlying specific portfolio type, was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Commercial
Commercial	$	83,116	$	74,996
Lease financing		5,286		5,381
Total commercial		88,402		80,377
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial mortgages		31,773		33,360
Construction and development		10,364		9,435
Total commercial real estate		42,137		42,795
Residential Mortgages
Residential mortgages		40,425		38,598
Home equity loans, first liens		13,071		13,021
Total residential mortgages		53,496		51,619
Credit Card		21,012		18,515
Other Retail
Retail leasing		5,232		5,871
Home equity and second mortgages		16,384		15,916
Revolving credit		3,354		3,309
Installment		7,030		6,242
Automobile		16,587		14,822
Student		2,619		3,104
Total other retail		51,206		49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		256,253		242,570
Covered Loans		4,596		5,281
Total loans	$	260,849	$	247,851

Changes in Accretable Balance for Purchased Impaired Loans

Changes in the accretable balance for purchased impaired loans for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	1,309		$	1,655		$	1,709
Accretion		(382	)		(441	)		(499	)
Disposals		(132	)		(131	)		(172	)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference(a)		163			229			258
Other(b)		(1	)		(3	)		359
Balance at end of period	$	957		$	1,309		$	1,655

(a) Primarily relates to changes in expected credit performance.

(b) The amount for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily represents the reclassification of unamortized decreases in the FDIC asset, partially offset by the impact of changes in expectations about retaining covered single-family loans beyond the term of the indemnification agreements.

Activity in Allowance for Credit Losses by Portfolio Type

Activity in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial			Commercial Real Estate			Residential Mortgages			Credit Card			Other Retail			Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans			Covered Loans			Total Loans
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	1,146		$	726		$	787		$	880		$	771		$	4,310		$	65		$	4,375
Add
Provision for credit losses		361			(30	)		(47	)		654			193			1,131			1			1,132
Deduct
Loans charged off		314			22			135			726			319			1,516			–			1,516
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(95	)		(50	)		(26	)		(75	)		(98	)		(344	)		–			(344	)
Net loans charged off		219			(28	)		109			651			221			1,172			–			1,172
Other changes(a)		(1	)		–			–			–			–			(1	)		(28	)		(29	)
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,287		$	724		$	631		$	883		$	743		$	4,268		$	38		$	4,306
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,075		$	776		$	875		$	884		$	781		$	4,391		$	146		$	4,537
Add
Provision for credit losses		266			(63	)		107			657			278			1,245			(16	)		1,229
Deduct
Loans charged off		305			36			216			725			384			1,666			13			1,679
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(110	)		(49	)		(21	)		(67	)		(96	)		(343	)		(2	)		(345	)
Net loans charged off		195			(13	)		195			658			288			1,323			11			1,334
Other changes(a)		–			–			–			(3	)		–			(3	)		(54	)		(57	)
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	1,146		$	726		$	787		$	880		$	771		$	4,310		$	65		$	4,375
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,051		$	857		$	935		$	863		$	848		$	4,554		$	179		$	4,733
Add
Provision for credit losses		144			(114	)		212			677			351			1,270			70			1,340
Deduct
Loans charged off		246			92			297			739			523			1,897			37			1,934
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(126	)		(125	)		(25	)		(83	)		(105	)		(464	)		(5	)		(469	)
Net loans charged off		120			(33	)		272			656			418			1,433			32			1,465
Other changes(a)		–			–			–			–			–			–			(71	)		(71	)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,075		$	776		$	875		$	884		$	781		$	4,391		$	146		$	4,537

(a) Includes net changes in credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC and reductions in the allowance for covered loans where the reversal of a previously recorded allowance was offset by an associated decrease in the indemnification asset, and the impact of any loan sales.

Additional Detail of Allowance for Credit Losses and Related Loan Balances by Portfolio Type

Additional detail of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial		Commercial Real Estate		Residential Mortgages		Credit Card		Other Retail		Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans		Covered Loans		Total Loans
Allowance Balance at December 31, 2015 Related to
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	11	$	2	$	–	$	–	$	–	$	13	$	–	$	13
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		10		7		236		57		33		343		2		345
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		1,266		703		395		826		710		3,900		–		3,900
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		–		12		–		–		–		12		36		48
Total allowance for credit losses	$	1,287	$	724	$	631	$	883	$	743	$	4,268	$	38	$	4,306
Allowance Balance at December 31, 2014 Related to
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	5	$	4	$	–	$	–	$	–	$	9	$	–	$	9
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		12		12		319		61		41		445		4		449
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		1,129		678		468		819		730		3,824		1		3,825
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		–		32		–		–		–		32		60		92
Total allowance for credit losses	$	1,146	$	726	$	787	$	880	$	771	$	4,310	$	65	$	4,375

(a) Represents the allowance for credit losses related to loans greater than $5 million classified as nonperforming or TDRs.

Additional detail of loan balances by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial		Commercial Real Estate		Residential Mortgages		Credit Card		Other Retail		Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans		Covered Loans(b)		Total Loans
December 31, 2015
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	336	$	41	$	13	$	–	$	–	$	390	$	–	$	390
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		138		235		4,241		210		211		5,035		35		5,070
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		87,927		41,566		49,241		20,802		50,995		250,531		2,059		252,590
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		1		295		1		–		–		297		2,502		2,799
Total loans	$	88,402	$	42,137	$	53,496	$	21,012	$	51,206	$	256,253	$	4,596	$	260,849
December 31, 2014
Loans individually evaluated for impairment(a)	$	159	$	128	$	12	$	–	$	–	$	299	$	–	$	299
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment		124		393		4,653		240		237		5,647		34		5,681
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		80,093		41,744		46,953		18,275		49,027		236,092		2,463		238,555
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality		1		530		1		–		–		532		2,784		3,316
Total loans	$	80,377	$	42,795	$	51,619	$	18,515	$	49,264	$	242,570	$	5,281	$	247,851

(a) Represents loans greater than $5 million classified as nonperforming or TDRs.

(b) Includes expected reimbursements from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.

Summary of Loans by Portfolio Type, Including Delinquency Status of those that Continue to Accrue Interest and are Nonperforming

The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio class, including the delinquency status of those that continue to accrue interest, and those that are nonperforming:

	Accruing
(Dollars in Millions)	Current		30-89 Days Past Due		90 Days or More Past Due		Nonperforming		Total
December 31, 2015
Commercial	$	87,863	$	317	$	48	$	174	$	88,402
Commercial real estate		41,907		89		14		127		42,137
Residential mortgages(a)		52,438		170		176		712		53,496
Credit card		20,532		243		228		9		21,012
Other retail		50,745		224		75		162		51,206
Total loans, excluding covered loans		253,485		1,043		541		1,184		256,253
Covered loans		4,236		62		290		8		4,596
Total loans	$	257,721	$	1,105	$	831	$	1,192	$	260,849
December 31, 2014
Commercial	$	79,977	$	247	$	41	$	112	$	80,377
Commercial real estate		42,406		110		20		259		42,795
Residential mortgages(a)		50,330		221		204		864		51,619
Credit card		18,046		229		210		30		18,515
Other retail		48,764		238		75		187		49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		239,523		1,045		550		1,452		242,570
Covered loans		4,804		68		395		14		5,281
Total loans	$	244,327	$	1,113	$	945	$	1,466	$	247,851

(a) At December 31, 2015, $320 million of loans 30–89 days past due and $2.9 billion of loans 90 days or more past due purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, were classified as current, compared with $431 million and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2014, respectively.

Summary of Loans by Portfolio Type and Company's Internal Credit Quality Rating

The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio class and the Company’s internal credit quality rating:

			Criticized
(Dollars in Millions)	Pass		Special Mention		Classified(a)		Total Criticized		Total
December 31, 2015
Commercial(b)	$	85,206	$	1,629	$	1,567	$	3,196	$	88,402
Commercial real estate		41,079		365		693		1,058		42,137
Residential mortgages(c)		52,548		2		946		948		53,496
Credit card		20,775		–		237		237		21,012
Other retail		50,899		6		301		307		51,206
Total loans, excluding covered loans		250,507		2,002		3,744		5,746		256,253
Covered loans		4,507		–		89		89		4,596
Total loans	$	255,014	$	2,002	$	3,833	$	5,835	$	260,849
Total outstanding commitments	$	539,614	$	3,945	$	4,845	$	8,790	$	548,404
December 31, 2014
Commercial(b)	$	78,409	$	1,204	$	764	$	1,968	$	80,377
Commercial real estate		41,322		451		1,022		1,473		42,795
Residential mortgages(c)		50,479		5		1,135		1,140		51,619
Credit card		18,275		–		240		240		18,515
Other retail		48,932		20		312		332		49,264
Total loans, excluding covered loans		237,417		1,680		3,473		5,153		242,570
Covered loans		5,164		–		117		117		5,281
Total loans	$	242,581	$	1,680	$	3,590	$	5,270	$	247,851
Total outstanding commitments	$	501,535	$	2,964	$	4,179	$	7,143	$	508,678

(a) Classified rating on consumer loans primarily based on delinquency status.

(b) At December 31, 2015, $1.1 billion of loans to customers in energy-related businesses had a special mention or classified rating, compared with $122 million at December 31, 2014.

(c) At December 31, 2015, $2.9 billion of GNMA loans 90 days or more past due and $1.9 billion of restructured GNMA loans whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs were classified with a pass rating, compared with $3.1 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2014, respectively.

Summary of Impaired Loans, which Include Nonaccrual and TDR Loans, by Portfolio Class

A summary of impaired loans, which include all nonaccrual and TDR loans, by portfolio class was as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Period-end Recorded Investment(a)		Unpaid Principal Balance		Valuation Allowance		Commitments to Lend Additional Funds
December 31, 2015
Commercial	$	520	$	1,110	$	25	$	154
Commercial real estate		336		847		11		1
Residential mortgages		2,575		3,248		199		–
Credit card		210		210		57		–
Other retail		309		503		35		4
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		3,950		5,918		327		159
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		1,913		1,913		40		–
Covered loans		39		48		2		1
Total	$	5,902	$	7,879	$	369	$	160
December 31, 2014
Commercial	$	329	$	769	$	21	$	51
Commercial real estate		624		1,250		23		18
Residential mortgages		2,730		3,495		273		–
Credit card		240		240		61		–
Other retail		361		570		44		4
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,284		6,324		422		73
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		2,244		2,244		50		–
Covered loans		43		55		4		1
Total	$	6,571	$	8,623	$	476	$	74

(a) Substantially all loans classified as impaired at December 31, 2015 and 2014, had an associated allowance for credit losses. The total amount of interest income recognized during 2015 on loans classified as impaired at December 31, 2015, excluding those acquired with deteriorated credit quality, was $274 million, compared to what would have been recognized at the original contractual terms of the loans of $370 million.

Impaired Loans Average Recorded Investment and Interest Income Recognized

Additional information on impaired loans for the years ended December 31 follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
2015
Commercial	$	383	$	13
Commercial real estate		433		16
Residential mortgages		2,666		131
Credit card		221		4
Other retail		336		14
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,039		178
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		2,079		95
Covered loans		42		1
Total	$	6,160	$	274
2014
Commercial	$	414	$	9
Commercial real estate		592		26
Residential mortgages		2,742		140
Credit card		273		9
Other retail		377		17
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,398		201
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		2,609		124
Covered loans		334		15
Total	$	7,341	$	340
2013
Commercial	$	382	$	29
Commercial real estate		889		39
Residential mortgages		2,749		134
Credit card		366		16
Other retail		424		24
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		4,810		242
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		1,967		100
Covered loans		561		27
Total	$	7,338	$	369

Summary of Loans Modified as TDRs

The following table provides a summary of loans modified as TDRs for the years ended December 31, by portfolio class:

(Dollars in Millions)	Number of Loans		Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance		Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance
2015
Commercial		1,607	$	385	$	396
Commercial real estate		108		78		76
Residential mortgages		2,080		260		258
Credit card		26,772		133		134
Other retail		2,530		54		54
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		33,097		910		918
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		8,199		864		862
Covered loans		16		5		5
Total loans		41,312	$	1,779	$	1,785
2014
Commercial		2,027	$	238	$	203
Commercial real estate		78		80		71
Residential mortgages		2,089		271		274
Credit card		26,511		144		145
Other retail		2,833		61		61
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		33,538		794		754
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		8,961		1,000		1,013
Covered loans		43		15		14
Total loans		42,542	$	1,809	$	1,781
2013
Commercial		2,429	$	166	$	155
Commercial real estate		165		205		198
Residential mortgages		2,179		309		304
Credit card		26,669		160		161
Other retail		4,290		103		102
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		35,732		943		920
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		8,878		1,121		1,066
Covered loans		123		94		72
Total loans		44,733	$	2,158	$	2,058

Summary of Loans Modified as TDRs in the Past Twelve Months that have Subsequently Defaulted

The following table provides a summary of TDR loans that defaulted (fully or partially charged-off or became 90 days or more past due) for the years ended December 31, that were modified as TDRs within 12 months previous to default:

(Dollars in Millions)	Number of Loans		Amount Defaulted
2015
Commercial		494	$	21
Commercial real estate		18		8
Residential mortgages		273		36
Credit card		6,286		29
Other retail		636		12
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		7,707		106
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		598		75
Covered loans		5		1
Total loans		8,310	$	182
2014
Commercial		629	$	44
Commercial real estate		22		12
Residential mortgages		611		86
Credit card		6,335		33
Other retail		845		24
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		8,442		199
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		876		102
Covered loans		14		5
Total loans		9,332	$	306
2013
Commercial		642	$	46
Commercial real estate		87		102
Residential mortgages		1,099		163
Credit card		6,640		37
Other retail		1,841		80
Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans		10,309		428
Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools		4,972		640
Covered loans		63		49
Total loans		15,344	$	1,117

Carrying Amount of Covered Assets

The carrying amount of the covered assets at December 31, consisted of purchased impaired loans, purchased nonimpaired loans and other assets as shown in the following table:

	2015								2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Purchased Impaired Loans		Purchased Nonimpaired Loans		Other		Total		Purchased Impaired Loans		Purchased Nonimpaired Loans		Other		Total
Residential mortgage loans	$	2,502	$	615	$	–	$	3,117	$	2,784	$	738	$	–	$	3,522
Other retail loans		–		447		–		447		–		584		–		584
Losses reimbursable by the FDIC(a)		–		–		517		517		–		–		717		717
Unamortized changes in FDIC asset(b)		–		–		515		515		–		–		458		458
Covered loans		2,502		1,062		1,032		4,596		2,784		1,322		1,175		5,281
Foreclosed real estate		–		–		32		32		–		–		37		37
Total covered assets	$	2,502	$	1,062	$	1,064	$	4,628	$	2,784	$	1,322	$	1,212	$	5,318

(a) Relates to loss sharing agreements with remaining terms up to four years.

(b) Represents decreases in expected reimbursements by the FDIC as a result of decreases in expected losses on the covered loans. These amounts are amortized as a reduction in interest income on covered loans over the shorter of the expected life of the respective covered loans or the remaining contractual term of the indemnification agreements.

Commercial Loans by Industry Group and Geography Excluding Covered Loans

  TABLE 7   COMMERCIAL LOANS BY INDUSTRY GROUP AND GEOGRAPHY

	2015					2014
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Loans		Percent			Loans		Percent
Industry Group
Manufacturing	$	13,404		15.2	%	$	12,261		15.3	%
Real estate, rental and leasing		9,514		10.8			7,779		9.7
Finance and insurance		8,288		9.4			7,799		9.7
Wholesale trade		8,069		9.1			7,350		9.1
Retail trade		6,846		7.7			6,428		8.0
Healthcare and social assistance		5,802		6.6			5,280		6.6
Public administration		4,190		4.7			4,033		5.0
Information		3,542		4.0			2,702		3.4
Professional, scientific and technical services		3,493		4.0			3,121		3.9
Transport and storage		3,262		3.7			2,941		3.7
Educational services		2,791		3.2			2,286		2.8
Arts, entertainment and recreation		2,772		3.1			2,493		3.1
Mining		2,208		2.5			2,604		3.2
Agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting		1,721		1.9			1,642		2.0
Other services		1,703		1.9			1,449		1.8
Utilities		1,435		1.6			1,404		1.7
Other		9,362		10.6			8,805		11.0
Total	$	88,402		100.0	%	$	80,377		100.0	%
Geography
California	$	11,253		12.7	%	$	9,961		12.4	%
Colorado		3,930		4.5			3,528		4.4
Illinois		4,636		5.3			4,108		5.1
Minnesota		7,166		8.1			6,316		7.9
Missouri		3,309		3.8			2,832		3.5
Ohio		4,063		4.6			3,534		4.4
Oregon		1,938		2.2			2,130		2.6
Washington		3,219		3.6			3,237		4.0
Wisconsin		2,936		3.3			3,090		3.8
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota		4,543		5.1			4,400		5.5
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee		5,106		5.8			4,949		6.2
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming		1,427		1.6			1,475		1.8
Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah		3,280		3.7			2,951		3.7
Total banking region		56,806		64.3			52,511		65.3
Florida, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas		15,819		17.9			14,036		17.5
All other states		15,777		17.8			13,830		17.2
Total outside Company’s banking region		31,596		35.7			27,866		34.7
Total	$	88,402		100.0	%	$	80,377		100.0	%

Commercial Real Estate Loans by Property Type and Geography Excluding Covered Loans

  TABLE 8   COMMERCIAL  REAL  ESTATE  LOANS  BY  PROPERTY  TYPE  AND   GEOGRAPHY

	2015					2014
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Loans		Percent			Loans		Percent
Property Type
Business owner occupied	$	11,186		26.6	%	$	11,535		26.9	%
Commercial property
Industrial		1,530		3.6			1,582		3.7
Office		5,480		13.0			5,680		13.3
Retail		4,944		11.7			4,896		11.4
Other commercial		4,165		9.9			4,670		10.9
Multi-family		8,833		21.0			8,548		20.0
Hotel/motel		3,428		8.1			3,624		8.5
Residential homebuilders		2,319		5.5			1,996		4.7
Healthcare facilities		252		.6			264		.6
Total	$	42,137		100.0	%	$	42,795		100.0	%
Geography
California	$	10,456		24.8	%	$	10,545		24.6	%
Colorado		2,004		4.8			1,955		4.6
Illinois		1,810		4.3			2,153		5.0
Minnesota		2,022		4.8			2,031		4.7
Missouri		1,382		3.3			1,453		3.4
Ohio		1,260		3.0			1,391		3.3
Oregon		1,988		4.7			2,012		4.7
Washington		3,422		8.1			3,501		8.2
Wisconsin		2,323		5.5			2,293		5.4
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota		2,227		5.3			2,202		5.1
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee		1,708		4.1			1,764		4.1
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming		1,275		3.0			1,319		3.1
Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah		3,259		7.7			3,383		7.9
Total banking region		35,136		83.4			36,002		84.1
Florida, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas		3,793		9.0			3,656		8.6
All other states		3,208		7.6			3,137		7.3
Total outside Company’s banking region		7,001		16.6			6,793		15.9
Total	$	42,137		100.0	%	$	42,795		100.0	%

Summary of Nonperforming Assets

  _TABLE 16   NONPERFORMING ASSETS (a)

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Commercial
Commercial	$	160		$	99		$	122		$	107		$	280
Lease financing		14			13			12			16			32
Total commercial		174			112			134			123			312
Commercial Real Estate
Commercial mortgages		92			175			182			308			354
Construction and development		35			84			121			238			545
Total commercial real estate		127			259			303			546			899
Residential Mortgages(b)		712			864			770			661			650
Credit Card		9			30			78			146			224
Other Retail
Retail leasing		3			1			1			1			–
Home equity and second mortgages		136			170			167			189			40
Other		23			16			23			27			27
Total other retail		162			187			191			217			67
Total nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans		1,184			1,452			1,476			1,693			2,152
Covered Loans		8			14			127			386			926
Total nonperforming loans		1,192			1,466			1,603			2,079			3,078
Other Real Estate(c)(d)		280			288			327			381			404
Covered Other Real Estate(d)		32			37			97			197			274
Other Assets		19			17			10			14			18
Total nonperforming assets	$	1,523		$	1,808		$	2,037		$	2,671		$	3,774
Total nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets	$	1,483		$	1,757		$	1,813		$	2,088		$	2,574
Excluding covered assets
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due(b)	$	541		$	550		$	713		$	660		$	843
Nonperforming loans to total loans		.46	%		.60	%		.65	%		.80	%		1.10	%
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate(c)		.58	%		.72	%		.80	%		.98	%		1.32	%
Including covered assets
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due(b)	$	831		$	945		$	1,189		$	1,323		$	1,753
Nonperforming loans to total loans		.46	%		.59	%		.68	%		.93	%		1.47	%
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate(c)		.58	%		.73	%		.86	%		1.19	%		1.79	%

CHANGES IN NONPERFORMING ASSETS

(Dollars in Millions)	Commercial and Commercial Real Estate			Residential Mortgages, Credit Card and Other Retail			Covered Assets			Total
Balance December 31, 2014	$	431		$	1,326		$	51		$	1,808
Additions to nonperforming assets
New nonaccrual loans and foreclosed properties		394			500			24			918
Advances on loans		54			–			–			54
Total additions		448			500			24			972
Reductions in nonperforming assets
Paydowns, payoffs		(271	)		(275	)		(8	)		(554	)
Net sales		(53	)		(129	)		(25	)		(207	)
Return to performing status		(6	)		(171	)		(1	)		(178	)
Charge-offs(e)		(213	)		(104	)		(1	)		(318	)
Total reductions		(543	)		(679	)		(35	)		(1,257	)
Net additions to (reductions in) nonperforming assets		(95	)		(179	)		(11	)		(285	)
Balance December 31, 2015	$	336		$	1,147		$	40		$	1,523

(a) Throughout this document, nonperforming assets and related ratios do not include accruing loans 90 days or more past due.

(b) Excludes $2.9 billion, $3.1 billion, $3.7 billion, $3.2 billion and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools that are 90 days or more past due that continue to accrue interest, as their repayments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

(c) Foreclosed GNMA loans of $535 million, $641 million, $527 million, $548 million and $692 million at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, continue to accrue interest and are recorded as other assets and excluded from nonperforming assets because they are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

(d) Includes equity investments in entities whose principal assets are other real estate owned.

(e) Charge-offs exclude actions for certain card products and loan sales that were not classified as nonperforming at the time the charge-off occurred.

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Leases [Abstract]

Components of Net Investment in Sales-Type and Direct Financing Leases

The components of the net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases at December 31 were as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Aggregate future minimum lease payments to be received	$	10,257		$	11,173
Unguaranteed residual values accruing to the lessor’s benefit		766			695
Unearned income		(887	)		(1,004	)
Initial direct costs		204			202
Total net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases(a)	$	10,340		$	11,066

(a) The accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments was $66 million and $65 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Minimum Future Lease Payments to be Received from Sales-Type and Direct Financing Leases

The minimum future lease payments to be received from sales-type and direct financing leases were as follows at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)
2016	$	3,772
2017		3,207
2018		1,880
2019		756
2020		307
Thereafter		335

XML

Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Investments in Community Development and Tax-advantaged VIEs

The following table provides a summary of investments in community development and tax-advantaged VIEs that the Company has not consolidated:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Investment carrying amount	$	5,257	$	4,259
Unfunded capital and other commitments		2,499		1,743
Maximum exposure to loss		9,436		8,393

XML

Premises and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Land	$	522		$	534
Buildings and improvements		3,348			3,323
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		2,721			2,719
Capitalized building and equipment leases		113			126
Construction in progress		19			26
		6,723			6,728
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(4,210	)		(4,110	)
Total	$	2,513		$	2,618

XML

Mortgage Servicing Rights (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Text Block [Abstract]

Changes in Fair Value of Capitalized MSRs

Changes in fair value of capitalized MSRs for the years ended December 31, are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	2,338		$	2,680		$	1,700
Rights purchased		29			5			8
Rights capitalized		632			382			769
Rights sold		–			(141	)		–
Changes in fair value of MSRs
Due to fluctuations in market interest rates(a)		(58	)		(276	)		617
Due to revised assumptions or models(b)		10			86			33
Other changes in fair value(c)		(439	)		(398	)		(447	)
Balance at end of period	$	2,512		$	2,338		$	2,680

(a) Includes changes in MSR value associated with changes in market interest rates, including estimated prepayment rates and anticipated earnings on escrow deposits.

(b) Includes changes in MSR value not caused by changes in market interest rates, such as changes in cost to service, ancillary income, and discount rate, as well as the impact of any model changes. 2014 includes a $44 million revaluation gain related to excess servicing rights sold.

(c) Primarily represents changes due to realization of expected cash flows over time (decay).

Sensitivity to Changes in Market Interest Rates to Fair Value of MSRs Portfolio and Related Derivative Instruments

The estimated sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the fair value of the MSRs portfolio and the related derivative instruments as of December 31 follows:

	2015																		2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Down 100 bps			Down 50 bps			Down 25 bps			Up 25 bps			Up 50 bps			Up 100 bps			Down 100 bps			Down 50 bps			Down 25 bps			Up 25 bps			Up 50 bps			Up 100 bps
MSR portfolio	$	(598	)	$	(250	)	$	(114	)	$	96		$	176		$	344		$	(540	)	$	(242	)	$	(114	)	$	100		$	185		$	346
Derivative instrument hedges		475			226			107			(98	)		(192	)		(377	)		441			223			109			(102	)		(197	)		(375	)
Net sensitivity	$	(123	)	$	(24	)	$	(7	)	$	(2	)	$	(16	)	$	(33	)	$	(99	)	$	(19	)	$	(5	)	$	(2	)	$	(12	)	$	(29	)

MSRs and Related Characteristics by Portfolio

A summary of the Company’s MSRs and related characteristics by portfolio as of December 31 follows:

	2015												2014
(Dollars in Millions)	HFA			Government			Conventional(c)			Total			HFA			Government			Conventional(c)			Total
Servicing portfolio(a)	$	26,492		$	40,350		$	162,533		$	229,375		$	19,706		$	40,471		$	162,620		$	222,797
Fair value	$	297		$	443		$	1,772		$	2,512		$	213		$	426		$	1,699		$	2,338
Value (bps)(b)		112			110			109			110			108			105			104			105
Weighted-average servicing fees (bps)		36			34			27			29			37			33			27			29
Multiple (value/servicing fees)		3.11			3.24			4.04			3.79			2.92			3.18			3.85			3.62
Weighted-average note rate		4.46	%		4.08	%		4.09	%		4.13	%		4.58	%		4.18	%		4.14	%		4.19	%
Weighted-average age (in years)		3.1			3.6			3.4			3.4			3.6			3.2			3.1			3.2
Weighted-average expected prepayment (constant prepayment rate)		12.8	%		13.9	%		10.4	%		11.3	%		12.8	%		14.8	%		11.4	%		12.1	%
Weighted-average expected life (in years)		6.1			5.7			6.6			6.4			6.2			5.5			6.5			6.3
Weighted-average discount rate		11.8	%		11.2	%		9.4	%		10.0	%		11.9	%		11.2	%		9.6	%		10.1	%

(a) Represents principal balance of mortgages having corresponding MSR asset.

(b) Value is calculated as fair value divided by the servicing portfolio.

(c) Represents loans sold primarily to GSEs.

XML

Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	Estimated Life(a)	Amortization Method(b)			Balance
					2015		2014
Goodwill			(c	)	$	9,361	$	9,389
Merchant processing contracts	8 years/8 years		SL/AC			135		174
Core deposit benefits	22 years/5 years		SL/AC			194		234
Mortgage servicing rights			(c	)		2,512		2,338
Trust relationships	10 years/6 years		SL/AC			75		97
Other identified intangibles	8 years/4 years		SL/AC			434		319
Total					$	12,711	$	12,551

(a) Estimated life represents the amortization period for assets subject to the straight line method and the weighted average or life of the underlying cash flows amortization period for intangibles subject to accelerated methods. If more than one amortization method is used for a category, the estimated life for each method is calculated and reported separately.

(b) Amortization methods:	SL = straight line method
	AC = accelerated methods generally based on cash flows

(c) Goodwill is evaluated for impairment, but not amortized. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded at fair value, and are not amortized.

Aggregate Amortization Expense

Aggregate amortization expense consisted of the following:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Merchant processing contracts	$	35	$	50	$	64
Core deposit benefits		40		38		41
Trust relationships		21		27		34
Other identified intangibles		78		84		84
Total	$	174	$	199	$	223

Estimated Amortization Expense

The estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)
2016	$	173
2017		162
2018		130
2019		101
2020		78

Changes in Carrying Value of Goodwill

The following table reflects the changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

(Dollars in Millions)	Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate			Consumer and Small Business Banking		Wealth Management and Securities Services			Payment Services			Treasury and Corporate Support		Consolidated Company
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	1,605		$	3,514	$	1,528		$	2,496		$	–	$	9,143
Goodwill acquired		–			–		37			20			–		57
Other(a)		–			–		–			5			–		5
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	1,605		$	3,514	$	1,565		$	2,521		$	–	$	9,205
Goodwill acquired		43			166		8			–			–		217
Other(a)		–			–		(3	)		(30	)		–		(33	)
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	1,648		$	3,680	$	1,570		$	2,491		$	–	$	9,389
Other(a)		(1	)		1		(3	)		(25	)		–		(28	)
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	1,647		$	3,681	$	1,567		$	2,466		$	–	$	9,361

(a) Other changes in goodwill include the effect of foreign exchange translation.

XML

Short-Term Borrowings (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Short-term Debt [Abstract]

Summary of Short-Term Borrowings

The following table is a summary of short-term borrowings for the last three years:

	2015					2014					2013
(Dollars in Millions)	Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate
At year-end
Federal funds purchased	$	647		.23	%	$	886		.12	%	$	594		.11	%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		1,092		.02			948		.05			2,057		5.34
Commercial paper		22,022		.21			22,197		.12			19,400		.11
Other short-term borrowings		4,116		.69			5,862		.51			5,557		.19
Total	$	27,877		.27	%	$	29,893		.19	%	$	27,608		.52	%
Average for the year
Federal funds purchased(b)	$	1,169		15.05	%	$	2,366		7.94	%	$	1,879		9.72	%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		973		.10			798		1.07			2,403		4.65
Commercial paper		21,892		.12			21,227		.12			17,467		.12
Other short-term borrowings		3,926		1.13			5,861		.78			5,934		.72
Total(b)	$	27,960		.89	%	$	30,252		.88	%	$	27,683		1.29	%
Maximum month-end balance
Federal funds purchased	$	1,868				$	3,258				$	3,569
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		1,124					948					3,121
Commercial paper		23,101					22,322					19,400
Other short-term borrowings		7,656					7,417					6,301

(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.

(b) Average federal funds purchased and total short-term borrowings rates include amounts paid by the Company to certain corporate card customers for paying outstanding noninterest-bearing corporate card balances within certain timeframes per specific agreements. These activities reduce the Company’s short-term funding needs, and if they did not occur, the Company would use other funding alternatives, including the use of federal funds purchased. The amount of this compensation expense paid by the Company and included in federal funds purchased and total short-term borrowings rates for 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $175 million, $186 million and $181 million, respectively.

XML

Long-Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Long-term Debt

Long-term debt (debt with original maturities of more than one year) at December 31 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in Millions)	Rate Type		Rate(a)			Maturity Date		2015		2014
U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company)
Subordinated notes		Fixed		2.950	%		2022	$	1,300	$	1,300
		Fixed		3.600	%		2024		1,000		1,000
		Fixed		7.500	%		2026		199		199
Medium-term notes		Fixed		1.650% - 4.125	%		2016 - 2024		7,500		9,250
		Floating		.720% - .852	%		2018 - 2019		750		750
Junior subordinated debentures		Fixed		3.442	%		2016		500		500
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other(b)									204		190
Subtotal									11,453		13,189
Subsidiaries
Subordinated notes		Fixed		4.800	%		2015		–		500
		Fixed		3.778	%		2020		–		500
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		Fixed		1.250% - 8.250	%		2017 - 2026		11		11
		Floating		.335% - .847	%		2016 - 2025		9,081		7,334
Bank notes		Fixed		1.100% - 2.800	%		2017 - 2025		5,850		4,050
		Floating		.016% - .803	%		2016 - 2055		4,928		6,069
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other(b)									755		607
Subtotal									20,625		19,071
Total								$	32,078	$	32,260

(a) Weighted-average interest rates of medium-term notes, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and bank notes were 2.43 percent, .57 percent and 1.20 percent, respectively.

(b) Other includes consolidated community development and tax-advantaged investment VIEs, debt issuance fees, and unrealized gains and losses and deferred amounts relating to derivative instruments.

Maturities of Long-term Debt Outstanding

Maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2015, were:

(Dollars in Millions)	Parent Company		Consolidated
2016	$	1,926	$	6,359
2017		1,249		7,144
2018		1,498		5,786
2019		1,511		3,505
2020		–		47
Thereafter		5,269		9,237
Total	$	11,453	$	32,078

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Equity [Abstract]

Number of Shares Issued and Outstanding and Carrying Amount of Preferred Stock

The number of shares issued and outstanding and the carrying amount of each outstanding series of the Company’s preferred stock was as follows:

	2015								2014
At December 31, (Dollars in Millions)	Shares Issued and Outstanding		Liquidation Preference		Discount		Carrying Amount		Shares Issued and Outstanding		Liquidation Preference		Discount		Carrying Amount
Series A		12,510	$	1,251	$	145	$	1,106		12,510	$	1,251	$	145	$	1,106
Series B		40,000		1,000		–		1,000		40,000		1,000		–		1,000
Series F		44,000		1,100		12		1,088		44,000		1,100		12		1,088
Series G		43,400		1,085		10		1,075		43,400		1,085		10		1,075
Series H		20,000		500		13		487		20,000		500		13		487
Series I		30,000		750		5		745		–		–		–		–
Total preferred stock(a)		189,910	$	5,686	$	185	$	5,501		159,910	$	4,936	$	180	$	4,756

(a) The par value of all shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $1.00 per share.

Common Stock Repurchased

The following table summarizes the Company’s common stock repurchased in each of the last three years:

(Dollars and Shares in Millions)	Shares		Value
2015		52	$	2,246
2014		54		2,262
2013		65		2,336

Reconciliation of Transactions Affecting Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Included in Shareholders' Equity

Shareholders’ equity is affected by transactions and valuations of asset and liability positions that require adjustments to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The reconciliation of the transactions affecting accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

(Dollars in Millions)	Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available-For- Sale			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Transferred From Available-For-Sale to Held-To-Maturity			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivative Hedges			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Retirement Plans			Foreign Currency Translation			Total
2015
Balance at beginning of period	$	392		$	52		$	(172	)	$	(1,106	)	$	(62	)	$	(896	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses		(457	)		–			(25	)		(142	)		–			(624	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment(a)		–			–			–			–			20			20
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		–			(25	)		195			223			–			393
Applicable income taxes		176			9			(65	)		(31	)		(1	)		88
Balance at end of period	$	111		$	36		$	(67	)	$	(1,056	)	$	(43	)	$	(1,019	)
2014
Balance at beginning of period	$	(77	)	$	70		$	(261	)	$	(743	)	$	(60	)	$	(1,071	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses		764			–			(41	)		(733	)		–			(10	)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		1			–			–			–			–			1
Foreign currency translation adjustment(a)		–			–			–			–			(4	)		(4	)
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		(3	)		(30	)		186			144			–			297
Applicable income taxes		(293	)		12			(56	)		226			2			(109	)
Balance at end of period	$	392		$	52		$	(172	)	$	(1,106	)	$	(62	)	$	(896	)
2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	679		$	107		$	(404	)	$	(1,265	)	$	(40	)	$	(923	)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses		(1,223	)		–			37			590			–			(596	)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		8			–			–			–			–			8
Foreign currency translation adjustment(a)		–			–			–			–			(34	)		(34	)
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		(9	)		(59	)		192			249			–			373
Applicable income taxes		468			22			(86	)		(317	)		14			101
Balance at end of period	$	(77	)	$	70		$	(261	)	$	(743	)	$	(60	)	$	(1,071	)

(a) Represents the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on the Company’s investment in foreign operations and related hedges.

Impact to Net Income for Items Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and into Earnings

Additional detail about the impact to net income for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and into earnings for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

	Impact to Net Income									Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Income
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale
Realized gains (losses) on sale of securities	$	1		$	11		$	23		Total securities gains (losses), net
Other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings		(1	)		(8	)		(14	)
		–			3			9		Total before tax
		–			(1	)		(4	)	Applicable income taxes
		–			2			5		Net-of-tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity
Amortization of unrealized gains		25			30			59		Interest income
		(9	)		(12	)		(22	)	Applicable income taxes
		16			18			37		Net-of-tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative hedges
Realized gains (losses) on derivative hedges		(195	)		(186	)		(192	)	Net interest income
		75			71			74		Applicable income taxes
		(120	)		(115	)		(118	)	Net-of-tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on retirement plans
Actuarial gains (losses), prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization		(223	)		(144	)		(249	)	Employee benefits expense
		85			56			96		Applicable income taxes
		(138	)		(88	)		(153	)	Net-of-tax
Total impact to net income	$	(242	)	$	(183	)	$	(229	)

Components of Company's Regulatory Capital

The following table provides the components of the Company’s regulatory capital at December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Basel III transitional standardized approach:
Common shareholders’ equity	$	40,630		$	38,723
Less intangible assets
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)		(8,295	)		(8,403	)
Other disallowed intangible assets		(335	)		(165	)
Other(a)		612			701
Total common equity tier 1 capital		32,612			30,856
Qualifying preferred stock		5,501			4,756
Noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 1 capital		318			408
Total tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020
Eligible portion of allowance for credit losses		4,255			3,957
Subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 2 capital		2,616			3,215
Other		11			16
Total tier 2 capital		6,882			7,188
Total risk-based capital	$	45,313		$	43,208
Risk-weighted assets	$	341,360		$	317,398
Basel III transitional advanced approaches:
Common shareholders’ equity	$	40,630		$	38,723
Less intangible assets
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)		(8,295	)		(8,403	)
Other disallowed intangible assets		(335	)		(165	)
Other(a)		612			701
Total common equity tier 1 capital		32,612			30,856
Qualifying preferred stock		5,501			4,756
Noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 1 capital		318			408
Total tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020
Eligible portion of allowance for credit losses		1,204			1,224
Subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 2 capital		2,616			3,215
Other		11			16
Total tier 2 capital		3,831			4,455
Total risk-based capital	$	42,262		$	40,475
Risk-weighted assets	$	261,668		$	248,596

(a) Includes the impact of items included in other comprehensive income (loss), such as unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains on cash flow hedges, pension liability adjustments, etc.

Regulatory Capital Ratios

  TABLE 23   REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS

	U.S. Bancorp						U.S. Bank National Association
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Basel III transitional standardized approach:
Common equity tier 1 capital	$	32,612		$	30,856		$	33,831		$	32,381
Tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020			34,148			32,789
Total risk-based capital		45,313			43,208			41,112			40,008
Risk-weighted assets		341,360			317,398			336,938			313,261
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		9.6	%		9.7	%		10.0	%		10.3	%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		11.3			11.3			10.1			10.5
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		13.3			13.6			12.2			12.8
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)		9.5			9.3			8.5			8.6
Basel III transitional advanced approaches:
Common equity tier 1 capital	$	32,612		$	30,856		$	33,831		$	32,381
Tier 1 capital		38,431			36,020			34,148			32,789
Total risk-based capital		42,262			40,475			38,090			37,299
Risk-weighted assets		261,668			248,596			258,207			245,007
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		12.5	%		12.4	%		13.1	%		13.2	%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		14.7			14.5			13.2			13.4
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		16.2			16.3			14.8			15.2

Bank Regulatory Capital Requirements

	Minimum			Well- Capitalized
2015
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		4.5	%		6.5	%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		6.0			8.0
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		8.0			10.0
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)		4.0			5.0
2014
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		4.0	%		*
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		5.5			6.0	%
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets		8.0			10.0
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)		4.0			5.0

* Not applicable.

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Components of Earnings Per Share

The components of earnings per share were:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)	2015			2014			2013
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836
Preferred dividends		(247	)		(243	)		(250	)
Impact of preferred stock redemption(a)		–			–			(8	)
Earnings allocated to participating stock awards		(24	)		(25	)		(26	)
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$	5,608		$	5,583		$	5,552
Average common shares outstanding		1,764			1,803			1,839
Net effect of the exercise and assumed purchase of stock awards		8			10			10
Average diluted common shares outstanding		1,772			1,813			1,849
Earnings per common share	$	3.18		$	3.10		$	3.02
Diluted earnings per common share	$	3.16		$	3.08		$	3.00

(a) Represents stock issuance costs originally recorded in capital surplus upon the issuance of the Company’s Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock that were reclassified to retained earnings on the redemption date.

XML

Employee Benefits (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation, Plan Assets, Funded Status, Amounts Recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheet and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table summarizes the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for the years ended December 31, and the funded status and amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31 for the retirement plans:

	Pension Plan						Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Change In Projected Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of measurement period	$	4,612		$	3,895		$	104		$	100
Service cost		188			152			–			–
Interest cost		195			197			3			3
Participants’ contributions		–			–			10			11
Actuarial loss (gain)		(176	)		781			(5	)		13
Lump sum settlements(a)		(37	)		(286	)		–			–
Benefit payments		(132	)		(127	)		(21	)		(25	)
Federal subsidy on benefits paid		–			–			2			2
Benefit obligation at end of measurement period(b)	$	4,650		$	4,612		$	93		$	104
Change In Fair Value Of Plan Assets
Fair value at beginning of measurement period	$	3,187		$	2,831		$	85		$	92
Actual return on plan assets		(99	)		269			–			–
Employer contributions		436			500			8			7
Participants’ contributions		–			–			10			11
Lump sum settlements(a)		(37	)		(286	)		–			–
Benefit payments		(132	)		(127	)		(21	)		(25	)
Fair value at end of measurement period	$	3,355		$	3,187		$	82		$	85
Funded (Unfunded) Status	$	(1,295	)	$	(1,425	)	$	(11	)	$	(19	)
Components Of The Consolidated Balance Sheet
Current benefit liability	$	(21	)	$	(21	)	$	–		$	–
Noncurrent benefit liability		(1,274	)		(1,404	)		(11	)		(19	)
Recognized amount	$	(1,295	)	$	(1,425	)	$	(11	)	$	(19	)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Pretax
Net actuarial gain (loss)	$	(1,806	)	$	(1,894	)	$	55		$	55
Net prior service credit (cost)		7			11			28			31
Recognized amount	$	(1,799	)	$	(1,883	)	$	83		$	86

(a) 2014 includes $242 million of payments as a result of a bulk lump sum offering to certain deferred vested participants.

(b) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans was $4.3 billion.

Pension Plans with Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets

The following table provides information for pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation	$	4,650	$	4,612
Fair value of plan assets		3,355		3,187
Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation	$	4,650	$	4,612
Accumulated benefit obligation		4,310		4,250
Fair value of plan assets		3,355		3,187

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31 for the retirement plans:

	Pension Plans									Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015			2014			2013
Components Of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Service cost	$	188		$	152		$	168		$	–		$	–		$	3
Interest cost		195			197			170			3			3			4
Expected return on plan assets		(223	)		(208	)		(176	)		(1	)		(1	)		(2	)
Prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization		(4	)		(5	)		(5	)		(3	)		(3	)		(1	)
Actuarial loss (gain) amortization		234			158			264			(4	)		(6	)		(9	)
Net periodic benefit cost	$	390		$	294		$	421		$	(5	)	$	(7	)	$	(5	)
Other Changes In Plan Assets And Benefit Obligations
Recognized In Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during the year	$	(146	)	$	(719	)	$	555		$	4		$	(14	)	$	–
Net actuarial loss (gain) amortized during the year		234			158			264			(4	)		(6	)		(9	)
Net prior service credit (cost) arising during the year		–			–			–			–			–			35
Net prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortized during the year		(4	)		(5	)		(5	)		(3	)		(3	)		(1	)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)	$	84		$	(566	)	$	814		$	(3	)	$	(23	)	$	25
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)(a)(b)	$	(306	)	$	(860	)	$	393		$	2		$	(16	)	$	30

(a) The pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost (credit) for the pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2016 are $175 million and $(5) million, respectively.

(b) The pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) and prior service cost (credit) for the postretirement welfare plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2016 are $(4) million and $(3) million, respectively.

Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Projected Benefit Obligations

The following table sets forth weighted average assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligations at December 31:

	Pension Plans						Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Discount rate(a)		4.45	%		4.13	%		3.59	%		3.46	%
Rate of compensation increase(b)		4.06			4.07			*			*
Health care cost trend rate for the next year(c)								6.50	%		7.00	%
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
One percent increase							$	5		$	6
One percent decrease								(5	)		(5	)

(a) The discount rates were developed using a cash flow matching bond model with a modified duration for the qualified pension plan, non-qualified pension plan and postretirement welfare plan of 15.0, 11.9, and 6.3 years, respectively, for 2015, and 15.9, 12.4 and 6.8 years, respectively, for 2014.

(b) Determined on an active liability-weighted basis.

(c) The rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 5.00 percent by 2019 and remain at this level thereafter.

* Not applicable

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following table sets forth weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

	Pension Plans									Postretirement Welfare Plan
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015			2014			2013
Discount rate(a)		4.13	%		4.97	%		4.07	%		3.46	%		3.93	%		3.10	%
Expected return on plan assets(b)		7.50			7.50			7.50			1.50			1.50			1.50
Rate of compensation increase(c)		4.07			4.02			4.08			*			*			*
Health care cost trend rate(d)
Prior to age 65											7.00	%		7.50	%		8.00	%
After age 65											7.00			7.50			8.00
Effect on total of service cost and interest cost
One percent increase										$	–		$	–		$	–
One percent decrease											–			–			–

(a) The discount rates were developed using a cash flow matching bond model with a modified duration for the qualified pension plan, non-qualified pension plan and postretirement welfare plan of 15.9, 12.4 and 6.8 years, respectively, for 2015, and 14.6, 11.5 and 6.4 years, respectively, for 2014.

(b) With the help of an independent pension consultant, the Company considers several sources when developing its expected long-term rates of return on plan assets assumptions, including, but not limited to, past returns and estimates of future returns given the plans’ asset allocation, economic conditions, and peer group LTROR information. The Company determines its expected long-term rates of return reflecting current economic conditions and plan assets.

(c) Determined on an active liability weighted basis.

(d) The pre-65 and post-65 rates are both assumed to decrease gradually to 5.00 percent by 2019 and remain at that level thereafter.

* Not applicable

Summary of Plan Investment Assets Measured at Fair Value

The following table summarizes the plan investment assets measured at fair value at December 31:

	Pension Plans																Postretirement Welfare Plan
	2015								2014								2015		2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 1
Cash and cash equivalents	$	64	$	–	$	–	$	64	$	78	$	–	$	–	$	78	$	82	$	85
Debt securities		361		465		–		826		347		496		–		843		–		–
Corporate stock
Domestic equity securities		178		–		–		178		196		–		–		196		–		–
Mid-small cap equity securities(a)		146		–		–		146		146		–		–		146		–		–
International equity securities		123		–		–		123		197		–		–		197		–		–
Real estate equity securities(b)		163		–		–		163		163		–		–		163		–		–
Mutual funds
Debt securities		–		197		–		197		–		219		–		219		–		–
Emerging markets equity securities		–		81		–		81		–		81		–		81		–		–
Other		–		–		1		1		–		–		2		2		–		–
	$	1,035	$	743	$	1		1,779	$	1,127	$	796	$	2		1,925		82		85
Plan investment assets not classified in fair value hierarchy:(e)
Collective investment funds
Domestic equity securities								679								539
Mid-small cap equity securities(c)								68								54
Emerging markets equity securities								75								75
International equity securities								533								421
Hedge funds(d)								171								148
Private equity funds								50								25
Total plan investment assets at fair value							$	3,355							$	3,187	$	82	$	85

(a) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities included $139 million and $141 million in domestic equities, respectively, and $7 million and $5 million in international equities, respectively.

(b) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities included $90 million and $89 million in domestic equities, respectively, and $73 million and $74 million in international equities, respectively.

(c) At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities included $30 million and $25 million in domestic equities, respectively, $20 million and $27 million in international equities, respectively, and $18 million and $2 million in cash and cash equivalents, respectively.

(d) This category consists of several investment strategies diversified across several hedge fund managers.

(e) These investments are valued based on net asset value per share as a practical expedient; fair values are provided to reconcile to total investment assets of the plans at fair value.

Summarizes the Changes for all Plan Assets Measured at Fair Value Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value for all plan investment assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31:

	2015			2014			2013
(Dollars in Millions)	Other			Other			Debt Securities			Other
Balance at beginning of period	$	2		$	4		$	7		$	3
Unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at end of year		(1	)		(2	)		–			–
Purchases, sales, and settlements, net		–			–			(7	)		1
Balance at end of period	$	1		$	2		$	–		$	4

Expected Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid from the retirement plans for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	Pension Plans		Postretirement Welfare Plan(a)		Medicare Part D Subsidy Receipts
2016	$	198	$	13	$	2
2017		209		12		2
2018		218		12		2
2019		229		11		2
2020		234		10		2
2021 – 2025		1,368		41		7

(a) Net of expected retiree contributions and before Medicare Part D subsidy.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Summary of Stock Options Outstanding and Exercised Under Prior and Existing Stock Incentive Plans

The following is a summary of stock options outstanding and exercised under prior and existing stock incentive plans of the Company:

Year Ended December 31	Stock Options/Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions)
2015
Number outstanding at beginning of period		33,649,198		$	29.31
Granted		1,122,697			44.28
Exercised		(8,721,834	)		29.59
Cancelled(a)		(324,353	)		32.93
Number outstanding at end of period(b)		25,725,708		$	29.82		3.6	$	331
Exercisable at end of period		22,446,095		$	28.68		3.0	$	314
2014
Number outstanding at beginning of period		46,724,765		$	29.12
Granted		1,246,451			40.32
Exercised		(13,851,590	)		29.59
Cancelled(a)		(470,428	)		31.12
Number outstanding at end of period(b)		33,649,198		$	29.31		4.0	$	526
Exercisable at end of period		28,923,260		$	28.79		3.4	$	467
2013
Number outstanding at beginning of period		63,171,918		$	28.83
Granted		1,168,011			33.99
Exercised		(17,260,740	)		28.41
Cancelled(a)		(354,424	)		29.22
Number outstanding at end of period(b)		46,724,765		$	29.12		4.4	$	527
Exercisable at end of period		39,556,000		$	29.19		3.8	$	444

(a) Options cancelled include both non-vested (i.e., forfeitures) and vested options.

(b) Outstanding options include stock-based awards that may be forfeited in future periods. The impact of the estimated forfeitures is reflected in compensation expense.

Weighted Average Estimated Fair Value of Stock Options Granted and Assumptions Utilized by Company for Newly Issued Grants

The following table includes the weighted average estimated fair value of stock options granted and the assumptions utilized by the Company for newly issued grants:

Year Ended December 31	2015			2014			2013
Estimated fair value	$	12.23		$	11.38		$	12.13
Risk-free interest rates		1.7	%		1.7	%		1.0	%
Dividend yield		2.6	%		2.6	%		2.6	%
Stock volatility factor		.37			.38			.49
Expected life of options (in years)		5.5			5.5			5.5

Summary of Certain Stock Option Activity

The following summarizes certain stock option activity of the Company:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Fair value of options vested	$	25	$	33	$	41
Intrinsic value of options exercised		130		171		144
Cash received from options exercised		257		408		489
Tax benefit realized from options exercised		50		66		56

Stock Options Outstanding Additional Information

Additional information regarding stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, is as follows:

	Outstanding Options						Exercisable Options
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$11.02 – $15.00		2,664,092		3.1	$	11.20		2,664,092	$	11.20
$15.01 – $20.00		161,218		2.0		19.58		161,218		19.58
$20.01 – $25.00		2,051,039		4.2		23.85		2,051,039		23.85
$25.01 – $30.00		5,911,183		5.0		28.49		5,051,861		28.47
$30.01 – $35.00		9,215,909		2.6		32.21		8,719,854		32.11
$35.01 – $40.00		3,523,469		1.1		36.04		3,523,469		36.04
$40.01 – $44.32		2,198,798		8.6		42.32		274,562		40.32
Total		25,725,708		3.6	$	29.82		22,446,095	$	28.68

Summary of Company's Restricted Shares of Stock and Unit Awards

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted shares of stock and unit awards is presented below:

	2015					2014					2013
Year Ended December 31	Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Shares			Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value
Outstanding at beginning of period		7,921,571		$	34.09		8,653,859		$	29.96		8,935,743		$	25.04
Granted		2,897,396			44.24		3,133,168			40.37		3,717,635			33.88
Vested		(3,428,736	)		33.27		(3,409,650	)		29.38		(3,744,411	)		22.17
Cancelled		(495,400	)		38.66		(455,806	)		34.05		(255,108	)		29.18
Outstanding at end of period		6,894,831		$	38.44		7,921,571		$	34.09		8,653,859		$	29.96

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Components of Income Tax Expense

The components of income tax expense were:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Federal
Current	$	1,956		$	1,888		$	1,885
Deferred		(223	)		(126	)		(83	)
Federal income tax		1,733			1,762			1,802
State
Current		346			331			216
Deferred		18			(6	)		14
State income tax		364			325			230
Total income tax provision	$	2,097		$	2,087		$	2,032

Reconciliation of Expected Income Tax Expense at Federal Statutory Rate of 35 Percent to Company's Applicable Income Tax Expense

A reconciliation of expected income tax expense at the federal statutory rate of 35 percent to the Company’s applicable income tax expense follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Tax at statutory rate	$	2,810		$	2,798		$	2,717
State income tax, at statutory rates, net of federal tax benefit		237			211			150
Tax effect of
Tax credits and benefits, net of related expenses		(700	)		(701	)		(648	)
Tax-exempt income		(201	)		(205	)		(212	)
Noncontrolling interests		(19	)		(20	)		37
Other items		(30	)(a)		4			(12	)
Applicable income taxes	$	2,097		$	2,087		$	2,032

(a) Includes the resolution of certain tax matters with taxing authorities.

Reconciliation of Changes in Federal, State and Foreign Unrecognized Tax Position Balances

A reconciliation of the changes in the federal, state and foreign unrecognized tax position balances are summarized as follows:

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	267		$	264		$	302
Additions (reductions) for tax positions taken in prior years		(17	)		31			44
Additions for tax positions taken in the current year		13			4			–
Exam resolutions		(17	)		(22	)		(56	)
Statute expirations		(3	)		(10	)		(26	)
Balance at end of period	$	243		$	267		$	264

Significant Components of the Company's Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)

The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset (liability) follows:

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014
Deferred Tax Assets
Allowance for credit losses	$	1,615		$	1,652
Accrued expenses		764			630
Federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards		464			212
Partnerships and other investment assets		380			403
Pension and postretirement benefits		247			437
Stock compensation		131			143
Other deferred tax assets, net		219			208
Gross deferred tax assets		3,820			3,685
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Leasing activities		(3,026	)		(3,042	)
Mortgage servicing rights		(859	)		(871	)
Goodwill and other intangible assets		(859	)		(772	)
Loans		(204	)		(212	)
Fixed assets		(111	)		(90	)
Securities available-for-sale and financial instruments		(47	)		(165	)
Other deferred tax liabilities, net		(55	)		(159	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(5,161	)		(5,311	)
Valuation allowance		(137	)		(101	)
Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)	$	(1,478	)	$	(1,727	)

XML

Derivative Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Asset and Liability Management Derivative Positions of Company

The following table summarizes the asset and liability management derivative positions of the Company:

	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in Millions)	Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years		Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years
December 31, 2015
Fair value hedges
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	3,050	$	73		4.43	$	–	$	–		–
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate contracts
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		1,772		7		9.22		5,009		146		1.13
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts		1,140		4		.04		–		–		–
Other economic hedges
Interest rate contracts
Futures and forwards
Buy		3,812		17		.07		452		1		.06
Sell		3,201		12		.09		2,559		7		.12
Options
Purchased		2,935		–		.06		–		–		–
Written		3,199		29		.10		5		1		.08
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		3,733		42		9.98		4,748		18		10.18
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		287		2		9.82		4,158		35		9.97
Foreign exchange forward contracts		3,023		13		.01		2,380		10		.03
Equity contracts		62		–		.47		24		1		.82
Credit contracts		1,192		2		2.58		2,821		3		2.99
Other(a)		36		–		.04		662		64		2.60
Total	$	27,442	$	201			$	22,818	$	286
December 31, 2014
Fair value hedges
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	2,750	$	65		5.69	$	–	$	–		–
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate contracts
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		272		6		7.76		5,748		315		1.94
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		250		–		.16		–		–		–
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts		1,047		31		.04		–		–		–
Other economic hedges
Interest rate contracts
Futures and forwards
Buy		4,839		45		.07		60		–		.08
Sell		448		10		.13		6,713		62		.09
Options
Purchased		2,500		–		.06		–		–		–
Written		2,643		31		.08		4		–		.11
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		3,552		14		10.22		250		1		10.22
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		15		–		10.22		–		–		–
Foreign exchange forward contracts		510		3		.03		6,176		41		.02
Equity contracts		86		3		.60		–		–		–
Credit contracts		1,247		3		3.29		2,282		5		2.85
Other(a)		58		4		.03		390		48		3.20
Total	$	20,217	$	215			$	21,623	$	472

(a) Includes short-term underwriting purchase and sale commitments with total asset and liability notional values of $36 million and $58 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and derivative liability swap agreements related to the sale of a portion of the Company’s Class B common shares of Visa Inc. The Visa swap agreements had a total notional value, fair value and weighted average remaining maturity of $626 million, $64 million and 2.75 years at December 31, 2015, respectively, compared to $332 million, $44 million and 3.75 years at December 31, 2014, respectively.

Customer-Related Derivative Positions of Company

The following table summarizes the customer-related derivative positions of the Company:

	Asset Derivatives						Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in Millions)	Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years		Notional Value		Fair Value		Weighted-Average Remaining Maturity In Years
December 31, 2015
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	32,647	$	1,097		5.69	$	14,068	$	54		4.71
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		10,685		43		4.55		35,045		1,160		5.74
Options
Purchased		8,705		10		2.61		146		1		2.23
Written		146		2		2.23		8,482		9		2.57
Futures
Buy		–		–		–		2,859		2		.84
Sell		45		–		.97		–		–		–
Foreign exchange rate contracts
Forwards, spots and swaps		18,399		851		.59		17,959		830		.58
Options
Purchased		1,485		43		1.19		–		–		–
Written		–		–		–		1,485		43		1.19
Total	$	72,112	$	2,046			$	80,044	$	2,099
December 31, 2014
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps	$	21,724	$	888		6.09	$	5,880	$	24		3.79
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		4,622		26		3.27		21,821		892		6.08
Options
Purchased		4,409		10		3.79		24		–		2.42
Written		24		–		2.42		4,375		10		3.79
Futures
Buy		1,811		–		.22		226		–		.45
Sell		152		–		1.08		46		–		1.73
Foreign exchange rate contracts
Forwards, spots and swaps		17,062		890		.52		14,645		752		.59
Options
Purchased		976		39		.44		–		–		–
Written		–		–		–		976		39		.44
Total	$	50,780	$	1,853			$	47,993	$	1,717

Summary of Effective Portion of Gains (Losses) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Gains (Losses) Reclassified from Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into Earnings

The table below shows the effective portion of the gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and the gains (losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings (net-of-tax) for the years ended December 31:

	Gains (Losses) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)									Gains (Losses) Reclassified from Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into Earnings
(Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013			2015			2014			2013
Asset and Liability Management Positions
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate contracts(a)	$	(15	)	$	(26	)	$	25		$	(120	)	$	(115	)	$	(118	)
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange forward contracts		101			130			(45	)		–			–			–

Note: Ineffectiveness on cash flow and net investment hedges was not material for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

(a) Gains (Losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into interest income on loans and interest expense on long-term debt.

Summary of Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings for Fair Value Hedges, Other Economic Hedges and Customer-Related Positions

The table below shows the gains (losses) recognized in earnings for fair value hedges, other economic hedges and the customer-related positions for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	Location of Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings		2015			2014			2013
Asset and Liability Management Positions
Fair value hedges(a)
Interest rate contracts		Other noninterest income	$	7		$	29		$	(9	)
Other economic hedges
Interest rate contracts
Futures and forwards		Mortgage banking revenue		186			(122	)		615
Purchased and written options		Mortgage banking revenue		191			287			243
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		Mortgage banking revenue		139			384			(322	)
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		Mortgage banking revenue		(33	)		–			–
Foreign exchange forward contracts		Commercial products revenue		108			(29	)		49
Equity contracts		Compensation expense		(1	)		2			2
Credit contracts		Other noninterest income		2			–			6
Other		Other noninterest income		–			(43	)		–
Customer-Related Positions
Interest rate contracts
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps		Other noninterest income		360			686			(361	)
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps		Other noninterest income		(320	)		(652	)		378
Purchased and written options		Other noninterest income		3			–			–
Futures		Other noninterest income		1			–			–
Foreign exchange rate contracts
Forwards, spots and swaps		Commercial products revenue		74			66			51
Purchased and written options		Commercial products revenue		2			1			–

(a) Gains (Losses) on items hedged by interest rate contracts included in noninterest income (expense), were $(7) million, $(27) million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The ineffective portion was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

XML

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Text Block [Abstract]

Summary of Maturities by Category of Collateral Pledged for Repurchase Agreements

The following table summarizes the maturities by category of collateral pledged for repurchase agreements at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)	Overnight and Continuous		Less Than 30 Days		Total
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	122	$	–	$	122
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities		802		168		970
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	$	924	$	168	$	1,092

Information on Company's Accounting Netting Adjustments and Items Not Offset in Consolidated Balance Sheet Assets But Available for Offset in Event of Default

The following tables provide information on the Company’s netting adjustments, and items not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet but available for offset in the event of default:

(Dollars in Millions)	Gross Recognized Assets		Gross Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet(a)			Net Amounts Presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet						Net Amount
								Financial Instruments(b)			Collateral Received(c)
December 31, 2015
Derivative assets(d)	$	1,879	$	(807	)	$	1,072	$	(82	)	$	–		$	990
Reverse repurchase agreements		106		–			106		(102	)		(4	)		–
Securities borrowed		772		–			772		–			(753	)		19
Total	$	2,757	$	(807	)	$	1,950	$	(184	)	$	(757	)	$	1,009
December 31, 2014
Derivative assets(d)	$	1,847	$	(870	)	$	977	$	(58	)	$	–		$	919
Reverse repurchase agreements		40		–			40		(40	)		–			–
Securities borrowed		638		–			638		–			(620	)		18
Total	$	2,525	$	(870	)	$	1,655	$	(98	)	$	(620	)	$	937

(a) Includes $165 million and $258 million of cash collateral related payables that were netted against derivative assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(b) For derivative assets this includes any derivative liability fair values that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for reverse repurchase agreements this includes any repurchase agreement payables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for securities borrowed this includes any securities loaned payables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default.

(c) Includes the fair value of securities received by the Company from the counterparty. These securities are not included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless the counterparty defaults.

(d) Excludes $368 million and $221 million of derivative assets centrally cleared or otherwise not subject to netting arrangements at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Information on Company's Accounting Netting Adjustments and Items Not Offset in Consolidated Balance Sheet Liabilities But Available for Offset in Event of Default

(Dollars in Millions)	Gross Recognized Liabilities		Gross Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet(a)			Net Amounts Presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet		Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet						Net Amount
								Financial Instruments(b)			Collateral Pledged(c)
December 31, 2015
Derivative liabilities(d)	$	1,809	$	(1,283	)	$	526	$	(82	)	$	–		$	444
Repurchase agreements		1,092		–			1,092		(102	)		(990	)		–
Total	$	2,901	$	(1,283	)	$	1,618	$	(184	)	$	(990	)	$	444
December 31, 2014
Derivative liabilities(d)	$	1,847	$	(1,317	)	$	530	$	(58	)	$	–		$	472
Repurchase agreements		948		–			948		(40	)		(908	)		–
Securities loaned		47		–			47		–			(46	)		1
Total	$	2,842	$	(1,317	)	$	1,525	$	(98	)	$	(954	)	$	473

(a) Includes $641 million and $705 million of cash collateral related receivables that were netted against derivative liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(b) For derivative liabilities this includes any derivative asset fair values that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for repurchase agreements this includes any reverse repurchase agreement receivables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default; for securities loaned this includes any securities borrowed receivables that could be offset in the event of counterparty default.

(c) Includes the fair value of securities pledged by the Company to the counterparty. These securities are included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless the Company defaults.

(d) Excludes $576 million and $342 million of derivative liabilities centrally cleared or otherwise not subject to netting arrangements at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Valuation Assumption Ranges for Level 3 Available-for-Sale Investment Securities

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for Level 3 available-for-sale investment securities at December 31, 2015:

	Minimum			Maximum			Average
Residential Prime Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities(a)
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates		5	%		20	%		14	%
Lifetime probability of default rates		–			7			4
Lifetime loss severity rates		15			60			33
Discount margin		2			5			3
Residential Non-Prime Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities(b)
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates		3	%		13	%		8	%
Lifetime probability of default rates		4			12			7
Lifetime loss severity rates		20			70			52
Discount margin		1			6			3
Other Asset-Backed Securities
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates		6	%		6	%		6	%
Lifetime probability of default rates		5			5			5
Lifetime loss severity rates		40			40			40
Discount margin		6			6			6

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

Valuation Assumption Ranges for MSRs

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for MSRs at December 31, 2015:

	Minimum			Maximum			Average
Expected prepayment		10	%		19	%		11	%
Discount rate		9			13			10

Valuation Assumption Ranges for Derivative Commitments

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for the Company’s derivative commitments to purchase and originate mortgage loans at December 31, 2015:

	Minimum			Maximum			Average
Expected loan close rate		9	%		100	%		79	%
Inherent MSR value (basis points per loan)		30			196			120

Balances of Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis

The following table summarizes the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

(Dollars in Millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting			Total
December 31, 2015
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	3,708	$	888	$	–	$	–		$	4,596
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		–		50,076		–		–			50,076
Non-agency
Prime(a)		–		–		318		–			318
Non-prime(b)		–		–		240		–			240
Commercial
Agency		–		52		–		–			52
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		–		19		–		–			19
Other		–		539		2		–			541
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		–		5,316		–		–			5,316
Corporate debt securities		102		499		9		–			610
Perpetual preferred securities		48		113		–		–			161
Other investments		40		28		–		–			68
Total available-for-sale		3,898		57,530		569		–			61,997
Mortgage loans held for sale		–		3,110		–		–			3,110
Mortgage servicing rights		–		–		2,512		–			2,512
Derivative assets		–		1,632		615		(807	)		1,440
Other assets		202		589		–		–			791
Total	$	4,100	$	62,861	$	3,696	$	(807	)	$	69,850
Derivative liabilities	$	2	$	2,266	$	117	$	(1,283	)	$	1,102
Short-term borrowings(c)		122		645		–		–			767
Total	$	124	$	2,911	$	117	$	(1,283	)	$	1,869
December 31, 2014
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury and agencies	$	1,351	$	1,281	$	–	$	–		$	2,632
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential
Agency		–		45,017		–		–			45,017
Non-agency
Prime(a)		–		–		405		–			405
Non-prime(b)		–		–		280		–			280
Commercial
Agency		–		115		–		–			115
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations		–		22		–		–			22
Other		–		557		62		–			619
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		–		5,868		–		–			5,868
Obligations of foreign governments		–		6		–		–			6
Corporate debt securities		101		504		9		–			614
Perpetual preferred securities		55		162		–		–			217
Other investments		251		23		–		–			274
Total available-for-sale		1,758		53,555		756		–			56,069
Mortgage loans held for sale		–		4,774		–		–			4,774
Mortgage servicing rights		–		–		2,338		–			2,338
Derivative assets		–		1,408		660		(870	)		1,198
Other assets		231		641		–		–			872
Total	$	1,989	$	60,378	$	3,754	$	(870	)	$	65,251
Derivative liabilities	$	–	$	2,103	$	86	$	(1,317	)	$	872
Short-term borrowings(c)		101		608		–		–			709
Total	$	101	$	2,711	$	86	$	(1,317	)	$	1,581

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(c) Represents the Company’s obligation on securities sold short required to be accounted for at fair value per applicable accounting guidance.

Changes in Fair Value for All Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

The following table presents the changes in fair value for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	Beginning of Period Balance		Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income			Net Gains (Losses) Included in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Purchases		Sales			Principal Payments			Issuances			Settlements			End of Period Balance		Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at End of Period
2015
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential non-agency
Prime(a)	$	405	$	–		$	(4	)	$	–	$	–		$	(83	)	$	–		$	–		$	318	$	(4	)
Non-prime(b)		280		(1	)		(1	)		–		–			(38	)		–			–			240		(1	)
Asset-backed securities
Other		62		4			(2	)		–		(51	)		(11	)		–			–			2		–
Corporate debt securities		9		–			–			–		–			–			–			–			9		–
Total available-for-sale		756		3	(c)		(7	)(f)		–		(51	)		(132	)		–			–			569		(5	)
Mortgage servicing rights		2,338		(487	)(d)		–			29		–			–			632	(g)		–			2,512		(487	)(d)
Net derivative assets and liabilities		574		707	(e)		–			1		(13	)		–			–			(771	)		498		135	(h)
2014
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential non-agency
Prime(a)	$	478	$	–		$	15		$	–	$	–		$	(88	)	$	–		$	–		$	405	$	14
Non-prime(b)		297		(6	)		19			–		–			(30	)		–			–			280		19
Asset-backed securities
Other		63		4			–			5		–			(10	)		–			–			62		–
Corporate debt securities		9		–			–			–		–			–			–			–			9		–
Total available-for-sale		847		(2	)(i)		34	(f)		5		–			(128	)		–			–			756		33
Mortgage servicing rights		2,680		(588	)(d)		–			5		(141	)		–			382	(g)		–			2,338		(588	)(d)
Net derivative assets and liabilities		445		904	(j)		–			1		(4	)		–			–			(772	)		574		188	(k)
2013
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Residential non-agency
Prime(a)	$	624	$	(6	)	$	8		$	–	$	–		$	(148	)	$	–		$	–		$	478	$	9
Non-prime(b)		355		(13	)		17			–		(20	)		(42	)		–			–			297		17
Asset-backed securities
Other		15		3			1			51		–			(7	)		–			–			63		–
Corporate debt securities		9		–			–			–		–			–			–			–			9		–
Total available-for-sale		1,003		(16	)(l)		26	(f)		51		(20	)		(197	)		–			–			847		26
Mortgage servicing rights		1,700		203	(d)		–			8		–			–			769	(g)		–			2,680		203	(d)
Net derivative assets and liabilities		1,179		(18	)(m)		–			1		(5	)		–			–			(712	)		445		(321	)(n)

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).

(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

(c) Included in interest income.

(d) Included in mortgage banking revenue.

(e) Approximately $289 million included in other noninterest income and $418 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(f) Included in changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale.

(g) Represents MSRs capitalized during the period.

(h) Approximately $92 million included in other noninterest income and $43 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(i) Approximately $(3) million included in securities gains (losses) and $1 million included in interest income.

(j) Approximately $404 million included in other noninterest income and $500 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(k) Approximately $128 million included in other noninterest income and $60 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(l) Approximately $(14) million included in securities gains (losses) and $(2) million included in interest income.

(m) Approximately $(149) million included in other noninterest income and $131 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

(n) Approximately $(340) million included in other noninterest income and $19 million included in mortgage banking revenue.

Adjusted Carrying Values for Assets Measured at Fair Value on Nonrecurring Basis

The following table summarizes the balances as of the measurement date of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, and still held as of the reporting date as of December 31:

	2015								2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Loans(a)	$	–	$	–	$	87	$	87	$	–	$	–	$	77	$	77
Other assets(b)		–		–		66		66		–		–		90		90

(a) Represents the carrying value of loans for which adjustments were based on the fair value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.

(b) Primarily represents the fair value of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value based on an appraisal or broker price opinion of the collateral subsequent to their initial acquisition.

Losses Recognized Related to Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements of Individual Assets or Portfolios

The following table summarizes losses recognized related to nonrecurring fair value measurements of individual assets or portfolios for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014		2013
Loans(a)	$	175	$	108	$	83
Other assets(b)		42		70		96

(a) Represents write-downs of student loans held for sale based on non-binding quoted prices received for the portfolio, that were subsequently transferred to loans, and write-downs of loans which were based on the fair value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.

(b) Primarily represents related losses of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial acquisition.

Differences Between Aggregate Fair Value Carrying Amount of MLHFS for which Fair Value Option has been Elected and Aggregate Unpaid Principal Amount Contractually Obligated to Receive at Maturity

The following table summarizes the differences between the aggregate fair value carrying amount of MLHFS for which the fair value option has been elected and the aggregate unpaid principal amount that the Company is contractually obligated to receive at maturity as of December 31:

	2015							2014
(Dollars in Millions)	Fair Value Carrying Amount		Aggregate Unpaid Principal		Carrying Amount Over (Under) Unpaid Principal			Fair Value Carrying Amount		Aggregate Unpaid Principal		Carrying Amount Over (Under) Unpaid Principal
Total loans	$	3,110	$	3,032	$	78		$	4,774	$	4,582	$	192
Nonaccrual loans		5		7		(2	)		6		9		(3	)
Loans 90 days or more past due		–		–		–			1		1		–

Estimated Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, are shown in the table below:

	2015										2014
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value								Carrying Amount		Fair Value
(Dollars in Millions)			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total				Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	11,147	$	11,147	$	–	$	–	$	11,147	$	10,654	$	10,654	$	–	$	–	$	10,654
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements		169		–		169		–		169		118		–		118		–		118
Investment securities held-to-maturity		43,590		2,275		41,138		80		43,493		44,974		1,928		43,124		88		45,140
Loans held for sale(a)		74		–		–		74		74		18		–		–		18		18
Loans(b)		256,899		–		–		259,736		259,736		243,735		–		–		245,424		245,424
Other financial instruments		2,311		–		921		1,398		2,319		2,187		–		924		1,269		2,193
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		300,400		–		300,225		–		300,225		282,733		–		282,708		–		282,708
Short-term borrowings(c)		27,110		–		26,782		–		26,782		29,184		–		28,973		–		28,973
Long-term debt		32,078		–		32,412		–		32,412		32,260		–		32,659		–		32,659
Other liabilities		1,353		–		–		1,353		1,353		1,231		–		–		1,231		1,231

(a) Excludes mortgages held for sale for which the fair value option under applicable accounting guidance was elected.

(b) Excludes loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

(c) Excludes the Company’s obligation on securities sold short required to be accounted for at fair value per applicable accounting guidance.

XML

Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Contract or Notional Amounts of Unfunded Commitments to Extend Credit

The contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2015, excluding those commitments considered derivatives, were as follows:

	Term
(Dollars in Millions)	Less Than One Year		Greater Than One Year		Total
Commercial and commercial real estate loans	$	25,917	$	93,924	$	119,841
Corporate and purchasing card loans(a)		23,608		–		23,608
Residential mortgages		315		13		328
Retail credit card loans(a)		95,832		–		95,832
Other retail loans		12,951		21,141		34,092
Covered loans		–		568		568
Other		5,203		94		5,297

(a) Primarily cancelable at the Company’s discretion.

Future Minimum Payments Under Capital Leases and Noncancelable Operating Leases

Future minimum payments, net of sublease rentals, under capitalized leases and noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, consisted of the following at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)	Capitalized Leases		Operating Leases
2016	$	14	$	265
2017		13		242
2018		13		203
2019		11		166
2020		10		126
Thereafter		42		471
Total minimum lease payments		103	$	1,473
Less amount representing interest		35
Present value of net minimum lease payments	$	68

Summary of Other Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities

The following table is a summary of other guarantees and contingent liabilities of the Company at December 31, 2015:

(Dollars in Millions)	Collateral Held		Carrying Amount		Maximum Potential Future Payments
Standby letters of credit	$	–	$	57	$	13,020
Third party borrowing arrangements		–		–		8
Securities lending indemnifications		4,387		–		4,246
Asset sales		–		119		5,089
Merchant processing		409		61		94,995
Contingent consideration arrangements		–		2		2
Tender option bond program guarantee		2,254		–		2,183
Minimum revenue guarantees		–		2		12
Other		–		–		792

Contract or Notional Amount of Letters of Credit

The contract or notional amount of letters of credit at December 31, 2015, were as follows:

	Term
(Dollars in Millions)	Less Than One Year		Greater Than One Year		Total
Standby	$	5,701	$	7,319	$	13,020
Commercial		218		48		266

XML

U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2015

Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Only Disclosure [Abstract]

Condensed Statement of Financial Position of Parent Company Only

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

At December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015		2014
Assets
Due from banks, principally interest-bearing	$	9,426	$	10,775
Available-for-sale securities		352		464
Investments in bank subsidiaries		41,708		39,599
Investments in nonbank subsidiaries		2,060		1,906
Advances to bank subsidiaries		3,150		2,650
Advances to nonbank subsidiaries		823		550
Other assets		983		1,762
Total assets	$	58,502	$	57,706
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Short-term funds borrowed	$	25	$	177
Long-term debt		11,453		13,189
Other liabilities		893		861
Shareholders’ equity		46,131		43,479
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	58,502	$	57,706

Condensed Income Statement of Parent Company Only

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Income
Dividends from bank subsidiaries	$	3,900		$	3,850		$	6,100
Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries		3			38			9
Interest from subsidiaries		120			123			118
Other income		55			64			66
Total income		4,078			4,075			6,293
Expense
Interest expense		292			335			325
Other expense		105			90			81
Total expense		397			425			406
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		3,681			3,650			5,887
Applicable income taxes		(207	)		(94	)		(88	)
Income of parent company		3,888			3,744			5,975
Equity in undistributed income (losses) of subsidiaries		1,991			2,107			(139	)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows of Parent Company Only

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)	2015			2014			2013
Operating Activities
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$	5,879		$	5,851		$	5,836
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Equity in undistributed (income) losses of subsidiaries		(1,991	)		(2,107	)		139
Other, net		507			48			(40	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		4,395			3,792			5,935
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment securities		153			46			75
Purchases of investment securities		(47	)		(39	)		(118	)
Net (increase) decrease in short-term advances to subsidiaries		(273	)		984			4,543
Long-term advances to subsidiaries		(500	)		(1,800	)		(750	)
Principal collected on long-term advances to subsidiaries		–			1,400			–
Other, net		(6	)		(52	)		3
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(673	)		539			3,753
Financing Activities
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings		(152	)		39			4
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		–			3,250			1,500
Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt		(1,750	)		(1,500	)		(2,850	)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		745			–			487
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		295			453			524
Redemption of preferred stock		–			–			(500	)
Repurchase of common stock		(2,190	)		(2,200	)		(2,282	)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock		(242	)		(243	)		(254	)
Cash dividends paid on common stock		(1,777	)		(1,726	)		(1,576	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(5,071	)		(1,927	)		(4,947	)
Change in cash and due from banks		(1,349	)		2,404			4,741
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year		10,775			8,371			3,630
Cash and due from banks at end of year	$	9,426		$	10,775		$	8,371

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Commercial Loans by Industry Group and Geography Excluding Covered Loans (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 88,402	$ 80,377
Commercial, percentage	100.00%	100.00%
California [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 11,253	$ 9,961
Commercial, percentage	12.70%	12.40%
Colorado [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 3,930	$ 3,528
Commercial, percentage	4.50%	4.40%
Illinois [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 4,636	$ 4,108
Commercial, percentage	5.30%	5.10%
Minnesota [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 7,166	$ 6,316
Commercial, percentage	8.10%	7.90%
Missouri [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 3,309	$ 2,832
Commercial, percentage	3.80%	3.50%
Ohio [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 4,063	$ 3,534
Commercial, percentage	4.60%	4.40%
Oregon [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 1,938	$ 2,130
Commercial, percentage	2.20%	2.60%
Washington [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 3,219	$ 3,237
Commercial, percentage	3.60%	4.00%
Wisconsin [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 2,936	$ 3,090
Commercial, percentage	3.30%	3.80%
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 4,543	$ 4,400
Commercial, percentage	5.10%	5.50%
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 5,106	$ 4,949
Commercial, percentage	5.80%	6.20%
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 1,427	$ 1,475
Commercial, percentage	1.60%	1.80%
Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 3,280	$ 2,951
Commercial, percentage	3.70%	3.70%
Total Banking Region [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 56,806	$ 52,511
Commercial, percentage	64.30%	65.30%
Florida, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 15,819	$ 14,036
Commercial, percentage	17.90%	17.50%
All Other States [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 15,777	$ 13,830
Commercial, percentage	17.80%	17.20%
Total Outside Company's Banking Region [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 31,596	$ 27,866
Commercial, percentage	35.70%	34.70%
Manufacturing [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 13,404	$ 12,261
Commercial, percentage	15.20%	15.30%
Real Estate, Rental and Leasing [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 9,514	$ 7,779
Commercial, percentage	10.80%	9.70%
Finance and Insurance [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 8,288	$ 7,799
Commercial, percentage	9.40%	9.70%
Wholesale Trade [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 8,069	$ 7,350
Commercial, percentage	9.10%	9.10%
Retail Trade [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 6,846	$ 6,428
Commercial, percentage	7.70%	8.00%
Healthcare and Social Assistance [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 5,802	$ 5,280
Commercial, percentage	6.60%	6.60%
Public Administration [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 4,190	$ 4,033
Commercial, percentage	4.70%	5.00%
Information [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 3,542	$ 2,702
Commercial, percentage	4.00%	3.40%
Professional, Scientific and Technical Services [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 3,493	$ 3,121
Commercial, percentage	4.00%	3.90%
Transport and Storage [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 3,262	$ 2,941
Commercial, percentage	3.70%	3.70%
Educational Services [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 2,791	$ 2,286
Commercial, percentage	3.20%	2.80%
Arts, Entertainment and Recreation [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 2,772	$ 2,493
Commercial, percentage	3.10%	3.10%
Mining [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 2,208	$ 2,604
Commercial, percentage	2.50%	3.20%
Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing and Hunting [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 1,721	$ 1,642
Commercial, percentage	1.90%	2.00%
Other Services [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 1,703	$ 1,449
Commercial, percentage	1.90%	1.80%
Utilities [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 1,435	$ 1,404
Commercial, percentage	1.60%	1.70%
Other [Member]
Loans by Industry Group and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial	$ 9,362	$ 8,805
Commercial, percentage	10.60%	11.00%

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Commercial Real Estate Loans by Property Type and Geography Excluding Covered Loans (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 42,137	$ 42,795
Commercial real estate, percentage	100.00%	100.00%
California [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 10,456	$ 10,545
Commercial real estate, percentage	24.80%	24.60%
Colorado [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 2,004	$ 1,955
Commercial real estate, percentage	4.80%	4.60%
Illinois [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 1,810	$ 2,153
Commercial real estate, percentage	4.30%	5.00%
Minnesota [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 2,022	$ 2,031
Commercial real estate, percentage	4.80%	4.70%
Missouri [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 1,382	$ 1,453
Commercial real estate, percentage	3.30%	3.40%
Ohio [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 1,260	$ 1,391
Commercial real estate, percentage	3.00%	3.30%
Oregon [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 1,988	$ 2,012
Commercial real estate, percentage	4.70%	4.70%
Washington [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 3,422	$ 3,501
Commercial real estate, percentage	8.10%	8.20%
Wisconsin [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 2,323	$ 2,293
Commercial real estate, percentage	5.50%	5.40%
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 2,227	$ 2,202
Commercial real estate, percentage	5.30%	5.10%
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 1,708	$ 1,764
Commercial real estate, percentage	4.10%	4.10%
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 1,275	$ 1,319
Commercial real estate, percentage	3.00%	3.10%
Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 3,259	$ 3,383
Commercial real estate, percentage	7.70%	7.90%
Total Banking Region [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 35,136	$ 36,002
Commercial real estate, percentage	83.40%	84.10%
Florida, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 3,793	$ 3,656
Commercial real estate, percentage	9.00%	8.60%
All Other States [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 3,208	$ 3,137
Commercial real estate, percentage	7.60%	7.30%
Total Outside Company's Banking Region [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 7,001	$ 6,793
Commercial real estate, percentage	16.60%	15.90%
Business Owner Occupied [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 11,186	$ 11,535
Commercial real estate, percentage	26.60%	26.90%
Industrial Commercial Property [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 1,530	$ 1,582
Commercial real estate, percentage	3.60%	3.70%
Office Commercial Property [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 5,480	$ 5,680
Commercial real estate, percentage	13.00%	13.30%
Retail Commercial Property [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 4,944	$ 4,896
Commercial real estate, percentage	11.70%	11.40%
Other Commercial Property [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 4,165	$ 4,670
Commercial real estate, percentage	9.90%	10.90%
Multi-Family [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 8,833	$ 8,548
Commercial real estate, percentage	21.00%	20.00%
Hotel/Motel [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 3,428	$ 3,624
Commercial real estate, percentage	8.10%	8.50%
Residential Homebuilders [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 2,319	$ 1,996
Commercial real estate, percentage	5.50%	4.70%
Healthcare Facilities [Member]
Loans by Property Type and Geography [Line Items]
Commercial real estate	$ 252	$ 264
Commercial real estate, percentage	0.60%	0.60%

XML

Investment Securities - Investment Securities (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Contractual Maturities of Investment Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, total, amortized cost		$ 61,817	$ 55,432
Available-for-sale securities, total, fair value	[1]	$ 61,997	$ 56,069
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average yield		2.21%	2.32%
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		4 years 8 months 12 days	4 years 3 months 18 days
Held-to-maturity securities, total, amortized cost	[1]	$ 43,590	$ 44,974
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		4 years 2 months 12 days	4 years
Held-to-maturity securities, total, fair value		$ 43,493	$ 45,140
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average yield		1.92%	1.92%
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities		$ 105,407	$ 100,406
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities, Percentage		100.00%	100.00%
U.S. Treasury and Agencies [Member]
Contractual Maturities of Investment Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, amortized cost		$ 476
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, amortized cost		1,387
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, amortized cost		2,747
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, amortized cost		1
Available-for-sale securities, total, amortized cost		4,611	$ 2,622
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, fair value		477
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, fair value		1,393
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, fair value		2,725
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, fair value		1
Available-for-sale securities, total, fair value		$ 4,596	2,632
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average yield		2.38%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average maturity in years		4 months 24 days
Available for sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average yield		1.38%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average maturity in years		2 years 6 months
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average yield		2.05%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		6 years 9 months 18 days
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average yield		4.15%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		11 years 8 months 12 days
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average yield		1.88%
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		4 years 9 months 18 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, amortized cost		$ 1,097
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average maturity in years		2 years 8 months 12 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, amortized cost		$ 1,828
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		6 years 10 months 24 days
Held-to-maturity securities, total, amortized cost		$ 2,925	2,717
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		5 years 3 months 18 days
Held to maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, fair value		$ 1,103
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, fair value		1,816
Held-to-maturity securities, total, fair value		$ 2,919	2,714
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average yield		1.42%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average yield		2.14%
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average yield		1.87%
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities		$ 7,536	$ 5,339
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities, Percentage		7.20%	5.30%
Mortgage-Backed Securities [Member]
Contractual Maturities of Investment Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, amortized cost		$ 360
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, amortized cost		32,988
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, amortized cost		16,468
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, amortized cost		829
Available-for-sale securities, total, amortized cost		50,645
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, fair value		363
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, fair value		33,030
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, fair value		16,466
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, fair value		827
Available-for-sale securities, total, fair value		$ 50,686
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average yield		2.25%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average maturity in years		7 months 6 days
Available for sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average yield		1.92%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average maturity in years		4 years 1 month 6 days
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average yield		1.44%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		5 years 8 months 12 days
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average yield		1.41%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		12 years 3 months 18 days
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average yield		1.76%
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		4 years 8 months 12 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, amortized cost		$ 210
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average maturity in years		8 months 12 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, amortized cost		$ 31,258
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average maturity in years		3 years 8 months 12 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, amortized cost		$ 8,933
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		5 years 6 months
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, amortized cost		$ 219
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		11 years 8 months 12 days
Held-to-maturity securities, total, amortized cost		$ 40,620
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		4 years 2 months 12 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, fair value		$ 210
Held to maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, fair value		31,130
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, fair value		8,962
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, fair value		220
Held-to-maturity securities, total, fair value		$ 40,522
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average yield		2.08%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average yield		2.07%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average yield		1.44%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average yield		1.36%
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average yield		1.92%
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities		$ 91,265	$ 87,645
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities, Percentage		86.60%	87.30%
Asset-Backed Securities [Member]
Contractual Maturities of Investment Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, amortized cost		$ 194
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, amortized cost		354
Available-for-sale securities, total, amortized cost		548
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, fair value		199
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, fair value		361
Available-for-sale securities, total, fair value		$ 560
Available for sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average yield		3.27%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average maturity in years		3 years 4 months 24 days
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average yield		2.75%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		5 years 10 months 24 days
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average yield		2.94%
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		5 years
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average maturity in years		1 month 6 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, amortized cost		$ 6
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average maturity in years		3 years 4 months 24 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, amortized cost		$ 3
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		6 years 3 months 18 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, amortized cost		$ 1
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		11 years 9 months 18 days
Held-to-maturity securities, total, amortized cost		$ 10
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		5 years 2 months 12 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, fair value		$ 1
Held to maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, fair value		8
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, fair value		3
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, fair value		7
Held-to-maturity securities, total, fair value		$ 19
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average yield		1.01%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average yield		1.05%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average yield		1.17%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average yield		1.18%
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average yield		1.10%
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities		$ 558	$ 638
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities, Percentage		0.50%	0.60%
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions [Member]
Contractual Maturities of Investment Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, amortized cost		$ 2,175
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, amortized cost		1,976
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, amortized cost		881
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, amortized cost		117
Available-for-sale securities, total, amortized cost		5,149	$ 5,604
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, fair value		2,216
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, fair value		2,072
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, fair value		902
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, fair value		126
Available-for-sale securities, total, fair value		$ 5,316	5,868
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average yield		7.04%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average maturity in years		6 months
Available for sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average yield		6.87%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average maturity in years		1 year 9 months 18 days
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average yield		5.52%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		7 years 4 months 24 days
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average yield		7.15%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		14 years 6 months
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average yield		6.72%
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		2 years 6 months
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average maturity in years		6 months
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, amortized cost		$ 1
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average maturity in years		2 years 7 months 6 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, amortized cost		$ 3
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		8 years 10 months 24 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, amortized cost		$ 4
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		10 years 6 months
Held-to-maturity securities, total, amortized cost		$ 8	9
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		9 years 1 month 6 days
Held to maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, fair value		$ 1
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, fair value		3
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, fair value		4
Held-to-maturity securities, total, fair value		$ 8	9
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average yield		11.31%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average yield		8.03%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after five years through ten years, weighted-average yield		3.94%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average yield		2.32%
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average yield		3.49%
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities		$ 5,157	$ 5,613
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities, Percentage		4.90%	5.60%
Other Debt Securities and Obligations of Foreign Governments [Member]
Contractual Maturities of Investment Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, amortized cost		$ 677
Available-for-sale securities, total, amortized cost		677
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, fair value		610
Available-for-sale securities, total, fair value		$ 610
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average yield		2.61%
Available-for-sale securities, maturing after ten years, weighted-average maturity in years		17 years 7 months 6 days
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average yield		2.61%
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		17 years 7 months 6 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, amortized cost		$ 1
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average maturity in years		7 months 6 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, amortized cost		$ 26
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average maturity in years		3 years 9 months 18 days
Held-to-maturity securities, total, amortized cost		$ 27
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		3 years 7 months 6 days
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, fair value		$ 1
Held to maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, fair value		24
Held-to-maturity securities, total, fair value		$ 25
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing in one year or less, weighted-average yield		1.64%
Held-to-maturity securities, maturing after one year through five years, weighted-average yield		1.27%
Held-to-maturity securities, total, weighted-average yield		1.28%
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities		$ 891	$ 1,171
Amortized Cost of Investment Securities, Percentage		0.80%	1.20%
Other Investments Including Perpetual Preferred Securities [Member]
Contractual Maturities of Investment Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, total, amortized cost		$ 187
Available-for-sale securities, total, fair value		$ 229
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average yield		4.59%
Available-for-sale securities, total, weighted-average maturity in years		22 years 10 months 24 days

[1] Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

XML

Investment Securities - Investment Securities (Parenthetical) (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Contractual Maturities of Investment Securities [Abstract]
Federal statutory rate	35.00%
Weighted-average maturity of available-for-sale investment securities	4 years 8 months 12 days	4 years 3 months 18 days
Weighted-average yield of available-for-sale investment securities	2.21%	2.32%
Weighted-average maturity of held-to-maturity investment securities	4 years 2 months 12 days	4 years
Weighted-average yield of held-to-maturity investment securities	1.92%	1.92%

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Nonperforming Assets (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Nonperforming Assets [Line Items]
Total commercial	$ 88,402	$ 80,377
Total commercial real estate	42,137	42,795
Residential Mortgages	53,496	51,619
Credit card	21,012	18,515
Total other retail	51,206	49,264
Total nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans	256,253	242,570
Covered loans	4,596	5,281
Total nonperforming loans	260,849	247,851
Covered Other Real Estate	1,064	1,212
Total nonperforming assets	1,523	1,808
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due	831	945
Nonperforming Assets [Member]
Nonperforming Assets [Line Items]
Commercial	160	99	$ 122	$ 107	$ 280
Lease financing	14	13	12	16	32
Total commercial	174	112	134	123	312
Commercial mortgages	92	175	182	308	354
Construction and development	35	84	121	238	545
Total commercial real estate	127	259	303	546	899
Residential Mortgages	712	864	770	661	650
Credit card	9	30	78	146	224
Retail leasing	3	1	1	1
Home equity and second mortgages	136	170	167	189	40
Other	23	16	23	27	27
Total other retail	162	187	191	217	67
Total nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans	1,184	1,452	1,476	1,693	2,152
Covered loans	8	14	127	386	926
Total nonperforming loans	1,192	1,466	1,603	2,079	3,078
Other Real Estate	280	288	327	381	404
Covered Other Real Estate	32	37	97	197	274
Other Assets	19	17	10	14	18
Total nonperforming assets	1,523	1,808	2,037	2,671	3,774
Total nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets	1,483	1,757	1,813	2,088	2,574
Nonperforming Assets Excluding Covered Assets [Member] | Nonperforming Assets [Member]
Nonperforming Assets [Line Items]
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due	$ 541	$ 550	$ 713	$ 660	$ 843
Nonperforming loans to total loans	0.46%	0.60%	0.65%	0.80%	1.10%
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate	0.58%	0.72%	0.80%	0.98%	1.32%
Nonperforming Assets Including Covered Assets [Member] | Nonperforming Assets [Member]
Nonperforming Assets [Line Items]
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due	$ 831	$ 945	$ 1,189	$ 1,323	$ 1,753
Nonperforming loans to total loans	0.46%	0.59%	0.68%	0.93%	1.47%
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate	0.58%	0.73%	0.86%	1.19%	1.79%

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Change in Nonperforming Assets (Detail) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Nonperforming Assets [Line Items]
Balance December 31, 2014	$ 1,808
Additions to nonperforming assets
New nonaccrual loans and foreclosed properties	918
Advances on loans	54
Total additions	972
Reductions in nonperforming assets
Paydowns, payoffs	(554)
Net sales	(207)
Return to performing status	(178)
Charge-offs	(318)
Total reductions	(1,257)
Net additions to (reductions in) nonperforming assets	(285)
Balance December 31, 2015	1,523
Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans [Member]
Nonperforming Assets [Line Items]
Balance December 31, 2014	431
Additions to nonperforming assets
New nonaccrual loans and foreclosed properties	394
Advances on loans	54
Total additions	448
Reductions in nonperforming assets
Paydowns, payoffs	(271)
Net sales	(53)
Return to performing status	(6)
Charge-offs	(213)
Total reductions	(543)
Net additions to (reductions in) nonperforming assets	(95)
Balance December 31, 2015	336
Residential Mortgages, Credit Card and Other Retail [Member]
Nonperforming Assets [Line Items]
Balance December 31, 2014	1,326
Additions to nonperforming assets
New nonaccrual loans and foreclosed properties	500
Total additions	500
Reductions in nonperforming assets
Paydowns, payoffs	(275)
Net sales	(129)
Return to performing status	(171)
Charge-offs	(104)
Total reductions	(679)
Net additions to (reductions in) nonperforming assets	(179)
Balance December 31, 2015	1,147
Covered Assets [Member]
Nonperforming Assets [Line Items]
Balance December 31, 2014	51
Additions to nonperforming assets
New nonaccrual loans and foreclosed properties	24
Total additions	24
Reductions in nonperforming assets
Paydowns, payoffs	(8)
Net sales	(25)
Return to performing status	(1)
Charge-offs	(1)
Total reductions	(35)
Net additions to (reductions in) nonperforming assets	(11)
Balance December 31, 2015	$ 40

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Change in Nonperforming Assets (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Receivables [Abstract]
Period of accruing loans excluded from nonperforming assets and related ratios	90 days	90 days	90 days	90 days	90 days
GNMA loans that are 90 days past due and continue to accrue interest	$ 2,900	$ 3,100	$ 3,700	$ 3,200	$ 2,600
Foreclosed GNMA loans that continue to accrue interest and excluded from nonperforming assets	$ 535	$ 641	$ 527	$ 548	$ 692

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Regulatory Capital Ratios (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets - Minimum capital ratio requirement	4.50%	4.00%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets - Minimum capital ratio requirement	6.00%	5.50%
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets - Minimum capital ratio requirement	8.00%	8.00%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio) - Minimum capital ratio requirement	4.00%	4.00%
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets - Well capitalized ratio requirement	6.50%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets - Well capitalized ratio requirement	8.00%	6.00%
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets - Well capitalized ratio requirement	10.00%	10.00%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio) - Well capitalized ratio requirement	5.00%	5.00%
Basel III Transitional Standardized Approach: [Member]
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Tier 1 capital	$ 38,431	$ 36,020
Total risk-based capital	45,313	43,208
Risk-weighted assets	341,360	317,398
Basel III transitional advanced approaches: [Member]
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Tier 1 capital	38,431	36,020
Total risk-based capital	42,262	40,475
Risk-weighted assets	261,668	248,596
U.S. Bancorp [Member] | Basel III Transitional Standardized Approach: [Member]
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Common equity tier 1 capital	32,612	30,856
Tier 1 capital	38,431	36,020
Total risk-based capital	45,313	43,208
Risk-weighted assets	$ 341,360	$ 317,398
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	9.60%	9.70%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	11.30%	11.30%
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	13.30%	13.60%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)	9.50%	9.30%
U.S. Bancorp [Member] | Basel III transitional advanced approaches: [Member]
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Common equity tier 1 capital	$ 32,612	$ 30,856
Tier 1 capital	38,431	36,020
Total risk-based capital	42,262	40,475
Risk-weighted assets	$ 261,668	$ 248,596
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	12.50%	12.40%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	14.70%	14.50%
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	16.20%	16.30%
U.S. Bank National Association [Member] | Basel III Transitional Standardized Approach: [Member]
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Common equity tier 1 capital	$ 33,831	$ 32,381
Tier 1 capital	34,148	32,789
Total risk-based capital	41,112	40,008
Risk-weighted assets	$ 336,938	$ 313,261
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	10.00%	10.30%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	10.10%	10.50%
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	12.20%	12.80%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)	8.50%	8.60%
U.S. Bank National Association [Member] | Basel III transitional advanced approaches: [Member]
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Common equity tier 1 capital	$ 33,831	$ 32,381
Tier 1 capital	34,148	32,789
Total risk-based capital	38,090	37,299
Risk-weighted assets	$ 258,207	$ 245,007
Common equity tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	13.10%	13.20%
Tier 1 capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	13.20%	13.40%
Total risk-based capital as a percent of risk-weighted assets	14.80%	15.20%

XML

Significant Accounting Policies - Line of Business Financial Performance (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)	$ 11,214	$ 10,997
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis), Percent change	2.00%
Noninterest income	$ 9,092	9,161
Noninterest income, Percent change	(0.80%)
Securities gains (losses), net		3	$ 9
Securities gains (losses), net, Percent change	0.00%
Total net revenue	$ 20,306	20,161
Total net revenue, Percent change	0.70%
Noninterest expense, Percent change	2.30%
Other intangibles, Percent change	(12.60%)
Total noninterest expense, Percent change	2.00%
Income before provision and income taxes, Percent change	(0.80%)
Provision for credit losses, Percent change	(7.90%)
Income before income taxes, Percent change	0.30%
Net income, Percent change	0.40%
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests, Percent change	5.30%
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp, Percent change	0.50%
Noninterest expense	$ 10,757	10,516
Other intangibles	174	199	223
Total noninterest expense	10,931	10,715	10,274
Income before provision and income taxes	9,375	9,446
Provision for credit losses	1,132	1,229	1,340
Income before income taxes	8,243	8,217
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment	2,310	2,309
Net income	5,933	5,908	5,732
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	(54)	(57)	104
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	5,879	5,851	$ 5,836
Average Balance Sheet
Commercial	$ 84,083	75,734
Commercial, Percent change	11.00%
Commercial real estate	$ 42,415	40,592
Commercial real estate, Percent change	4.50%
Residential mortgages	$ 51,840	51,818
Credit card	$ 18,057	17,635
Credit card, Percent change	2.40%
Other retail	$ 49,079	48,353
Other retail, Percent change	1.50%
Total loans, excluding covered loans	$ 245,474	234,132
Total loans, excluding covered loans, Percent change	4.80%
Covered loans	$ 4,985	7,560
Covered loans, Percent change	(34.10%)
Total loans	$ 250,459	241,692
Total loans, Percent change	3.60%
Goodwill, Percent change	0.60%
Other intangible assets, Percent change	(5.60%)
Assets, Percent change	7.60%
Noninterest-bearing deposits, Percent change	7.80%
Interest checking, Percent change	5.10%
Savings products, Percent change	18.60%
Time deposits, Percent change	(14.90%)
Total deposits, Percent change	7.70%
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity, Percent change	4.60%
Goodwill	$ 9,370	9,312
Other intangible assets	3,151	3,338
Assets	408,865	380,004
Noninterest-bearing deposits	79,203	73,455
Interest checking	55,974	53,248
Savings products	116,416	98,173
Time deposits	35,558	41,764
Total deposits	287,151	266,640
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity	44,813	42,837
Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)	$ 2,034	2,030
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis), Percent change	0.20%
Noninterest income	$ 890	965
Noninterest income, Percent change	(7.80%)
Securities gains (losses), net, Percent change	0.00%
Total net revenue	$ 2,924	2,995
Total net revenue, Percent change	(2.40%)
Noninterest expense, Percent change	5.80%
Total noninterest expense, Percent change	5.80%
Income before provision and income taxes, Percent change	(8.00%)
Income before income taxes, Percent change	(19.00%)
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment, Percent change	(18.90%)
Net income, Percent change	(19.00%)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp, Percent change	(19.00%)
Noninterest expense	$ 1,295	1,224
Other intangibles	4	4
Total noninterest expense	1,299	1,228
Income before provision and income taxes	1,625	1,767
Provision for credit losses	235	51
Income before income taxes	1,390	1,716
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment	506	624
Net income	884	1,092
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	884	1,092
Average Balance Sheet
Commercial	$ 64,369	57,864
Commercial, Percent change	11.20%
Commercial real estate	$ 19,415	18,452
Commercial real estate, Percent change	5.20%
Residential mortgages	$ 8	12
Residential mortgages, Percent change	(33.30%)
Other retail	$ 2	4
Other retail, Percent change	(50.00%)
Total loans, excluding covered loans	$ 83,794	76,332
Total loans, excluding covered loans, Percent change	9.80%
Covered loans		190
Total loans	$ 83,794	76,522
Total loans, Percent change	9.50%
Goodwill, Percent change	1.20%
Other intangible assets, Percent change	(4.80%)
Assets, Percent change	10.00%
Noninterest-bearing deposits, Percent change	11.50%
Interest checking, Percent change	(29.60%)
Savings products, Percent change	53.10%
Time deposits, Percent change	(17.20%)
Total deposits, Percent change	9.10%
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity, Percent change	9.00%
Goodwill	$ 1,647	1,627
Other intangible assets	20	21
Assets	92,205	83,787
Noninterest-bearing deposits	36,018	32,302
Interest checking	7,436	10,557
Savings products	28,047	18,321
Time deposits	15,025	18,140
Total deposits	86,526	79,320
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity	8,251	7,568
Consumer and Small Business Banking [Member]
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)	$ 4,617	4,717
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis), Percent change	(2.10%)
Noninterest income	$ 2,497	2,601
Noninterest income, Percent change	(4.00%)
Securities gains (losses), net, Percent change	0.00%
Total net revenue	$ 7,114	7,318
Total net revenue, Percent change	(2.80%)
Noninterest expense, Percent change	5.80%
Total noninterest expense, Percent change	5.80%
Income before provision and income taxes, Percent change	(17.20%)
Provision for credit losses, Percent change	(67.70%)
Income before income taxes, Percent change	(8.70%)
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment, Percent change	(8.80%)
Net income, Percent change	(8.70%)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp, Percent change	(8.70%)
Noninterest expense	$ 4,818	4,552
Other intangibles	40	40
Total noninterest expense	4,858	4,592
Income before provision and income taxes	2,256	2,726
Provision for credit losses	127	393
Income before income taxes	2,129	2,333
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment	775	850
Net income	1,354	1,483
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	1,354	1,483
Average Balance Sheet
Commercial	$ 10,051	9,070
Commercial, Percent change	10.80%
Commercial real estate	$ 19,006	18,825
Commercial real estate, Percent change	1.00%
Residential mortgages	$ 50,007	50,405
Residential mortgages, Percent change	(0.80%)
Other retail	$ 46,964	46,220
Other retail, Percent change	1.60%
Total loans, excluding covered loans	$ 126,028	124,520
Total loans, excluding covered loans, Percent change	1.20%
Covered loans	$ 4,934	5,780
Covered loans, Percent change	(14.60%)
Total loans	$ 130,962	130,300
Total loans, Percent change	0.50%
Goodwill, Percent change	2.20%
Other intangible assets, Percent change	(3.00%)
Assets, Percent change	2.60%
Noninterest-bearing deposits, Percent change	10.10%
Interest checking, Percent change	10.30%
Savings products, Percent change	7.70%
Time deposits, Percent change	(11.80%)
Total deposits, Percent change	6.10%
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity, Percent change	(4.60%)
Goodwill	$ 3,682	3,603
Other intangible assets	2,594	2,674
Assets	147,832	144,137
Noninterest-bearing deposits	26,137	23,743
Interest checking	39,957	36,222
Savings products	53,813	49,974
Time deposits	15,829	17,951
Total deposits	135,736	127,890
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity	10,953	11,484
Wealth Management and Securities Services [Member]
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)	$ 386	383
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis), Percent change	0.80%
Noninterest income	$ 1,466	1,396
Noninterest income, Percent change	5.00%
Securities gains (losses), net, Percent change	0.00%
Total net revenue	$ 1,852	1,779
Total net revenue, Percent change	4.10%
Noninterest expense, Percent change	5.70%
Other intangibles, Percent change	(15.20%)
Total noninterest expense, Percent change	5.20%
Income before provision and income taxes, Percent change	0.20%
Income before income taxes, Percent change	2.50%
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment, Percent change	2.80%
Net income, Percent change	2.40%
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp, Percent change	2.40%
Noninterest expense	$ 1,420	1,343
Other intangibles	28	33
Total noninterest expense	1,448	1,376
Income before provision and income taxes	404	403
Provision for credit losses		9
Income before income taxes	404	394
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment	147	143
Net income	257	251
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	257	251
Average Balance Sheet
Commercial	$ 2,321	1,964
Commercial, Percent change	18.20%
Commercial real estate	$ 571	602
Commercial real estate, Percent change	(5.10%)
Residential mortgages	$ 1,816	1,392
Residential mortgages, Percent change	30.50%
Other retail	$ 1,517	1,457
Other retail, Percent change	4.10%
Total loans, excluding covered loans	$ 6,225	5,415
Total loans, excluding covered loans, Percent change	15.00%
Covered loans	$ 1	5
Covered loans, Percent change	(80.00%)
Total loans	$ 6,226	5,420
Total loans, Percent change	14.90%
Goodwill, Percent change	(0.10%)
Other intangible assets, Percent change	(20.80%)
Assets, Percent change	8.00%
Noninterest-bearing deposits, Percent change	(4.50%)
Interest checking, Percent change	35.20%
Savings products, Percent change	15.70%
Time deposits, Percent change	(14.30%)
Total deposits, Percent change	10.00%
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity, Percent change	1.10%
Goodwill	$ 1,567	1,568
Other intangible assets	126	159
Assets	9,178	8,500
Noninterest-bearing deposits	14,469	15,157
Interest checking	7,944	5,877
Savings products	33,984	29,361
Time deposits	3,344	3,901
Total deposits	59,741	54,296
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity	2,308	2,284
Payment Services [Member]
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)	$ 1,930	1,749
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis), Percent change	10.30%
Noninterest income	$ 3,371	3,292
Noninterest income, Percent change	2.40%
Securities gains (losses), net, Percent change	0.00%
Total net revenue	$ 5,301	5,041
Total net revenue, Percent change	5.20%
Noninterest expense, Percent change	10.00%
Other intangibles, Percent change	(16.40%)
Total noninterest expense, Percent change	8.60%
Income before provision and income taxes, Percent change	1.90%
Provision for credit losses, Percent change	2.70%
Income before income taxes, Percent change	1.60%
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment, Percent change	1.60%
Net income, Percent change	1.50%
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests, Percent change	11.40%
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp, Percent change	1.90%
Noninterest expense	$ 2,540	2,310
Other intangibles	102	122
Total noninterest expense	2,642	2,432
Income before provision and income taxes	2,659	2,609
Provision for credit losses	787	766
Income before income taxes	1,872	1,843
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment	681	670
Net income	1,191	1,173
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	(31)	(35)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	1,160	1,138
Average Balance Sheet
Commercial	$ 7,059	6,542
Commercial, Percent change	7.90%
Credit card	$ 18,057	17,635
Credit card, Percent change	2.40%
Other retail	$ 596	672
Other retail, Percent change	(11.30%)
Total loans, excluding covered loans	$ 25,712	24,849
Total loans, excluding covered loans, Percent change	3.50%
Covered loans		5
Total loans	$ 25,712	24,854
Total loans, Percent change	3.50%
Goodwill, Percent change	(1.60%)
Other intangible assets, Percent change	(15.10%)
Assets, Percent change	2.20%
Noninterest-bearing deposits, Percent change	18.80%
Interest checking, Percent change	9.00%
Savings products, Percent change	16.70%
Total deposits, Percent change	14.70%
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity, Percent change	3.00%
Goodwill	$ 2,474	2,514
Other intangible assets	411	484
Assets	31,796	31,097
Noninterest-bearing deposits	879	740
Interest checking	605	555
Savings products	91	78
Total deposits	1,575	1,373
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity	5,868	5,697
Treasury and Corporate Support [Member]
Condensed Income Statement
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)	$ 2,247	2,118
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis), Percent change	6.10%
Noninterest income	$ 868	907
Noninterest income, Percent change	(4.30%)
Securities gains (losses), net		3
Securities gains (losses), net, Percent change	0.00%
Total net revenue	$ 3,115	3,028
Total net revenue, Percent change	2.90%
Noninterest expense, Percent change	(37.10%)
Total noninterest expense, Percent change	(37.10%)
Income before provision and income taxes, Percent change	25.20%
Income before income taxes, Percent change	26.80%
Net income, Percent change	17.70%
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests, Percent change	(4.50%)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp, Percent change	17.90%
Noninterest expense	$ 684	1,087
Total noninterest expense	684	1,087
Income before provision and income taxes	2,431	1,941
Provision for credit losses	(17)	10
Income before income taxes	2,448	1,931
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment	201	22
Net income	2,247	1,909
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	(23)	(22)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	2,224	1,887
Average Balance Sheet
Commercial	$ 283	294
Commercial, Percent change	(3.70%)
Commercial real estate	$ 3,423	2,713
Commercial real estate, Percent change	26.20%
Residential mortgages	$ 9	9
Total loans, excluding covered loans	$ 3,715	3,016
Total loans, excluding covered loans, Percent change	23.20%
Covered loans	$ 50	1,580
Covered loans, Percent change	(96.80%)
Total loans	$ 3,765	4,596
Total loans, Percent change	(18.10%)
Assets, Percent change	13.70%
Noninterest-bearing deposits, Percent change	12.40%
Interest checking, Percent change	(13.50%)
Savings products, Percent change	9.60%
Time deposits, Percent change	(23.30%)
Total deposits, Percent change	(5.00%)
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity, Percent change	10.30%
Assets	$ 127,854	112,483
Noninterest-bearing deposits	1,700	1,513
Interest checking	32	37
Savings products	481	439
Time deposits	1,360	1,772
Total deposits	3,573	3,761
Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders' equity	$ 17,433	$ 15,804

XML

Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($) SecurityLoan Segment Business
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Number of reportable operating segments | Segment	5
Wealth Management and Securities Services Number of Businesses | Business	5
Maximum equity investments in public entities accounted for as available-for-sale securities and carried at fair value	20.00%
Minimum ownership percentage for significant influence in entities accounted for using equity method	20.00%
Maximum ownership percentage for significant influence in entities accounted for using equity method	50.00%
Minimum ownership percentage for Limited Partnerships and Limited Liability Companies accounted for using equity method	5.00%
Number of loan portfolio segments | Segment	3
Minimum period for non collection of principal and interest placed on nonaccrual status for commercial lending segment loans	90 days
Minimum period beyond which revolving consumer lines and credit cards are charged off	180 days
Minimum period beyond which residential mortgages and other retail loans secured by 1-4 family properties are charged down to fair value of the collateral securing the loan less costs to sell	180 days
Minimum period beyond which other retail loans not secured by 1-4 family properties are charged off	120 days
Maximum restructuring period under credit card and other retail loan financial difficulty modifications	60 months
Pension assets unrealized difference between actual experience and expected returns amortization period	12 years
Junior Lien [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Loans and lines in a junior lien position secured by 1-4 family properties placed on nonaccrual status	120 days
First Lien [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Loans and lines in a junior lien position placed on nonaccrual status when behind a first lien past due	180 days
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Useful life	20 years
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Useful life	3 years
Building [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Useful life	40 years
Commercial Lending Segment [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Number of classes of loans	2
Commercial Lending Segment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Period of loss experience	15 years
Commercial Lending Segment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Impairment loan threshold for allowance in which loans are individually analyzed | $	$ 5,000,000
Consumer Lending Segment [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Number of classes of loans	3
Covered Loan Segment [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Line Items]
Number of classes of loans	1

XML

Business Combinations - Additional Information (Detail) - Charter One Acquisition [Member] $ in Millions	Jun. 30, 2014 USD ($)
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Value of loans acquired	$ 969
Value of deposits acquired	$ 4,800

XML

Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Billions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]
Minimum average reserve balances required by banking regulators	$ 2.2	$ 2.0
Balances held at the federal reserve and other financial institutions	$ 3.3	$ 4.4

XML

Investment Securities - Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions		Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Amortized Cost	[1]	$ 43,590	$ 44,974
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Gains		199	362
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		0	0
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(296)	(196)
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		43,493	45,140
U.S. Treasury and Agencies [Member]
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Amortized Cost		2,925	2,717
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Gains		14	15
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		0	0
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(20)	(18)
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		2,919	2,714
Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Agency [Member]
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Amortized Cost		40,619	42,204
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Gains		175	335
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		0	0
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(273)	(176)
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		40,521	42,363
Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Non-Agency Non-Prime [Member]
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Amortized Cost		1	1
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		0	0
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		1	1
Asset-Backed Securities [Member]
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Amortized Cost		10
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		19
Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Collateralized Loan Obligations [Member]
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Gains		6	7
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		0	0
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		6	7
Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member]
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Amortized Cost		10	13
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Gains		3	4
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		0	0
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		13	17
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions [Member]
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Amortized Cost		8	9
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Gains		1	1
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		0	0
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(1)	(1)
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		8	9
Obligations of Foreign Governments [Member]
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Amortized Cost		9	9
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		0	0
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		9	9
Other Debt Securities [Member]
Schedule of Held-to-maturity Securities [Line Items]
Held-to-maturity securities, Amortized Cost		18	21
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		0	0
Held-to-maturity securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(2)	(1)
Held-to-maturity securities, Fair Value		$ 16	$ 20

[1] Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

XML

Investment Securities - Investment Securities Available-for-Sale (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions		Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		$ 61,817	$ 55,432
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		660	980
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		(4)	(3)
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(476)	(340)
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value	[1]	61,997	56,069
U.S. Treasury and Agencies [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		4,611	2,622
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		12	14
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(27)	(4)
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		4,596	2,632
Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Agency [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		50,056	44,668
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		384	593
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(364)	(244)
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		50,076	45,017
Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Non-Agency Prime [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		316	399
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		6	9
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		(3)	(2)
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(1)	(1)
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		318	405
Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Non-Agency Non-Prime [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		221	261
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		20	20
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other-than-Temporary		(1)	(1)
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		240	280
Commercial [Member] | Agency [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		52	112
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains			3
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		52	115
Asset-Backed Securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		548
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		560
Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Collateralized Loan Obligations [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		16	18
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		3	4
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		19	22
Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		532	607
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		9	13
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other			(1)
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		541	619
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		5,149	5,604
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		169	265
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(2)	(1)
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		5,316	5,868
Obligations of Foreign Governments [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost			6
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value			6
Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		677	690
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		3	3
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(70)	(79)
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		610	614
Perpetual Preferred Securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		153	200
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		20	27
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Losses Other		(12)	(10)
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		161	217
Other Investment [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost		34	245
Available-for-sale securities, Unrealized Gains		34	29
Available-for-sale securities, Fair Value		$ 68	$ 274

[1] Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

XML

Investment Securities - Investment Securities Available-for-Sale (Parenthetical) (Detail)	Dec. 31, 2015 CreditScore
Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]
Minimum weighted average credit score of prime securities	725
Maximum loan-to-value of prime securities	80.00%

XML

Investment Securities - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]
Weighted-average maturity of available-for-sale investment securities	4 years 8 months 12 days	4 years 3 months 18 days
Weighted-average yields of available-for-sale investment securities	2.21%	2.32%
Weighted-average maturity of held-to-maturity investment securities	4 years 2 months 12 days	4 years
Weighted-average yields of held-to-maturity investment securities	1.92%	1.92%
Fair value of securities pledged	$ 13,100	$ 12,600
Fair value of securities pledged as collateral where counterparty has right to repledge or resell	$ 1,000	$ 856

XML

Investment Securities - Amount of Interest Income from Taxable and Non-Taxable Investment Securities (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Interest Income, Securities, Operating, by Taxable Status [Abstract]
Taxable	$ 1,778	$ 1,634	$ 1,375
Non-taxable	223	232	256
Total interest income from investment securities	$ 2,001	$ 1,866	$ 1,631

XML

Investment Securities - Amount of Gross Gains and Losses Realized through Sales of Available-for-sale Investment Securities (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Realized Gain (Loss), Excluding Other than Temporary Impairments [Abstract]
Realized gains	$ 7	$ 11	$ 23
Realized losses	(6)
Net realized gains (losses)	$ 1	11	23
Income tax (benefit) on net realized gains (losses)		$ 4	$ 9

XML

Investment Securities - Changes in Credit Losses on Debt Securities Excluding Perpetual Preferred Securities (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Credit Losses on Debt Securities [RollForward]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 101	$ 116	$ 134
Decreases in expected cash flows on securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized	1	3	14
Total other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities	1	3	14
Increases in expected cash flows	(3)	(5)	(2)
Realized losses	(15)	(13)	(23)
Credit losses on security sales and securities expected to be sold			(7)
Balance at end of period	$ 84	$ 101	$ 116

XML

Investment Securities - Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value of Company's Investment Securities (Detail) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value Less Than 12 Months	$ 19,125
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months	(169)
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	4,241
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(127)
Fair Value Total	23,366
Unrealized Losses Total	(296)
Fair Value Less Than 12 Months	21,617
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months	(199)
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	6,961
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(281)
Fair Value Total	28,578
Unrealized Losses Total	(480)
U.S. Treasury and Agencies [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value Less Than 12 Months	1,306
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months	(19)
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	60
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(1)
Fair Value Total	1,366
Unrealized Losses Total	(20)
Fair Value Less Than 12 Months	2,919
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months	(27)
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	8
Fair Value Total	2,927
Unrealized Losses Total	(27)
Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Agency [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value Less Than 12 Months	17,819
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months	(150)
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	4,156
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(123)
Fair Value Total	21,975
Unrealized Losses Total	(273)
Fair Value Less Than 12 Months	18,603
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months	(171)
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	6,267
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(193)
Fair Value Total	24,870
Unrealized Losses Total	(364)
Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Non-Agency Prime [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value Less Than 12 Months	59
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months	(1)
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	107
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(3)
Fair Value Total	166
Unrealized Losses Total	(4)
Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Non-Agency Non-Prime [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	17
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(1)
Fair Value Total	17
Unrealized Losses Total	(1)
Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	6
Fair Value Total	6
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	2
Fair Value Total	2
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	2
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(1)
Fair Value Total	2
Unrealized Losses Total	(1)
Fair Value Less Than 12 Months	35
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	62
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(2)
Fair Value Total	97
Unrealized Losses Total	(2)
Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	425
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(70)
Fair Value Total	425
Unrealized Losses Total	(70)
Perpetual Preferred Securities [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	73
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(12)
Fair Value Total	73
Unrealized Losses Total	(12)
Other Investment [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value Less Than 12 Months	1
Fair Value Total	1
Other Debt Securities [Member]
Continuous Gross Unrealized Losses And Fair Value [Abstract]
Fair Value 12 Months or Greater	17
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater	(2)
Fair Value Total	17
Unrealized Losses Total	$ (2)

XML

Investment Securities - Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value of Company's Investment Securities (Parenthetical) (Detail) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Available-for-sale Securities, Continuous Unrealized Loss Position [Abstract]
Residential Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities Unrealized Losses	$ 480
Non-Agency [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Available-for-sale Securities, Continuous Unrealized Loss Position [Abstract]
Residential Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities Unrealized Losses	$ 5

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Composition of Loan Portfolio (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	$ 256,253	$ 242,570
Total loans	260,849	247,851
Commercial [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	83,116	74,996
Commercial [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	88,402	80,377
Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	42,137	42,795
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	53,496	51,619
Other Retail [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	51,206	49,264
Lease Financing [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	5,286	5,381
Commercial Mortgages [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	31,773	33,360
Construction and Development [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	10,364	9,435
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	40,425	38,598
Home Equity Loans, First Liens [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	13,071	13,021
Credit Card [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	21,012	18,515
Retail Leasing [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	5,232	5,871
Home Equity and Second Mortgages [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	16,384	15,916
Revolving Credit [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	3,354	3,309
Installment [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	7,030	6,242
Automobile [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	16,587	14,822
Student [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	2,619	3,104
Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans, excluding covered loans	256,253	242,570
Covered Loans [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Total loans	$ 4,596	$ 5,281

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Additional Information (Detail) $ in Millions	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($) SecurityLoan	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($) MortgageLoan	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($)
Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Loans pledged at the Federal Home Loan Bank	$ 78,100	$ 78,100	$ 79,800
Loans pledged at the Federal Reserve Bank	63,400	63,400	61,800
Unearned interest and deferred fees and costs on originated loans	550	550	574
Foreclosed residential real estate property included in other real estate owned	282	282	270
Foreclosed residential real estate property included in other real estate owned excluding covered assets	250	250	233
Foreclosed residential real estate related to mortgage loans whose payments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs	535	535	641
Residential mortgage loans secured by residential real estate in process of foreclosure	2,600	$ 2,600	2,900
Number of residential mortgage loans, home equity and second mortgage loans, and GNMA loans where trial period was unsuccessful and no longer eligible for a permanent modification | MortgageLoan		1,885
Outstanding balance of residential mortgage loans, home equity and second mortgage loans, and GNMA loans where trial period was unsuccessful and no longer eligible for a permanent modification		$ 252
Government National Mortgage Association [Member]
Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Residential mortgage loans secured by residential real estate in process of foreclosure purchased from Government National Mortgage Association mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs	$ 1,900	$ 1,900	$ 2,100
Home Equity and Second Mortgages [Member]
Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Number of loans in trial period | SecurityLoan	66
Outstanding balance of loans in trial period	$ 5
Estimated post-modification balance of loans in trial period	$ 5
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Number of loans in trial period | SecurityLoan	151
Outstanding balance of loans in trial period	$ 18
Estimated post-modification balance of loans in trial period	$ 24
Government National Mortgage Association [Member]
Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Number of loans in trial period | SecurityLoan	1,954
Outstanding balance of loans in trial period	$ 257
Estimated post-modification balance of loans in trial period	$ 259

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Changes in Accretable Balance for Purchased Impaired Loans (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Deteriorated Loans Transferred in [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 1,309	$ 1,655	$ 1,709
Accretion	(382)	(441)	(499)
Disposals	(132)	(131)	(172)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference	163	229	258
Other	(1)	(3)	359
Balance at end of period	$ 957	$ 1,309	$ 1,655

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Activity in Allowance for Credit Losses by Portfolio Type (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 4,375	$ 4,537	$ 4,733
Provision for credit losses	1,132	1,229	1,340
Loans charged off	1,516	1,679	1,934
Less recoveries of loans charged off	(344)	(345)	(469)
Net loans charged off	1,172	1,334	1,465
Other changes	(29)	(57)	(71)
Balance at end of period	4,306	4,375	4,537
Commercial [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	1,146	1,075	1,051
Provision for credit losses	361	266	144
Loans charged off	314	305	246
Less recoveries of loans charged off	(95)	(110)	(126)
Net loans charged off	219	195	120
Other changes	(1)
Balance at end of period	1,287	1,146	1,075
Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	726	776	857
Provision for credit losses	(30)	(63)	(114)
Loans charged off	22	36	92
Less recoveries of loans charged off	(50)	(49)	(125)
Net loans charged off	(28)	(13)	(33)
Balance at end of period	724	726	776
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	787	875	935
Provision for credit losses	(47)	107	212
Loans charged off	135	216	297
Less recoveries of loans charged off	(26)	(21)	(25)
Net loans charged off	109	195	272
Balance at end of period	631	787	875
Other Retail [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	771	781	848
Provision for credit losses	193	278	351
Loans charged off	319	384	523
Less recoveries of loans charged off	(98)	(96)	(105)
Net loans charged off	221	288	418
Balance at end of period	743	771	781
Credit Card [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	880	884	863
Provision for credit losses	654	657	677
Loans charged off	726	725	739
Less recoveries of loans charged off	(75)	(67)	(83)
Net loans charged off	651	658	656
Other changes		(3)
Balance at end of period	883	880	884
Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	4,310	4,391	4,554
Provision for credit losses	1,131	1,245	1,270
Loans charged off	1,516	1,666	1,897
Less recoveries of loans charged off	(344)	(343)	(464)
Net loans charged off	1,172	1,323	1,433
Other changes	(1)	(3)
Balance at end of period	4,268	4,310	4,391
Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	65	146	179
Provision for credit losses	1	(16)	70
Loans charged off		13	37
Less recoveries of loans charged off		(2)	(5)
Net loans charged off		11	32
Other changes	(28)	(54)	(71)
Balance at end of period	$ 38	$ 65	$ 146

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Additional Detail of Allowance for Credit Losses and Related Loan Balances by Portfolio Type (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Allowance Balance at End of Period
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$ 13	$ 9
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	345	449
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	3,900	3,825
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	48	92
Total allowance for credit losses	4,306	4,375	$ 4,537	$ 4,733
Loan Balance at End of Period
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	390	299
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	5,070	5,681
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	252,590	238,555
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	2,799	3,316
Total loans	256,253	242,570
Total loans	260,849	247,851
Commercial [Member]
Allowance Balance at End of Period
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	11	5
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	10	12
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	1,266	1,129
Total allowance for credit losses	1,287	1,146	1,075	1,051
Loan Balance at End of Period
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	336	159
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	138	124
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	87,927	80,093
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	1	1
Total loans	88,402	80,377
Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Allowance Balance at End of Period
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	2	4
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	7	12
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	703	678
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	12	32
Total allowance for credit losses	724	726	776	857
Loan Balance at End of Period
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	41	128
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	235	393
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	41,566	41,744
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	295	530
Total loans	42,137	42,795
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Allowance Balance at End of Period
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	236	319
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	395	468
Total allowance for credit losses	631	787	875	935
Loan Balance at End of Period
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	13	12
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	4,241	4,653
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	49,241	46,953
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	1	1
Total loans	53,496	51,619
Other Retail [Member]
Allowance Balance at End of Period
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	33	41
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	710	730
Total allowance for credit losses	743	771	781	848
Loan Balance at End of Period
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	211	237
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	50,995	49,027
Total loans	51,206	49,264
Credit Card [Member]
Allowance Balance at End of Period
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	57	61
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	826	819
Total allowance for credit losses	883	880	884	863
Loan Balance at End of Period
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	210	240
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	20,802	18,275
Total loans	21,012	18,515
Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans [Member]
Allowance Balance at End of Period
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	13	9
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	343	445
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	3,900	3,824
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	12	32
Total allowance for credit losses	4,268	4,310	4,391	4,554
Loan Balance at End of Period
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	390	299
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	5,035	5,647
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	250,531	236,092
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	297	532
Total loans	256,253	242,570
Covered Loans [Member]
Allowance Balance at End of Period
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	2	4
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment		1
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	36	60
Total allowance for credit losses	38	65	$ 146	$ 179
Loan Balance at End of Period
TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment	35	34
Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	2,059	2,463
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	2,502	2,784
Total loans	$ 4,596	$ 5,281

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Loans by Portfolio Type and Delinquency Status of those that Continue to Accrue Interest and are Nonperforming (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Current	$ 257,721	$ 244,327
Accruing 30-89 Days Past Due	1,105	1,113
Accruing 90 Days or More Past Due	831	945
Nonperforming	1,192	1,466
Total loans, excluding covered loans	256,253	242,570
Total loans	260,849	247,851
Commercial [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Current	87,863	79,977
Accruing 30-89 Days Past Due	317	247
Accruing 90 Days or More Past Due	48	41
Nonperforming	174	112
Total loans, excluding covered loans	88,402	80,377
Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Current	41,907	42,406
Accruing 30-89 Days Past Due	89	110
Accruing 90 Days or More Past Due	14	20
Nonperforming	127	259
Total loans, excluding covered loans	42,137	42,795
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Current	52,438	50,330
Accruing 30-89 Days Past Due	170	221
Accruing 90 Days or More Past Due	176	204
Nonperforming	712	864
Total loans, excluding covered loans	53,496	51,619
Other Retail [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Current	50,745	48,764
Accruing 30-89 Days Past Due	224	238
Accruing 90 Days or More Past Due	75	75
Nonperforming	162	187
Total loans, excluding covered loans	51,206	49,264
Credit Card [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Current	20,532	18,046
Accruing 30-89 Days Past Due	243	229
Accruing 90 Days or More Past Due	228	210
Nonperforming	9	30
Total loans, excluding covered loans	21,012	18,515
Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Current	253,485	239,523
Accruing 30-89 Days Past Due	1,043	1,045
Accruing 90 Days or More Past Due	541	550
Nonperforming	1,184	1,452
Total loans, excluding covered loans	256,253	242,570
Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Current	4,236	4,804
Accruing 30-89 Days Past Due	62	68
Accruing 90 Days or More Past Due	290	395
Nonperforming	8	14
Total loans	$ 4,596	$ 5,281

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Loans by Portfolio Type and Delinquency Status of those that Continue to Accrue Interest and are Nonperforming (Parenthetical) (Detail) - Government National Mortgage Association [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Loans 30-89 days past due purchased from Government National Mortgage Association mortgage pools whose payments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, were classified as current	$ 320	$ 431
Loans 90 days or more past due purchased from Government National Mortgage Association mortgage pools whose payments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, were classified as current	$ 2,900	$ 3,100

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Loans by Portfolio Type and Company's Internal Credit Quality Rating (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	$ 256,253	$ 242,570
Total loans	260,849	247,851
Total outstanding commitments	548,404	508,678
Pass [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans	255,014	242,581
Total outstanding commitments	539,614	501,535
Special Mention Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans	2,002	1,680
Total outstanding commitments	3,945	2,964
Classified Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans	3,833	3,590
Total outstanding commitments	4,845	4,179
Total Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans	5,835	5,270
Total outstanding commitments	8,790	7,143
Commercial [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	88,402	80,377
Commercial [Member] | Pass [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	85,206	78,409
Commercial [Member] | Special Mention Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	1,629	1,204
Commercial [Member] | Classified Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	1,567	764
Commercial [Member] | Total Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	3,196	1,968
Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	42,137	42,795
Commercial Real Estate [Member] | Pass [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	41,079	41,322
Commercial Real Estate [Member] | Special Mention Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	365	451
Commercial Real Estate [Member] | Classified Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	693	1,022
Commercial Real Estate [Member] | Total Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	1,058	1,473
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	53,496	51,619
Residential Mortgages [Member] | Pass [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	52,548	50,479
Residential Mortgages [Member] | Special Mention Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	2	5
Residential Mortgages [Member] | Classified Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	946	1,135
Residential Mortgages [Member] | Total Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	948	1,140
Other Retail [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	51,206	49,264
Other Retail [Member] | Pass [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	50,899	48,932
Other Retail [Member] | Special Mention Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	6	20
Other Retail [Member] | Classified Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	301	312
Other Retail [Member] | Total Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	307	332
Credit Card [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	21,012	18,515
Credit Card [Member] | Pass [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	20,775	18,275
Credit Card [Member] | Classified Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	237	240
Credit Card [Member] | Total Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	237	240
Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	256,253	242,570
Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans [Member] | Pass [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	250,507	237,417
Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans [Member] | Special Mention Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	2,002	1,680
Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans [Member] | Classified Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	3,744	3,473
Total Loans, Excluding Covered Loans [Member] | Total Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans, excluding covered loans	5,746	5,153
Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans	4,596	5,281
Covered Loans [Member] | Pass [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans	4,507	5,164
Covered Loans [Member] | Classified Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans	89	117
Covered Loans [Member] | Total Criticized [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total loans	$ 89	$ 117

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Loans by Portfolio Type and Company's Internal Credit Quality Rating (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Energy Business Sector [Member] | Special Mention or Classified Rating [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Loans to Customers in Energy Related Businesses	$ 1,100.0	$ 122.0
Government National Mortgage Association [Member] | Trouble Debt Restructure [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Restructured GNMA loans whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, were classified with a pass rating	1,900.0	2,200.0
GNMA loans 90 days or more past due whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, were classified with a pass rating	$ 2,900.0	$ 3,100.0

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Impaired Loans, which Include Nonaccrual and TDR Loans, by Portfolio Class (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Period-end Recorded Investment	$ 5,902	$ 6,571
Unpaid Principal Balance	7,879	8,623
Valuation Allowance	369	476
Commitments to Lend Additional Funds	160	74
Commercial [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Period-end Recorded Investment	520	329
Unpaid Principal Balance	1,110	769
Valuation Allowance	25	21
Commitments to Lend Additional Funds	154	51
Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Period-end Recorded Investment	336	624
Unpaid Principal Balance	847	1,250
Valuation Allowance	11	23
Commitments to Lend Additional Funds	1	18
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Period-end Recorded Investment	2,575	2,730
Unpaid Principal Balance	3,248	3,495
Valuation Allowance	199	273
Other Retail [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Period-end Recorded Investment	309	361
Unpaid Principal Balance	503	570
Valuation Allowance	35	44
Commitments to Lend Additional Funds	4	4
Credit Card [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Period-end Recorded Investment	210	240
Unpaid Principal Balance	210	240
Valuation Allowance	57	61
Total Loans, Excluding GNMA and Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Period-end Recorded Investment	3,950	4,284
Unpaid Principal Balance	5,918	6,324
Valuation Allowance	327	422
Commitments to Lend Additional Funds	159	73
Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Period-end Recorded Investment	39	43
Unpaid Principal Balance	48	55
Valuation Allowance	2	4
Commitments to Lend Additional Funds	1	1
Government National Mortgage Association [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Period-end Recorded Investment	1,913	2,244
Unpaid Principal Balance	1,913	2,244
Valuation Allowance	$ 40	$ 50

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Impaired Loans, which Include Nonaccrual and TDR Loans, by Portfolio Class (Parenthetical) (Detail) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Loan and Lease Receivables, Impaired [Abstract]
Interest income recognized on impaired loans	$ 274
Interest income that would have been recognized on impaired loans at original contractual loan terms	$ 370

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Impaired Loans Average Recorded Investment and Interest Income Recognized (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Average Recorded Investment	$ 6,160	$ 7,341	$ 7,338
Interest Income Recognized	274	340	369
Commercial [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Average Recorded Investment	383	414	382
Interest Income Recognized	13	9	29
Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Average Recorded Investment	433	592	889
Interest Income Recognized	16	26	39
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Average Recorded Investment	2,666	2,742	2,749
Interest Income Recognized	131	140	134
Other Retail [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Average Recorded Investment	336	377	424
Interest Income Recognized	14	17	24
Credit Card [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Average Recorded Investment	221	273	366
Interest Income Recognized	4	9	16
Total Loans, Excluding GNMA and Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Average Recorded Investment	4,039	4,398	4,810
Interest Income Recognized	178	201	242
Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Average Recorded Investment	42	334	561
Interest Income Recognized	1	15	27
Government National Mortgage Association [Member]
Financing Receivable, Impaired [Line Items]
Average Recorded Investment	2,079	2,609	1,967
Interest Income Recognized	$ 95	$ 124	$ 100

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Loans Modified as TDRs (Detail) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($) SecurityLoan	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($) SecurityLoan	Dec. 31, 2013 USD ($) SecurityLoan
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	41,312	42,542	44,733
Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 1,779	$ 1,809	$ 2,158
Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 1,785	$ 1,781	$ 2,058
Commercial [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	1,607	2,027	2,429
Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 385	$ 238	$ 166
Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 396	$ 203	$ 155
Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	108	78	165
Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 78	$ 80	$ 205
Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 76	$ 71	$ 198
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	2,080	2,089	2,179
Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 260	$ 271	$ 309
Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 258	$ 274	$ 304
Other Retail [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	2,530	2,833	4,290
Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 54	$ 61	$ 103
Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 54	$ 61	$ 102
Credit Card [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	26,772	26,511	26,669
Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 133	$ 144	$ 160
Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 134	$ 145	$ 161
Total Loans, Excluding GNMA and Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	33,097	33,538	35,732
Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 910	$ 794	$ 943
Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 918	$ 754	$ 920
Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	16	43	123
Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 5	$ 15	$ 94
Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 5	$ 14	$ 72
Government National Mortgage Association [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	8,199	8,961	8,878
Pre-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 864	$ 1,000	$ 1,121
Post-Modification Outstanding Loan Balance	$ 862	$ 1,013	$ 1,066

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Summary of Loans Modified as TDRs in the Past Twelve Months that have Subsequently Defaulted (Detail) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($) SecurityLoan	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($) SecurityLoan	Dec. 31, 2013 USD ($) SecurityLoan
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	8,310	9,332	15,344
Amount Defaulted | $	$ 182	$ 306	$ 1,117
Commercial [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	494	629	642
Amount Defaulted | $	$ 21	$ 44	$ 46
Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	18	22	87
Amount Defaulted | $	$ 8	$ 12	$ 102
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	273	611	1,099
Amount Defaulted | $	$ 36	$ 86	$ 163
Other Retail [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	636	845	1,841
Amount Defaulted | $	$ 12	$ 24	$ 80
Credit Card [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	6,286	6,335	6,640
Amount Defaulted | $	$ 29	$ 33	$ 37
Total Loans, Excluding GNMA and Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	7,707	8,442	10,309
Amount Defaulted | $	$ 106	$ 199	$ 428
Covered Loans [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	5	14	63
Amount Defaulted | $	$ 1	$ 5	$ 49
Government National Mortgage Association [Member]
Financing Receivable, Modifications [Line Items]
Number of Loans | SecurityLoan	598	876	4,972
Amount Defaulted | $	$ 75	$ 102	$ 640

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Carrying Amount of Covered Assets (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Covered Assets [Line Items]
Purchased Impaired Loans	$ 2,502	$ 2,784
Purchased Nonimpaired Loans	1,062	1,322
Other	1,064	1,212
Covered loans	4,596	5,281
Total Covered Assets	4,628	5,318
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Covered Assets [Line Items]
Purchased Impaired Loans	2,502	2,784
Purchased Nonimpaired Loans	615	738
Covered loans	3,117	3,522
Other Retail [Member]
Covered Assets [Line Items]
Purchased Nonimpaired Loans	447	584
Covered loans	447	584
Losses Reimbursable by FDIC [Member]
Covered Assets [Line Items]
Other	517	717
Covered loans	517	717
Unamortized Changes in FDIC Asset [Member]
Covered Assets [Line Items]
Other	515	458
Covered loans	515	458
Covered Loans [Member]
Covered Assets [Line Items]
Purchased Impaired Loans	2,502	2,784
Purchased Nonimpaired Loans	1,062	1,322
Other	1,032	1,175
Covered loans	4,596	5,281
Foreclosed Real Estate [Member]
Covered Assets [Line Items]
Other	32	37
Total Covered Assets	$ 32	$ 37

XML

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses - Carrying Amount of Covered Assets (Parenthetical) (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015
Receivables [Abstract]
Loss sharing agreement remaining term	4 years

XML

Leases - Components of Net Investment in Sales-Type and Direct Financing Leases (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Capital Leases, Net Investment in Direct Financing and Sales Type Leases [Abstract]
Aggregate future minimum lease payments to be received	$ 10,257	$ 11,173
Unguaranteed residual values accruing to the lessor's benefit	766	695
Unearned income	(887)	(1,004)
Initial direct costs	204	202
Total net investment in sales-type and direct financing leases	$ 10,340	$ 11,066

XML

Leases - Components of Net Investment in Sales-Type and Direct Financing Leases (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Capital Leases, Net Investment in Direct Financing and Sales Type Leases [Abstract]
Accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments	$ 66	$ 65

XML

Leases - Minimum Future Lease Payments to be Received from Sales-Type and Direct Financing Leases (Detail) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Capital Leases, Future Minimum Payments Receivable, Fiscal Year Maturity [Abstract]
2016	$ 3,772
2017	3,207
2018	1,880
2019	756
2020	307
Thereafter	$ 335

XML

Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Minimum [Member]
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Aggregate amount of investments in unconsolidated VIEs	$ 1	$ 1
Maximum [Member]
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Aggregate amount of investments in unconsolidated VIEs	46	53
Conduit [Member]
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Assets related to consolidated VIEs	28	35
Tender Option Bond Program [Member]
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Assets related to consolidated VIEs	2,300	2,900
Liabilities related to consolidated VIEs	2,200	2,700
Community Development and Tax Advantaged Investments [Member]
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Federal and state income tax credits recognized in tax expense	733	773	$ 758
Expense related to investments	698	771	934
Investment tax credits	1,200	937	780
Expenses related to investments recognized in tax expense	261	258	$ 297
Investment carrying amount	5,257	4,259
Maximum exposure to loss	9,436	8,393
Assets related to consolidated VIEs	3,000	2,700
Liabilities related to consolidated VIEs	2,200	2,000
Private Investment Funds and Partnerships [Member]
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Investment carrying amount	32	94
Maximum exposure to loss	$ 47	$ 105

XML

Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities - Summary of Investments in Community Development and Tax-advantaged VIEs (Detail) - Community Development and Tax Advantaged Investments [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Investment carrying amount	$ 5,257	$ 4,259
Unfunded capital and other commitments	2,499	1,743
Maximum exposure to loss	$ 9,436	$ 8,393

XML

Premises and Equipment - Premises and Equipment (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross Premises and Equipment	$ 6,723	$ 6,728
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(4,210)	(4,110)
Total Premises and Equipment	2,513	2,618
Land [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross Premises and Equipment	522	534
Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross Premises and Equipment	3,348	3,323
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross Premises and Equipment	2,721	2,719
Capitalized Building and Equipment Leases [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross Premises and Equipment	113	126
Construction in Progress [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross Premises and Equipment	$ 19	$ 26

XML

Mortgage Servicing Rights - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets [Abstract]
Residential mortgage loans serviced for others including subserviced mortgages with no corresponding MSRs asset	$ 231,800	$ 225,000
Gain/Loss on fair value changes of MSRs due to changes in valuation assumptions and derivatives used to economically hedge MSRs	23	241	$ 192
Loan servicing fees	$ 728	732	$ 754
Gain related to excess servicing rights sold		$ 44

XML

Mortgage Servicing Rights - Changes in Fair Value of Capitalized MSRs (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 2,338	$ 2,680	$ 1,700
Rights purchased	29	5	8
Rights capitalized	632	382	769
Rights sold		(141)
Changes in fair value of MSRs
Due to fluctuations in market interest rates	(58)	(276)	617
Due to revised assumptions or models	10	86	33
Other changes in fair value	(439)	(398)	(447)
Balance at end of period	$ 2,512	$ 2,338	$ 2,680

XML

Mortgage Servicing Rights - Changes in Fair Value of Capitalized MSRs (Parenthetical) (Detail) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($)
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets [Abstract]
Gain related to excess servicing rights sold	$ 44

XML

Mortgage Servicing Rights - Sensitivity to Changes in Market Interest Rates to Fair Value of MSRs Portfolio and Related Derivative Instruments (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Down Scenario [Member] | Mortgage Servicing Rights [Member]
Sensitivity Analysis of Fair Value of Interests Continued to be Held by Transferor, Servicing Assets or Liabilities, Impact of Adverse Change in Assumption [Line Items]
Net fair value 100 basis points	$ (598)	$ (540)
Net fair value 50 basis points	(250)	(242)
Net fair value 25 basis points	(114)	(114)
Down Scenario [Member] | Derivative [Member]
Sensitivity Analysis of Fair Value of Interests Continued to be Held by Transferor, Servicing Assets or Liabilities, Impact of Adverse Change in Assumption [Line Items]
Net fair value 100 basis points	475	441
Net fair value 50 basis points	226	223
Net fair value 25 basis points	107	109
Down Scenario [Member] | Net sensitivity [Member]
Sensitivity Analysis of Fair Value of Interests Continued to be Held by Transferor, Servicing Assets or Liabilities, Impact of Adverse Change in Assumption [Line Items]
Net fair value 100 basis points	(123)	(99)
Net fair value 50 basis points	(24)	(19)
Net fair value 25 basis points	(7)	(5)
Up Scenario [Member] | Mortgage Servicing Rights [Member]
Sensitivity Analysis of Fair Value of Interests Continued to be Held by Transferor, Servicing Assets or Liabilities, Impact of Adverse Change in Assumption [Line Items]
Net fair value 100 basis points	344	346
Net fair value 50 basis points	176	185
Net fair value 25 basis points	96	100
Up Scenario [Member] | Derivative [Member]
Sensitivity Analysis of Fair Value of Interests Continued to be Held by Transferor, Servicing Assets or Liabilities, Impact of Adverse Change in Assumption [Line Items]
Net fair value 100 basis points	(377)	(375)
Net fair value 50 basis points	(192)	(197)
Net fair value 25 basis points	(98)	(102)
Up Scenario [Member] | Net sensitivity [Member]
Sensitivity Analysis of Fair Value of Interests Continued to be Held by Transferor, Servicing Assets or Liabilities, Impact of Adverse Change in Assumption [Line Items]
Net fair value 100 basis points	(33)	(29)
Net fair value 50 basis points	(16)	(12)
Net fair value 25 basis points	$ (2)	$ (2)

XML

Mortgage Servicing Rights - MSRs and Related Characteristics by Portfolio (Detail) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($) BasisPoint Multiple	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($) BasisPoint Multiple	Dec. 31, 2013 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 USD ($)
Servicing Assets at Fair Value [Line Items]
Fair value	$ 2,512	$ 2,338	$ 2,680	$ 1,700
Mortgage Servicing Rights [Member]
Servicing Assets at Fair Value [Line Items]
Servicing portfolio	229,375	222,797
Fair value	$ 2,512	$ 2,338
Value (bps) | BasisPoint	110	105
Weighted-average servicing fees (bps) | BasisPoint	29	29
Multiple (value/servicing fees) | Multiple	3.79	3.62
Weighted-average note rate	4.13%	4.19%
Weighted-average age (in years)	3 years 4 months 24 days	3 years 2 months 12 days
Weighted-average expected prepayment (constant prepayment rate)	11.30%	12.10%
Weighted-average expected life (in years)	6 years 4 months 24 days	6 years 3 months 18 days
Weighted-average discount rate	10.00%	10.10%
HFA [Member] | Mortgage Servicing Rights [Member]
Servicing Assets at Fair Value [Line Items]
Servicing portfolio	$ 26,492	$ 19,706
Fair value	$ 297	$ 213
Value (bps) | BasisPoint	112	108
Weighted-average servicing fees (bps) | BasisPoint	36	37
Multiple (value/servicing fees) | Multiple	3.11	2.92
Weighted-average note rate	4.46%	4.58%
Weighted-average age (in years)	3 years 1 month 6 days	3 years 7 months 6 days
Weighted-average expected prepayment (constant prepayment rate)	12.80%	12.80%
Weighted-average expected life (in years)	6 years 1 month 6 days	6 years 2 months 12 days
Weighted-average discount rate	11.80%	11.90%
Government [Member] | Mortgage Servicing Rights [Member]
Servicing Assets at Fair Value [Line Items]
Servicing portfolio	$ 40,350	$ 40,471
Fair value	$ 443	$ 426
Value (bps) | BasisPoint	110	105
Weighted-average servicing fees (bps) | BasisPoint	34	33
Multiple (value/servicing fees) | Multiple	3.24	3.18
Weighted-average note rate	4.08%	4.18%
Weighted-average age (in years)	3 years 7 months 6 days	3 years 2 months 12 days
Weighted-average expected prepayment (constant prepayment rate)	13.90%	14.80%
Weighted-average expected life (in years)	5 years 8 months 12 days	5 years 6 months
Weighted-average discount rate	11.20%	11.20%
Conventional [Member] | Mortgage Servicing Rights [Member]
Servicing Assets at Fair Value [Line Items]
Servicing portfolio	$ 162,533	$ 162,620
Fair value	$ 1,772	$ 1,699
Value (bps) | BasisPoint	109	104
Weighted-average servicing fees (bps) | BasisPoint	27	27
Multiple (value/servicing fees) | Multiple	4.04	3.85
Weighted-average note rate	4.09%	4.14%
Weighted-average age (in years)	3 years 4 months 24 days	3 years 1 month 6 days
Weighted-average expected prepayment (constant prepayment rate)	10.40%	11.40%
Weighted-average expected life (in years)	6 years 7 months 6 days	6 years 6 months
Weighted-average discount rate	9.40%	9.60%

XML

Intangible Assets - Intangible Assets (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Goodwill	$ 9,361	$ 9,389	$ 9,205	$ 9,143
Mortgage servicing rights	2,512	2,338	$ 2,680	$ 1,700
Total	$ 12,711	12,551
Merchant Processing Contracts [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization Method	SL/AC
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets	$ 135	174
Core Deposit Benefits [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization Method	SL/AC
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets	$ 194	234
Trust Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization Method	SL/AC
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets	$ 75	97
Other Identified Intangibles [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization Method	SL/AC
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets	$ 434	$ 319
Straight line method [Member] | Merchant Processing Contracts [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Life	8 years
Straight line method [Member] | Core Deposit Benefits [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Life	22 years
Straight line method [Member] | Trust Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Life	10 years
Straight line method [Member] | Other Identified Intangibles [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Life	8 years
Accelerated method [Member] | Merchant Processing Contracts [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Life	8 years
Accelerated method [Member] | Core Deposit Benefits [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Life	5 years
Accelerated method [Member] | Trust Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Life	6 years
Accelerated method [Member] | Other Identified Intangibles [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Life	4 years

XML

Intangible Assets - Aggregate Amortization Expense (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization of intangibles	$ 174	$ 199	$ 223
Merchant Processing Contracts [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization of intangibles	35	50	64
Core Deposit Benefits [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization of intangibles	40	38	41
Trust Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization of intangibles	21	27	34
Other Identified Intangibles [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization of intangibles	$ 78	$ 84	$ 84

XML

Intangible Assets - Estimated Amortization Expense (Detail) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net, Amortization Expense, Fiscal Year Maturity [Abstract]
2016	$ 173
2017	162
2018	130
2019	101
2020	$ 78

XML

Intangible Assets - Changes in Carrying Value of Goodwill (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	$ 9,389	$ 9,205	$ 9,143
Goodwill acquired		217	57
Other	(28)	(33)	5
Goodwill, Ending Balance	9,361	9,389	9,205
Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	1,648	1,605	1,605
Goodwill acquired		43	0
Other	(1)
Goodwill, Ending Balance	1,647	1,648	1,605
Consumer and Small Business Banking [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	3,680	3,514	3,514
Goodwill acquired		166	0
Other	1
Goodwill, Ending Balance	3,681	3,680	3,514
Wealth Management and Securities Services [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	1,570	1,565	1,528
Goodwill acquired		8	37
Other	(3)	(3)
Goodwill, Ending Balance	1,567	1,570	1,565
Payment Services [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	2,491	2,521	2,496
Goodwill acquired			20
Other	(25)	(30)	5
Goodwill, Ending Balance	$ 2,466	$ 2,491	$ 2,521

XML

Short-Term Borrowings - Summary of Short-Term Borrowings (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Short-term borrowings	$ 27,877	$ 29,893	$ 27,608
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, at year end	0.27%	0.19%	0.52%
Short-term borrowings, average for the year	$ 27,960	$ 30,252	$ 27,683
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, average for the year	0.89%	0.88%	1.29%
Federal Funds Purchased [Member]
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Short-term borrowings	$ 647	$ 886	$ 594
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, at year end	0.23%	0.12%	0.11%
Short-term borrowings, average for the year	$ 1,169	$ 2,366	$ 1,879
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, average for the year	15.05%	7.94%	9.72%
Short-term borrowings, maximum month end balance	$ 1,868	$ 3,258	$ 3,569
Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase [Member]
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Short-term borrowings	$ 1,092	$ 948	$ 2,057
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, at year end	0.02%	0.05%	5.34%
Short-term borrowings, average for the year	$ 973	$ 798	$ 2,403
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, average for the year	0.10%	1.07%	4.65%
Short-term borrowings, maximum month end balance	$ 1,124	$ 948	$ 3,121
Commercial Paper [Member]
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Short-term borrowings	$ 22,022	$ 22,197	$ 19,400
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, at year end	0.21%	0.12%	0.11%
Short-term borrowings, average for the year	$ 21,892	$ 21,227	$ 17,467
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, average for the year	0.12%	0.12%	0.12%
Short-term borrowings, maximum month end balance	$ 23,101	$ 22,322	$ 19,400
Other Short-Term Borrowings [Member]
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Short-term borrowings	$ 4,116	$ 5,862	$ 5,557
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, at year end	0.69%	0.51%	0.19%
Short-term borrowings, average for the year	$ 3,926	$ 5,861	$ 5,934
Short-term borrowings, interest rate, average for the year	1.13%	0.78%	0.72%
Short-term borrowings, maximum month end balance	$ 7,656	$ 7,417	$ 6,301

XML

Short-Term Borrowings - Summary of Short-Term Borrowings (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Short-term Debt [Abstract]
Federal statutory rate	35.00%
Compensation expense included in federal funds purchased and short-term borrowings rates	$ 175	$ 186	$ 181

XML

Long-Term Debt - Summary of Long-term Debt (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	$ 32,078	$ 32,260
Parent Company [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	11,453	13,189
Parent Company [Member] | Capitalized Lease Obligations, Mortgage Indebtedness and Other [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	204	190
Subsidiaries [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	20,625	19,071
Subsidiaries [Member] | Capitalized Lease Obligations, Mortgage Indebtedness and Other [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	$ 755	607
Fixed Rate [Member] | Parent Company [Member] | Subordinated Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage	2.95%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2022
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2022
Long-term debt	$ 1,300	1,300
Fixed Rate [Member] | Parent Company [Member] | Subordinated Debt One [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage	3.60%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2024
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2024
Long-term debt	$ 1,000	1,000
Fixed Rate [Member] | Parent Company [Member] | Subordinated Notes Two [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage	7.50%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2026
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2026
Long-term debt	$ 199	199
Fixed Rate [Member] | Parent Company [Member] | Medium-term Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Minimum	1.65%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Maximum	4.125%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2016
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2024
Long-term debt	$ 7,500	9,250
Fixed Rate [Member] | Parent Company [Member] | Junior Subordinated Debentures [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage	3.442%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2016
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2016
Long-term debt	$ 500	500
Fixed Rate [Member] | Subsidiaries [Member] | Subordinated Notes Three [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage	4.80%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2015
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2015
Long-term debt		500
Fixed Rate [Member] | Subsidiaries [Member] | Subordinated Notes Four [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage	3.778%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2020
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2020
Long-term debt		500
Fixed Rate [Member] | Subsidiaries [Member] | Federal Home Loan Bank Advances [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Minimum	1.25%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Maximum	8.25%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2017
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2026
Long-term debt	$ 11	11
Fixed Rate [Member] | Subsidiaries [Member] | Bank Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Minimum	1.10%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Maximum	2.80%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2017
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2025
Long-term debt	$ 5,850	4,050
Floating Rate [Member] | Parent Company [Member] | Medium-term Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Minimum	0.72%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Maximum	0.852%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2018
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2019
Long-term debt	$ 750	750
Floating Rate [Member] | Subsidiaries [Member] | Federal Home Loan Bank Advances [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Minimum	0.335%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Maximum	0.847%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2016
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2025
Long-term debt	$ 9,081	7,334
Floating Rate [Member] | Subsidiaries [Member] | Bank Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Minimum	0.016%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage Rate Range, Maximum	0.803%
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, start	Jan. 01, 2016
Debt Instrument Maturity Year, End	Dec. 31, 2055
Long-term debt	$ 4,928	$ 6,069

XML

Long-Term Debt - Summary of Long-term Debt (Parenthetical) (Detail)	Dec. 31, 2015
Medium-term Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Weighted-average interest rate	2.43%
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Weighted-average interest rate	0.57%
Bank Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Weighted-average interest rate	1.20%

XML

Long-Term Debt - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Billions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Unused Borrowing Capacity under Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank	$ 74.9	$ 76.0

XML

Long-Term Debt - Maturities of Long-term Debt Outstanding (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
2016	$ 6,359
2017	7,144
2018	5,786
2019	3,505
2020	47
Thereafter	9,237
Total	32,078	$ 32,260
Parent Company [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
2016	1,926
2017	1,249
2018	1,498
2019	1,511
Thereafter	5,269
Total	$ 11,453	$ 13,189

XML

Junior Subordinated Debentures - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2014
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Issuance Trust	USB Capital IX
Debentures Redeemed		$ 176
Long-term Debt Securities [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debenture amount	$ 500		$ 500
USB Capital IX [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Percentage of common equity in wholly owned and sponsored USB Capital IX	100.00%
Value of preferred stock held by unconsolidated trust	$ 676		$ 676

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Billions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2006	Dec. 31, 2014
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Number of common stock shares authorized	4,000,000,000						4,000,000,000
Number of preferred stock shares authorized	50,000,000						50,000,000
Number of common stock shares outstanding	1,700,000,000						1,800,000,000
Number of common stock shares reserved for future issuance	80,000,000
Remaining authorized share repurchase amount	$ 1.3
Series H [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred Stock, Shares Issued		20,000
Liquidation preference per share		$ 25,000
Preferred stock dividend rate fixed percentage		5.15%
Redemption period of preferred stock		90 days
Preferred stock redemption date		Jul. 15, 2018
Series F [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred Stock, Shares Issued			44,000
Liquidation preference per share			$ 25,000
Preferred stock dividend rate variable percentage			4.468%
Preferred stock dividend rate fixed percentage			6.50%
Redemption period of preferred stock			90 days
Preferred stock redemption date			Jan. 15, 2022
Preferred stock dividend rate period			Three-month LIBOR plus
Series G [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred Stock, Shares Issued			43,400
Liquidation preference per share			$ 25,000
Preferred stock dividend rate variable percentage			4.86125%
Preferred stock dividend rate fixed percentage			6.00%
Redemption period of preferred stock			90 days
Preferred stock redemption date			Apr. 15, 2017
Preferred stock dividend rate period			Three-month LIBOR plus
Series A [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred Stock, Shares Issued				6,764	5,746
Liquidation preference per share				$ 100,000	$ 100,000	$ 100,000
Preferred stock dividend rate variable percentage				1.02%	1.02%	1.147%
Preferred stock dividend rate fixed percentage				3.50%	3.50%
Preferred stock dividend rate period				Three-month LIBOR plus	Three-month LIBOR plus	Three-month LIBOR plus
Minority interest preferred stock, shares issued						5,000
Series B [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred Stock, Shares Issued						40,000
Liquidation preference per share						$ 25,000
Preferred stock dividend rate variable percentage						0.60%
Preferred stock dividend rate fixed percentage						3.50%
Preferred stock dividend rate period						Three-month LIBOR plus
Series I [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred Stock, Shares Issued	30,000
Liquidation preference per share	$ 25,000
Preferred stock dividend rate variable percentage	3.486%
Preferred stock dividend rate fixed percentage	5.125%
Redemption period of preferred stock	90 days
Preferred stock redemption date	Jan. 15, 2021
Preferred stock dividend rate period	Three-month LIBOR plus

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Number of Shares Issued and Outstanding and Carrying Amount of Preferred Stock (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Shares Issued and Outstanding	189,910	159,910
Liquidation Preference	$ 5,686	$ 4,936
Discount	185	180
Carrying Amount	$ 5,501	$ 4,756
Series A [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Shares Issued and Outstanding	12,510	12,510
Liquidation Preference	$ 1,251	$ 1,251
Discount	145	145
Carrying Amount	$ 1,106	$ 1,106
Series B [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Shares Issued and Outstanding	40,000	40,000
Liquidation Preference	$ 1,000	$ 1,000
Carrying Amount	$ 1,000	$ 1,000
Series F [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Shares Issued and Outstanding	44,000	44,000
Liquidation Preference	$ 1,100	$ 1,100
Discount	12	12
Carrying Amount	$ 1,088	$ 1,088
Series G [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Shares Issued and Outstanding	43,400	43,400
Liquidation Preference	$ 1,085	$ 1,085
Discount	10	10
Carrying Amount	$ 1,075	$ 1,075
Series H [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Shares Issued and Outstanding	20,000	20,000
Liquidation Preference	$ 500	$ 500
Discount	13	13
Carrying Amount	$ 487	$ 487
Series I [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Shares Issued and Outstanding	30,000
Liquidation Preference	$ 750
Discount	5
Carrying Amount	$ 745

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Number of Shares Issued and Outstanding and Carrying Amount of Preferred Stock (Parenthetical) (Detail) - $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Equity [Abstract]
Preferred stock, par value	$ 1	$ 1

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Common Stock Repurchased (Detail) - USD ($) shares in Millions, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Equity [Abstract]
Common stock repurchased shares	52	54	65
Purchase of treasury stock	$ 2,246	$ 2,262	$ 2,336

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Reconciliation of Transactions Affecting Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Included in Shareholders' Equity (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	$ (896)	$ (1,071)	$ (923)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses	(457)	764	(1,223)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses, Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivative Hedges	(25)	(41)	37
Changes in unrealized gains and losses, Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Retirement Plans	(142)	(733)	590
Changes in unrealized gains and losses	(624)	(10)	(596)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		1	8
Foreign currency translation adjustment	20	(4)	(34)
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses	393	297	373
Applicable income taxes	88	(109)	101
Balance at end of period	(1,019)	(896)	(1,071)
Foreign Currency Translation [Member]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	(62)	(60)	(40)
Foreign currency translation adjustment	20	(4)	(34)
Applicable income taxes	(1)	2	14
Balance at end of period	(43)	(62)	(60)
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Retirement Plans [Member]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	(1,106)	(743)	(1,265)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses, Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Retirement Plans	(142)	(733)	590
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses	223	144	249
Applicable income taxes	(31)	226	(317)
Balance at end of period	(1,056)	(1,106)	(743)
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivative Hedges [Member]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	(172)	(261)	(404)
Changes in unrealized gains and losses, Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivative Hedges	(25)	(41)	37
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses	195	186	192
Applicable income taxes	(65)	(56)	(86)
Balance at end of period	(67)	(172)	(261)
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Transferred From Available For Sale to Held To Maturity [Member]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	52	70	107
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses	(25)	(30)	(59)
Applicable income taxes	9	12	22
Balance at end of period	36	52	70
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available-For-Sale [Member]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	392	(77)	679
Changes in unrealized gains and losses	(457)	764	(1,223)
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale		1	8
Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses		(3)	(9)
Applicable income taxes	176	(293)	468
Balance at end of period	$ 111	$ 392	$ (77)

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Impact to Net Income for Items Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and into Earnings (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Reclassification Adjustment out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Line Items]
Realized gains (losses) on sale of securities	$ 1	$ 11	$ 23
Amortization of unrealized gains on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity, Interest income	12,402	12,228	12,285
Realized gains (losses) on derivative hedges	11,001	10,775	10,604
Actuarial gains (losses), prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization	(1,167)	(1,041)	(1,140)
Total securities gains (losses), net		3	9
Applicable income taxes	(2,097)	(2,087)	(2,032)
Net income	5,933	5,908	5,732
Reclassification Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member]
Reclassification Adjustment out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Line Items]
Net income	(242)	(183)	(229)
Reclassification Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member] | Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available-For-Sale [Member]
Reclassification Adjustment out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Line Items]
Realized gains (losses) on sale of securities	1	11	23
Other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings	(1)	(8)	(14)
Total securities gains (losses), net		3	9
Applicable income taxes		(1)	(4)
Net income		2	5
Reclassification Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member] | Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Transferred From Available For Sale to Held To Maturity [Member]
Reclassification Adjustment out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Line Items]
Amortization of unrealized gains on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity, Interest income	25	30	59
Applicable income taxes	(9)	(12)	(22)
Net income	16	18	37
Reclassification Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member] | Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivative Hedges [Member]
Reclassification Adjustment out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Line Items]
Realized gains (losses) on derivative hedges	(195)	(186)	(192)
Applicable income taxes	75	71	74
Net income	(120)	(115)	(118)
Reclassification Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member] | Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Retirement Plans [Member]
Reclassification Adjustment out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Line Items]
Actuarial gains (losses), prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization	(223)	(144)	(249)
Applicable income taxes	85	56	96
Net income	$ (138)	$ (88)	$ (153)

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Components of Company's Regulatory Capital (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Less intangible assets
Qualifying preferred stock	$ 5,501	$ 4,756
Basel III Transitional Standardized Approach: [Member]
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Common shareholders' equity	40,630	38,723
Less intangible assets
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)	(8,295)	(8,403)
Other disallowed intangible assets	(335)	(165)
Other	612	701
Total common equity tier 1 capital	32,612	30,856
Qualifying preferred stock	5,501	4,756
Noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 1 capital	318	408
Total tier 1 capital	38,431	36,020
Eligible portion of allowance for credit losses	4,255	3,957
Subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 2 capital	2,616	3,215
Other	11	16
Total tier 2 capital	6,882	7,188
Total risk-based capital	45,313	43,208
Risk-weighted assets	341,360	317,398
Basel III transitional advanced approaches: [Member]
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Common shareholders' equity	40,630	38,723
Less intangible assets
Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)	(8,295)	(8,403)
Other disallowed intangible assets	(335)	(165)
Other	612	701
Total common equity tier 1 capital	32,612	30,856
Qualifying preferred stock	5,501	4,756
Noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 1 capital	318	408
Total tier 1 capital	38,431	36,020
Eligible portion of allowance for credit losses	1,204	1,224
Subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests eligible for tier 2 capital	2,616	3,215
Other	11	16
Total tier 2 capital	3,831	4,455
Total risk-based capital	42,262	40,475
Risk-weighted assets	$ 261,668	$ 248,596

XML

Earnings Per Share - Components of Earnings Per Share (Detail) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Millions, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$ 5,879	$ 5,851	$ 5,836
Preferred dividends	(247)	(243)	(250)
Impact of preferred stock redemption			(8)
Earnings allocated to participating stock awards	(24)	(25)	(26)
Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders	$ 5,608	$ 5,583	$ 5,552
Average common shares outstanding	1,764	1,803	1,839
Net effect of the exercise and assumed purchase of stock awards	8	10	10
Average diluted common shares outstanding	1,772	1,813	1,849
Earnings per common share	$ 3.18	$ 3.10	$ 3.02
Diluted earnings per common share	$ 3.16	$ 3.08	$ 3.00

XML

Earnings Per Share - Additional Information (Detail) - shares shares in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2013
Stock Option [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Options outstanding of common shares	1	5

XML

Employee Benefits - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Qualified employees maximum contribution to defined contribution savings plan allowed in percentage of annual compensation	75.00%
Company contribution to defined savings plan	4.00%
Company contribution, percentage company contribution matches of the employee's percentage contribution matched	100.00%
Employee retirement savings plan matching expenses	$ 131	$ 122	$ 118
Vesting service period for defined benefit pension plan	3 years
Plan assets of the qualified pension plans that have asset management arrangements with related parties	$ 63	70
Global Equities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Asset allocation for the company's qualified pension plan	43.00%
Domestic Mid-Small Cap Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Asset allocation for the company's qualified pension plan	7.00%
Emerging Markets Equities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Asset allocation for the company's qualified pension plan	5.00%
Real Estate Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Asset allocation for the company's qualified pension plan	5.00%
Debt Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Asset allocation for the company's qualified pension plan	30.00%
Hedge Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Asset allocation for the company's qualified pension plan	5.00%
Private Equity Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Asset allocation for the company's qualified pension plan	5.00%
Qualified Pension Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Company contributions to pension and postretirement welfare plan	$ 414	475
Company contributions to pension and postretirement welfare plan in next fiscal year	348
Non Qualified Pension Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Company contributions to pension and postretirement welfare plan in next fiscal year	22
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Company contributions to pension and postretirement welfare plan	8	$ 7
Company contributions to pension and postretirement welfare plan in next fiscal year	$ 7

XML

Employee Benefits - Summary of Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation, Plan Assets, Funded Status, Amounts Recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheet and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Pension Plans [Member]
Change In Projected Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of measurement period	$ 4,612	$ 3,895
Service cost	188	152	$ 168
Interest cost	195	197	170
Actuarial loss (gain)	(176)	781
Lump sum settlements	(37)	(286)
Benefit payments	(132)	(127)
Benefit obligation at end of measurement period	4,650	4,612	3,895
Change In Fair Value Of Plan Assets
Balance at beginning of period	3,187	2,831
Actual return on plan assets	(99)	269
Employer contributions	436	500
Lump sum settlements	(37)	(286)
Benefit payments	(132)	(127)
Balance at end of period	3,355	3,187	2,831
Funded (Unfunded) Status	(1,295)	(1,425)
Current benefit liability	(21)	(21)
Noncurrent benefit liability	(1,274)	(1,404)
Recognized amount	(1,295)	(1,425)
Net actuarial gain (loss)	(1,806)	(1,894)
Net prior service credit (cost)	7	11
Recognized amount	(1,799)	(1,883)
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Change In Projected Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of measurement period	104	100
Service cost			3
Interest cost	3	3	4
Participants' contributions	10	11
Actuarial loss (gain)	(5)	13
Benefit payments	(21)	(25)
Federal subsidy on benefits paid	2	2
Benefit obligation at end of measurement period	93	104	100
Change In Fair Value Of Plan Assets
Balance at beginning of period	85	92
Employer contributions	8	7
Participants' contributions	10	11
Benefit payments	(21)	(25)
Balance at end of period	82	85	$ 92
Funded (Unfunded) Status	(11)	(19)
Noncurrent benefit liability	(11)	(19)
Recognized amount	(11)	(19)
Net actuarial gain (loss)	55	55
Net prior service credit (cost)	28	31
Recognized amount	$ 83	$ 86

XML

Employee Benefits - Summary of Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation, Plan Assets, Funded Status, Amounts Recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheet and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Parenthetical) (Detail) - Pension Plans [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2015
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Payment to deferred vested participants	$ 242
Accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans	$ 4,300	$ 4,300

XML

Employee Benefits - Pension Plans with Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation	$ 4,650	$ 4,612
Fair value of plan assets	3,355	3,187
Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected benefit obligation	4,650	4,612
Accumulated benefit obligation	4,310	4,250
Fair value of plan assets	$ 3,355	$ 3,187

XML

Employee Benefits - Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Pension Plans [Member]
Components Of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Service cost	$ 188	$ 152	$ 168
Interest cost	195	197	170
Expected return on plan assets	(223)	(208)	(176)
Prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization	(4)	(5)	(5)
Actuarial loss (gain) amortization	234	158	264
Net periodic benefit cost	390	294	421
Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during the year	(146)	(719)	555
Net actuarial loss (gain) amortized during the year	234	158	264
Net prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortized during the year	(4)	(5)	(5)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)	84	(566)	814
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)	(306)	(860)	393
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Components Of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Service cost			3
Interest cost	3	3	4
Expected return on plan assets	(1)	(1)	(2)
Prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization	(3)	(3)	(1)
Actuarial loss (gain) amortization	(4)	(6)	(9)
Net periodic benefit cost	(5)	(7)	(5)
Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during the year	4	(14)
Net actuarial loss (gain) amortized during the year	(4)	(6)	(9)
Net prior service credit (cost) arising during the year			35
Net prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortized during the year	(3)	(3)	(1)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)	(3)	(23)	25
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)	$ 2	$ (16)	$ 30

XML

Employee Benefits - Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Parenthetical) (Detail) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Pension Plans [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost	$ 175
Pretax estimated prior service cost (credit) for pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost	(5)
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Pretax estimated actuarial loss (gain) that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost	(4)
Pretax estimated prior service cost (credit) for pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost	$ (3)

XML

Employee Benefits - Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Projected Benefit Obligations (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
One percent increase	$ 5	$ 6
One percent decrease	$ (5)	$ (5)
Pension Plans [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Discount rate	4.45%	4.13%
Rate of compensation increase	4.06%	4.07%
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Discount rate	3.59%	3.46%
Projected Benefit Obligation Assumptions [Member]
Health care cost trend rate for the next year
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next fiscal year	6.50%	7.00%

XML

Employee Benefits - Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Projected Benefit Obligations (Parenthetical) (Detail) - Projected Benefit Obligation Assumptions [Member]	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Assumed rate decrease	5.00%
Health care cost trend rate to decrease Period	2019
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Assumed plan duration	6 years 3 months 18 days	6 years 9 months 18 days
Qualified Pension Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Assumed plan duration	15 years	15 years 10 months 24 days
Non Qualified Pension Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Assumed plan duration	11 years 10 months 24 days	12 years 4 months 24 days

XML

Employee Benefits - Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Detail) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Health care cost trend rate
One percent increase	$ 0.00	$ 0.00	$ 0.00
One percent decrease	$ 0.00	$ 0.00	$ 0.00
Pension Plans [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Discount rate	4.13%	4.97%	4.07%
Expected return on plan assets	7.50%	7.50%	7.50%
Rate of compensation increase	4.07%	4.02%	4.08%
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Discount rate	3.46%	3.93%	3.10%
Expected return on plan assets	1.50%	1.50%	1.50%
Prior to Age 65 [Member] | Net Periodic Benefit Cost Assumptions [Member]
Health care cost trend rate
Health care cost trend rate	7.00%	7.50%	8.00%
After Age 65 [Member] | Net Periodic Benefit Cost Assumptions [Member]
Health care cost trend rate
Health care cost trend rate	7.00%	7.50%	8.00%

XML

Employee Benefits - Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Parenthetical) (Detail) - Net Periodic Benefit Cost Assumptions [Member]	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Assumed plan duration	6 years 9 months 18 days	6 years 4 months 24 days
Qualified Pension Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Assumed plan duration	15 years 10 months 24 days	14 years 7 months 6 days
Non Qualified Pension Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Assumed plan duration	12 years 4 months 24 days	11 years 6 months
Prior to Age 65 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Assumed rate decrease	5.00%
Health care cost trend rate to decrease Period	2019
After Age 65 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Assumed rate decrease	5.00%
Health care cost trend rate to decrease Period	2019

XML

Employee Benefits - Summary of Plan Investment Assets Measured at Fair Value (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Level 3 [Member] | Debt Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value				$ 7
Level 3 [Member] | Other [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	$ 1	$ 2	$ 4	$ 3
Pension Plans [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	3,355	3,187	2,831
Plan assets measured at fair value, excluding assets not classified in fair hierarchy	1,779	1,925
Pension Plans [Member] | Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	64	78
Pension Plans [Member] | Debt Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	826	843
Pension Plans [Member] | Domestic Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	178	196
Pension Plans [Member] | Mid Small Cap Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	146	146
Pension Plans [Member] | International Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	123	197
Pension Plans [Member] | Real Estate Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	163	163
Pension Plans [Member] | Collective Investment Funds Domestic Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	679	539
Pension Plans [Member] | Collective Investment Fund Mid-Small Cap Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	68	54
Pension Plans [Member] | Collective Investment Fund Emerging Markets Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	75	75
Pension Plans [Member] | Collective Investment Funds International Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	533	421
Pension Plans [Member] | Debt Securities Mutual Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	197	219
Pension Plans [Member] | Emerging Markets Equity Mutual Fund Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	81	81
Pension Plans [Member] | Hedge Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	171	148
Pension Plans [Member] | Private Equity Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	50	25
Pension Plans [Member] | Other [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	1	2
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value, excluding assets not classified in fair hierarchy	1,035	1,127
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	64	78
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Debt Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	361	347
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Domestic Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	178	196
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Mid Small Cap Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	146	146
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | International Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	123	197
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Real Estate Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	163	163
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value, excluding assets not classified in fair hierarchy	743	796
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Debt Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	465	496
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Debt Securities Mutual Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	197	219
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Emerging Markets Equity Mutual Fund Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	81	81
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value, excluding assets not classified in fair hierarchy	1	2
Pension Plans [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | Other [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	1	2
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	82	85	$ 92
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	82	85
Plan assets measured at fair value, excluding assets not classified in fair hierarchy	82	85
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	$ 82	$ 85

XML

Employee Benefits - Summary of Plan Investment Assets Measured at Fair Value (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Collective Investment Fund Mid-Small Cap Equity Securities [Member] | Domestic Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	$ 30	$ 25
Collective Investment Fund Mid-Small Cap Equity Securities [Member] | International Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	20	27
Collective Investment Fund Mid-Small Cap Equity Securities [Member] | Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	18	2
Level 1 [Member] | Mid Small Cap Equity Securities [Member] | Domestic Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	139	141
Level 1 [Member] | Mid Small Cap Equity Securities [Member] | International Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	7	5
Level 1 [Member] | Real Estate Equity Securities [Member] | Domestic Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	90	89
Level 1 [Member] | Real Estate Equity Securities [Member] | International Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Plan assets measured at fair value	$ 73	$ 74

XML

Employee Benefits - Summarizes Changes for All Plan investment Assets Measured at Fair Value Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) (Detail) - Level 3 [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Other [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 2	$ 4	$ 3
Unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at end of year	(1)	(2)
Purchases, sales, and settlements, net			1
Balance at end of period	$ 1	$ 2	4
Debt Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period			7
Purchases, sales, and settlements, net			$ (7)

XML

Employee Benefits - Expected Future Benefit Payments (Detail) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Pension Plans [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
2016	$ 198
2017	209
2018	218
2019	229
2020	234
2021 - 2025	1,368
Postretirement Welfare Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
2016	13
2017	12
2018	12
2019	11
2020	10
2021 - 2025	41
Medicare Part D Subsidy [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
2016	2
2017	2
2018	2
2019	2
2020	2
2021 - 2025	$ 7

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) shares in Millions, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Date of grant exercisable period	10 years
Shares available for grant under various plans (subject to adjustment for forfeitures)	47
Fair value of shares vested	$ 152	$ 139	$ 127
Stock-based compensation expense	125	125	129
Stock-based compensation expense on an after tax basis	78	$ 78	$ 80
Unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based arrangements granted under plans	$ 158
Cost expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period as compensation expense	2 years 6 months
Minimum [Member]
Stock and unit awards vesting period	3 years
Maximum [Member]
Stock and unit awards vesting period	5 years

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Summary of Stock Options Outstanding and Exercised Under Prior and Existing Stock Incentive Plans (Detail) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price, and Additional Disclosures [Abstract]
Stock Options/Shares, Outstanding at Beginning of the Period	33,649,198	46,724,765	63,171,918
Stock Options/Shares, Granted	1,122,697	1,246,451	1,168,011
Stock Options/Shares, Exercised	(8,721,834)	(13,851,590)	(17,260,740)
Stock Options/Shares, Cancelled	(324,353)	(470,428)	(354,424)
Stock Options/Shares, Outstanding at End of the Period	25,725,708	33,649,198	46,724,765
Stock Options/Shares, Exercisable at End of Period	22,446,095	28,923,260	39,556,000
Weighted-Average Exercise Price, Outstanding at Beginning of the Period	$ 29.31	$ 29.12	$ 28.83
Weighted-Average Exercise Price, Granted	44.28	40.32	33.99
Weighted-Average Exercise Price, Exercised	29.59	29.59	28.41
Weighted-Average Exercise Price, Cancelled	32.93	31.12	29.22
Weighted-Average Exercise Price, Outstanding at End of the Period	29.82	29.31	29.12
Weighted-Average Exercise Price, Exercisable at End of Period	$ 28.68	$ 28.79	$ 29.19
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term, Outstanding at the End of the Period	3 years 7 months 6 days	4 years	4 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term, Exercisable at End of Period	3 years	3 years 4 months 24 days	3 years 9 months 18 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Outstanding at the End of the Period	$ 331	$ 526	$ 527
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Exercisable at End of Period	$ 314	$ 467	$ 444

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Weighted Average Estimated Fair Value of Stock Option Granted and Assumptions Utilized by Company for Newly Issued Grants (Detail) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Abstract]
Estimated fair value	$ 12.23	$ 11.38	$ 12.13
Risk-free interest rates	1.70%	1.70%	1.00%
Dividend yield	2.60%	2.60%	2.60%
Stock volatility factor	0.37%	0.38%	0.49%
Expected life of options (in years)	5 years 6 months	5 years 6 months	5 years 6 months

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Summary of Certain Stock Option Activity (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Additional Disclosures [Abstract]
Fair value of options vested	$ 25	$ 33	$ 41
Intrinsic value of options exercised	130	171	144
Cash received from options exercised	257	408	489
Tax benefit realized from options exercised	$ 50	$ 66	$ 56

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Options Outstanding Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015 $ / shares shares
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Outstanding Options, Shares | shares	25,725,708
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	3 years 7 months 6 days
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 29.82
Exercisable Options, Shares | shares	22,446,095
Exercisable Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 28.68
Exercise Prices Range $11.02-$15.00 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit of Exercise Prices	11.02
Upper range limit of Exercise Prices	$ 15.00
Outstanding Options, Shares | shares	2,664,092
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	3 years 1 month 6 days
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 11.20
Exercisable Options, Shares | shares	2,664,092
Exercisable Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 11.20
Exercise Prices Range $15.01-$20.00 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit of Exercise Prices	15.01
Upper range limit of Exercise Prices	$ 20.00
Outstanding Options, Shares | shares	161,218
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	2 years
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 19.58
Exercisable Options, Shares | shares	161,218
Exercisable Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 19.58
Exercise Prices Range $20.01-$25.00 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit of Exercise Prices	20.01
Upper range limit of Exercise Prices	$ 25.00
Outstanding Options, Shares | shares	2,051,039
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	4 years 2 months 12 days
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 23.85
Exercisable Options, Shares | shares	2,051,039
Exercisable Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 23.85
Exercise Prices Range $25.01-$30.00 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit of Exercise Prices	25.01
Upper range limit of Exercise Prices	$ 30.00
Outstanding Options, Shares | shares	5,911,183
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	5 years
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 28.49
Exercisable Options, Shares | shares	5,051,861
Exercisable Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 28.47
Exercise Prices Range $30.01-$35.00 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit of Exercise Prices	30.01
Upper range limit of Exercise Prices	$ 35.00
Outstanding Options, Shares | shares	9,215,909
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	2 years 7 months 6 days
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 32.21
Exercisable Options, Shares | shares	8,719,854
Exercisable Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 32.11
Exercise Prices Range $35.01-$40.00 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit of Exercise Prices	35.01
Upper range limit of Exercise Prices	$ 40.00
Outstanding Options, Shares | shares	3,523,469
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	1 year 1 month 6 days
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 36.04
Exercisable Options, Shares | shares	3,523,469
Exercisable Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 36.04
Exercise Price Range $40.01 - $44.32 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit of Exercise Prices	40.01
Upper range limit of Exercise Prices	$ 44.32
Outstanding Options, Shares | shares	2,198,798
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	8 years 7 months 6 days
Outstanding Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 42.32
Exercisable Options, Shares | shares	274,562
Exercisable Options, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 40.32

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Summary of Company's Restricted Shares of Stock and Unit Awards (Detail) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Number of Shares and Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Outstanding at beginning of period, shares	7,921,571	8,653,859	8,935,743
Granted, shares	2,897,396	3,133,168	3,717,635
Vested, shares	(3,428,736)	(3,409,650)	(3,744,411)
Cancelled, shares	(495,400)	(455,806)	(255,108)
Outstanding at end of period, shares	6,894,831	7,921,571	8,653,859
Outstanding at beginning of period, weighted-average grant-date fair value	$ 34.09	$ 29.96	$ 25.04
Granted, weighted-average grant-date fair value	44.24	40.37	33.88
Vested, weighted-average grant-date fair value	33.27	29.38	22.17
Cancelled, weighted-average grant-date fair value	38.66	34.05	29.18
Outstanding at end of period, weighted-average grant-date fair value	$ 38.44	$ 34.09	$ 29.96

XML

Income Taxes - Components of Income Tax Expense (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Federal
Current	$ 1,956	$ 1,888	$ 1,885
Deferred	(223)	(126)	(83)
Federal income tax	1,733	1,762	1,802
State
Current	346	331	216
Deferred	18	(6)	14
State income tax	364	325	230
Applicable income taxes	$ 2,097	$ 2,087	$ 2,032

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Income Taxes Additional Information [Abstract]
Federal statutory rate	35.00%
Unrecognized tax positions that if recognized would impact the effective tax rate	$ 165	$ 192	$ 181
Unrecognized tax positions as a component of income taxes expense, accrued interest	30
Unrecognized tax positions as a component of income tax expense, recorded in interest	(1)	$ 4	$ (12)
Federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards	$ 1,100
Federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards expiration term	Dec. 31, 2035
Base year reserves included in retained earnings of acquired thrift institutions	$ 102

XML

Income Taxes - Reconciliation of Expected Income Tax Expense at Federal Statutory Rate of 35 Percent to Company's Applicable Income Tax Expense (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation, Amount [Abstract]
Tax at statutory rate	$ 2,810	$ 2,798	$ 2,717
State income tax, at statutory rates, net of federal tax benefit	237	211	150
Tax credits and benefits, net of related expenses	(700)	(701)	(648)
Tax-exempt income	(201)	(205)	(212)
Noncontrolling interests	(19)	(20)	37
Other items	(30)	4	(12)
Applicable income taxes	$ 2,097	$ 2,087	$ 2,032

XML

Income Taxes - Reconciliation of Changes in Federal, State and Foreign Unrecognized Tax Position Balances (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Income Tax Uncertainties [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 267	$ 264	$ 302
Additions (reductions) for tax positions taken in prior years	(17)	31	44
Additions for tax positions taken in the current year	13	4
Exam resolutions	(17)	(22)	(56)
Statute expirations	(3)	(10)	(26)
Balance at end of period	$ 243	$ 267	$ 264

XML

Income Taxes - Significant Components of the Company's Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Deferred Tax Assets
Allowance for credit losses	$ 1,615	$ 1,652
Accrued expenses	764	630
Federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards	464	212
Partnerships and other investment assets	380	403
Pension and postretirement benefits	247	437
Stock compensation	131	143
Other deferred tax assets, net	219	208
Gross deferred tax assets	3,820	3,685
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Leasing activities	(3,026)	(3,042)
Mortgage servicing rights	(859)	(871)
Goodwill and other intangible assets	(859)	(772)
Loans	(204)	(212)
Fixed assets	(111)	(90)
Securities available-for-sale and financial instruments	(47)	(165)
Other deferred tax liabilities, net	(55)	(159)
Gross deferred tax liabilities	(5,161)	(5,311)
Valuation allowance	(137)	(101)
Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)	$ (1,478)	$ (1,727)

XML

Derivative Instruments - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Derivative [Line Items]
Realized and unrealized losses on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income (loss)		$ 67,000,000	$ 172,000,000
Non-derivative debt instruments designated as net investment hedges		0	0
Fair value of derivatives under collateral agreements in a net liability position		956,000,000
Collateral posted by company netted against net liability position		823,000,000
Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans		5,400,000,000
Hedged mortgage loans held for sale		2,100,000,000
Unfunded mortgage loan commitments		4,100,000,000
Up Scenario [Member] | Net sensitivity [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Net fair value 25 basis points		(2,000,000)	(2,000,000)
Net fair value 50 basis points		(16,000,000)	(12,000,000)
Net fair value 100 basis points		(33,000,000)	(29,000,000)
Down Scenario [Member] | Net sensitivity [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Net fair value 25 basis points		(7,000,000)	(5,000,000)
Net fair value 50 basis points		(24,000,000)	(19,000,000)
Net fair value 100 basis points		$ (123,000,000)	$ (99,000,000)
Scenario, Forecast [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Estimated loss to be reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings	$ 68,000,000

XML

Derivative Instruments - Asset and Liability Management Derivative Positions of Company (Detail) - Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 27,442	$ 20,217
Fair Value, Assets	201	215
Notional Value, Liabilities	22,818	21,623
Fair Value, Liabilities	286	472
Other Derivatives [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 36	58
Fair Value, Assets		$ 4
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	15 days	11 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 662	$ 390
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 64	$ 48
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	2 years 7 months 6 days	3 years 2 months 12 days
Fair Value Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Receive Fixed/Pay Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 3,050	$ 2,750
Fair Value, Assets	$ 73	$ 65
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	4 years 5 months 5 days	5 years 8 months 9 days
Cash Flow Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Receive Fixed/Pay Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets		$ 250
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period		1 month 28 days
Cash Flow Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Pay Fixed/Receive Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 1,772	$ 272
Fair Value, Assets	$ 7	$ 6
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	9 years 2 months 19 days	7 years 9 months 4 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 5,009	$ 5,748
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 146	$ 315
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	1 year 1 month 17 days	1 year 11 months 9 days
Net Investment Hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 1,140	$ 1,047
Fair Value, Assets	$ 4	$ 31
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	15 days	15 days
Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Receive Fixed/Pay Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 3,733	$ 3,552
Fair Value, Assets	$ 42	$ 14
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	9 years 11 months 23 days	10 years 2 months 19 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 4,748	$ 250
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 18	$ 1
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	10 years 2 months 5 days	10 years 2 months 19 days
Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Pay Fixed/Receive Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 287	$ 15
Fair Value, Assets	$ 2
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	9 years 9 months 26 days	10 years 2 months 19 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 4,158
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 35
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	9 years 11 months 19 days
Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Futures and Forwards [Member] | Purchased [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 3,812	$ 4,839
Fair Value, Assets	$ 17	$ 45
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	26 days	26 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 452	$ 60
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 1
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	22 days	29 days
Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Futures and Forwards [Member] | Written [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 3,201	$ 448
Fair Value, Assets	$ 12	$ 10
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	1 month 2 days	1 month 17 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 2,559	$ 6,713
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 7	$ 62
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	1 month 13 days	1 month 2 days
Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Options [Member] | Purchased [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 2,935	$ 2,500
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	22 days	22 days
Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Options [Member] | Written [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 3,199	$ 2,643
Fair Value, Assets	$ 29	$ 31
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	1 month 6 days	29 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 5	$ 4
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 1
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	29 days	1 month 10 days
Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 3,023	$ 510
Fair Value, Assets	$ 13	$ 3
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	4 days	11 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 2,380	$ 6,176
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 10	$ 41
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	11 days	7 days
Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Equity Contracts [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 62	$ 86
Fair Value, Assets		$ 3
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	5 months 19 days	7 months 6 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 24
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 1
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	9 months 26 days
Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Credit Contracts [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 1,192	$ 1,247
Fair Value, Assets	$ 2	$ 3
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	2 years 6 months 29 days	3 years 3 months 15 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 2,821	$ 2,282
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 3	$ 5
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	2 years 11 months 27 days	2 years 10 months 6 days

XML

Derivative Instruments - Asset and Liability Management Derivative Positions of Company (Parenthetical) (Detail) - Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 22,818	$ 21,623
Fair Value, Liabilities	286	472
Notional Value, Assets	27,442	20,217
Underwriting Purchase and Sale Commitments [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Liabilities	36	58
Notional Value, Assets	36	58
Swap [Member] | Visa Class B Shares [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Liabilities	626	332
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 64	$ 44
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	2 years 9 months	3 years 9 months

XML

Derivative Instruments - Customer-Related Derivative Positions of Company (Detail) - Customer-Related Positions [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 72,112	$ 50,780
Fair Value, Assets	2,046	1,853
Notional Value, Liabilities	80,044	47,993
Fair Value, Liabilities	2,099	1,717
Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Receive Fixed/Pay Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	32,647	21,724
Fair Value, Assets	$ 1,097	$ 888
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	5 years 8 months 9 days	6 years 1 month 2 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 14,068	$ 5,880
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 54	$ 24
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	4 years 8 months 16 days	3 years 9 months 15 days
Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Pay Fixed/Receive Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 10,685	$ 4,622
Fair Value, Assets	$ 43	$ 26
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	4 years 6 months 18 days	3 years 3 months 7 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 35,045	$ 21,821
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 1,160	$ 892
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	5 years 8 months 27 days	6 years 29 days
Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Options [Member] | Purchased [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 8,705	$ 4,409
Fair Value, Assets	$ 10	$ 10
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	2 years 7 months 10 days	3 years 9 months 15 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 146	$ 24
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 1
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	2 years 2 months 23 days	2 years 5 months 1 day
Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Options [Member] | Written [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 146	$ 24
Fair Value, Assets	$ 2
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	2 years 2 months 23 days	2 years 5 months 1 day
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 8,482	$ 4,375
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 9	$ 10
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	2 years 6 months 26 days	3 years 9 months 15 days
Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Futures [Member] | Purchased [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets		$ 1,811
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period		2 months 19 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 2,859	$ 226
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 2
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	10 months 2 days	5 months 12 days
Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Futures [Member] | Written [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 45	$ 152
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	11 months 19 days	1 year 29 days
Notional Value, Liabilities		$ 46
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period		1 year 8 months 23 days
Foreign Exchange Rate Contracts [Member] | Forwards, Spots and Swaps [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 18,399	$ 17,062
Fair Value, Assets	$ 851	$ 890
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	7 months 2 days	6 months 7 days
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 17,959	$ 14,645
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 830	$ 752
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	6 months 29 days	7 months 2 days
Foreign Exchange Option [Member] | Purchased [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Assets	$ 1,485	$ 976
Fair Value, Assets	$ 43	$ 39
Derivative Asset Average Remaining Maturity Period	1 year 2 months 9 days	5 months 9 days
Foreign Exchange Option [Member] | Written [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional Value, Liabilities	$ 1,485	$ 976
Fair Value, Liabilities	$ 43	$ 39
Derivative Liability Average Remaining Maturity Period	1 year 2 months 9 days	5 months 9 days

XML

Derivative Instruments - Summary of Effective Portion of Gains (Losses) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Gains (Losses) Reclassified from Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into Earnings (Detail) - Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Cash Flow Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Losses) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Effective Portion, Net	$ (15)	$ (26)	$ 25
Derivative Instruments, Gains (Losses) Reclassified from Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) into Earnings	(120)	(115)	(118)
Net Investment Hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Losses) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Effective Portion, Net	$ 101	$ 130	$ (45)

XML

Derivative Instruments - Summary of Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings for Fair Value Hedges, Other Economic Hedges and Customer-Related Positions (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Other Noninterest Income [Member] | Fair Value Hedges [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	$ 7	$ 29	$ (9)
Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Mortgage Banking Revenue [Member] | Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Futures and Forwards [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	186	(122)	615
Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Mortgage Banking Revenue [Member] | Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Options [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	191	287	243
Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Mortgage Banking Revenue [Member] | Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Receive Fixed/Pay Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	139	384	(322)
Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Mortgage Banking Revenue [Member] | Other Economic Hedges [Member] | Pay Fixed/Receive Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	(33)
Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] | Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts [Member] | Commercial Products Revenue [Member] | Other Economic Hedges [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	108	(29)	49
Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] | Equity Contracts [Member] | Compensation Expense [Member] | Other Economic Hedges [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	(1)	2	2
Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] | Credit Contracts [Member] | Other Noninterest Income [Member] | Other Economic Hedges [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	2		6
Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member] | Other Derivatives [Member] | Other Noninterest Income [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings		(43)
Customer-Related Positions [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Other Noninterest Income [Member] | Options [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	3
Customer-Related Positions [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Other Noninterest Income [Member] | Receive Fixed/Pay Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	360	686	(361)
Customer-Related Positions [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Other Noninterest Income [Member] | Pay Fixed/Receive Floating Swaps [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	(320)	(652)	378
Customer-Related Positions [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Other Noninterest Income [Member] | Futures [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	1
Customer-Related Positions [Member] | Foreign Exchange Rate Contracts [Member] | Commercial Products Revenue [Member] | Options [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	2	1
Customer-Related Positions [Member] | Foreign Exchange Rate Contracts [Member] | Commercial Products Revenue [Member] | Forwards, Spots and Swaps [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gains (losses) recognized in earnings	$ 74	$ 66	$ 51

XML

Derivative Instruments - Summary of Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings for Fair Value Hedges, Other Economic Hedges and Customer-Related Positions (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Fair Value Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contracts [Member] | Asset and Liability Management Positions [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Gain (losses) on items hedged by fair value hedges	$ (7)	$ (27)	$ 8

XML

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities - Additional Information (Detail) $ in Billions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional amount of derivative	$ 202.4
Exchange Cleared [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional amount of derivative	69.8
Exchange Traded [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional amount of derivative	$ 8.3

XML

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities - Summary of Maturities by Category of Collateral Pledged for Repurchase Agreements (Detail) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Transfer of Certain Financial Assets Accounted for as Secured Borrowings [Line Items]
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	$ 1,092
U.S. Treasury and Agencies [Member]
Transfer of Certain Financial Assets Accounted for as Secured Borrowings [Line Items]
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	122
Overnight and Continuous [Member]
Transfer of Certain Financial Assets Accounted for as Secured Borrowings [Line Items]
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	924
Overnight and Continuous [Member] | U.S. Treasury and Agencies [Member]
Transfer of Certain Financial Assets Accounted for as Secured Borrowings [Line Items]
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	122
Less Than 30 Days [Member]
Transfer of Certain Financial Assets Accounted for as Secured Borrowings [Line Items]
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	168
Agency [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Transfer of Certain Financial Assets Accounted for as Secured Borrowings [Line Items]
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	970
Agency [Member] | Overnight and Continuous [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Transfer of Certain Financial Assets Accounted for as Secured Borrowings [Line Items]
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	802
Agency [Member] | Less Than 30 Days [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Transfer of Certain Financial Assets Accounted for as Secured Borrowings [Line Items]
Gross amount of recognized liabilities	$ 168

XML

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities - Information on Company's Accounting Netting Adjustments and Items Not Offset in Consolidated Balance Sheet Assets But Available for Offset in Event of Default (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Offsetting [Abstract]
Derivative assets Gross Recognized Assets	$ 1,879	$ 1,847
Reverse repurchase agreements Gross Recognized Assets	106	40
Securities borrowed Gross Recognized Assets	772	638
Total Gross Recognized Assets	2,757	2,525
Derivative assets Gross amounts assets offset in consolidated balance sheet	(807)	(870)
Total Gross amounts assets offset in consolidated balance sheet	(807)	(870)
Derivative assets Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet	1,072	977
Reverse repurchase agreements Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet	106	40
Securities borrowed Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet	772	638
Total Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet	1,950	1,655
Derivative assets Gross Amounts Not Offset Consolidated Balance Financial Instruments	(82)	(58)
Reverse repurchase agreements Gross financial instrument asset amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(102)	(40)
Securities borrowed Gross financial instrument asset amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	0	0
Total Gross financial instrument asset amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(184)	(98)
Reverse repurchase agreements Gross collateral received amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(4)
Securities borrowed Gross collateral received amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(753)	(620)
Total Gross collateral received amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(757)	(620)
Derivative assets Net Amount	990	919
Reverse repurchase agreements Net Amount	0	0
Securities borrowed Net Amount	19	18
Total Net Amount Assets	$ 1,009	$ 937

XML

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities - Information on Company's Accounting Netting Adjustments and Items Not Offset in Consolidated Balance Sheet Assets But Available for Offset in Event of Default (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Offsetting [Abstract]
Cash collateral netted against derivative assets	$ 165	$ 258
Derivative assets not subject to netting arrangements	$ 368	$ 221

XML

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities - Information on Company's Accounting Netting Adjustments and Items Not Offset in Consolidated Balance Sheet Liabilities But Available for Offset in Event of Default (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Offsetting [Abstract]
Derivative liabilities Gross recognized liabilities	$ 1,809	$ 1,847
Repurchase agreements Gross recognized liabilities	1,092	948
Securities loaned Gross recognized liabilities		47
Total Gross recognized liabilities	2,901	2,842
Derivative liabilities Gross amounts liabilities offset in consolidated balance sheet	(1,283)	(1,317)
Total Gross amounts liabilities offset in consolidated balance sheet	(1,283)	(1,317)
Derivative liabilities Net amounts liabilities presented in consolidated balance sheet	526	530
Repurchase agreements Net amounts liabilities presented in consolidated balance sheet	1,092	948
Securities loaned Net amounts liabilities presented in consolidated balance sheet		47
Total Net amounts liabilities presented in consolidated balance sheet	1,618	1,525
Derivative liabilities Gross financial instrument liability amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(82)	(58)
Repurchase agreements Gross financial instrument liability amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(102)	(40)
Securities loaned Gross financial instruments not offset in consolidated balance sheet	0	0
Total Gross financial instrument liability amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(184)	(98)
Repurchase agreements Gross collateral pledged amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(990)	(908)
Securities loaned Gross collateral pledged amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet		(46)
Total Gross collateral pledged amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet	(990)	(954)
Derivative liabilities Net Amount	444	472
Repurchase agreements Net Amount	0	0
Securities loaned Net Amount		1
Total Net Amount Liabilities	$ 444	$ 473

XML

Netting Arrangements for Certain Financial Instruments and Securities Financing Activities - Information on Company's Accounting Netting Adjustments and Items Not Offset in Consolidated Balance Sheet Liabilities But Available for Offset in Event of Default (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Offsetting [Abstract]
Cash collateral netted against derivative liabilities	$ 641	$ 705
Derivative liabilities not subject to netting arrangements	$ 576	$ 342

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Fair value measurement transfers from one level to another	$ 0	$ 0
Significant changes to the valuation techniques to measure fair value during the reporting period	No significant changes to the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure fair value.
Mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value gain (loss)	$ 27,000,000	185,000,000	$ (335,000,000)
Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Assumed credit valuation adjustment as percentage of derivative contract fair value	0.00%
Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Assumed credit valuation adjustment as percentage of derivative contract fair value	98.00%
Average [Member]
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Assumed credit valuation adjustment as percentage of derivative contract fair value	5.00%
Standby Letters Of Credit, Unfunded Commitments and Deferred Non-Yield Loan Fees [Member]
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Carrying value of guarantee obligations	$ 515,000,000	413,000,000
Other Guarantees [Member]
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Carrying value of guarantee obligations	$ 184,000,000	$ 211,000,000

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Valuation Assumption Ranges for Level 3 Available -for-Sale Investment Securities (Detail) - Level 3 [Member]	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015
Minimum [Member] | Non-Agency Prime [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates	5.00%
Lifetime loss severity rates	15.00%
Discount margin	2.00%
Minimum [Member] | Non-Agency Non-Prime [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates	3.00%
Lifetime probability of default rates	4.00%
Lifetime loss severity rates	20.00%
Discount margin	1.00%
Minimum [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates	6.00%
Lifetime probability of default rates	5.00%
Lifetime loss severity rates	40.00%
Discount margin	6.00%
Maximum [Member] | Non-Agency Prime [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates	20.00%
Lifetime probability of default rates	7.00%
Lifetime loss severity rates	60.00%
Discount margin	5.00%
Maximum [Member] | Non-Agency Non-Prime [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates	13.00%
Lifetime probability of default rates	12.00%
Lifetime loss severity rates	70.00%
Discount margin	6.00%
Maximum [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates	6.00%
Lifetime probability of default rates	5.00%
Lifetime loss severity rates	40.00%
Discount margin	6.00%
Average [Member] | Non-Agency Prime [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates	14.00%
Lifetime probability of default rates	4.00%
Lifetime loss severity rates	33.00%
Discount margin	3.00%
Average [Member] | Non-Agency Non-Prime [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates	8.00%
Lifetime probability of default rates	7.00%
Lifetime loss severity rates	52.00%
Discount margin	3.00%
Average [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Estimated lifetime prepayment rates	6.00%
Lifetime probability of default rates	5.00%
Lifetime loss severity rates	40.00%
Discount margin	6.00%

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Valuation Assumption Ranges for MSRs (Detail) - Mortgage Servicing Rights [Member]	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected prepayment	11.30%	12.10%
Discount rate	10.00%	10.10%
Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected prepayment	10.00%
Discount rate	9.00%
Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected prepayment	19.00%
Discount rate	13.00%
Average [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected prepayment	11.00%
Discount rate	10.00%

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Valuation Assumption Ranges for Derivative Commitments (Detail) - Derivative Mortgage Loans Commitments [Member]	Dec. 31, 2015
Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected loan close rate	9.00%
Inherent MSR value (basis points per loan)	30.00%
Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected loan close rate	100.00%
Inherent MSR value (basis points per loan)	196.00%
Average [Member]
Fair Value Inputs, Assets, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Expected loan close rate	79.00%
Inherent MSR value (basis points per loan)	120.00%

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Balances of Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions		Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities netting		$ (1,283)	$ (1,317)
Derivative liabilities total		526	530
Derivative assets netting		(807)	(870)
Derivative assets total		1,072	977
Available-for-sale securities	[1]	61,997	56,069
Mortgage loans held for sale		3,110	4,774
Mortgage servicing rights		2,512	2,338	$ 2,680	$ 1,700
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities total		1,102	872
Derivative assets total		1,440	1,198
Available-for-sale securities		61,997	56,069
Mortgage loans held for sale		3,110	4,774
Mortgage servicing rights		2,512	2,338
Other assets		791	872
Total		69,850	65,251
Short-term borrowings		767	709
Total		1,869	1,581
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Netting and Collateral One [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities netting		(1,283)	(1,317)
Derivative assets netting		(807)	(870)
Total		(807)	(870)
Total		(1,283)	(1,317)
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | U.S. Treasury and Agencies [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		4,596	2,632
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		5,316	5,868
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Obligations of Foreign Governments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities			6
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		610	614
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Perpetual Preferred Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		161	217
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Other Investment [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		68	274
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Non-Agency Prime [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		318	405
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Non-Agency Non-Prime [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		240	280
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Agency [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		50,076	45,017
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Commercial [Member] | Agency [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		52	115
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Collateralized Loan Obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		19	22
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		541	619
Level 1 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities before netting		2
Available-for-sale securities		3,898	1,758
Other assets		202	231
Total		4,100	1,989
Short-term borrowings		122	101
Total		124	101
Level 1 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | U.S. Treasury and Agencies [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		3,708	1,351
Level 1 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		102	101
Level 1 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Perpetual Preferred Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		48	55
Level 1 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Other Investment [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		40	251
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities before netting		2,266	2,103
Derivative assets before netting		1,632	1,408
Available-for-sale securities		57,530	53,555
Mortgage loans held for sale		3,110	4,774
Other assets		589	641
Total		62,861	60,378
Short-term borrowings		645	608
Total		2,911	2,711
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | U.S. Treasury and Agencies [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		888	1,281
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		5,316	5,868
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Obligations of Foreign Governments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities			6
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		499	504
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Perpetual Preferred Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		113	162
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Other Investment [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		28	23
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Agency [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		50,076	45,017
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Commercial [Member] | Agency [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		52	115
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Collateralized Loan Obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		19	22
Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		539	557
Level 3 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities before netting		117	86
Derivative assets before netting		615	660
Available-for-sale securities		569	756
Mortgage servicing rights		2,512	2,338
Total		3,696	3,754
Total		117	86
Level 3 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		9	9
Level 3 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Non-Agency Prime [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		318	405
Level 3 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member] | Non-Agency Non-Prime [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		240	280
Level 3 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale securities		$ 2	$ 62

[1] Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Changes in Fair Value for All Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Non-Agency Prime [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Beginning of Period Balance	$ 405	$ 478	$ 624
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income			(6)
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	(4)	15	8
Principal Payments	(83)	(88)	(148)
Settlements	0	0	0
End of Period Balance	318	405	478
Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at End of Period	(4)	14	9
Non-Agency Non-Prime [Member] | Mortgage-Backed Securities Residential [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Beginning of Period Balance	280	297	355
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income	(1)	(6)	(13)
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	(1)	19	17
Sales			(20)
Principal Payments	(38)	(30)	(42)
Settlements	0	0	0
End of Period Balance	240	280	297
Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at End of Period	(1)	19	17
Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Beginning of Period Balance	9	9	9
Settlements	0	0	0
End of Period Balance	9	9	9
Asset-Backed Securities Other [Member] | Asset-Backed Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Beginning of Period Balance	62	63	15
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income	4	4	3
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	(2)		1
Purchases		5	51
Sales	(51)
Principal Payments	(11)	(10)	(7)
Settlements	0	0	0
End of Period Balance	2	62	63
Mortgage Servicing Rights [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Beginning of Period Balance	2,338	2,680	1,700
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income	(487)	(588)	203
Purchases	29	5	8
Sales		(141)
Issuances	632	382	769
Settlements	0	0	0
End of Period Balance	2,512	2,338	2,680
Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at End of Period	(487)	(588)	203
Available-for-Sale Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Beginning of Period Balance	756	847	1,003
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income	3	(2)	(16)
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	(7)	34	26
Purchases		5	51
Sales	(51)		(20)
Principal Payments	(132)	(128)	(197)
Settlements	0	0	0
End of Period Balance	569	756	847
Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at End of Period	(5)	33	26
Derivative [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Beginning of Period Balance	574	445	1,179
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Net Income	707	904	(18)
Net Gains (Losses) Included in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	0	0	0
Purchases	1	1	1
Sales	(13)	(4)	(5)
Principal Payments	0	0	0
Issuances	0	0	0
Settlements	(771)	(772)	(712)
End of Period Balance	498	574	445
Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at End of Period	$ 135	$ 188	$ (321)

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Changes in Fair Value for All Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) (Parenthetical) (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Other Noninterest Income [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Net gains and (losses) on net derivative assets and liabilities included in net income	$ 289	$ 404	$ (149)
Net Change in net derivative asset and liability unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at end of period	92	128	(340)
Mortgage Banking Revenue [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Net gains and (losses) on net derivative assets and liabilities included in net income	418	500	131
Net Change in net derivative asset and liability unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at end of period	$ 43	60	19
Securities Gains Losses [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Net gains and losses on available for sale securities included in net income		(3)	(14)
Interest Income [Member]
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Net gains and losses on available for sale securities included in net income		$ 1	$ (2)

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Adjusted Carrying Values for Assets Measured at Fair Value on Nonrecurring Basis (Detail) - Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Loans	$ 87	$ 77
Other assets	66	90
Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Loans	87	77
Other assets	$ 66	$ 90

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Losses Recognized Related to Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements of Individual Assets or Portfolios (Detail) - Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Loans Receivable [Member]
Fair Value Assets Measured On Nonrecurring Basis Losses Recognized [Line Items]
Asset impairment charges	$ 175	$ 108	$ 83
Other Assets [Member]
Fair Value Assets Measured On Nonrecurring Basis Losses Recognized [Line Items]
Asset impairment charges	$ 42	$ 70	$ 96

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Differences Between Aggregate Fair Value Carrying Amount of MLHFS for which Fair Value Option has been Elected and Aggregate Unpaid Principal Amount Contractually Obligated to Receive at Maturity (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Fair value carrying amount, total loans	$ 3,110	$ 4,774
Fair value carrying amount, nonaccrual loans	5	6
Fair value carrying amount, loans 90 days or more past due		1
Aggregate unpaid principal, total loans	3,032	4,582
Aggregate unpaid principal, nonaccrual loans	7	9
Aggregate unpaid principal, loans 90 days or more past due		1
Carrying amount over (under) unpaid principal, total loans	78	192
Carrying amount over (under) unpaid principal, nonaccrual loans	(2)	(3)
Carrying amount over (under) unpaid principal, loans 90 days or more past due	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities - Estimated Fair Values of Financial Instruments (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions		Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks		$ 11,147	$ 10,654	$ 8,477	$ 8,252
Investment securities held-to-maturity	[1]	43,590	44,974
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		300,400	282,733
Long-term debt		32,078	32,260
Carrying Amount [Member]
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks		11,147	10,654
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements		169	118
Investment securities held-to-maturity		43,590	44,974
Loans held for sale		74	18
Loans		256,899	243,735
Other financial instruments		2,311	2,187
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		300,400	282,733
Short-term borrowings		27,110	29,184
Long-term debt		32,078	32,260
Other Liabilities		1,353	1,231
Fair Value [Member]
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks		11,147	10,654
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements		169	118
Investment securities held-to-maturity		43,493	45,140
Loans held for sale		74	18
Loans		259,736	245,424
Other financial instruments		2,319	2,193
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		300,225	282,708
Short-term borrowings		26,782	28,973
Long-term debt		32,412	32,659
Other Liabilities		1,353	1,231
Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks		11,147	10,654
Investment securities held-to-maturity		2,275	1,928
Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Financial Assets
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements		169	118
Investment securities held-to-maturity		41,138	43,124
Other financial instruments		921	924
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		300,225	282,708
Short-term borrowings		26,782	28,973
Long-term debt		32,412	32,659
Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Financial Assets
Investment securities held-to-maturity		80	88
Loans held for sale		74	18
Loans		259,736	245,424
Other financial instruments		1,398	1,269
Financial Liabilities
Other Liabilities		$ 1,353	$ 1,231

[1] Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

XML

Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) shares in Millions, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Liability related to remaining Visa Litigation, carrying amount	$ 19
Rental expense for operating leases	328	$ 326	$ 311
Standby Letters of Credit [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	$ 13,020
Weighted-average term of potential future payments guaranteed by Company under standby letter of credit arrangements	21 months
Carrying Amount	$ 57
Third Party Borrowing Arrangements [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	8
Securities Lending Indemnifications [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	4,246
Collateral Held	4,387
Asset Sales [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	5,089
Carrying Amount	119
Reserve for potential losses related to sale or syndication of tax-advantage investments	89
Representation and warranty reserve	30	46
Unresolved representation and warranty claims from GSEs	12	19
Merchant Processing [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	94,995
Carrying Amount	61
Collateral Held	409
Value of airline tickets purchased to deliver at future date	6,700
Company held collateral in escrow deposits, letters of credit and indemnities from financial institutions and liens on various assets	307
Company held collateral of merchant escrow deposits with respect to future delivery risk	26
Liability primarily related to airline processing arrangements	49
Merchant escrow deposits held as collateral related to unresolved charge-backs	76
Recorded liability for potential losses related to unresolved charge-backs	12
Contingent Consideration Arrangements [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	2
Carrying Amount	2
Tender Option Bond Program Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	2,183
Collateral Held	2,254
Minimum Revenue Guarantees [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	12
Carrying Amount	2
Other Guarantees [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	792
Carrying Amount	$ 184	$ 211
Visa Class B Shares [Member]
Guarantees And Contingent Liabilities (Textual) [Abstract]
Number of shares sold	2.5
Remaining shares held by the Company	6.4

XML

Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities - Contract or Notional Amounts of Unfunded Commitments to Extend Credit (Detail) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	$ 119,841
Corporate and Purchasing Card Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	23,608
Residential Mortgages [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	328
Retail Credit Card Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	95,832
Other Retail Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	34,092
Covered Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	568
Other [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	5,297
Less Than One Year [Member] | Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	25,917
Less Than One Year [Member] | Corporate and Purchasing Card Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	23,608
Less Than One Year [Member] | Residential Mortgages [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	315
Less Than One Year [Member] | Retail Credit Card Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	95,832
Less Than One Year [Member] | Other Retail Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	12,951
Less Than One Year [Member] | Other [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	5,203
Greater Than One Year [Member] | Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	93,924
Greater Than One Year [Member] | Residential Mortgages [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	13
Greater Than One Year [Member] | Other Retail Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	21,141
Greater Than One Year [Member] | Covered Loans [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	568
Greater Than One Year [Member] | Other [Member]
Other Commitments [Line Items]
Contract or notional amounts of unfunded commitments to extend credit	$ 94

XML

Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities - Future Minimum Payments Under Capital Leases and Noncancelable Operating Leases (Detail) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Capital Leases
Capital Leases, 2016	$ 14
Capital Leases, 2017	13
Capital Leases, 2018	13
Capital Leases, 2019	11
Capital Leases, 2020	10
Capital Leases, Thereafter	42
Total minimum capital lease payments	103
Less amount representing interest	35
Present value of net minimum capital lease payments	68
Operating Leases
Operating Leases, 2016	265
Operating Leases, 2017	242
Operating Leases, 2018	203
Operating Leases, 2019	166
Operating Leases, 2020	126
Operating Leases, Thereafter	471
Total minimum operating lease payments	$ 1,473

XML

Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities - Summary of Other Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Standby Letters of Credit [Member]
Guarantor Obligations [Line Items]
Carrying Amount	$ 57
Maximum Potential Future Payments	13,020
Third Party Borrowing Arrangements [Member]
Guarantor Obligations [Line Items]
Maximum Potential Future Payments	8
Securities Lending Indemnifications [Member]
Guarantor Obligations [Line Items]
Collateral Held	4,387
Maximum Potential Future Payments	4,246
Asset Sales [Member]
Guarantor Obligations [Line Items]
Carrying Amount	119
Maximum Potential Future Payments	5,089
Merchant Processing [Member]
Guarantor Obligations [Line Items]
Collateral Held	409
Carrying Amount	61
Maximum Potential Future Payments	94,995
Contingent Consideration Arrangements [Member]
Guarantor Obligations [Line Items]
Carrying Amount	2
Maximum Potential Future Payments	2
Tender Option Bond Program Guarantee [Member]
Guarantor Obligations [Line Items]
Collateral Held	2,254
Maximum Potential Future Payments	2,183
Minimum Revenue Guarantees [Member]
Guarantor Obligations [Line Items]
Carrying Amount	2
Maximum Potential Future Payments	12
Other Guarantees [Member]
Guarantor Obligations [Line Items]
Carrying Amount	184	$ 211
Maximum Potential Future Payments	$ 792

XML

Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities - Contract or Notional Amount of Letters of Credit (Detail) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Standby [Member]
Letters Of Credit [Line Items]
Contract or notional amount of letters of credit	$ 13,020
Commercial [Member]
Letters Of Credit [Line Items]
Contract or notional amount of letters of credit	266
Less Than One Year [Member] | Standby [Member]
Letters Of Credit [Line Items]
Contract or notional amount of letters of credit	5,701
Less Than One Year [Member] | Commercial [Member]
Letters Of Credit [Line Items]
Contract or notional amount of letters of credit	218
Greater Than One Year [Member] | Standby [Member]
Letters Of Credit [Line Items]
Contract or notional amount of letters of credit	7,319
Greater Than One Year [Member] | Commercial [Member]
Letters Of Credit [Line Items]
Contract or notional amount of letters of credit	$ 48

XML

U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company) - Condensed Statement of Financial Position of Parent Company Only (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions		Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Assets
Available-for-sale securities	[1]	$ 61,997	$ 56,069
Other assets	[1]	29,725	27,059
Total assets		421,853	402,529
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Short-term funds borrowed		27,877	29,893	$ 27,608
Long-term debt		32,078	32,260
Other liabilities		14,681	13,475
Shareholders' equity		46,131	43,479
Total liabilities and equity		421,853	402,529
Parent Company [Member]
Assets
Due from banks, principally interest-bearing		9,426	10,775
Available-for-sale securities		352	464
Other assets		983	1,762
Total assets		58,502	57,706
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Short-term funds borrowed		25	177
Long-term debt		11,453	13,189
Other liabilities		893	861
Shareholders' equity		46,131	43,479
Total liabilities and equity		58,502	57,706
Bank Subsidiaries [Member] | Parent Company [Member]
Assets
Investments in subsidiaries		41,708	39,599
Advances to subsidiaries		3,150	2,650
Non-bank Subsidiaries [Member] | Parent Company [Member]
Assets
Investments in subsidiaries		2,060	1,906
Advances to subsidiaries		$ 823	$ 550

[1] Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

XML

U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company) - Condensed Income Statement of Parent Company Only (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Income
Other income	$ 907	$ 1,040	$ 569
Total net revenue	20,306	20,161
Expense
Interest expense	1,401	1,453	1,681
Other expense	1,819	1,978	1,695
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries	8,030	7,995	7,764
Applicable income taxes	2,097	2,087	2,032
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	5,879	5,851	5,836
Parent Company [Member]
Income
Interest from subsidiaries	120	123	118
Other income	55	64	66
Total net revenue	4,078	4,075	6,293
Expense
Interest expense	292	335	325
Other expense	105	90	81
Total expense	397	425	406
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries	3,681	3,650	5,887
Applicable income taxes	(207)	(94)	(88)
Income of parent company	3,888	3,744	5,975
Equity in undistributed income (losses) of subsidiaries	1,991	2,107	(139)
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	5,879	5,851	5,836
Bank Subsidiaries [Member] | Parent Company [Member]
Income
Dividends from bank subsidiaries	3,900	3,850	6,100
Non-bank Subsidiaries [Member] | Parent Company [Member]
Income
Dividends from bank subsidiaries	$ 3	$ 38	$ 9

XML

U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company) - Condensed Statement of Cash Flows of Parent Company Only (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Operating Activities
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	$ 5,879	$ 5,851	$ 5,836
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Other, net	787	43	(115)
Net cash provided by operating activities	8,782	5,332	11,446
Investing Activities
Other, net	(1,526)	506	(303)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(21,150)	(29,812)	(21,024)
Financing Activities
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings	(2,016)	2,285	1,306
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	5,067	16,394	2,041
Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt	(5,311)	(4,128)	(2,883)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock	745		487
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	295	453	524
Redemption of preferred stock			(500)
Repurchase of common stock	(2,190)	(2,200)	(2,282)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock	(242)	(243)	(254)
Cash dividends paid on common stock	(1,777)	(1,726)	(1,576)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	12,861	26,657	9,803
Change in cash and due from banks	493	2,177	225
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year	10,654	8,477	8,252
Cash and due from banks at end of year	11,147	10,654	8,477
Parent Company [Member]
Operating Activities
Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp	5,879	5,851	5,836
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Equity in undistributed (income) losses of subsidiaries	(1,991)	(2,107)	139
Other, net	507	48	(40)
Net cash provided by operating activities	4,395	3,792	5,935
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment securities	153	46	75
Purchases of investment securities	(47)	(39)	(118)
Net (increase) decrease in short-term advances to subsidiaries	(273)	984	4,543
Long-term advances to subsidiaries	(500)	(1,800)	(750)
Principal collected on long-term advances to subsidiaries		1,400
Other, net	(6)	(52)	3
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(673)	539	3,753
Financing Activities
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings	(152)	39	4
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		3,250	1,500
Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt	(1,750)	(1,500)	(2,850)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock	745		487
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	295	453	524
Redemption of preferred stock			(500)
Repurchase of common stock	(2,190)	(2,200)	(2,282)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock	(242)	(243)	(254)
Cash dividends paid on common stock	(1,777)	(1,726)	(1,576)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(5,071)	(1,927)	(4,947)
Change in cash and due from banks	(1,349)	2,404	4,741
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year	10,775	8,371	3,630
Cash and due from banks at end of year	$ 9,426	$ 10,775	$ 8,371

XML

U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company) - Additional Information (Detail)	Dec. 31, 2015
Receivables
Loan Limits to the company or individual affiliate	10.00%
Maximum limit of loans to the Company and all affiliates	20.00%